About EDGAR Online | Login
 
Enter your Email for a Free Trial:
The following is an excerpt from a S-1 SEC Filing, filed by CONVERSE INC on 12/13/2002.
Next Section Next Section Previous Section Previous Section
CONVERSE INC - S-1 - 20021213 - REGISTRATION_FEE

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              PROPOSED MAXIMUM
              TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                         AGGREGATE OFFERING                         AMOUNT OF
            SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                          PRICE(1)(2)                        REGISTRATION FEE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share............              $86,250,000                             $7,935
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2) Includes shares issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.



THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING OFFERS TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued , 2003

SHARES

[CONVERSE INC. LOGO]

COMMON STOCK

Converse Inc. is offering shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our common shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of the common shares will be between $ and $ per share.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CNVS."

INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.

PRICE $ A SHARE

                                                                    UNDERWRITING
                                                       PRICE TO     DISCOUNTS AND   PROCEEDS TO
                                                        PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS      COMPANY
                                                     ------------   -------------   ------------
Per Share..........................................        $              $               $
Total..............................................  $              $               $

Converse Inc. has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on , 2003.

MORGAN STANLEY

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC

, 2003


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                        PAGE
                                        ----
Prospectus Summary....................    1
Risk Factors..........................    7
Special Note About Forward-Looking
  Statements..........................   15
Use of Proceeds.......................   16
Dividend Policy.......................   16
Capitalization........................   17
Dilution..............................   18
Selected Consolidated Financial
  Data................................   19
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial
  Information.........................   22
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   24

                                        PAGE
                                        ----
Business..............................   35
Management............................   46
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions........................   54
Principal Stockholders................   56
Description of Capital Stock..........   58
Shares Eligible For Future Sale.......   59
Underwriters..........................   62
Legal Matters.........................   64
Experts...............................   64
Available Information.................   64
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements..........................  F-1


You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and excludes our receipt immediately prior to the completion of this offering of shares of our common stock, based on an assumed offering price of $ per share, as repayment of a $2 million note receivable from a stockholder.

Until , 2003, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers who buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including the "Risk Factors" section and our financial statements and notes to those statements, before deciding whether to buy our common stock. As used in this prospectus, the terms "Converse," the "Company," "we," "our," or "us" refer to Converse Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless the context otherwise indicates.

CONVERSE INC.

Converse is a designer, distributor and marketer of high performance and casual athletic footwear and apparel for men, women and children. We believe the Converse brand is one of the most recognized sports brands in the world. Converse has built a reputation as "America's Original Sports Company"(TM) and has been associated with a rich heritage of legendary shoes such as the Chuck Taylor(R) All Star(R). We believe the All Star is the best selling athletic shoe in history with hundreds of millions of pairs sold worldwide. Converse products have been worn by world-class athletes in most major professional sports. Our brand appeals to consumers of both performance and casual sports products, which creates opportunities for us to market a broad range of products across a wide demographic base. Worldwide wholesale sales of all products bearing the Converse brand, generated by us and our licensing partners and affiliates, were approximately $439 million for the first nine months of 2002.

We design and market athletic footwear products in three primary categories: sports classics, sports performance and sports lifestyle, comprising approximately 39%, 25% and 36%, respectively, of our wholesale sales during the first nine months of 2002. Our sports classics footwear category includes the Chuck Taylor All Star, the Jack Purcell(R) tennis shoe, the One Star(R) court shoe and other authentic heritage products. Our sports performance footwear category currently focuses on basketball, while our sports lifestyle products appeal to trend-conscious consumers seeking casual footwear. We sell our products in over 12,000 athletic specialty, sporting goods, specialty, department and national chain stores across the United States and Canada, and through 46 licensees in over 100 countries.

Since its founding in 1908 by Marquis Mills Converse, the Converse brand has developed a reputation for athletic excellence and innovation. Converse has been at the forefront of athletic footwear since it introduced the first performance basketball shoe, the All Star, in 1917. Other milestones in the development of the brand include the introduction of the Jack Purcell tennis shoe in 1937, the Pro Leather in 1970 and the One Star in 1974. Many legendary athletes have excelled in their sports wearing Converse footwear, including Julius Erving, Wilt Chamberlain, Lou Brock, Jimmy Connors, Larry Bird, Chris Evert and Tony Dorsett. In addition, Converse has played its part in American history by producing protective footwear, parkas and other equipment for the U.S. Armed Services during World War II and by furnishing products for the U.S. Olympic Team in the 1984 Summer Olympics.

The former owner of the Converse brand, CVEO Corporation, or CVEO, filed for bankruptcy protection in January 2001. We believe that CVEO's ability to develop and grow the Converse brand profitably was hampered by the high unit costs of its U.S. manufacturing activities; inefficient international operations; unfocused product development and marketing; outmoded infrastructure; and an underperforming retail division. In April 2001, we acquired certain assets of CVEO, including the Converse name and trademarks, in a bankruptcy auction. We did not acquire CVEO's executive management, manufacturing operations, international operating subsidiaries or retail operations.

Since the asset acquisition, our management team has taken steps to enhance Converse's brand image and build a scalable infrastructure to support profitable growth. We are reestablishing Converse as a leading multi-category sports footwear and apparel brand. Key elements of the business platform we have created include:

- a design and development organization capable of creating new products and accelerating product introductions;

- a comprehensive marketing strategy designed to reinforce our strong brand heritage and broaden the appeal of our brand;

1

- a sales organization with strong retail relationships to increase our retail shelf space in quality stores;

- an advanced sourcing center in South China staffed with highly experienced local experts to reduce production costs and time-to-market; and

- a proven information system and two West Coast distribution facilities to improve our operating leverage.

As a result of these efforts, our financial performance has improved significantly. Net revenue, income from operations and net income have increased to $160.4 million, $30.2 million and $17.5 million, respectively, for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 from $121.2 million, $10.6 million and $5.6 million, respectively, for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001. We have also improved our operating income margins, which increased to 21.6% in the third quarter of 2002 from 12.8% in the same period of 2001. Our backlog at September 30, 2002 was $72.0 million, which represents an increase of 32.1% compared to September 30, 2001.

OUR BUSINESS STRENGTHS

We believe the following strengths create significant competitive advantages and opportunities for growth:

- Powerful Global Sports Brand with Broad Appeal. The Converse brand is one of the most recognized sports brands in the world and is recognized by over 83% of U.S. consumers above the age of 15. Over its 94-year history, the brand has demonstrated that it spans both the performance and sports casual markets and has broad appeal to a wide demographic ranging from teens to middle-aged adults.

- Sports Classics Footwear Creates Foundation for Growth and Profitability. Our sports classics products have a rich sports heritage and loyal customer base creating strong demand, constant shelf space and attractive revenue growth and margin expansion opportunities.

- Proven Management Team with Significant Industry and Brand Development Expertise. We have a proven management team with extensive experience in developing and marketing athletic brands. Our team of industry veterans was drawn from leading global athletic and footwear companies including adidas, Reebok, Nike, The North Face and K-Swiss. Many of them have worked together previously to develop and strengthen consumer brands.

- Rapid Time to Market. We have built a product design and development capability and established a sourcing and quality center in South China to reduce our sourcing costs, shorten our development times and improve our operational efficiencies. We believe that these improvements enable us to develop and bring product to market faster than our competition.

- Leveragable Business Model. We have made substantial investments to create a scalable business model supported by proven information systems and new distribution facilities. We believe we are well positioned to improve operating efficiencies and profitability as revenues grow.

- Established Relationships with Leading Retailers. We have long-established relationships with leading high-volume and brand-enhancing retailers such as Foot Locker, Journeys, J.C. Penney and Nordstrom. We are focused on expanding retail shelf space for our products and rapidly designing and providing exclusive products for their channels.

- Extensive International License Network Supports Profitable Growth. We currently have 46 licensees in over 100 countries that provide local expertise and distribution capabilities which expands the brand's global reach with minimal capital investment by us and no inventory risk.

2

OUR GROWTH STRATEGIES

We seek to enhance the value of the Converse brand, increase our market share and improve operating efficiencies through the following strategies:

- Build a Leading Multi-Category Sports Performance Portfolio. We plan to recapture our position as a leading multi-category athletic footwear and apparel brand by leveraging our image as "America's Original Sports Company"(TM) and by introducing products in several existing and new categories, including basketball, cross training, running, walking and tennis. We plan to launch a full line of sports performance basketball products in 2003 and cross training and running shoes in 2004 and 2005, respectively.

- Expand Sports Classics and Sports Lifestyle Footwear Categories. We plan to accelerate the development of new products to increase market share in our existing sports classics and sports lifestyle footwear categories. We intend to capitalize on our extensive product archives by reintroducing original and modernized versions of our sports classics products. We also plan to introduce premium sports classics footwear products building upon the successful recent launch of the John Varvatos-designed line of limited edition shoes.

- Develop Women's and Children's Footwear Categories. We are expanding our women's and children's athletic footwear categories. Only 15% of our footwear styles currently target women, and we are similarly underrepresented in the children's footwear market. We are in the process of building dedicated women's and children's footwear design teams and plan to launch full product lines in 2003 and 2004, respectively.

- Penetrate Highly Complementary Sports Apparel Market. We are expanding our sports apparel category to allow us to offer head-to-toe product assortments to selected market segments. We launched a sports apparel collection with Foot Locker and Champs that is distributed nationwide. Together with the organization responsible for Akademiks, an urban apparel brand, we are developing a premium-priced urban apparel collection, which will be sold through high-end retailers globally.

- Develop New and Existing Retail Relationships. We intend to expand our retail distribution by increasing retail shelf space for our products and adding new stores with existing accounts, as well as adding new retailers. We believe our strategy to partner with selected retailers and develop retailer-exclusive products favorably positions us to gain share with existing and new retailers.

- Grow the Converse Brand Internationally. We are executing several strategies to expand profitably our international footwear and apparel licensing revenue base. These include: (i) enhancing product development programs for our licensees and affiliates to unify our brand image; (ii) pursuing opportunities to consolidate smaller markets under master licensees; and (iii) selectively exploring opportunities to acquire licensees.

We were incorporated as Footwear Acquisition, Inc. on February 22, 2001. On April 30, 2001, we purchased certain assets, including the name and trademarks of Converse Inc., in a bankruptcy auction from CVEO, the former owner of the Converse trademarks. On May 21, 2001, we changed our name to Converse Inc.

Our principal executive offices are located at One High Street, North Andover, Massachusetts 01845, and our telephone number at this location is (978) 983-3300. Our web site is http://www.converse.com. The information on our web site does not constitute part of this prospectus.

3

THE OFFERING

Common stock offered..........          shares

Common stock to be outstanding
after the offering............          shares

Over-allotment option.........          shares

Use of proceeds...............   We will receive net proceeds from the sale of
                                 shares of our common stock in this offering of
                                 approximately $  million, or $     million if
                                 the underwriters exercise their over-allotment
                                 option in full, assuming an offering price of
                                 $     per share. We intend to use the net
                                 proceeds from this offering to redeem our
                                 outstanding series A preferred stock, to pay
                                 down our credit facility, to fund working
                                 capital and for other general corporate
                                 purposes.

Proposed Nasdaq National
Market symbol.................   CNVS

Unless we indicate otherwise, the number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of securities outstanding as of September 30, 2002 and excludes:

- 1,317,944 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2002 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.02 per share, including options to purchase 255,750 shares granted under our 2001 Stock Plan that will vest upon the completion of this offering;

- shares authorized and reserved for issuance under our stock option plans;

- shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from us to cover over-allotments; and

- our receipt immediately prior to the completion of this offering of shares of our common stock, based on an assumed offering price of $ per share, as repayment of a $2 million note receivable from a stockholder.

4

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT EARNINGS PER SHARE)

The following tables present our summary consolidated financial data. The financial data presented in these tables are derived from the consolidated historical financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We purchased certain assets of CVEO on April 30, 2001, including the Converse name and trademark; as a result CVEO may be deemed to be a "predecessor" under applicable SEC rules and regulations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation." The unaudited pro forma information presented for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 and the year ended December 31, 2001 include CVEO's financial results for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, adjusted to give pro forma effect to the asset acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2001, and to eliminate related restructuring charges and to present CVEO's operating results as if it generally operated according to our business model. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information." Because of the significant differences in strategy, operations and asset composition, we believe that CVEO's financial information may not be comparable to and should not be considered indicative of our current or future operations. The pro forma results do not purport to indicate the results of operations that would have occurred if the asset acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2001 or which may occur in the future. References to fiscal year 1999 and fiscal year 2000 are to the fiscal years ended January 1, 2000 and December 30, 2000, respectively, due to CVEO's use of fiscal year ends based on the closest Saturday to December 31 in a given year.

                                              CVEO                         CONVERSE
                                       -------------------   -------------------------------------
                                                                              NINE-MONTH PERIOD
                                           FISCAL YEAR        YEAR ENDED     ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                       -------------------   DECEMBER 31,   ----------------------
                                         1999       2000         2001          2001         2002
                                       --------   --------   ------------   -----------   --------
                                                             (PRO FORMA)    (PRO FORMA)
                                                             (UNAUDITED)         (UNAUDITED)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Wholesale sales......................  $235,154   $209,050     $133,149      $109,564     $142,923
Licensing revenue....................    20,466     16,307       16,002        11,610       17,521
                                                               --------      --------     --------
Net revenue..........................   255,620    225,357      149,151       121,174      160,444
Cost of sales........................   176,545    173,082      100,562        83,322       90,674
                                                               --------      --------     --------
Gross profit.........................    79,075     52,275       48,589        37,852       69,770
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...........................    87,116     59,147       38,164        27,277       39,619
                                                               --------      --------     --------
Income (loss) from operations........     7,402    (13,943)      10,425        10,575       30,151
Interest expense, net................    22,301     21,395          912           742        1,484
Income tax expense...................    27,674      3,223        4,328         4,223       11,208
                                                               --------      --------     --------
Net income (loss)....................   (43,608)   (27,445)    $  5,185      $  5,610     $ 17,459
                                                               ========      ========     ========
PER SHARE DATA(1)(2):
Diluted earnings (loss) per share....     (2.50)     (1.57)    $   (.04)     $    .14     $   1.48
Shares used in computing diluted
  earnings (loss) per share..........   (17,414)    17,515        8,936(3)      8,947(3)     9,285

                                                                        AS OF
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30, 2002
                                                              -------------------------
                                                               ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(4)
                                                              --------   --------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.............................................  $ 39,888
Total assets................................................   115,044
Short-term debt -- credit facility..........................    31,240
Long-term debt..............................................        --
Stockholders' equity........................................    64,910

5

(1) Diluted earnings (loss) per share includes preferred dividends of $5,567, $4,347, and $3,728 for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2001, the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, respectively.

(2) Supplemental pro forma earnings (loss) per share for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 is $ based on diluted outstanding shares. This amount reflects the issuance by us of a sufficient amount of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $ per share, to fund repayment of $ million of our debt, a corresponding reduction in interest expense, and the redemption of $ million of series A preferred stock, including accumulated dividends.

(3) Shares used in computing pro-forma diluted earnings per share have been calculated assuming the equity structure of Converse existed as of January 1, 2001.

(4) Adjusted to reflect (i) the sale by us of shares of common stock offered hereby and the application of the estimated net proceeds to redeem our outstanding series A preferred stock and to pay down our credit facility, and (ii) the repayment of a $2,000,000 note receivable from a stockholder through the surrender to Converse of shares of our common stock, in each case, based on an assumed offering price of $ per share. See "Use of Proceeds."

6

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves risk. You should consider carefully, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, the following risk factors before deciding to purchase any common stock.

RISKS RELATED TO CONVERSE

THE FOOTWEAR AND APPAREL INDUSTRIES ARE VERY COMPETITIVE AND WE MAY BE UNABLE TO COMPETE SUCCESSFULLY.

Competitive factors that affect our market position within the footwear and apparel industries include:

- the style, quality and performance aspects of our products;

- the strength and recognition of the Converse brand; and

- our marketing, advertising and distribution efforts.

Many of our competitors, such as adidas, Nike and Reebok:

- have significantly greater financial resources;

- have more comprehensive product lines;

- have broader market presence in, or have their own, retail outlets;

- have greater distribution capabilities;

- have strong brand recognition;

- compete with us for manufacturing resources;

- spend substantially more on product advertising and endorsements; and

- have more established sponsorships and endorsement relationships in place.

Some of our competitors may be better able to take advantage of market opportunities and withstand market downturns better than we can. Additionally, the general availability of offshore shoe manufacturing capacity allows for rapid expansion by competitors and new entrants in the footwear market. We may be unable to compete successfully in the future, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced profit margins, loss of market share and an inability to generate cash flows that are sufficient to maintain or expand our development and the introduction and marketing of new products.

WE MAY NEED TO RAISE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL TO FINANCE OUR OPERATIONS AND GROWTH AND MAY BE UNABLE TO DO SO ON COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE TERMS, OR AT ALL.

If our capital needs exceed our current expectations, we may need to raise additional capital through public or private equity or debt offerings. If we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. If we raise additional capital by issuing debt, it may become difficult for us to meet our debt service obligations and we may need to agree to additional restrictive covenants that could impair our ability to compete. If we cannot raise needed funds on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully execute our growth strategy, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated needs.

OUR REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY RESTRICTS OUR ABILITY TO TAKE CERTAIN ACTIONS THAT MAY BE IN OUR BEST INTEREST.

We have a revolving credit facility providing for borrowings, based upon a specified borrowing base, of up to $85 million. As of September 30, 2002, the available borrowing base was $60.5 million with $35.9 million outstanding under the credit facility. Borrowings under our credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets. Our credit facility places restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness and engage in various corporate transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, asset sales and the payment of cash dividends, and requires us to maintain specified financial ratios. These restrictions and provisions may adversely impact our future liquidity and ability to implement our business plan. Our credit facility is scheduled to mature on April 30, 2004, at which time we will be required to renew, refinance or modify the credit facility with our lender or locate alternative financing.

7

THE SUCCESS OF OUR BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO MARKET ACCEPTANCE OF OUR BRAND AND REPUTATION.

Our success and sales are dependent on the strength of our brand and reputation and are subject to consumers' perception of us and our products. If we are unable to timely and appropriately respond to changing consumer demand, the Converse brand name and image may be impaired. Our new ideas and products may not receive consumer acceptance and we may be unable to respond quickly to changes in consumer tastes. Our business is currently benefiting from a shift in consumer demand to basketball footwear from other athletic footwear categories, and from the increased popularity of "retro" footwear fashions. If these current trends are not sustained, our business may suffer. Additionally, if any one footwear style or group of styles represents a substantial portion of our net revenue, we are exposed to the risk that consumer demand for that style or group of styles may decrease in the future. Our initiatives to strengthen our brand image and introduce new products may fail. In addition, the public images of our endorsers or sponsors may become tarnished and impart negative publicity to our products, diminish our brand and decrease our sales.

OUR EFFORTS TO INTRODUCE AND PROMOTE NEW PRODUCTS MAY BE UNSUCCESSFUL.

Demand for and market acceptance of new products is inherently uncertain, with our success depending on various factors, including the strength of the Converse brand name, competitive conditions and our access to necessary capital. As part of our growth strategy, we intend to expand our product offerings to introduce products in multiple performance categories, expand our classic and lifestyle product offerings, focus on women's and children's footwear and expand our apparel business. This strategy may however prove unsuccessful and our association with failed products could impair our brand image. Introducing and achieving market acceptance for these products will require, among other things:

- the successful extension of our brand to our new products;

- the successful development and application of our advanced performance technologies to our planned product introductions;

- the establishment of key relationships with designers of and customers for our apparel products; and

- substantial marketing and product development efforts and expenditures to create and sustain consumer demand.

OUR LARGEST CUSTOMERS ACCOUNT FOR A SIGNIFICANT PERCENTAGE OF OUR SALES, AND THE LOSS OR REDUCTION IN PURCHASES FROM ANY OF THESE CUSTOMERS COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2002, the Foot Locker Group, which consists of Foot Locker, Lady Foot Locker, Kids Foot Locker, Champs and Eastbay, and our other nine largest customers accounted for 44% of our net revenue, with the Foot Locker Group accounting for 21% of our net revenue. We are continuing to focus our sales efforts on our largest customers to increase sales to these customers and build stronger ties to these key accounts. There are a number of risks associated with our dependence and focus on large customers:

- as they generally do not have a contractual obligation to purchase minimum quantities of our products or may terminate any contingent obligation with minimal prior notice, our largest customers may significantly reduce purchases of our products;

- our customers may emphasize competitors' products over our products or fail to actively promote or market our products;

- our largest customers generally compete with each other, and if they perceive that products similar to ours are available from their competitors, or that we are offering their competitors better pricing and support, they may reduce purchases of our products; and

- the retail industry regularly experiences mergers, consolidations, bankruptcies, contractions and closings, and we may lose customers or be unable to collect accounts receivables from major customers due to these disruptions.

The loss of, or significant decreases in sales to, any major customer or the inability to collect accounts receivable from a major customer, could impair our results.

8

WE PRIMARILY RELY ON LICENSEES FOR SALES OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND CANADA, AND OUR DEPENDENCE ON LICENSEES MAY ADVERSELY IMPACT OUR BUSINESS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Our sales outside the U.S. and Canada are conducted through licensees. Our licensing revenue was 11% of our net revenue for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002. Our dependence on licensees subjects us to a number of risks, including:

- our brand image is dependent, in part, on the marketing efforts of our licensees and on the quality of the products that licensees distribute. If licensees or their sponsors or endorsers do not maintain our brand image or our licensees fail to adhere to our quality control standards, our brand image could suffer;

- our licensees generally have the exclusive right to distribute products in a particular country or region. Licensees may engage in the trans-shipment, or gray marketing, of goods to countries where they are not licensed to sell products. If this occurs, we may need to sanction the licensee or terminate its agreement;

- our licensees may use manufacturers who fail to meet our human rights or product quality standards, which could harm our brand image and reputation;

- our licensees may fail to timely and accurately report sales and licensing income to us;

- our reserve for unpaid licensee revenue may be insufficient; and

- the revenue we receive from international licensees subjects us to the risks of doing business abroad, including, political risks, foreign currency risks, funds transfer restrictions and exposure to different legal standards, particularly with respect to intellectual property.

WE DEPEND ON KEY PERSONNEL TO MANAGE OUR BUSINESS EFFECTIVELY, AND IF WE ARE UNABLE TO RETAIN THEM, OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED.

Our future success depends upon the continued services of Jack Boys, our chief executive officer, and Marsden Cason, our executive chairman. Changes to our management team could be disruptive and harm our business.

WE FACE A NUMBER OF RISKS RELATED TO OUR UTILIZATION OF OVERSEAS INDEPENDENT CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS.

Loss of a manufacturer

Third-party suppliers located in China, Vietnam, Macau and Indonesia manufacture all of our footwear. Our top two manufacturers, through six factories, accounted for approximately 60% of our total footwear purchases during the nine months ended September 30, 2002. These manufacturers use the same factories to produce footwear products for our competitors. If our manufacturing arrangements are interrupted or terminated, we would need alternative manufacturing sources and we might not be able to locate alternatives on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms. Additionally, should a sudden change in our manufacturers become necessary, we might experience increased costs, disruptions in supply and reduced sales as we remedy the situation.

Overseas manufacturing

Although we have manufacturing arrangements with our foreign manufacturers, we may experience difficulties as a result of:

- reduced or limited production capacity;

- failure to comply with our product specifications;

- inability of the manufacturers to obtain raw materials at commercially reasonable prices;

- quality control problems;

- failure to meet production deadlines;

- increases in manufacturing costs;

- transportation delays and interruptions;

9

- political or economic instability and terrorism;

- foreign currency fluctuations and fund transfer restrictions;

- changing economic conditions; and

- counterfeit, knock-off or gray market goods.

Manufacturer's affiliation with us

Our two largest footwear manufacturers are affiliated with the parties that beneficially own Union Overseas Holdings Limited, or UOHL, which is the holder of approximately 17% of our common stock (before the completion of this offering). See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." While we believe that our arrangements with these manufacturers are made on an arm's length basis, the potential for an actual or apparent conflict of interest exists as a result of these relationships. Manufacturers affiliated with UOHL might in the future avoid doing business with us if pressured by our competitors or to avoid any appearance that they provide favorable terms to us. If we were unable to have our footwear products produced by these manufacturers, our operations may be affected by delays and shortages and an overall deterioration of relations with our customers could occur.

Government and trade regulations

Adverse changes in trade or political relations between the United States and the countries involved in the manufacturing of our products could severely interfere with our ability to cost-effectively source athletic footwear. Our products are not currently subject to volume quotas in the United States, however certain countries where Converse products are sold may impose quotas and restrictions on foreign manufactured products. All of our footwear products are manufactured overseas and are subject to U.S. customs duties. Additional customs duties, quotas or other restrictions may be imposed on the importation of our products in the future. Also, we may be subject to significant monetary penalties, and the seizure and forfeiture of the products we are attempting to import or the loss of import privileges if our suppliers or we are found to be in violation of U.S. laws and regulations applicable to the importation of our products.

We require our independent contract manufacturers, suppliers and licensees to operate in compliance with applicable U.S. and foreign laws and regulations. If one of our independent contract manufacturers, suppliers or licensees violates labor or other laws or diverges from those labor practices generally accepted as ethical in the United States, it could result in adverse publicity for us, damage our brand or reputation in the United States or abroad, or render our conduct of business in a particular foreign country undesirable or impractical.

OUR FAILURE TO FORECAST SALES ACCURATELY AND MAINTAIN PROPER INVENTORY LEVELS COULD RESULT IN OUR INABILITY TO MEET RETAILER DEMAND OR COULD REQUIRE THAT WE LIQUIDATE EXCESS INVENTORIES AT REDUCED PRICES.

The athletic footwear industry has lengthy design and production lead times. We must commit to product designs, tooling and, in some cases, production in advance of our receipt of retailer orders. We base these commitments on our forecasts of consumer demand. We encourage our retailers to place futures orders where they commit to purchase specified amounts of our products in advance of production. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, approximately 60% of our sales were made on this basis. However, some of our retailers are increasingly reluctant to make futures orders. As we introduce new products, we expect futures orders may decrease and we may need to maintain higher inventory levels of products that have no or a limited sales history and which may be subject to frequent style changes. If we fail to forecast demand accurately and maintain appropriate inventory levels, this could result in inventory write-downs, particularly for non-core products, and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, possibly impairing our brand image and harming operating results. Our failure to forecast demand accurately or maintain sufficient products inventories could also result in lost sales, cause shipment delays, negatively impact retailer and distributor relationships and diminish brand loyalty. For numerous reasons, including the timing of shipments, the product mix of, or adjustments to, customer orders and the mix of futures and at-once orders, our backlog as of any date may not be a reliable measure of sales or net income for future periods.

10

NEARLY ALL OF OUR PRODUCTS ENTER THE UNITED STATES THROUGH A LIMITED NUMBER OF PORTS AND WE RELY ON THIRD PARTIES TO STORE AND SHIP SOME OF OUR INVENTORY; LABOR UNREST AT THESE PORTS OR OTHER PRODUCT DELIVERY DIFFICULTIES COULD INTERFERE WITH OUR DISTRIBUTION PLANS AND REDUCE OUR REVENUE.

We may suffer delays in distributing our products due to work stoppages strikes or lockouts at the ports where our products arrive. These kinds of actions, including the lockout of dockworkers at all West Coast ports in October 2002 and the continued labor difficulties at these ports, have been threatened and have occurred over the past several years. Likewise, we rely on trucking carriers to deliver products from the port of arrival to our distribution facilities and from our distribution facilities to our retailers. Additionally, in some cases, third parties sort, store and direct-ship products to our customers. Labor disruptions could result in product shortages and delays in distributing our products to retailers.

IF OUR NEW DISTRIBUTION CENTERS ARE NOT PROPERLY INTEGRATED OR DISTRIBUTION IS DISRUPTED, OUR REVENUE MAY SUFFER.

We have a 317,000 square foot warehouse and distribution facility in Ontario, California and recently opened a 250,000 square foot warehouse and distribution facility in Fontana, California. We plan on making additional investments in these facilities, including the installation of an automated order filling and routing system. Disruptions and delays in storing and distributing our products may occur while we are integrating and automating our distribution centers. Additionally, any serious disruption to one or both of our distribution centers due to fire, earthquake or any other natural disaster could damage our inventories or adversely affect our product distribution.

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY MANAGE OR SUSTAIN OUR GROWTH.

Our ability to manage increased growth will require us to continue to improve our operational and financial control systems, infrastructure and management information systems. Our current infrastructure and systems may be inadequate to support significant growth, and we may need to make additional systems and infrastructure investments.

DESPITE OUR ESTABLISHED BRAND NAME, WE HAVE A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY FOR INVESTORS TO EVALUATE AND THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF CVEO MAY NOT BE COMPARABLE WITH OUR FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

We purchased certain assets of CVEO in April 2001, including the Converse name and trademarks, in a bankruptcy auction, and we commenced operations on May 1, 2001. As a result, we have a limited operating history for investors to evaluate. Additionally, comparisons of our financial information with information for CVEO may be difficult and of limited utility for a number of reasons, including:

- we have a different business model than CVEO in that we do not manufacture our products, operate retail stores or generate wholesale sales and licensing revenue in Japan;

- we have a different management team and significantly fewer employees than CVEO had; and

- the capital structure of CVEO included substantially more debt than ours.

THE BANKRUPTCY OF CVEO MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE PERCEPTION OF OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION AND ADVERSELY IMPACT OUR ABILITY TO OBTAIN ADEQUATE FINANCING OR ENTER INTO NECESSARY BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS.

Investors, suppliers, customers, creditors and service providers may associate the bankruptcy of CVEO with our financial condition, or they may perceive that we may be unable to meet our obligations in the future resulting in a negative perception of us. Also, as a result of our purchase of certain of CVEO's assets, we could be deemed a "successor" of CVEO and potentially be held liable for various liabilities, including environmental liabilities, which may not have been discharged in its bankruptcy.

OUR RESULTS MAY FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY FROM QUARTER-TO-QUARTER.

Our operating results and net income may fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter. As a result, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results and net income may not be meaningful and that these

11

comparisons may not be an accurate indicator of our future performance. Fluctuations may result from a number of factors, including:

- the timing of our and our competitors' introductions of new products;

- consumer acceptance for our new and existing products;

- changes in overall footwear and apparel industry growth rates, which have experienced little or no real growth in recent years;

- economic conditions that affect consumer spending and retail sales;

- the mix of products ordered by our customers;

- the mix of futures and at-once orders and the timing of the placement and shipment of customer orders; and

- variations in the expenses necessary to support our business and grow our sales.

Since a large portion of our expenses, including our infrastructure and workforce expenses, are fixed in the short-term, our operating results and net income would be adversely impacted if our sales do not continue to grow as anticipated.

ACQUISITIONS MAY DISRUPT OUR BUSINESS, DIVERT THE ATTENTION OF OUR MANAGEMENT AND RESULT IN STOCKHOLDER DILUTION.

We have made, and may in the future make, acquisitions or investments in other companies. For example, in June 2002, we acquired certain assets of our Canadian licensee. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any particular acquisition or investment. In connection with any new acquisitions, we would need to assimilate the operations, products, technology and personnel of the acquired business and train, retain and motivate key personnel from the acquired business. Acquisitions may cause disruptions in our operations and divert management's attention from day-to-day operations. If we consummate acquisitions through an exchange of our securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution. In addition, our profitability may suffer due to acquisition related costs, impairment costs for intangible assets or unanticipated liabilities.

OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE MAY BE JEOPARDIZED IF WE ARE UNABLE TO EFFECTIVELY PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

We use trademarks on nearly all of our products, which is an important factor in creating a market for our goods, in identifying us, and in distinguishing our goods from those of others. We devote substantial resources establishing and protecting our trademarks and design patents on a worldwide basis. We have, however, experienced conflicts with various third parties that have acquired or claimed ownership rights in certain trademarks similar to ours or have otherwise contested our rights to our trademarks. The actions taken by us to establish and protect our trademarks and other proprietary rights in and outside the United States may be inadequate to prevent imitation of our products by others or to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as a violation of their trademarks or proprietary rights. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. We may face significant expenses and liability in connection with the protection of our intellectual property rights, the protection of our intellectual property rights may require a significant amount of management attention and if we are unable to successfully protect our rights or resolve intellectual property conflicts with others, our business or financial condition may be adversely affected.

OUR STOCK OWNERSHIP WILL CONTINUE TO BE CONCENTRATED IN THE HANDS OF MANAGEMENT AND EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS, AND THESE STOCKHOLDERS MAY HAVE INTERESTS THAT DIFFER FROM YOURS.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders beneficially own substantially all of our outstanding common stock and will continue to own a significant percentage of our stock after the offering. Accordingly, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over, or control, the election of our board of directors, the management and policies of our company and the outcome of particular corporate transactions or other matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. The interests of these stockholders may differ from yours.

12

RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

FUTURE SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DEPRESS OUR STOCK PRICE.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock in the market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

All of the shares we are selling in this offering, plus any shares issued upon the underwriters' option to purchase additional common stock, will be freely tradable without restriction under the United States securities laws, unless purchased by our affiliates.

We, our directors and certain officers and shareholders owning substantially all of our shares have agreed not to offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock without the permission of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock following the expiration of these lock-up periods could cause our stock price to fall. Additionally, we may issue shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock to finance all or a part of an acquisition. We have also granted registration rights to certain of our stockholders.

In addition, as of September 30, 2002, 1,317,944 shares of our common stock are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted to our directors, employees and consultants under our stock incentive plans. Shortly following this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options issuable under our stock incentive plans and shares of certain of our officers and directors. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock following the vesting of these options could cause our stock price to fall.

OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE WHICH COULD RESULT IN THE LOSS OF ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT.

Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our common stock in the public market. The price of the common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you pay. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering, and therefore, we cannot predict how liquid this market will become. We will negotiate and determine the initial public offering price with the representatives of the underwriters, and this price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. As a result, you may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the offering price, and you may lose all or a part of your investment. The market price of the common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to the following factors, most of which are beyond our control, including:

- variations in our quarterly operating results;

- changes in securities analysts' estimates of our financial performance;

- changes in market valuations of similar companies;

- announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures or capital commitments;

- litigation;

- loss or gain of a major customer; and

- additions or departures of key personnel.

In addition, if our operating results and net income fail to meet the expectations of stock analysts and investors, we may experience an immediate and significant decline in the trading price of our stock.

YOUR INTEREST WILL BE IMMEDIATELY AND SUBSTANTIALLY DILUTED BY $ PER SHARE
OF COMMON STOCK IF YOU PURCHASE COMMON STOCK IN THIS OFFERING.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience an immediate dilution of $ per share of common stock (assuming an offering price of $ per share) because the price per share of

13

common stock in this offering is substantially higher than the net tangible book value of each share of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering. In addition, if outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, there could be substantial additional dilution.

OUR MANAGEMENT HAS BROAD DISCRETION OVER THE USE OF PROCEEDS FROM THIS OFFERING, AND THE FAILURE OF MANAGEMENT TO APPLY THESE FUNDS EFFECTIVELY COULD SERIOUSLY HARM OUR BUSINESS.

Other than the planned redemption of all of our outstanding series A preferred stock and repayment of amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility, we have not determined and cannot predict in which, if any, of our existing or future opportunities we will ultimately invest. Our management will have broad discretion as to how we spend the proceeds from this offering, and stockholders may not agree with how we use the proceeds. We may not be successful in using the proceeds from this offering in ways that will yield favorable operating results.

14

SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the matters discussed under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus include forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events, including, among other things:

- implementing our business strategy;

- introducing new footwear and apparel products;

- attracting and retaining customers and employees;

- growing our brand;

- obtaining and expanding market acceptance of our product offerings; and

- competition in our market.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "could," "predicts," "potential," "continue," "expects," "anticipates," "future," "intends," "plans," "believes," "estimates" and similar expressions. These statements are based on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual results, levels of activity, performance, achievements and events may vary significantly from those implied by the forward-looking statements. A description of risks that could cause our results to vary appears under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

15

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will receive net proceeds of approximately $ million from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that we will receive total net proceeds of approximately $ million. These net proceeds amounts are based upon an assumed offering price of $ per share, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to (i) redeem all of our outstanding series A preferred stock which totals approximately $ including accrued and unpaid dividends through September 30, 2002,
(ii) repay borrowings under our credit facility, which had an outstanding balance of $ on September 30, 2002 and (iii) fund working capital requirements. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses. However, we have no specific plans, agreements or commitments to engage in any acquisition at this time.

Our management retains broad discretion in determining the use of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending use of the net proceeds as discussed above, we intend to invest these funds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade obligations.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Other than required dividends on our series A preferred stock, we have never declared or paid dividends on our capital stock. We presently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business and provide working capital. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. The terms of our revolving credit facility restrict the payment of dividends, except in limited circumstances.

16

CAPITALIZATION

The table below lists our cash and capitalization as of September 30, 2002:

- on an actual basis; and

- on an as adjusted basis assuming:

- the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed offering price of $ per share, after deducting applicable underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses;

- the redemption of all of our outstanding series A preferred stock, including accrued and unpaid dividends;

- the repayment by us of outstanding borrowings under our credit facility; and

- the repayment of a $2 million outstanding note receivable from a stockholder through the surrender to us of shares of our common stock at the assumed offering price of $ per share.

This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                                                      AS OF
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30, 2002
                                                              ---------------------
                                                              ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                              -------   -----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                   SHARE DATA)
Cash........................................................  $ 4,882       $
                                                              =======       ===
Short-term debt -- credit facility..........................  $31,240       $
                                                              -------       ---
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
11.1% series A preferred stock, 900,000 shares authorized,
  404,960 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares
  authorized, issued or outstanding, as adjusted............   40,496
Common stock, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 9,002,451 shares
  issued and outstanding, actual;        shares authorized,
       shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted...........       90
Additional paid in capital..................................    9,632
Note receivable from stockholder............................   (2,000)
Retained earnings...........................................   16,772
Accumulated other comprehensive income......................      (80)
                                                              -------       ---
     Total stockholders' equity.............................   64,910
                                                              -------       ---
TOTAL CAPITALIZATION........................................  $96,150       $
                                                              =======       ===

17

DILUTION

Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2002 was approximately $50.4 million or $5.60 per share. Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2002 is equal to our total assets (excluding intangible assets) minus our total liabilities divided by the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering. After giving effect to this offering of common stock at an assumed offering price of $ per share, and after deducting applicable underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2002 would have been approximately $ million or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per share after the offering from the amount of cash paid by a new investor for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates the pro forma dilution to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share.............                 $
  Net tangible book value per share as of September 30,
     2002...................................................  $
  Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
     to new investors.......................................
                                                              ------------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
  offering..................................................
                                                                             ------------
Pro forma dilution per share to new investors...............                 $
                                                                             ============

Assuming this offering had occurred on September 30, 2002, the following table summarizes the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

                                           SHARES PURCHASED      TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                         --------------------    -------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                          NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT     PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                         --------    --------    -------    --------    -------------
Existing stockholders..................                      %     $             %          $
New investors..........................
                                         --------    --------      ---        ---           -----
          Total........................                      %     $             %          $
                                         ========    ========      ===        ===           =====

If the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full:

- the net tangible book value per share of common stock as of September 30, 2002 would have been $ per share, which would result in dilution to the new investors of $ per share;

- the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after completion of this offering; and

- the number of shares of common stock held by new investors will increase to approximately % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after completion of this offering.

18

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT EARNINGS PER SHARE)

The following data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, and the consolidated balance sheet data at January 3, 1998, January 2, 1999, January 1, 2000 and December 30, 2000, are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the consolidated financial statements of CVEO (which may be deemed to be our "predecessor" under applicable SEC rules and regulations) which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants. We operate on a calendar year basis, whereas CVEO operated on a fiscal year basis with its fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to December 31 in each year. Our consolidated statement of operations data for the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001 and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2001 are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the consolidated balance sheet data at September 30, 2002 are derived from unaudited financial statements that were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements, which in our opinion, include all adjustments we consider necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period and the results for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 should not be considered indicative of results expected for the full fiscal year.

We are including CVEO financial information in this prospectus because we purchased certain assets from CVEO on April 30, 2001, including the Converse name and trademarks, and CVEO may be deemed a "predecessor" under applicable SEC rules and regulations. Because of the significant differences in strategy, operations and asset composition, we believe that CVEO's financial information may not be comparable to and should not be considered indicative of our current or future operations. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 and the year ended December 31, 2001 has been prepared assuming the asset acquisition occurred on January 1, 2001. The pro forma results also reflect adjustments made to CVEO's financial statements for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 to eliminate certain reorganization items and to present CVEO's operating results as if it generally operated according to our business model. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information." The pro forma financial results do not purport to indicate the results of operations that would have occurred if the asset acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2001 or which may occur in the future.

19

                                                          CVEO                                        CONVERSE
                             --------------------------------------------------------------         ------------

                                                                                FOUR-MONTH          EIGHT-MONTH
                                               FISCAL YEAR                     PERIOD ENDED         PERIOD ENDED
                             -----------------------------------------------    APRIL 30,             DEC. 31,
                               1997         1998         1999         2000         2001                 2001
                             --------     --------     --------     --------   ------------         ------------

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Wholesale sales(1).........  $455,817     $313,124     $235,154     $209,050     $ 65,868             $86,372
Licensing revenue..........    22,569       20,175       20,466       16,307        5,487              11,733
                             --------     --------     --------     --------     --------             -------
Net revenue................   478,386      333,299      255,620      225,357       71,355              98,105
Cost of sales..............   329,410      237,805      176,545      173,082       51,240              64,316
                             --------     --------     --------     --------     --------             -------
Gross profit...............   148,976       95,494       79,075       52,275       20,115              33,789
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses...   132,727       97,320       87,116       59,147       17,487              25,142
Gain on sale of
 trademark.................        --           --      (24,811)(2)       --           --                  --
Restructuring, asset
 impairment and other
 unusual charges...........     1,537           --        9,368        7,071        1,765                  --
                             --------     --------     --------     --------     --------             -------
Income (loss) from
 operations................    14,712       (1,826)       7,402      (13,943)         863               8,647
Interest expense, net......    16,133       18,487       22,301       21,395        3,776                 574
Other (income) expense,
 net.......................   (10,270)        (366)       1,035      (11,116)     (22,850)(3)              --
Reorganization items.......        --           --           --           --      (24,306)(4)              --
                             --------     --------     --------     --------     --------             -------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes.....................     8,849      (19,947)     (15,934)     (24,222)      44,243               8,073
Income tax expense
 (benefit).................    13,154        3,572       27,674(5)     3,223       (2,726)              3,673
Extraordinary (gain) loss,
 net of tax expense
 (benefit) of ($576) and
 $437, respectively........       744(6)      (704)(7)       --           --           --                  --
                             --------     --------     --------     --------     --------             -------
Net income (loss)..........  $ (5,049)    $(22,815)    $(43,608)    $(27,445)    $ 46,969             $ 4,400
                             ========     ========     ========     ========     ========             =======
PER SHARE DATA(8)(9):
Net earnings (loss) per
 share from continuing
 operations -- diluted.....  $  (0.25)    $  (1.36)    $  (2.50)    $  (1.57)    $   2.68             $   .10
Extraordinary gain (loss)
 per share.................     (0.04)        0.04           --           --           --                  --
                             --------     --------     --------     --------     --------             -------
Diluted earnings (loss) per
 share.....................  $  (0.29)    $  (1.32)    $  (2.50)    $  (1.57)    $   2.68             $   .10
                             ========     ========     ========     ========     ========             =======
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding........    17,272       17,319       17,414       17,515       17,544               8,902

                                                  CONVERSE
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                           NINE-MONTH
                                YEAR                      PERIOD ENDED
                                ENDED                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                              DEC. 31,           -------------------------------
                                2001                2001                2002
                             -----------         -----------         -----------
                             (PRO FORMA)         (PRO FORMA)
                             (UNAUDITED)         (UNAUDITED)         (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Wholesale sales(1).........   $133,149            $109,564            $142,923
Licensing revenue..........     16,002              11,610              17,521
                              --------            --------            --------
Net revenue................    149,151             121,174             160,444
Cost of sales..............    100,562              83,322              90,674
                              --------            --------            --------
Gross profit...............     48,589              37,852              69,770
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses...     38,164              27,277              39,619
Gain on sale of
 trademark.................         --                  --                  --
Restructuring, asset
 impairment and other
 unusual charges...........         --                  --                  --
                              --------            --------            --------
Income (loss) from
 operations................     10,425              10,575              30,151
Interest expense, net......        912                 742               1,484
Other (income) expense,
 net.......................         --                  --                  --
Reorganization items.......         --                  --                  --
                              --------            --------            --------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes.....................      9,513               9,833              28,667
Income tax expense
 (benefit).................      4,328               4,223              11,208
Extraordinary (gain) loss,
 net of tax expense
 (benefit) of ($576) and
 $437, respectively........         --                  --                  --
                              --------            --------            --------
Net income (loss)..........   $  5,185            $  5,610            $ 17,459
                              ========            ========            ========
PER SHARE DATA(8)(9):
Net earnings (loss) per
 share from continuing
 operations -- diluted.....   $   (.04)           $   0.14            $   1.48
Extraordinary gain (loss)
 per share.................         --                  --                  --
                              --------            --------            --------
Diluted earnings (loss) per
 share.....................   $   (.04)           $   0.14            $   1.48
                              ========            ========            ========
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding........      8,936(10)           8,947(10)           9,285

                                                                          CVEO                                 CONVERSE
                                                              AS OF THE END OF FISCAL YEAR                      AS OF
                                                       -------------------------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1997       1998       1999        2000          2001           2002
                                                       --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ------------   -------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital......................................  $ 20,260   $  2,706   $ (42,404)  $(133,141)    $33,187        $ 39,888
Total assets.........................................   234,694    198,217     152,363      97,183      70,342         115,044
Short-term debt......................................   105,880     83,390     101,725     151,159          --          31,240
Long-term debt.......................................    80,000    101,799      74,265          --          --              --
Stockholders' equity (deficiency)....................   (47,982)   (69,310)   (112,545)   (140,195)     52,030          64,910


(1) Wholesale sales for CVEO includes revenue generated by its retail stores.

(2) Represents a gain recognized by CVEO on the sale of its non-footwear trademarks and related non-footwear licensing agreements in Japan.

(3) Upon the sale of certain assets to us, CVEO recognized income of $22.9 million relating primarily to the reversal of an unamortized credit of $23.4 million resulting from its parent company's 1992 bankruptcy.

(4) Represents reorganization income and expense items, including a $36 million gain on the sale of certain assets to us on April 30, 2001.

20

(5) CVEO's tax expense includes a $24.8 million net charge to take a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

(6) Represents a loss recognized by CVEO for the write-off of deferred financing fees in connection with CVEO entering into a new credit agreement.

(7) Represents a gain recognized by CVEO on the cancellation of outstanding subordinated notes that CVEO exchanged for newly issued secured notes.

(8) Diluted earnings (loss) per share includes preferred dividends of $3,504, $5,567, $4,347, and $3,728 for the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, the pro forma year ended December 31, 2001, the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, respectively.

(9) Supplemental pro forma earnings (loss) per share for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 was $ based on diluted outstanding shares. This amount reflects the issuance by us of a sufficient amount of common stock in this offering based on an assumed offering price of $ per share, to fund repayment of up to $ million of our debt, a corresponding reduction in interest expense, and the redemption of $ million of series A preferred stock and accumulated and unpaid dividends.

(10) Shares used in computing pro forma diluted earnings per share have been calculated assuming the equity structure of Converse existed as of January 1, 2001.

21

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(IN THOUSANDS)

The following unaudited pro forma financial information for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 and for the year ended December 31, 2001 is based on our historical consolidated financial statements and those of CVEO included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared assuming that our purchase of certain assets of CVEO occurred on January 1, 2001. The unaudited pro forma financial information and accompanying notes are based upon, and should be read in conjunction with, our and CVEO's consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such information is not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or the results that might have occurred if the asset acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2001. The unaudited pro forma results reflect adjustments made to CVEO's financial statements for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 to eliminate certain reorganization items and to present CVEO's operating results as if it generally operated according to our business model. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that management believes are reasonable as described above and in the accompanying notes.

                                   CVEO                                               CONVERSE
                              --------------                 -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               PRO FORMA                     PRO FORMA
                                                PRO FORMA     FIVE-MONTH      NINE-MONTH     THREE-MONTH        YEAR
                                FOUR-MONTH     ADJUSTMENTS   PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED      ENDED
                               PERIOD ENDED     INCREASE     SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                              APRIL 30, 2001   (DECREASE)        2001            2001            2001           2001
                              --------------   -----------   -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
Wholesale sales.............     $ 65,868(1)    $(19,091)(2)    $62,787        $109,564        $ 23,585       $133,149
Licensing revenue...........        5,487         (1,218)(3)      7,341          11,610           4,392         16,002
                                 --------       --------        -------        --------        --------       --------
Net revenue.................       71,355        (20,309)        70,128         121,174          27,977        149,151
Cost of sales...............       51,240        (14,994)(4)     47,076          83,322          17,240        100,562
                                 --------       --------        -------        --------        --------       --------
Gross profit................       20,115         (5,315)        23,052          37,852          10,737         48,589
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses...       17,487         (4,465)(5)     14,255          27,277          10,887         38,164
                                 --------       --------        -------        --------        --------       --------
Restructuring, asset
  impairment and other
  unusual charges...........        1,765         (1,765)(6)         --              --              --             --
Income (loss) from
  operations................          863            915          8,797          10,575            (150)        10,425
Interest expense, net.......        3,776         (3,438)(7)        404             742             170            912
Other (income), net.........      (22,850)        22,850(8)          --              --              --             --
Reorganization items........      (24,306)        24,306(9)          --              --              --             --
                                 --------       --------        -------        --------        --------       --------
Income (loss) before income
  taxes.....................       44,243        (42,803)         8,393           9,833            (320)         9,513
Income tax expense
  (benefit).................       (2,726)         3,381(10)      3,568           4,223             105          4,328
                                 --------       --------        -------        --------        --------       --------
Net income (loss)...........     $ 46,969       $(46,184)       $ 4,825        $  5,610        $   (425)      $  5,185
                                 ========       ========        =======        ========        ========       ========


(1) Wholesale sales for CVEO include revenue generated by its 23 retail stores of $5,141 for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001.

(2) Wholesale sales have been reduced to reflect the following: (i) we sold the right to use Converse footwear trademarks in Japan in connection with the asset acquisition -- $8,425 represents revenue for sales made to CVEO's licensee in Japan; (ii) we did not acquire CVEO's retail store operations as part of the asset acquisition, and therefore, we do not generate this revenue -- $5,141 represents revenue generated by CVEO's retail stores;
(iii) we did not acquire certain of CVEO's contracts with certain international distributors as part of the asset acquisition -- $4,390 represents revenue generated by sales to these international distributors; and (iv) $1,135 relates to sales generated by international operations not acquired.

(3) Licensing revenue has been reduced to reflect that we sold the right to use the Converse footwear trademarks in Japan in connection with the asset acquisition and we no longer earn such licensing income.

22

(4) Cost of sales has been reduced to reflect the following: (i) we sold the right to use Converse footwear trademarks in Japan in connection with the asset acquisition -- $7,105 represents cost of sales related to sales to CVEO's licensee in Japan; (ii) we did not acquire CVEO's retail store operations as part of the asset acquisition, and therefore, we do not generate this revenue -- $2,967 represents cost of sales from CVEO's retail stores; and (iii) we did not acquire certain of CVEO's contracts with certain international distributors as part of the asset acquisition -- $4,187 represents cost of sales for sales to these international distributors; and (iv) $735 relates to cost of sales related to sales generated by international operations not acquired. Cost of sales reductions in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) do not include allocations of inventory variances and reserves.

(5) Selling, general and administrative expenses has been reduced to reflect the following: (i) we did not acquire CVEO's retail store operations as part of the asset acquisition, and therefore we do not incur related expenses, $1,652 represents operating expenses related to CVEO's retail stores and (ii) we did not acquire CVEO's international operations, $2,813 relates to selling, general and administrative expenses associated with the international operations not acquired.

(6) Represents reversal of CVEO's restructuring charge recorded in connection with the sale of certain international operations and the writeoff of the related cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment.

(7) Represents interest expense on debt incurred in connection with the asset acquisition, less $3,776 of interest expense incurred by CVEO on debt we did not assume in the asset acquisition.

(8) Upon sale of assets to us, CVEO reversed to income an unamortized credit for current assets in excess of reorganization value which was recorded by CVEO in 1992 for "fresh start" reporting adopted by its parent company in connection with its reorganization. This entry has been eliminated for pro forma purposes as we did not acquire the unamortized credit.

(9) Represents reversal of reorganization income and expense items including the gain on the sale of assets to us recorded by CVEO as a result of its January 2001 decision to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

(10) Represents adjustment to record income tax at our effective tax rate.

23

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the unaudited pro forma financial information and accompanying notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. Financial information for the fiscal years 1999 and 2000 and for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 is the historical financial information for CVEO, an entity that may be deemed to be our "predecessor" under applicable SEC rules and regulations. Unaudited pro forma financial information presented for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 and the year ended December 31, 2001, include CVEO's financial results for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, adjusted to give pro forma effect to the asset acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2001, to eliminate related restructuring charges and to present CVEO's operating results as if it generally operated according to our business model. Because of the significant differences in strategy, operations and asset composition, we believe that CVEO's financial information may not be comparable to and should not be considered indicative of our current or future operations.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. See "Special Note About Forward-Looking Statements."

OVERVIEW

GENERAL

We are a designer, distributor and marketer of high performance and casual athletic footwear and apparel for men, women and children. Our products primarily include athletic footwear distinguished by our sports classics, sports performance and sports lifestyle product categories. Our products are sold in over 12,000 athletic specialty, sporting goods, specialty, department and national chain stores across the U.S. and Canada, and also through our 46 licensees in over 100 countries.

THE ASSET ACQUISITION AND CHANGE IN BUSINESS MODEL

On April 30, 2001, we acquired certain assets, including the Converse name and trademarks, from CVEO, which had voluntarily filed bankruptcy on January 22, 2001. We commenced operations on May 1, 2001, and we changed our name to Converse Inc. on May 21, 2001.

We include CVEO financial information in this prospectus because CVEO may be deemed a "predecessor" under applicable SEC rules and regulations. Because of the significant differences in strategy, operations and asset composition, we believe that CVEO's financial information is not indicative of our current or future operations or prospects. Our results and prospects may not be comparable to CVEO's because, among other things:

- We did not acquire CVEO's manufacturing operations, which were significant. Instead, we rely exclusively on third-party contract manufacturers in Asia.

- We did not acquire CVEO's 23 retail stores.

- CVEO was highly leveraged with over $150 million in indebtedness at December 30, 2000 and interest expense of approximately $21 million in fiscal 2000.

- We receive no revenue on sales of Converse branded footwear products sold in Japan as a result of our sale of the Japanese footwear trademarks and related licensing agreements to Itochu in connection with the asset acquisition.

- Our international operations are conducted primarily through third party licensing arrangements. In contrast, CVEO operated subsidiaries and distributors internationally.

We accounted for the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting and allocated the purchase price among the various acquired assets based on their respective fair values on April 30, 2001. See Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Among other effects of this allocation, our operating results in the year following the acquisition reflect (i) increased cost of sales due to a $4.1 million increase in the carrying

24

value of the acquired inventory and (ii) increased amortization expense related to a $900,000 asset with respect to the acquired existing customer order backlog.

Following the asset acquisition, our management team began implementing a variety of strategic and operational improvements to capitalize on the strength of the Converse brand, including implementing product development and marketing strategies to facilitate profitable growth, introducing new products and initiating new sourcing strategies and hiring experienced senior executives.

CVEO

In the periods preceding its January 2001 bankruptcy filing, CVEO undertook numerous restructuring and other activities that resulted in significant gains and charges, including:

- the sale of its international operations and the conversion of these operations into licensees, primarily during fiscal 1999 and 2000, resulting in (i) decreased wholesale sales and increased licensing revenues and (ii) significant restructuring charges in fiscal 1999 and 2000 and the four-month period ended April 30, 2001;

- the sale in December 2000 of its North Reading, Massachusetts headquarters building, resulting in a gain of $14.9 million in fiscal 2000;

- the sale in November 1999 of its non-footwear trademarks and related licensee agreements in Japan to Itochu Corporation, resulting in a $24.8 million gain in fiscal 1999; and

- the exiting of various business activities in fiscal 1999 and 2000, including closing its research and development facilities and unprofitable retail stores, with related work force reductions and asset impairment charges.

In 1992, in connection with the reorganization of its parent under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, CVEO adopted "fresh start" accounting and recorded current assets in excess of reorganization value of approximately $41.6 million, which was being amortized over 20 years. In conjunction with the acquisition, during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, CVEO (i) recorded other income of $22.9 million primarily related to the reversal of the remaining unamortized credit of $23.4 million and (ii) recognized a gain of $36.0 million on the assets sold to us and a $3.4 million curtailment gain on its pension plan, offset by other reorganization-related charges and expenses totaling $15.1 million.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our financial condition and results of operations are affected by the methods, assumptions and estimates in applying critical accounting policies. We base our estimates on historical experience and evaluate and adjust them on an ongoing basis due to changes in our business as well as industry conditions. Changes in the estimates or other judgments of matters inherently uncertain that are included within these accounting policies could result in a significant change to the information presented in the consolidated financial statements. We believe our most critical accounting policies relate to:

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Our net revenue is comprised of wholesale sales to retailers in North America and licensing revenue. We record revenue on wholesale sales when title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer, based on the terms of sale (generally at the time of shipment). Our wholesale sales revenue may fluctuate if our customers delay accepting shipment of our products.

Revenue from our licensees is recognized when all events have occurred to establish the license income earned and payable to us. Typically, this occurs when licensees make sales to retailers, or for certain licensees, when licensees accept footwear shipments from their manufacturers.

As part of our revenue recognition policy, we record estimated sales returns and miscellaneous claims from customers as reductions to revenues at the time revenues are recorded. We base our estimates on historical rates of product returns and claims, and specific identification of outstanding claims and outstanding returns not yet received from customers. Since inception, actual returns and claims have not exceeded our reserves. However, actual returns and claims in any future period are inherently uncertain and thus may differ

25

from our estimates. If actual returns and claims exceed reserves, we would need to reduce our net revenues at the time of such determination.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

We evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable on a case-by-case basis, and make adjustments to the provision for doubtful accounts for expected losses. We estimate the provision for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and past due status of the accounts in general as well as specific matters such as ability to pay, bankruptcy, credit ratings and payment history. Since inception, losses from uncollectible accounts have not exceeded our reserves. As of September 30, 2002, our total allowances for bad debt was $540,000 and our trade and licensing accounts receivable, net of these allowances, totaled $40.1 million. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate resulting in their inability to make payments, or actual market conditions become less favorable than those projected by us, additional provisions for doubtful accounts may be required.

INVENTORY

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. We determine finished goods inventories by the first-in, first-out method. We write-down our inventories for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by us, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

ORDERING CYCLE

Our retailers for our wholesale business generally place orders with us in advance of three retail seasons: spring, back-to-school and holiday. These orders are either futures orders or at-once orders. Futures orders are placed up to six months prior to the beginning of the season. Under our futures program, retailers are offered discounts on orders scheduled for delivery more than five months in advance. Our futures program is similar to programs offered by other athletic shoe companies and allows us to better manage inventory costs and plan production and shipping. During the nine months ended September 30, 2002, futures orders accounted for approximately 60% of our wholesale sales. At-once orders are placed year-round, with products shipped based on inventory availability. We maintain an inventory of our core products to capture at-once opportunities, and we believe there is low obsolescence risk for our core products.

BACKLOG

Our backlog for wholesale sales at September 30, 2002 was $72.0 million representing an increase of 32.1% compared to September 30, 2001. Backlog is comprised of all open customer orders not yet shipped as of a particular date. For numerous reasons, including the timing of shipments, the product mix of, or adjustments to, customer orders and the mix of futures and at-once orders, our backlog as of any date may not be a reliable measure of sales or net income for future periods.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For purposes of comparing operating results for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 to the nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 and for comparing the operating results for fiscal 2001 to CVEO's operating results for fiscal 2000, we have (i) combined CVEO's operating results for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 with our operating results for the five-month period ended September 30, 2001 and the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, respectively, and have assumed that the asset purchase from CVEO occurred on January 1, 2001 and (ii) made certain adjustments to CVEO's operating results to account generally for the above-described differences in our and CVEO's operations. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information." These combined results, as adjusted, constitute the pro forma operating results for these periods. As a result of the differences between CVEO, and us including strategic and operational changes since the asset acquisition, period to period comparisons of financial results may not be meaningful and the results of operations for historical periods may not be indicative of future results.

26

Net revenue is comprised of wholesale sales to retailers in North America and licensing revenue. Recent increases in wholesale sales have been driven by increases in both unit sales and average wholesale prices. We believe that future increases in wholesale sales will be driven primarily by increased unit sales. Our licensees obtain the right to distribute Converse branded footwear and apparel in specific geographic regions. A licensee's obligations to us are based on an agreed percentage of annual net sales or purchases of Converse branded products, subject to certain annual minimum payments, and advertising contributions based on their annual net sales. Recent growth in licensing revenue relates primarily from increased sales of Converse branded products by our licensees.

Cost of sales is comprised of all costs directly associated with generating net revenue, including purchasing our inventory and readying it for sale. CVEO included these direct costs as well as all costs relating to its manufacturing of domestically produced inventory in its cost of sales. Since the acquisition, we have seen a decrease in our cost of sales as a percentage of net revenue, primarily as a result of our exclusive use of overseas sourcing beginning in May 2001 and improved customer account and inventory management. Offsetting these reductions in 2001 was the step-up to fair value of the inventory acquired from CVEO. We believe that cost of sales as a percentage of net revenue have generally stabilized, and we do not expect to see the level of cost improvements experienced in the year following the acquisition.

Selling, general and administrative expenses, or SG&A expenses, are primarily comprised of direct selling, advertising and marketing, and product development expenses in addition to employee salaries, benefits and other general operating costs. Since the acquisition on April 30, 2001, we have seen an increase in SG&A expenses as a percentage of net revenue due to increased expenditures relating to marketing and product development initiatives and the upgrading and relocation of our distribution facility. Due to cash and other constraints, CVEO did not focus its spending in these areas. We believe that our SG&A expenses as a percentage of net revenue will decrease slightly in future periods as some of our infrastructure expenditures are reduced as a percentage of net revenue.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain items in the consolidated statement of operations presented as a percentage of net revenue.

                                        CVEO                                        CONVERSE
                            -----------------------------   --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  NINE-MONTH
                                              FOUR-MONTH    EIGHT-MONTH        YEAR              PERIOD ENDED
                             FISCAL YEAR     PERIOD ENDED   PERIOD ENDED       ENDED             SEPTEMBER 30,
                            --------------    APRIL 30,     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    -------------------------
                            1999     2000        2001           2001           2001           2001          2002
                            -----    -----   ------------   ------------   -------------   -----------   -----------
                                                                            (PRO FORMA)    (PRO FORMA)   (UNAUDITED)
                                                                            (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
Wholesale sales...........   92.0%    92.8%      92.3%          88.0%           89.3%          90.4%         89.1%
Licensing revenue.........    8.0      7.2        7.7           12.0            10.7            9.6          10.9
                            -----    -----      -----          -----           -----          -----         -----
Net revenue...............  100.0    100.0      100.0          100.0           100.0          100.0         100.0
Cost of sales.............   69.1     76.8       71.8           65.6            67.4           68.8          56.5
                            -----    -----      -----          -----           -----          -----         -----
Gross profit..............   30.9     23.2       28.2           34.4            32.6           31.2          43.5
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses................   34.1     26.2       24.5           25.6            25.6           22.5          24.7
Gain on sale of
  trademark...............   (9.7)      --         --             --              --             --            --
Restructuring, asset
  impairment, and other
  unusual charges.........    3.7      3.2        2.5             --              --             --            --
                            -----    -----      -----          -----           -----          -----         -----
Income (loss) from
  operations..............    2.8     (6.2)       1.2            8.8             7.0            8.7          18.8
Interest expense, net.....    8.7      9.5        5.3            0.6             0.6            0.6           0.9
Reorganization items......     --       --      (34.1)            --              --             --            --
Other (income) expense,
  net.....................    0.4     (4.9)     (32.0)            --              --             --            --
                            -----    -----      -----          -----           -----          -----         -----
Income (loss) before
  taxes...................   (6.3)   (10.8)      62.0            8.2             6.4            8.1          17.9
Income tax expense
  (benefit)...............   10.8      1.4       (3.8)           3.7             2.9            3.5           7.0
                            -----    -----      -----          -----           -----          -----         -----
Net income (loss).........  (17.1)%  (12.2)%     65.8%           4.5%            3.5%           4.6%         10.9%
                            =====    =====      =====          =====           =====          =====         =====

27

COMPARISON OF UNAUDITED NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2002 TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2001

NET REVENUE

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, wholesale sales to retailers increased 30% to $142.9 million from $109.6 million for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001. The $33.3 million growth resulted from both increased unit sales and higher average wholesale prices for several of our products. Increased unit sales reflect the introduction of new performance and classics products and our expansion of existing product lines. Our sports classics, sports performance and sports lifestyle product categories accounted for approximately 39%, 25% and 36% of our wholesale sales during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002.

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, licensing revenue increased to $17.5 million from $11.6 million for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001. The 51% increase relates to growth in wholesale sales by our international licensees, particularly our licensees in Europe.

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001, approximately 21.5% and 18.0%, respectively, of net revenue were from the Foot Locker Group. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of net revenue. We expect the dollar amount of sales to this customer group to increase over time with their sales varying as a percentage of our net revenue. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, no single licensee accounted for more than 10% of net revenue.

GROSS PROFIT

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, gross profit as a percent of net revenue increased to 43.5% from 31.2% for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001, due in part, to increased sales of higher margin styles and our exclusive use of overseas sourcing, which began in May 2001. Gross profit for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 was adversely impacted by $3.8 million due to the sale of inventory acquired from CVEO that we had recorded at fair market value on the asset acquisition date.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, SG&A expenses increased to $39.6 million, or 24.7% of net revenue, compared to $27.3 million, or 22.5% of net revenue, for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001. Included in the $39.6 million of SG&A expenses for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 is $9.1 million of marketing expenses, including advertising and promotion expenses; $3.6 million of research, design, and development, or RD&D, expenses; and $1.2 million of moving and transition expenses associated with the relocation of our distribution facilities from North Carolina to California, with the remainder comprised of employee salaries, benefits, and other operating costs.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, interest expense increased 100% to $1.5 million compared to $0.7 million for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001. The additional interest expense relates to an increase in the outstanding balance on our revolving credit facility to support working capital needs.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, income tax expense increased to $11.2 million, or 39.1% of pre-tax income, from $4.2 million, or 43.0% of pre-tax income, for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001 due to increased income before tax. During 2002, we generated a portion of our revenue through our international subsidiaries which we established at the end of fiscal 2001. Income generated by these subsidiaries is taxed at a significantly lower rate than our other income which lowered our overall effective tax rate.

28

COMPARISON OF UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FISCAL 2001 TO FISCAL 2000

NET REVENUE

For the pro forma fiscal 2001, net revenue decreased 33.8% to $149.2 million from $225.4 million for fiscal 2000, due to a decrease in wholesale sales and licensing revenue. For pro forma fiscal 2001, wholesale sales decreased to $133.1 million from $209.1 million for fiscal 2000. The $76.0 million decrease is comprised, in part, of sales to the licensee in Japan of $8.4 million, sales to international distributors of $4.4 million, and revenue generated by retail stores of $5.1 million, each of which have been excluded from the pro forma fiscal 2001 results as we did not acquire these operations.

GROSS PROFIT

For pro forma fiscal 2001, gross profit as a percent of net revenue increased to 32.6% from 23.2% for fiscal 2000, primarily as a result of improved customer account and inventory management as well as our exclusive use of overseas sourcing beginning in May 2001. Gross profit for pro forma 2001 was adversely impacted, however, by $4.1 million due to the sale of inventory acquired from CVEO which we recorded at fair market value on the acquisition date.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

For pro forma 2001, SG&A expenses as a percent of net revenue decreased to approximately 25.6% from 26.2% for fiscal 2000. This decrease was partially offset by a $1.0 million amortization expense primarily attributable to the acquired customer order backlog from the asset acquisition.

RESTRUCTURING, ASSET IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER UNUSUAL CHARGES

For fiscal 2000, CVEO recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges of $7.1 million, net of reversals, for various exit activities including a workforce reduction, the completion of the sale of its international operations and impairment losses associated with long-lived assets at corporate, retail stores and CVEO's leased manufacturing plants. No reorganization or other charges were recorded in pro forma fiscal 2001.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

For pro forma fiscal 2001, interest expense decreased 95.8% to $0.9 million compared to $21.4 million for fiscal 2000. The $20.5 million reduction relates to CVEO's significant debt levels.

OTHER INCOME

For fiscal 2000, CVEO's other income of $11.1 million was principally comprised of the $14.9 million net gain on the sale of its North Reading, Massachusetts headquarters building, partially offset by the write-off of financing fees associated with its aborted effort to securitize its licensing revenue and legal and professional costs related to a corporate restructuring. No other income or expense was recognized in pro forma fiscal 2001.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

For pro forma fiscal 2001, income tax expense was $4.3 million, or 45.5% of pre-tax income, compared to $3.2 million for fiscal 2000. Tax expense in pro forma fiscal 2001 reflects profitability for the period as compared to CVEO's loss in fiscal 2000. CVEO's income tax expense of $3.2 million for fiscal 2000 was comprised of certain foreign and state taxes.

DISCUSSION OF FISCAL 2001 -- ACTUAL

The following discussion describes CVEO's actual results of operations for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 and our actual results of operations for the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001.

FOUR-MONTH PERIOD ENDED APRIL 30, 2001

During this period, CVEO recorded net revenue of $71.4 million, comprised of $65.9 million of wholesale sales, including $5.1 million in sales from its retail stores, and $5.5 million of licensing revenue. CVEO realized gross profit of $20.1 million, or 28.2% of net revenue during the period. SG&A expenses for the period

29

were $17.5 million, which included $11.0 million of selling, marketing and RD&D expenses and $6.5 million of general and administrative expenses. During this period, CVEO recorded $2.7 million of restructuring and unusual charges related to the sale of its remaining international operations and the write-off of the related cumulative translation adjustment, offset by $0.9 million of changes in previously accrued estimated costs to terminate coaches' contracts. Interest expense for the period approximated $3.8 million due to CVEO's significant debt levels.

Other income for the period of $22.9 million resulted primarily from the reversal of the unamortized credit of $23.4 million for current assets in excess of reorganization value on CVEO's books related to its 1992 adoption of "fresh start" accounting. Reorganization items during the period totaled $24.3 million, including $1.5 million of severance and retention costs, $4.1 million of professional fees, $5.1 million of financing costs and $4.4 million of asset impairment and manufacturing closure costs. These amounts were offset by a $3.4 million curtailment gain on CVEO's pension plan and the $36.0 million gain recorded as a result of the asset sale to us. During this period, CVEO recorded a $3.9 million tax benefit related to a reduction in tax reserves. The asset acquisition did not include any CVEO net operating losses or other tax assets.

EIGHT-MONTH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001

During this period, we recorded net revenue of $98.1 million, comprised of $86.4 million of wholesale sales and $11.7 million of licensing revenue. Sports classics, sports performance and sports lifestyle product categories accounted for approximately 41.6%, 23.3% and 35.1% of wholesale sales, respectively. We realized gross profit of $33.8 million, or 34.4% of net revenue. Our gross profit was favorably impacted by our use of overseas sourcing, but it was adversely impacted by $4.1 million due to the sale of inventory acquired from CVEO which we recorded at fair market value on the acquisition date.

During this period, we incurred SG&A expenses of $25.1 million, or 25.6% of revenue, including $5.6 million of marketing expenses and $1.9 million of RD&D expenses. For the period, interest expense, net of interest income of $0.1 million, approximated $0.6 million, which included interest and related fees associated with our revolving credit facility. For the period, we recorded income tax expense of $3.7 million, resulting in an effective income tax rate of 45.5%. In addition, we had deferred tax assets of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2001.

COMPARISON OF FISCAL 2000 TO FISCAL 1999

NET REVENUE

For fiscal 2000, CVEO's net revenue decreased to $225.4 million from $255.6 million and wholesale sales decreased from $235.2 million to $209.1 million in fiscal 2000 as a result of decreases in the performance and classic categories, partially offset by increases in the lifestyle category, which was introduced during fiscal 1999. In addition, certain international operations were sold and converted into licensees in fiscal 2000. For fiscal 2000, licensing revenue decreased to $16.3 million from $20.5 million for fiscal 1999, primarily as a result of CVEO's sale in November 1999 of its non-footwear trademarks and related license agreements in Japan.

GROSS PROFIT

For fiscal 2000, CVEO's gross profit decreased to $52.3 million from $79.1 million in fiscal 1999 due to lower volume of shipments resulting in decreased manufacturing utilization and consequently lower margins. Additionally, increased reserves to adjust certain inventory to lower of cost or market values and the sale of excess inventory at reduced prices resulted in lowered gross profit.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

For fiscal 2000, SG&A expenses decreased $28.0 million to $59.1 million from $87.1 million for the year ended January 1, 2000. This reduction was mainly attributable to decreased spending in selling and marketing and RD&D activities, as well as corporate staff reductions and expense reductions associated with the sale of certain international operations.

30

GAIN ON SALE OF TRADEMARK

During fiscal 1999, CVEO recognized a gain of $24.8 million related to the sale of its Japanese non-footwear trademark and related non-footwear license agreements in Japan to Itochu Corporation.

RESTRUCTURING, ASSET IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER UNUSUAL CHARGES

During fiscal 2000, CVEO recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges of $7.1 million, net of reversals, for various exit activities including a workforce reduction, the sale and conversion of certain international operations into licensees and impairment losses associated with long-lived assets at corporate, retail stores and CVEO's leased manufacturing plants. During fiscal 1999, CVEO recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges of $9.4 million for various exit activities including a workforce reduction, costs of closing unprofitable retail stores, lease termination costs, termination costs related to endorser contracts and the sale of its international operations.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

For fiscal 2000, CVEO's other income of $11.1 million was mainly comprised of a $14.9 million gain on the sale of its North Reading, Massachusetts headquarters building, partially offset by the write-off of financing fees associated with CVEO's aborted effort to securitize its licensing revenue as well as legal and professional costs incurred related to a corporate restructuring. For fiscal 1999, CVEO's other expense of $1.0 million primarily resulted from a legal settlement.

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

The following table sets forth selected unaudited financial data for each of the last eight fiscal quarters. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

                                      CVEO                                           CONVERSE
                       ----------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------------
                       FISCAL 2000       FISCAL 2001                FISCAL 2001                    FISCAL 2002
                       -----------   --------------------   ----------------------------   ---------------------------
                                               APRIL 1 TO   MAY 1 TO
                           4TH         1ST     APRIL 30,    JUNE 30,     3RD       4TH       1ST       2ND       3RD
                         QUARTER     QUARTER      2001        2001     QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER
                       -----------   -------   ----------   --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
Net revenue..........   $ 50,628     $53,862    $17,493     $27,631    $42,497   $27,977   $49,590   $51,484   $59,370
Gross profit.........      3,238      13,709      6,406       7,990     15,063    10,736    20,817    21,586    27,367
Income (loss) from
  operations.........    (18,050)      1,965     (1,102)      3,351      5,446     (150)     9,979     7,351    12,821
Net income (loss)....    (11,370)    (4,181)     51,150       1,800      3,026     (426)     5,767     4,003     7,689

The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial data for each of the last eight quarters as a percentage of net revenue.

                                          CVEO                                           CONVERSE
                           ----------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------------------
                           FISCAL 2000       FISCAL 2001                 FISCAL 2001                    FISCAL 2002
                           -----------   --------------------   -----------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                   APRIL 1 TO   MAY 1 TO
                               4TH         1ST     APRIL 30,    JUNE 30,      3RD       4TH       1ST       2ND       3RD
                             QUARTER     QUARTER      2001        2001      QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER
                           -----------   -------   ----------   ---------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Net revenue..............     100.0%      100.0%     100.0%       100.0%     100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
Gross profit.............       6.4        25.5       36.6         28.9       35.4      38.4      42.0      41.9      46.1
Income (loss) from
  operations.............     (35.7)        3.7       (6.3)        12.1       12.8       (.5)     20.1      14.3      21.6
Net income...............     (22.5)       (7.8)     292.4          6.5        7.1      (1.5)     11.6       7.8      13.0

Generally, our revenue is recognized equally between the first-half and second-half of the year with revenue peaking in the third quarter coinciding with shipments to retailers for the back-to-school season. Our net revenue for the 2001 fourth quarter, reflects the low sales volume typically experienced in this quarter due to the under-penetrated holiday season.

For the period from April 1, 2001 to April 30, 2001, CVEO's net income of $51.2 million includes (i) a $23.4 million benefit from the reversal of the unamortized balance on CVEO balance sheet related to CVEO's

31

1992 adoption of "fresh start" accounting and (ii) a $36.0 million gain on the asset sale to us on April 30, 2002.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We have satisfied our cash requirements principally through cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving line of credit.

Cash used in operating activities was $21.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002, reflecting primarily an increase in our working capital components, including accounts receivable and inventory, in line with the growth of our business. Our working capital position, net of cash, was $35.0 million as of September 30, 2002.

Cash used in investing activities was $9.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. Investments include infrastructure investments to increase the scalability of our information technology systems, costs associated with the implementation of an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system and the acquisition of certain assets of our licensee in Canada. In addition, we upgraded and relocated our distribution centers closer to the Port of Long Beach, California, which is the major port of entry for our products and more strategically located to a number of our major retailers.

Cash provided by financing activities was $28.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. This amount represents proceeds from our revolving line of credit offset by cash used to pay dividends on our series A preferred stock.

FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

We have a revolving credit facility that provides for revolving borrowings up to $85.0 million, with actual borrowings limited to available collateral, which includes a percentage of our inventory, trade receivables and estimated annual licensing revenue ($60.5 million was available as of September 30, 2002). As of September 30, 2002, the outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility was approximately $31.2 million. Our revolving credit facility bears interest at a eurodollar rate plus 2.5% and we pay customary facility fees.

Our revolving credit facility provides for a sub-facility for documentary letters of credit of up to $20 million for purchases of merchandise inventories. As of September 30, 2002, outstanding letters of credit approximated $4.7 million.

Our revolving credit facility includes certain covenants and restrictions, including the requirement that we maintain specified financial ratios and restrictions on indebtedness, mergers, acquisitions and payment of dividends. As of September 30, 2002, we were in compliance with these covenants and restrictions.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Capital expenditures were $7.4 million and $1.6 million for nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001, respectively. Capital expenditures related primarily to distribution and information technology in 2002 and information technology and office equipment in 2001.

We anticipate additional capital expenditures of approximately $5.8 million during the quarter ended December 31, 2002. This amount primarily relates to the upgrading of our distribution facilities and the installation of a computerized warehouse management system.

Due to our significant investments in our distribution and information technology infrastructures in fiscal 2001 and 2002, we anticipate the level of capital expenditures to significantly decrease in fiscal 2003 and beyond. In 2003, capital expenditures will primarily relate to inventory automation systems for our distribution centers and to a lesser extent, additional information technology expenditures.

We anticipate that cash generated from this offering, from operations and from funds available under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

32

LONG TERM OBLIGATIONS

The following table presents our long-term contractual obligations as of September 30, 2002:

                                                       PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIODS
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------
                                     TOTAL    LESS THAN 1   2-3 YEARS   4-5 YEARS   AFTER 5 YEARS
                                    -------   -----------   ---------   ---------   -------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
Operating leases..................  $16,234     $3,347       $6,514      $5,196        $1,177
Issued but undrawn letters of
  credit..........................    4,728      4,728           --          --            --
Software license and maintenance
  contracts.......................    1,586        742          827          17            --
Endorsement contracts.............      813        350          418          45            --
                                    -------     ------       ------      ------        ------
Total contractual obligations.....  $23,361     $9,167       $7,759      $5,258        $1,177
                                    =======     ======       ======      ======        ======

We intend to finance these obligations through cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED

In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations," which will be effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2004. SFAS 143 addresses the financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. We do not expect that the impact of adopting SFAS No. 143 will be material to our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," which addresses the impairment for all tangible assets. SFAS 144 will be effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2003. We do not expect that the impact of adopting SFAS No. 144 will be material to our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement 13 and Technical Corrections," which will be effective for us in fiscal 2003. SFAS 145 eliminates the classification of debt extinguishment activity as extraordinary items; eliminates inconsistencies in lease modification treatment and makes various technical corrections or clarifications of other existing authoritative pronouncements. We do not expect that the impact of adopting SFAS No. 145 will be material to our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." The provisions of this statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. This Statement requires that a liability or a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair value only when the liability is incurred. We do not expect SFAS No. 146 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

MARKET AND OTHER RISKS

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade and licensee accounts receivable. At September 30, 2002, approximately 29% of accounts receivable were from our largest customer. Credit risk with respect to our other trade accounts receivable is mitigated by the relatively large number of entities comprising our customer base and the close monitoring of credit extended to our largest customers. Concentration of credit risk with respect to licensee accounts receivable is reduced through the close monitoring of receivable balances and the international dispersion of such licensees. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses, and losses, in the aggregate, have not exceeded management's expectations since inception.

Our top two manufacturers produced approximately 60% of our footwear needs during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002. A disruption or change in the sourcing relationship with our manufacturers could cause a delay in manufacturing; however, we believe that such a change would not impact long-term supply due to the existence of alternative suppliers.

33

Although our purchases from our contract manufacturers are made in U.S. dollars, adverse fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the local currencies of our contract manufacturers could result in our contract manufacturers charging us a higher price for purchased goods.

Our revolving credit facility has a variable interest rate. As a result, we are subject to related interest risk on borrowed amounts. We estimate that a 1% increase in the interest rate on our revolving credit facility would result in approximately $175,000 in annual additional interest expense.

34

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Converse is a designer, distributor and marketer of high performance and casual athletic footwear and apparel for men, women and children. We believe the Converse brand is one of the most recognized sports brands in the world. Since the brand was founded in 1908, Converse has built a reputation as "America's Original Sports Company"(TM) and has been associated with a rich heritage of legendary shoes such as the Chuck Taylor(R) All Star(R). We believe that the All Star is the best selling athletic shoe in history with hundreds of millions of pairs sold worldwide. The Converse brand is associated with innovation in athletic footwear and Converse products have been worn by world-class athletes and are associated with champions in most major professional sports. Our brand appeals to consumers of performance and casual sports products, which creates opportunities for us to market a broad range of products across a wide demographic base.

Our products primarily include athletic footwear distinguished by our sports classics, sports performance and sports lifestyle product categories, comprising approximately 39%, 25% and 36%, respectively, of our wholesale sales during the first nine months of 2002. Our sports classics footwear category includes the Chuck Taylor All Star, the Jack Purcell(R) tennis shoe, the One Star(R) court shoe and other authentic heritage products. Our sports performance footwear category currently focuses on basketball footwear, while our sports lifestyle products appeal to trend-conscious consumers seeking casual footwear. Our products are sold in over 12,000 athletic specialty, sporting goods, department and national chain stores across the United States and Canada, and also through our 46 licensees in over 100 countries. Worldwide wholesale sales of all products bearing the Converse brand, generated by us and our licensing partners and affiliates, were approximately $439 million for the first nine months of 2002. Of this total, the Americas contributed approximately 38% of sales of the brand, the Asia and Pacific region contributed approximately 44%, and the balance of approximately 18% was from Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Since we acquired the Converse assets in April 2001, our management team has taken steps to capitalize on the strength of the Converse brand and build upon its tradition of athletic excellence. Our management team has developed and executed upon a business model to facilitate profitable growth and reestablish Converse as a leading multi-category sports footwear and apparel brand. The key elements of our business platform have been to:

- build a design and development organization capable of creating new products and accelerating their introduction;

- introduce new sports performance and sports lifestyle footwear and mine our extensive product archives to reintroduce sports classics footwear models;

- develop a comprehensive marketing strategy designed to reinforce our strong brand heritage and broaden the appeal of our brand;

- build our sales organization and strengthen our relationships with leading retailers to gain additional shelf space;

- establish relationships with independent contractors in Asia to manufacture all of our footwear products;

- establish an advanced sourcing center in South China staffed with highly experienced local experts to reduce production costs and time-to-market; and

- develop a scalable infrastructure by installing proven information systems and open two West Coast distribution facilities to improve operating leverage.

As a result of our efforts, our financial performance has significantly improved. Net revenue, income from operations and net income have increased to $160.4 million, $30.2 million and $17.5 million, respectively, for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 from $121.2 million, $10.6 million and $5.6 million, respectively, for the pro forma nine-month period ended September 30, 2001, which includes CVEO's results for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001. We have also improved our operating income margins, which

35

increased to 21.6% in the third quarter of 2002 from 12.8% in the same period of 2001. Our backlog at September 30, 2002 was $72.0 million, which increased 32.1% compared to September 30, 2001.

OUR BRAND HERITAGE

Throughout its 94 year history, the Converse brand has demonstrated the ability to transcend both the athletic casual and athletic performance categories, consistently appealing to a broad demographic ranging from young teens to middle-aged adults and enduring as a part of American popular culture. Key milestones in the development our of brand include:

- 1908 -- Marquis Mills Converse founded The Converse Rubber Shoe Company.

- 1917 -- Converse developed the first performance basketball shoe called the All Star(R).

- 1923 -- Converse added basketball legend Chuck Taylor's name and signature to the All Star in recognition of his contribution to the game and to the development of our sport shoe.

- 1937 -- Converse introduced the Jack Purcell(R) tennis shoe with its unique toe bumper and toe smile.

- 1940s -- Converse produced protective footwear, aviator boots, jungle boots, parkas and other equipment for all branches of the U.S. Armed Services, earning several coveted Army-Navy "E" Awards for production excellence.

- 1950s -- Many of the stars of the National Basketball Association, or NBA, were wearing the All Star on the courts, while young men across the United States were sporting their Chuck Taylors on the playing field and on the street, and Hollywood discovered the Jack Purcell.

- 1960s -- Converse designed and developed athletic performance footwear for numerous college basketball programs and other sports, including tennis, track and field, baseball and football. On March 2, 1962, Wilt Chamberlain of the Philadelphia Warriors scored 100 points to set the NBA record for most points in a single game while wearing his All Stars.

- 1970s -- Converse introduced the Pro Leather, also known as the "Dr. J," for basketball star Julius Erving in 1976. While baseball legend Lou Brock and tennis champion Jimmy Connors were setting new standards for their sports, Converse was revolutionizing athletic performance footwear.

- 1980s -- Converse provided performance products for the U.S. Olympic Team at the Summer Olympic Games in Los Angeles. In 1986, Converse launched the Weapon(TM) basketball shoe, which was worn by many star players in the NBA including Larry Bird, Robert Parrish, Kevin McHale and Isiah Thomas. Throughout the 1980s, Tony Dorsett in football and Chris Evert in tennis dominated their respective sports while wearing Converse performance products.

- 1990s -- Converse introduced the Run & Slam in 1993, fusing elements of running and basketball footwear. A restyled performance version of the Chuck Taylor, called the All Star 2000, was also introduced and the One Star(R) was relaunched and embraced by the new action sports generation, including skateboarders and surfers.

THE ATHLETIC FOOTWEAR AND APPAREL MARKET

According to Sporting Goods Intelligence, the combined worldwide market for athletic footwear and apparel generated approximately $57.7 billion in wholesale revenue in 2001. The athletic footwear market comprised $16.2 billion of wholesale sales in 2001, which were relatively concentrated with Nike, Reebok and adidas generating approximately 58% of total wholesale sales. The athletic apparel market comprised $41.5 billion in wholesale sales in 2001 with market share highly fragmented among many athletic and apparel brands.

The athletic footwear and apparel industry is characterized by rapidly changing consumer preferences and purchasing patterns. Market share gains in the wholesale industry have historically been driven by the ability to build brand recognition and loyalty, offer innovative products and conduct successful marketing campaigns, including athlete endorsements and celebrity product usage. Retailers are increasingly focused on suppliers capable of delivering products quickly to meet changing consumer preferences.

36

We believe the U.S. market is important, not only because it is the largest footwear market in the world, with $7.6 billion in wholesale sales in 2001, but also because brand strength in the U.S. market drives global demand for these products. The four largest product categories in the U.S. athletic footwear market in 2001 were: running (27%), basketball (18%), sports casual (16%) and cross-training (14%). Basketball and sports casual product categories are increasing as a percent of the total market at the expense of the running and cross-training categories. Currently, the U.S. market is experiencing resurgence in the popularity of "retro" models and modernized classic footwear models as well as an increased demand for moderately priced footwear. According to the NPD Group, a market data provider, basketball was the fastest growing major U.S. athletic footwear category in dollar volume during the 12 months ended September 30, 2002, while average retail prices for basketball footwear products declined from $56.95 to $52.91. Another key market trend is the strong demand from specialty athletic footwear retailers for new high growth brands to reduce their dependence on the top three brands. Athletic footwear is sold through many channels, including athletic specialty, sporting goods, specialty, department and national chain stores.

BUSINESS STRENGTHS

We believe the following strengths create significant competitive advantages and opportunities for growth:

POWERFUL GLOBAL SPORTS BRAND WITH BROAD APPEAL

The Converse brand has a heritage of producing high quality athletic footwear for 94 years. We believe the Converse brand is one of the most recognized sports brands in the world and is an American icon. Sporting Goods Business estimates that over 83% of U.S. consumers over the age of 15 recognize the Converse brand. Our brand appeals to consumers of both the performance and casual sports products which creates opportunities for us to market a broad range of products across a wide demographic base. As the brand has evolved, its appeal has expanded beyond athletes to a broad segment of the population, to include trend-setting consumers and high-profile celebrities. By embracing Converse products, high-profile personalities generate increased media visibility for the brand and drive global demand for Converse products.

SPORTS CLASSICS FOOTWEAR CREATE FOUNDATION FOR GROWTH AND PROFITABILITY

Our sports classics products have a rich heritage, a strong association with sports legends and are readily identifiable by consumers. Converse icon products such as the All Star(R), Jack Purcell(R) and One Star(R) have been marketed for over 85, 65 and 25 years, respectively. We tap our extensive product archives to introduce and market a broad range of additional heritage products. Our sports classics footwear lines accounted for 39% of our U.S. footwear sales in the first nine months of 2002. These classic footwear products provide us with attractive margins and require comparatively modest advertising and marketing expenditures to drive sales, primarily because of their loyal following, consistent base of consumer demand and constant shelf space.

PROVEN MANAGEMENT TEAM WITH SIGNIFICANT INDUSTRY AND BRAND DEVELOPMENT
EXPERTISE

Our management team has extensive experience in the athletic footwear and apparel business. Our team of proven industry veterans have designed, sourced, distributed and marketed for over 20 leading footwear and athletic apparel companies such as adidas, Reebok, Nike, The North Face and K-Swiss. Jack Boys, our chief executive officer, has over 20 years of experience in the sports footwear and apparel industry. While most of our executives are new to Converse, many have worked together previously and have substantial experience in developing and strengthening brands.

RAPID TIME TO MARKET

We have implemented several initiatives that we believe enable us to bring products to market faster than our competition. By reengineering our product design and development processes and establishing a sourcing and quality center in South China, we have significantly reduced our sourcing costs, shortened development times and improved our operational efficiencies. New product development times from design to delivery have generally been reduced to 12 months, which is well below the industry average of 18 months. We believe that these improvements provide us with the necessary flexibility in design and development to rapidly react to trends and quickly provide our retailers with the innovative products they need.

37

LEVERAGABLE BUSINESS MODEL

We have made substantial investments to establish a scalable infrastructure. We have installed information systems that enable us to closely and effectively monitor the performance of our key business functions, including order processing and tracking, sales and finance. In addition, we have improved our operating efficiencies by opening two West Coast distribution centers that have capacity to scale significantly as our volumes grow. We expect that by continuing to reduce our operating costs and improving efficiencies, we will be positioned to realize increased profitability as our revenue grows.

ESTABLISHED RELATIONSHIPS WITH LEADING RETAILERS

We have long-established relationships with (i) athletic specialty retailers such as Foot Locker and Champs; (ii) sporting goods retailers including The Sports Authority, Modell's and Copeland's; (iii) specialty retailers such as Journeys, Eurostar and Famous Footwear; and (iv) department and national chain stores including J.C. Penney and Nordstrom. We are increasing sales and gaining additional shelf space with these and other high volume retailers as well as rationalizing the number of retail accounts through which we distribute our products. Increasingly, retailers are seeking suppliers capable of rapidly responding to changing consumer preferences and producing exclusive products. We believe the changes we have made to increase our production flexibility and reduce our product development cycle times are competitive advantages for us in developing and expanding our relationships with leading retailers.

EXTENSIVE INTERNATIONAL LICENSE NETWORK SUPPORTS PROFITABLE GROWTH

We currently have 46 licensee relationships worldwide that distribute Converse products in over 100 countries. In several of these markets, including Australia, South Africa, Mexico and China, Converse is one of the top four athletic footwear and apparel brands by units sold. We have chosen to establish licensee relationships in international markets because they provide us with local distribution expertise and enable us to expand the Converse brand globally with minimum capital investment and no inventory risk. In addition, our licensees have helped strengthen the global recognition of our brand, which is reinforced through the premium positioning we enjoy in many international markets. Our license agreements typically stipulate payments to us based on a percentage of the licensee's net sales and purchases, with minimum amounts that provide a stable revenue source.

GROWTH STRATEGIES

We seek to enhance the value of the Converse brand, increase our market share and improve operating efficiencies through the following strategies:

BUILD A LEADING MULTI-CATEGORY SPORTS PERFORMANCE PORTFOLIO

We plan to restore Converse's position as a leading multi-category athletic footwear and apparel brand by leveraging our image as "America's Original Sports Company"(TM) and introducing products in several categories, including basketball, cross training, running, walking and tennis. We currently offer a focused collection of sports performance basketball shoes. During the 2003 basketball season, we plan to introduce a full line of newly designed sports performance basketball shoes with retail prices ranging from $55 to $100, including the launch of a signature basketball shoe. Also in 2003, we plan to expand our team sports program by introducing a basketball shoe for sales through team dealers. We plan to launch cross training and running footwear in 2004 and 2005, respectively. We intend to support these product introductions with a comprehensive marketing plan designed to reinforce the authentic heritage of our brand. Our key marketing initiatives will include television and print advertising to promote our launch of new performance basketball products in Fall 2003, continued athlete endorsements, public relations initiatives and sponsorship of the Five Star basketball camps.

EXPAND SPORTS CLASSICS AND SPORTS LIFESTYLE FOOTWEAR CATEGORIES

To increase market share in our existing sports classics and sports lifestyle footwear categories, we plan to accelerate the development of new products in these categories. We believe our sports classics products generate long-term, consistent demand and provide a solid revenue and market share foundation. We intend to

38

capitalize on our extensive product archives by reintroducing original and modernized versions of our sports classics products. We also plan to introduce premium-priced sports classics products, building upon the successful recent launch of the John Varvatos-designed line of limited edition shoes sold in premium U.S. retailers such as Barney's New York and Neiman Marcus. For 2003, we plan to introduce 200 footwear styles, derived from our archives and supported by a marketing campaign drawing upon our brand heritage. In 2003, we are planning two major product initiatives in our sports lifestyle category: an urban-directed collection that evolves from our successful A Train and Cynch models and a skate-influenced collection aimed at the suburban mall consumer that draws inspiration from our successful EV Pro(TM) franchise. We plan to support our lifestyle products with increased point-of-sale and local advertising.

DEVELOP WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S FOOTWEAR CATEGORIES

We are focused on expanding our women's and children's athletic footwear categories. Women's shoes accounted for about one-third of our footwear sales in the first nine months of 2002. Only 15% of our footwear models are currently targeted toward women. We believe the opportunity exists to significantly increase our penetration of this $4.4 billion market. We are in the process of building a dedicated women's design team and are planning to roll out an expanded women's footwear collection for 2003. Children's footwear provides a similar opportunity. We have hired dedicated designers, and for 2004 we intend to introduce a full line of children's footwear, including children's sizes of selected popular adult models as well as models designed exclusively for children.

PENETRATE HIGHLY COMPLEMENTARY APPAREL MARKET

The $41.5 billion global athletic apparel market provides a highly complementary expansion opportunity for the Converse brand permitting us to offer head-to-toe product assortments. Through license agreements with key partners, we are targeting two market segments: sports apparel and urban apparel. We launched a sports apparel collection with Foot Locker and Champs, which is currently distributed nationwide with plans for distribution in Europe in 2003. Together with the organization responsible for Akademiks, an urban apparel brand, we are developing a premium-priced, urban apparel collection inspired by our rich heritage, which will be sold through independent, high-end retailers globally.

DEVELOP NEW AND EXISTING RETAIL RELATIONSHIPS

A significant opportunity exists to expand our retail distribution by increasing retail shelf space for our products and adding new stores from existing accounts, as well as adding new retail accounts. We continue to seek opportunities to build new alliances with high-volume, brand-enhancing retailers. We seek to align ourselves with retailers whose reputation for quality and service and whose marketing strategies are consistent with our own. We believe our broad product range, speed to market and ability to develop retailer-exclusive products favorably positions us to gain share with existing and new retailers.

GROW THE CONVERSE BRAND INTERNATIONALLY

The increased strength of our brand in the United States enhances the growth of the Converse brand globally. We are implementing a number of targeted strategies to expand our international footwear and apparel licensing revenue. We are developing programs for our licensees and affiliates on the design, development, marketing and sourcing of Converse products to further unify our brand image and to gain scale efficiencies. We are pursuing opportunities to consolidate smaller markets under master licensees with proven operational resources, which we believe can improve product distribution and efficiencies within specific geographic areas. We also plan to selectively explore opportunities to acquire our licensees.

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

We have made significant investments to build a design and development organization, since none existed at the time of the asset acquisition. We have established teams of product line managers, designers and developers focused on our individual sport footwear categories and apparel. We are also building design and development teams dedicated to our new categories of women's and children's footwear. To enhance our relationships with key customers, we have established "fast strike" teams, which are composed of product design and development specialists who work directly with our customers, reviewing sales data and customer

39

reactions to develop and bring tailored products to market rapidly. Our advanced product development organization is capable of accelerating the frequency and speed to market of new product introductions. We are committed to continuing to dedicate significant resources to product planning, design and development to sustain our brand's commitment to innovation and outstanding products.

We design and develop footwear models across our product categories. Each model is a distinct shoe type. For each model, we can develop many styles utilizing different materials, color treatments and design elements. We design products specifically for the spring, back-to-school and holiday seasons, which we supplement with a constant flow of new products to selected retailers throughout the year. Our integrated design and development process originates with our product line managers who analyze style and market trends that influence the designs created by our designers. The designs are then translated into product specifications by our developers and used by our sourcing team in Asia to make prototypes. Our designers and developers frequently travel to Asia and work closely with our local team and manufacturers to develop product prototypes, test and refine products and provide quality assurance through the manufacturing stage. These trans-Pacific teams are highly focused on bringing products to market quickly and reducing costs while maintaining product quality.

The majority of Converse footwear products sold by our international licensees are developed by us and are also available in North America. We design products for specific licensees and international markets. Additionally, we review products designed by licensees to ensure that the footwear and apparel they produce are appropriate for the intended market and are consistent with the attributes associated with the Converse brand.

PRODUCTS

The Converse brand has powerful appeal to both the performance and casual sports categories, which creates opportunities for us to successfully market products across a wide demographic base. Most of our business is comprised of men's athletic footwear, grouped into three categories: sports classics, sports performance and sports lifestyle. We also offer focused selections of apparel and women's and children's footwear.

Sports Classics. Our sports classics category is the most established of our product categories and includes heritage products such as the All Star(R), the Jack Purcell(R) and the One Star(R), which have been selling for over 85, 65 and 25 years, respectively. This category also includes other revivals of shoes previously worn by sports champions. These products have a rich heritage, a strong association with sports legends and are readily identifiable by consumers. We believe our sports classics products have gained a loyal following that creates a consistent base of consumer demand and constant shelf space. Our sports classics products comprised 39% of our footwear sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002.

We intend to capitalize upon our extensive product archives to continue reintroducing original and modernized versions of sports classics products designed to appeal largely to consumers seeking sports-inspired casual footwear. We will continue to grow the Chuck Taylor(R) line with seasonal introductions of new colors, leathers and fabrics. Beyond the Chuck Taylor introductions, we plan to reintroduce 200 footwear styles derived from our archives. We also intend to introduce premium priced sports classics products, building upon the successful recent launch of a John Varvatos-designed line of limited edition shoes sold in premium U.S. retailers such as Barney's New York and Neiman Marcus. This premium collection includes 15 models inspired by our classic products.

Sports Performance. Over the last century, Converse high performance athletic shoes have been the choice of many world-class athletes and champions in most major professional sports. We plan to reestablish Converse's position as a leading multi-category performance sports supplier by introducing sports performance products in several categories, including basketball, cross training, running, walking and tennis. Our design and development team is developing new technology to enhance the fit, stability and cushioning of sports performance footwear that will be applicable to multiple performance categories. Sports performance products represented approximately 25% of our total footwear sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002. We expect this to be our fastest growing category as a result of increased development and marketing expenditures.

40

We offer a collection of sports performance basketball shoes, including the Aggressor and Overtime models launched in the Fall of 2002. These new models, as well as the Pro Leather and the Weapon(TM), are being worn by NBA players. For the 2003 basketball season, we plan to introduce a full line of newly designed sports performance basketball shoes with suggested retail prices ranging from $55 to $100. During the 2003 NBA season, we will introduce a signature basketball shoe featuring our new advanced performance technologies. In 2003, we are planning to expand our team sports program by introducing a basketball shoe for sales through team dealers. We plan to launch cross training and running products in 2004 and 2005, respectively, followed thereafter by walking, tennis and other new categories.

Sports Lifestyle. Converse pioneered the sports lifestyle category with the introduction of the A Train in Spring 1997. The category includes products that are multipurpose, for use in sports or as casual wear, and are designed to appeal to trend conscious consumers seeking stylish alternatives to traditional athletic footwear. The sports lifestyle category represented approximately 36% of our footwear sales for the nine-month period ending September 30, 2002.

We are planning to expand the number of footwear products offered in this category in 2003, including the launch of two new collections. The first targets the young urban market and features designs inspired by our successful A Train and Cynch products. The second is aimed at the suburban mall consumer and seeks to emulate the wide acceptance of our EV Pro(TM) collection.

Women's and Children's Footwear. We offer a selection of footwear for women and children, comprised of modified versions from our three footwear product categories. We believe the opportunity exists to significantly increase our presence in these markets. Only 15% of our styles are currently targeted toward women. We are in the process of building a dedicated women's design team and are planning to roll out an expanded women's footwear collection for Fall 2003. Children's footwear provides a similar opportunity. We have hired dedicated designers and plan to introduce a full line of children's footwear for 2004, including children's sizes of selected popular adult models as well as models designed exclusively for children.

Sports Apparel. In late 2002, we launched a sports apparel collection, produced and distributed by Foot Locker and Champs stores nationwide. Together with the organization responsible for Akademiks, an urban apparel brand, we are developing a premium-priced, urban apparel collection inspired by our rich heritage which will be sold through independent, high-end retailers. Internationally, our licensees may offer apparel products designed for their territory and approved by us.

SOURCING AND MANUFACTURING

Our management team has developed a flexible and scalable production model to accommodate constantly changing consumer preferences and the growth of our business. We do not own any manufacturing facilities and rely upon a select group of independent contract manufacturers located in China, Vietnam, Indonesia and Macau to produce our footwear products and those of our international licensees. To support our production effort, we established a sourcing and quality assurance office in South China staffed with highly experienced local experts. Our Asia-based team collaborates with our U.S. design and development organization and our manufacturing partners to develop prototypes, test and refine products and provide quality assurance through the manufacturing stage. Our local sourcing management makes decisions close to the point of production. This decentralized model increases our production flexibility and speed-to-market.

Our local sourcing employees oversee all aspects of production and determine which manufacturers can most cost effectively and rapidly produce specific products. We select our manufacturers on the basis of quality, production capacity and pricing. We have a sourcing agreement with our top two manufacturers. Through six factories, these manufacturers accounted for approximately 60% of our total footwear purchases during the nine months ended September 30, 2002. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." All of our manufacturers must comply with our high quality standards, which are an integral part of the Converse brand identity. Our quality assurance personnel examine and test product prototypes during the development phase in our test laboratories in Zhongshan, China. These personnel review samples and materials prior to production and perform quality assurance inspections of final products prior to shipment.

41

Our licensees are responsible for sourcing and manufacturing our licensed apparel products. Pursuant to the terms of the license agreements, we retain the right to approve the designs and quality of all Converse-branded products and the right to inspect all manufacturing facilities.

SALES

NORTH AMERICA

In the United States and Canada, we sell our products, through our sales representatives, to over 1,600 retailers, operating more than 12,000 athletic specialty, sporting goods, specialty, department and national chain stores. Our top retailers include: (i) athletic specialty -- Foot Locker and Champs; (ii) sporting goods -- The Sports Authority, Modell's, and Copeland's; (iii) specialty -- Journeys, Eurostar, and Famous Footwear; and (iv) department and national chains stores -- Sears, J.C. Penney and Nordstrom.

Due to the broad appeal of our brand, which spans both the performance and casual sports markets, we believe we can access a wider range of distribution channels than many of our competitors. In each of these channels, we are aligning ourselves with retailers whose reputation for quality and service and whose marketing strategies are consistent with our own. We seek to establish alliances with high-volume, brand-enhancing retailers.

The Foot Locker Group accounted for approximately 21% of our net revenue for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue during this period.

In April 2002, we entered into an alliance agreement with Foot Locker. The agreement runs until December 31, 2005, but may be terminated by either party upon 30 days notice. Under the agreement, Foot Locker is our exclusive mall-based, athletic specialty store distributor of our All Star(R) performance basketball footwear in the United States. Foot Locker also has the exclusive right to distribute certain basic athletic apparel products in the United States. We retain the right to market other lines of Converse apparel products. Foot Locker has agreed to increase its purchases of our products during the term of the agreement.

INTERNATIONAL

We currently have 46 licensees operating in over 100 countries providing a global brand presence with minimal capital investment and no inventory risk. We contract with licensees throughout the world that have the rights to design, manufacture, and distribute Converse branded sports apparel, accessories and selected footwear products. Licensees are obligated to pay us based on an agreed percentage of their annual net sales, subject to certain annual minimums, and they must make advertising contributions based on a percentage of their annual net sales. Under the terms of our licensing agreements, we retain the right to approve all products designed by the licensees and any related advertising and promotional material. In addition, we have the ongoing right to monitor the quality of the licensed products sold by our licensees and to inspect the factories that licensees use to manufacture Converse-branded products. This ensures we protect the high quality of all Converse branded products and our trademarks. Additionally, we require licensees to maintain manufacturing, sales and service personnel at their expense. While most of our licensees sell products to retailers or distributors, our licensees also operate 69 independent Converse stores and 422 concept shops.

Our license agreements generally run three to five years with most licenses being extended upon expiration. The following table describes our license relationships with our top 10 licensees covering Converse footwear and apparel:

                                                       YEARS AS            EXPIRES ON
                LICENSE TERRITORY                  CONVERSE LICENSEE      DECEMBER 31,
                -----------------                  -----------------    -----------------
Australia........................................         17                  2003
China............................................         10                  2002
Germany, Austria and Switzerland.................          2                  2005
Italy............................................          3                  2004
Mexico...........................................         15                  2005
Panama, Jamaica, Peru and eight additional Latin
  American countries.............................         18                  2002

42

                                                       YEARS AS            EXPIRES ON
                LICENSE TERRITORY                  CONVERSE LICENSEE      DECEMBER 31,
                -----------------                  -----------------    -----------------
South Africa.....................................         60                  2007
South Korea......................................          7                  2004
Taiwan...........................................         11                  2004
United Kingdom and Ireland.......................          2                  2005

MARKETING

Our marketing and promotional activities are designed to strengthen our brand and image as "America's Original Sports Company"(TM) and to reinforce our heritage of innovation and offering high performance products. We focus on selectively advertising through traditional media channels, endorsements by professional athletes and product placement with popular actors and musicians. We customize our advertising campaigns and select the most appropriate medium for each product category and target market. In addition, we sponsor sports camps such as the renowned Five Star basketball camps and sporting events to increase the visibility and legitimacy of our brand with young consumers.

As part of our marketing strategy, we plan to increase our promotional activities and add endorsement arrangements with selected athletes to promote our brand and showcase our products in use. In addition, we plan to continue promoting our products through high profile celebrities, by seeding our products among musicians, entertainment celebrities and other prominent personalities, which often leads to substantial exposure in popular magazines, fashion periodical editorials, newspapers, television programs, music videos and films, all at minimal expense to us. Given our strong relationships with retailers, we expect to continue to develop integrated merchandising and promotional campaigns with selected retailers.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND TRADEMARKS

We own and utilize a variety of trademarks, including the Converse trademark. We use trademarks on virtually all of our footwear and apparel products. As of September 30, 2002, we had approximately 70 registrations and five pending applications for our trademarks in the United States. In addition, as of September 30, 2002, we had approximately 1,000 trademark registrations and applications in over 100 foreign countries. We regard our trademarks and other intellectual property as valuable assets and believe that they have significant value in the marketing of our products. We vigorously protect our trademarks against infringement, including through the use of cease-and-desist letters, administrative proceedings and lawsuits.

We rely on trademark, copyright and trade secret protection, patents, non-disclosure agreements and licensing arrangements to establish, protect and enforce intellectual property rights in the design of our products. In particular, we believe that our future success will depend in significant part on our ability to maintain and protect the Converse trademark. We have sued and have been sued by third parties in connection with certain matters regarding our trademarks and products, none of which has materially impaired our ability to utilize our trademarks. The laws of certain foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent or in the same manner as do the laws of the United States.

In connection with our asset acquisition in April 2001, we sold the Converse footwear trademark, licensing rights and other intellectual property for use in Japan to Itochu Corporation, a Japanese trading concern. Itochu had previously acquired the trademark and licensing rights for Converse apparel products in Japan from CVEO.

LOGISTICS AND SYSTEMS

In February 2002, we opened a 317,000 square foot distribution facility in Ontario, California. This facility allows us to reduce shipping costs and shorten our lead times for delivery. In September 2002, we opened an additional 250,000 square foot distribution facility in Fontana, California. We are in the process of implementing an automated warehouse management system for use at both facilities. This system will allow us to increase the productivity and accuracy of the warehouse by more effectively managing product storage, order release and picking, and by verifying carton contents with bar code scanning. The system is designed to

43

support high transaction volumes and provide sufficient capacity for significant growth. A third party warehouse in Downey, California manages the cross dock of container loads for direct shipment to our customers.

In August 2002, we completed the implementation of our ERP system. This fully integrated system supports order management, inventory planning, finance and cash management resulting in increased efficiencies, improved inventory control and reduced costs. Our ERP system functions as a central repository for all of our transactional information and is scalable to accommodate rapid growth. This system was designed specifically for footwear and apparel and was customized prior to implementation to incorporate functionality specific to our business.

In addition to our ERP system, we have implemented several other computer systems across our organization to improve efficiency. We have new intranet systems for transactions with our licensees and sales representatives. We are in the process of implementing business intelligence tools and methodologies designed to increase profitability and give visibility to the entire supply chain. Additionally, we have automated data collection systems operating in offshore factories that use bar code scanning to provide shipping status information about manufactured product. All complementary computer and software systems are linked into our central ERP system.

COMPETITION

The global athletic footwear and apparel industry is highly competitive, and the recent slowing of sales growth has increased competition. The global athletic footwear market is highly concentrated, with adidas, Nike and Reebok constituting a majority of the market. Each of these three companies has substantially greater financial, distribution and marketing resources. A number of other footwear and apparel companies compete for market share in the athletic footwear industry. The global athletic apparel market is more fragmented than the footwear industry, but the market leaders include adidas, Nike, and Reebok. In our industry, the main areas of competition include: brand awareness, product quality, design, price, model, performance, technological innovation, marketing and distribution. No assurance can be provided that we will be able to retain or increase our market share or respond to changing consumer preferences.

EMPLOYEES

As of September 30, 2002, we had 261 employees, of whom 206 were employed in the United States, 49 in Asia and 6 in Canada. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

FACILITIES

Our principal executive and administrative offices are located at One High Street, North Andover, Massachusetts. We have two distribution centers that are located near the Long Beach, California ports. Our leases generally expire between three and six years from now. Our present facilities have been selected and designed to accommodate future growth, however we also believe that additional office and distribution facilities could be readily obtained if necessary.

The general location, use and approximate size of our principal properties, all of which are leased, are given below:

                                                                                   APPROXIMATE
               LOCATION                                   USE                      SQUARE FEET
---------------------------------------  --------------------------------------    -----------
North Andover, MA......................  Headquarters and operations center           65,800
Ontario, CA............................  Distribution center                         317,000
Fontana, CA............................  Distribution center                         250,000
Zhongshan, China.......................  Sourcing and Chinese representative          17,000
                                         office
Pointe Claire, Canada..................  Sales and marketing office                    4,300
Portland, OR...........................  Design center                                 3,200
Kowloon, Hong Kong.....................  Sourcing office                               1,350

44

LEGAL MATTERS

We are occasionally involved in litigation incidental to our business operations. We believe that no litigation currently pending against us will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. Attorneys for Earvin Johnson, a former endorser for CVEO Corporation, have informally asserted that Mr. Johnson is owed royalties on our sales of the Weapon(TM) shoe. We intend to defend vigorously this or any other potential claim related to rights in our products. In April 1994, Mr. Johnson and CVEO agreed to terminate the endorsement agreement. Because of the termination agreement and other factors, we believe there is no merit to this assertion.

45

MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of November 30, 2002:

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS        AGE                        POSITION
--------------------------------        ---                        --------
Jack A. Boys..........................  45     Chief Executive Officer and Director
Marsden S. Cason......................  60     Executive Chairman and Director
Lisa A. Kempa.........................  34     Chief Financial Officer
James P. Stroesser....................  43     Vice President, Sales
David M. Maddocks.....................  34     Vice President, Marketing and Product Development
Eddy W. Hartenstein...................  53     Director
Jeffrey D. Saper......................  54     Director
Ray E. Newton, III....................  38     Director
Barbara R. Allen......................  50     Director

Jack A. Boys, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Mr. Boys has been our chief executive officer since April 2001 and has served as a director since December 2002. From March 1996 to July 1998, Mr. Boys served as vice president of global marketing for The North Face, Inc. Mr. Boys has over twenty-one years of experience in the sporting goods industry including senior positions with Avia, LeCoq Sportif and early in his career with CVEO.

Marsden S. Cason, Executive Chairman and Director. Mr. Cason has been our executive chairman since December 2002 and executive co-chairman and a director since April 2001. From January 1993 to February 1997, Mr. Cason served as the chief executive officer of The North Face, Inc. Mr. Cason has extensive experience in the consumer products and financial services industries and has served as the chief executive officer of several public and private companies.

Lisa A. Kempa, Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Kempa has been our chief financial officer since October 2002. From April 2001 to October 2002, Ms. Kempa served as our vice president of finance. From October 1996 to April 2001, Ms. Kempa served in various positions with The North Face, Inc., including director of strategic planning and financial reporting. Prior to joining The North Face, Inc., Ms. Kempa practiced public accounting with Deloitte and Touche L.L.P. and PricewaterhouseCoopers L.L.P.

James P. Stroesser, Vice President, Sales. Mr. Stroesser has been our vice president of sales since April 2001. From September 1999 to April 2001, Mr. Stroesser served as the national sales director for Oakley. From May 1996 to September 1999, Mr. Stroesser served in various positions with Nike, ultimately as its key account footwear executive. Mr. Stroesser has also held senior sales positions with LA Gear and Kaepa.

David M. Maddocks, Vice President, Marketing and Product Development. Mr. Maddocks has been our vice president of marketing and product development since April 2001. From April 2000 to April 2001, Mr. Maddocks served as a systems marketing manager for RealNetworks. From January 1997 to April 2000, Mr. Maddocks was the director of marketing for K2. From December 1992 to July 1996, Mr. Maddocks was the senior marketing manager for Avia.

Eddy W. Hartenstein, Director. Mr. Hartenstein has served on our board of directors since November 2002. Since 1990, Mr. Hartenstein has served as the chairman and chief executive officer of DirectTV, Inc. and since January 2000, as a corporate senior executive vice president of its parent company, Hughes Electronics Corporation. Mr. Hartenstein is a director of PanAm Sat, Thomson Multimedia and the Consumer Electronics Association.

46

Jeffrey D. Saper, Director. Mr. Saper has served on our board of directors since March 2002. Since February 1980, Mr. Saper has been a corporate partner with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., our outside counsel. Mr. Saper serves on his firm's executive and policy committees. Mr. Saper also serves as a director of Proxim Corporation.

Ray E. Newton, III, Director. Mr. Newton has served on our board of directors since April 2001. Since January 1999, Mr. Newton has been a managing director of Perseus, L.L.C., a merchant bank and private equity fund management firm. From June 1989 to January 1999, Mr. Newton was an associate and a general partner at J.H. Whitney & Co., a private equity and subordinated debt investment firm. Mr. Newton is a director of Cardiac Science, Inc.

Barbara R. Allen, Director. Ms. Allen has served on our board of directors since October 2002. From January 2001 to December 2001, Ms. Allen served as the chief executive officer of the Women's United Soccer Association. From February 2000 to November 2000, Ms. Allen served as the chief operating officer of Palidin Resources LLC, an internet service provider management company. From September 1998 to January 2000, Ms. Allen served as the president of corporate supplier solutions with Corporate Express, a supplier of officer products and related categories. From 1975 to April 1998, Ms. Allen served in various marketing and executive positions with the Quaker Oats Company, ultimately as its executive vice president of international foods. Ms. Allen is a director of Maytag Corporation and Tyson Foods.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have six directors authorized. Each director is elected for a period of one year at our annual meeting of stockholders and serves until the next annual meeting or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. The executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers of Converse.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Prior to the completion of the offering we will be establishing new audit and compensation committees. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things, reviewing our internal accounting procedures and considering and reporting to the board of directors with respect to other auditing and accounting matters, including the selection of our independent auditors, the scope of annual audits, fees to be paid to our independent auditors and the performance of our independent auditors. Upon the completion of our offering, our audit committee will consist of , and
. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to the board of directors the salaries, benefits and stock option grants for all employees, consultants, directors and other individuals compensated by us. The compensation committee also administers our stock option and other employee benefit plans. Upon the completion of our offering, the compensation committee will consist of and .

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

We reimburse our non-employee directors for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as directors of Converse. We pay our outside directors a $50,000 annual retainer and $1,000 for each board of directors meeting they attend.

Under our 2001 Stock Option Plan, directors are eligible to receive stock option grants. Ms. Allen and Mr. Hartenstein joined our Board in October 2002 and November 2002, respectively, and each received options to purchase an aggregate of 40,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price per share of $7.60. Mr. Saper joined our board in March 2001 and received an option to purchase an aggregate of 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price per share of $1.30.

Options granted to our outside directors under our 2001 Stock Option Plan will become fully vested in the event of our change in control.

47

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table indicates information concerning compensation of our chief executive officer and our four most highly compensated executive officers other than the chief executive officer whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 during the eight months ended December 31, 2001. These executives are referred to as the named executive officers elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                                                    LONG-TERM
                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION           COMPENSATION
                                   ------------------------    SECURITIES UNDERLING        ALL OTHER
   NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION     SALARY($)(1)    BONUS($)         OPTIONS(#)         COMPENSATION($)(2)
   ---------------------------     ------------    --------    --------------------    ------------------
Jack A. Boys.....................    217,500           --            405,000                 41,378
  Chief Executive Officer
Lisa A. Kempa....................     97,038           --             41,000                 43,139
  Chief Financial Officer
James P. Stroesser...............    174,000           --             90,000                     --
  Vice President, Sales
David M. Maddocks................    105,738           --             46,000                115,004
  Vice President, Marketing and
     Product Development


(1) The salary amounts represent compensation for the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001. Mr. Boys' annualized compensation for 2001 was $325,000, Ms. Kempa's annualized compensation for 2001 was $145,000. Mr. Maddocks' annualized compensation for 2001 was $158,000. Mr. Strosser's annualized compensation for 2001 was $260,000. In December 2002, Mr. Boys' annual compensation was increased to $475,000.

(2) The other compensation amount paid to Messrs. Boys and Maddocks and Ms. Kempa in 2001 represents reimbursement of relocation expenses.

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

The following table provides information concerning grants of options to purchase our common stock made during the eight months ended December 31, 2001 to the named executive officers.

The potential realizable values are based on an assumption that the price of our common stock will appreciate from the date of grant at the compounded annual rate shown until the end of the option term. These values do not take into account amounts required to be paid as income taxes under the Internal Revenue Code and any applicable state laws or option provisions providing for termination of an option following termination of employment, non-transferability or vesting. These amounts are calculated based on the requirements promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth of the shares of our common stock. The potential realizable values at assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock appreciation and at the assumed offering price have been calculated at the assumed offering price of $ per share.

48

                                          INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                         ---------------------------------------------------   POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                 VALUE AT ASSUMED        POTENTIAL
                                                                                  ANNUAL RATES OF        REALIZABLE
                         NUMBER OF     PERCENT OF                                   STOCK PRICE         VALUE AT THE
                         SECURITIES   TOTAL OPTIONS                              APPRECIATION FOR         ASSUMED
                         UNDERLYING    GRANTED TO     EXERCISE                      OPTION TERM        INITIAL PUBLIC
                          OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES IN    PRICE PER   EXPIRATION   ---------------------   OFFERING PRICE
         NAME             GRANTED      FISCAL YEAR      SHARE        DATE         5%          10%        PER SHARE
         ----            ----------   -------------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ---------   --------------
Jack A. Boys...........   405,000         39.3%         $1.00      8/17/2011    $           $                $
Lisa A. Kempa..........    36,000          3.5           1.00      8/17/2011
Lisa A. Kempa..........     5,000           .5           1.00     12/31/2011
James P. Stroesser.....    90,000          8.7           1.00      8/17/2011
David M. Maddocks......    36,000          3.5           1.00      8/17/2011
David M. Maddocks......    10,000          1.0           1.00     12/31/2011

In the eight months ended December 31, 2001, we granted options to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,030,300 shares to employees, directors and consultants. In December 2002, we granted Mr. Boys options to purchase an additional 200,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $7.60 per share. All options were granted under our 2001 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by the board of directors. All options have a term of 10 years. Generally, option shares vest over four years with 25% of the option shares vesting one year after the option grant date and the remaining option shares vesting ratably each month for the next 36 months. As of September 30, 2002, an aggregate of 255,750 options granted under our 2001 Stock Option Plan will vest in connection with the closing of this offering.

AGGREGATE FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

The following table describes for the named executive officers the exercisable and unexercisable options held by them as of December 31, 2001.

                                                   NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                  UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                      OPTIONS HELD AT           IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                      FISCAL YEAR-END               FISCAL YEAR-END
                                                ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                     NAME                       EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
                     ----                       -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------
Jack A. Boys..................................    165,000        240,000        $49,500        $72,000
Lisa A. Kempa.................................         --         41,000             --         12,300
James P. Stroesser............................         --         90,000             --         27,000
David M. Maddocks.............................         --         46,000             --         13,800

The "Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at Fiscal Year-End" is based on a value of $1.30 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as of December 31, 2001, as determined by the board of directors, less the per share exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares issued upon exercise of the option. All options were granted under our 2001 Stock Option Plan.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

The 2001 Stock Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors on August 17, 2001 and approved by our stockholders on the same date for the benefit of our employees, directors and consultants. This plan has been amended from time to time to approve, among other things, additional shares of common stock for issuance and these amendments were approved by our stockholders. This plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants. An aggregate of 1.75 million shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under this plan. As of September 30, 2002, options for an aggregate of 1,317,944 shares of common stock were outstanding under this plan. We will not be granting options under this plan following the offering. Generally, option shares under

49

the 2001 Stock Option Plan vest over four years, with 25% of the option shares vesting one year after the option grant date, and the remaining option shares vesting ratably each month for the next 36 months. As of September 30, 2002, an aggregate of 255,750 options granted under our 2001 Stock Option Plan will vest in connection with the closing of this offering. In the event of certain mergers or consolidations of Converse, outstanding options will be assumed or similar options substituted by the successor corporation. In the event outstanding options are not assumed or substituted for, these options will fully vest and be exercisable for 15 days after optionees receive notice of their exercisability. These options will terminate if not exercised before the event. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of Converse, the administrator has the discretion to provide that outstanding options will fully vest and be exercisable for 15 days prior to the event. These outstanding options will terminate if not exercised before these events.

2003 STOCK PLAN

In connection with this offering, our board of directors is expected to adopt and our stockholders are expected to approve the 2003 Stock Plan prior to the completion of this offering. The following description assumes this adoption and approval. Our 2003 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants.

Number of Shares of Common Stock Available under the 2003 Stock Plan. We have reserved a total of shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2003 Stock Plan plus (i) any shares which have been reserved but not issued under our 2001 Stock Option Plan as of the effective date of this offering and (ii) any shares returned to our 2001 Stock Option Plan as a result of termination or repurchase of options or repurchase of unvested shares at the original purchase price as of the effective date of this offering, up to an additional shares. In addition, our 2003 Stock Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under our 2003 Stock Plan on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year 2004, equal to the lesser of % of the outstanding shares of common stock on the first day of our fiscal year, 1,000,000 shares or a lesser amount as our board may determine.

Administration of the 2003 Stock Plan. Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers the 2003 Stock Plan. In the case of options intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the options or stock purchase rights granted, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each option or stock purchase right, the exercisability of the options and the form of consideration payable upon exercise.

Options. The administrator determines the exercise price of options granted under the 2003 Stock Plan, but with respect to nonstatutory stock options intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and all incentive stock options, the exercise price must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option generally may not exceed ten years and the administrator determines the term of all other options.

No optionee may be granted an option to purchase more than 3,000,000 shares in any fiscal year. In connection with his or her initial service, an optionee may be granted an additional option to purchase up to 1,500,000 shares.

After termination of one of our employees, directors or consultants, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for 3 months. However, an option may never be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Purchase Rights. The administrator determines the exercise price of stock purchase rights granted under our 2003 Stock Plan. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, the restricted stock purchase agreement will grant us a repurchase option that we may exercise upon the voluntary or involuntary

50

termination of the purchaser's service with us for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for shares we repurchase will be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to us. The administrator determines the rate at which our repurchase option will lapse.

Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights. Our 2003 Stock Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options or stock purchase rights and generally only the optionee may exercise an option and stock purchase right during his or her lifetime.

Adjustments upon Merger or Change of Control. Our 2003 Stock Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or our change of control, the successor corporation will assume or substitute an equivalent option or right for each outstanding option or stock purchase right. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding options or stock purchase rights, the administrator will provide notice to the optionee that he or she has the right to exercise the option or stock purchase right as to all of the shares subject to the option or stock purchase right, including shares which would not otherwise be exercisable, for a period of 15 days from the date of the notice. The option or stock purchase right will terminate upon the expiration of the 15-day period.

Adjustments upon Liquidation or Dissolution. Our 2003 Stock Plan provides that in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of Converse, the administrator has the discretion to provide that the optionee has the right to exercise the option or stock purchase right as to all of the shares subject to the option or stock purchase right, including shares which would not otherwise be exercisable, for a period of 10 days prior to the liquidation or dissolution. The option or stock purchase right will terminate immediately prior to the liquidation or dissolution. The administrator also has the discretion to provide that repurchase rights applicable to shares purchased upon the exercise of an option or stock purchase right lapse as to all shares.

Amendment and Termination of our 2003 Stock Plan. Our 2003 Stock Plan will automatically terminate in 2013, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2003 Stock Plan provided it does not adversely affect any option previously granted under it without written consent from the affected optionees.

2003 DIRECTOR OPTION PLAN

In connection with and prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors is expected to adopt and our stockholders are expected to approve the 2003 Director Option Plan, referred to as the "Director Plan," in 2002. The following description assumes this adoption and approval. Our Director Plan provides for the periodic grant of nonstatutory stock options to our non-employee directors.

Number of Shares of Common Stock Available Under the Director Plan. We have reserved a total of shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the Director Plan, plus an annual increase equal to the lesser of
(i) the number of shares needed to restore the maximum number of shares of the Company's common stock which may be available for grant under the plan to shares or (ii) an amount determined by the Board.

Administration and Grants of Options under the Director Plan. All grants of options to our nonemployee directors under the Director Plan are automatic and nondiscretionary.

We will grant each non-employee director an option to purchase 40,000 shares when such person first becomes a non-employee director (except for those directors who became non-employee directors by ceasing to be employee directors). This option will vest as to one-third of the shares subject to the option on each anniversary of the date of grant, provided the non-employee director remains a director on such dates. The exercise price for the option will be equal to the fair market value of the shares subject to the option on the date of grant.

Each non-employee director who has been a director for at least six months will also receive an option to purchase 10,000 shares on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders. This option will vest as to 1/12 of the shares subject to the option each month following the date of grant, provided the non-employee director

51

remains a director on such dates. The exercise price for the option will be equal to the fair market value of the shares subject to the option on the date of grant.

After termination as a non-employee director with us, an optionee must exercise an option within 12 months.

Transferability of Options. A non-employee director generally may not transfer options granted under our Director Plan other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Generally, only the non-employee director may exercise the option during his or her lifetime.

Adjustments upon Merger or Change of Control. In the event of our merger with or into another corporation or change of control, the options will become fully exercisable and the successor corporation will assume or substitute each option. If the outstanding options are not assumed or substituted for, our board of directors will notify each non-employee director that he or she has the right to exercise the option as to all shares subject to the option, including shares which would not otherwise be exercisable for a period of 15 days following the date of the notice. The option will terminate upon the expiration of the 15-day period.

Amendment and Termination of our Director Plan. Our Director Plan will remain in effect until terminated by our board of directors. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend, or discontinue the Director Plan, but no such action may adversely affect any grant made under the Director Plan, without the consent of the affected optionees.

MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

We have a management agreement with Infinity Associates LLC, which, prior to the repayment of its note, owns 2,000,000 shares of our common stock, and is 50% owned by Marsden S. Cason, our executive chairman, and William N. Simon. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Each of our named executive officers and our other senior executives received an at-will employment offer letter upon commencement of employment. The offer letters specify each executive's compensation and eligibility to participate in our discretionary management incentive bonus plan. Each of these officers may leave or be terminated at any time.

SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS

Prior to the effective date of this offering, we intend to enter into severance agreements with certain of our key employees, including Jack Boys, Marsden Cason and each of our named executive officers. Under the terms of these agreements, if (i) we terminate the employees as a result of a disability or without cause, (ii) the employees dies or (iii) following a change of control, the employee terminates employment with us for good reason, the employee, or employee's estate, is entitled to severance equal to one-year salary or, in the case of Mr. Boys, 18-months salary, plus, in certain cases, a pro rata portion of the employee's targeted incentive bonus for the year in which the termination took place.

STOCKHOLDER NOTE

In connection with the management agreement and Infinity Associates' acquisition of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock, Infinity Associates issued a promissory note to us. Effective immediately prior to the completion of the offering, Infinity Associates will repay the note by surrendering to us the number of shares of our common stock, valued at the initial public offering price, equal to the principal amount of the note. The terms of this note are discussed below under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from or limitation of liability is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

52

Our bylaws further provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of ours under the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of these persons for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding arising out of the person's services as a director, officer or employee, as applicable, or at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors, executive officers and board advisors.

53

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Since April 2001, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are to be a party in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000 and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of our common stock, or an immediate family member of any of the foregoing, had or will have a direct or indirect interest other than:

- compensation arrangements, which are described where required under "Management" and below; and

- the transactions described below.

Sales of Stock to Insiders

We were formed in February 2001. In connection with our formation, in April 2001 we issued 8,902,451 shares of common stock and 521,160 shares of series A preferred stock to our initial investors for an aggregate purchase price of $61,018,451. The following 5% or greater stockholders of any class of our equity securities purchased the shares indicated:

                                        SHARES OF      SHARES OF SERIES A
              PURCHASER                COMMON STOCK     PREFERRED STOCK      CONSIDERATION PAID
              ---------                ------------    ------------------    ------------------
Funds affiliated with Perseus,
  L.L.C. ............................   4,930,291           397,915             $44,721,839
Union Overseas Holdings Limited
  (UOHL).............................   1,527,037           123,245             $13,851,544
Infinity Associates LLC..............   2,000,000*               --             $ 2,000,000*


* As discussed below, the shares held by Infinity Associates were acquired in exchange for a $2 million note to us which will be repaid immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

The common stock was issued at $1.00 per share and the series A preferred stock was issued for $100 per share. Our series A preferred stock is entitled to cumulative dividends, when declared by our board of 11.1%, compounded quarterly. The series A preferred stock is redeemable at any time by paying the $100 per share stated value and all accrued and unpaid dividends. We intend to redeem all of the series A preferred stock with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

Infinity Associates is 50% owned by Marsden S. Cason, our executive chairman, and has provided management services to us under the management agreement described below. Infinity Associates acquired its common stock by means of a promissory note, the terms of which are described below.

Our director, Mr. Ray E. Newton, III is affiliated with Perseus, L.L.C., a private equity firm. The investment funds affiliated with Perseus, L.L.C. who purchased our capital stock in April 2001 include Perseus Acquisition/Recapitalization Fund, L.L.C., Perseus 2000, L.L.C. and Perseus Footwear Investors, L.L.C.

Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock. Since their issuance and through September 20, 2002, we have paid cash dividends aggregating approximately $5,087,000 on the series A preferred stock.

Partial Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock. On August 21, 2001, we redeemed an aggregate of 116,200 shares of our series A preferred stock on a pro rata basis from all holders for a total repurchase price, including accrued dividends, of $12,019,784. As of September 30, 2002, 404,960 shares of series A preferred stock are outstanding.

Indemnity Agreements. We have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our officers and directors.

Infinity Associates Management Agreement. Prior to the repayment of its note, Infinity Associates owns 2,000,000 shares of our common stock and is 50% owned by Marsden Cason and William Simon. Since April 2001, we have had a management agreement with Infinity Associates, under which Infinity Associates received a management fee of $500,000 per annum and reimbursement of specified amounts, including reimbursement of rent on its offices and business expenses incurred in connection with its management activities. During the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001 and the nine-month period ended

54

September 30, 2002, we paid Infinity Associates LLC a total of $375,000 and $375,000 in management fees and approximately $352,000 and $187,000 as reimbursement of expenses. In December 2002, Marsden Cason was elected as an officer of the company, executive chairman, with an annual salary of $375,000. At that time, we also entered into a new management agreement with Infinity Associates, which provides, among other things, that:

- Messrs. Cason and Simon will devote substantially all their business time and attention to the day-to-day operations and management of Converse, with each of them reporting directly to our board;

- Mr. Cason will serve as a director and our executive chairman;

- Infinity Associates will receive (i) a separate management fee of $375,000 per annum (ii) reimbursement of up to $100,000 per annum for rent on Infinity Associates' offices; and (iii) Infinity Associates' reimbursement of reasonable business expenses.

- Infinity Associates will not transfer (i) any of its shares until 180 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) 600,000 of its shares until February 1, 2005, subject to limited death-related exceptions; and

- for a period of one year following any termination of the management agreement, Infinity Associates and Messrs. Cason and Simon will not compete directly or indirectly with our business or solicit or hire our employees.

The term of the management agreement is two years, subject to one year renewal periods upon mutual agreement. The agreement may be terminated by (i) us at any time or (ii) Infinity Associates, if absent cause Mr. Cason is terminated as a director or as our executive chairman. If the agreement is terminated by us (other than for cause) or by Infinity Associates:

- Infinity Associates is entitled to receive a management fee through the termination date plus one year's management fee and rental reimbursement through the quarter-end in which the termination occurred; and

- Messrs. Cason and Simon are entitled to receive continued health benefits for one year.

Note. On April 30, 2001, in connection with our acquisition of certain assets of CVEO, Infinity Associates purchased 2,000,000 shares of our common stock in exchange for a $2 million promissory note. The note is due on April 26, 2006, bears interest at 4.68% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears; is fully guaranteed by the members of Infinity Associates; and is secured by its Converse shares and the ownership interests in, Infinity Associates. Immediately prior to the completion of the offering, the principal amount of the note will be repaid by Infinity Associates surrendering to us the number of shares of our common stock, valued at the initial public offering price, equal to the principal amount of the note. Any unpaid interest amount will be paid at such time in cash.

Sourcing Agreement. We have a sourcing rights agreement with UOHL. As of September 30, 2002, UOHL owned approximately 17% of our outstanding common stock. Under the agreement, we have committed to purchase at least 50% of our footwear requirements from Symphony Holdings, its subsidiaries and its other corporate affiliates, provided that they can meet our good faith requirements for price, quality and delivery. Our two largest manufacturers, Symphony and entities controlled by it, and Yue Yuen and entities controlled by it, produced approximately 27% and 38% of our footwear requirements during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002. Symphony and Yue Yuen are corporate affiliates. We believe that our arrangements with these manufacturers are made on an arm's length basis. The sourcing agreement terminates on the earlier of (i) October 24, 2004, (ii) UOHL's failure to own at least 763,519 shares of our common stock or (iii) upon a change of control of Converse.

55

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table indicates information as of September 30, 2002 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

- each person known to the board of directors to own beneficially 5% or more of our common stock;

- each of our directors;

- the named executive officers; and

- all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or 5% or more stockholder, as the case may be. Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person listed on the table is c/o Converse Inc., One High Street, North Andover, Massachusetts 01845.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission which generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and includes shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2002. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Percentage ownership calculations are based on 9,002,451 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2002. To the extent that any shares are issued upon exercise of options or other rights to acquire our capital stock that are presently outstanding or granted in the future or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans, there will be further dilution to new public investors.

                                                                                 PERCENT OF SHARES
                                                               NUMBER OF            OUTSTANDING
                                                                 SHARES       -----------------------
                                                              BENEFICIALLY    BEFORE THE    AFTER THE
                            NAME                                OWNED(1)       OFFERING     OFFERING
                            ----                              ------------    ----------    ---------
Funds affiliated with Perseus, L.L.C.(2)....................   4,930,291         54.8%
Infinity Associates LLC(3)..................................   2,000,000         22.2%
Union Overseas Holdings Limited(4)..........................   1,527,037         17.0%
Marsden S. Cason(5).........................................   2,000,000         22.2%
Eddy W. Hartenstein(6)......................................      40,000         *
Jeffrey D. Saper(7).........................................     100,000          1.1%
Ray E. Newton, III(8).......................................   4,930,291         54.8%
Barbara R. Allen(9).........................................      40,000         *
Jack A. Boys(10)............................................     232,500          2.5%
Lisa A. Kempa(11)...........................................      12,000         *
James P. Stroesser(12)......................................      30,000         *
David M. Maddocks(13).......................................      12,000         *
Executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons).....   7,396,791         78.8%


* Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

(1) This table is based upon information supplied by officers, directors and principal stockholders. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each of the stockholders named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned.

(2) 888 Seventh Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10106. Includes 3,249,892 shares held by Perseus Acquisition/Recapitalization Fund, L.L.C., 840,529 shares held by Perseus 2000, L.L.C. and 839,870 shares held by Perseus Footwear Investors, L.L.C.

56

(3) Marsden S. Cason and William N. Simon each beneficially own 50% of Infinity Associates LLC (formerly known as cre-8-net ventures, LLC). Effective immediately prior to the completion of the offering Infinity Associates will repay the $2 million promissory note that it issued to us, by surrendering to us the number of shares of our common stock, equal to the principal amount of the note.

(4) Suite 306, Third Floor, Island Place Tower, No. 510 King's Road, North Point, Hong Kong. Union Overseas Holdings Limited is controlled by Symphony Holdings, Limited and InLuck Holdings. Both of these entities are affiliated with Yue Yuen Industrial, a corporation listed on the Hong Kong stock exchange.

(5) Includes 2,000,000 shares beneficially owned by Infinity Associates. Mr. Cason beneficially owns 50% of Infinity Associates.

(6) Includes 40,000 shares issuable under immediately exercisable options. None of the shares subject to Mr. Hartenstein's option will be vested within 60 days of September 30, 2002. If Mr. Hartenstein exercises these stock options with respect to the unvested shares, we have repurchase rights with respect to any unvested shares.

(7) Includes 50,000 shares owned by an investment partnership composed of certain current and former members of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, our outside counsel, including Mr. Saper who disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in these shares, and 50,000 shares issued under an option and subject to our repurchase right which Mr. Saper disclaims beneficial ownership in except to his pecuniary interest. As of September 30, 2002, 41,667 shares were subject to our repurchase right.

(8) Includes 4,930,291 shares beneficially owned by investment funds affiliated with Perseus, L.L.C. Mr. Newton does not have voting or dispositive authority over these shares and disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in these shares.

(9) Includes 40,000 shares issuable under immediately exercisable options. 1,111 shares of Ms. Allen's option will be vested within 60 days of September 30, 2002. If Ms. Allen exercises these stock options with respect to the unvested shares, we have repurchase rights with respect to any unvested shares.

(10) Includes 232,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of vested stock options.

(11) Includes 12,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of vested stock options.

(12) Includes 30,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of vested stock options.

(13) Includes 12,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of vested stock options.

57

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be authorized to issue shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. The following description summarizes information regarding our capital stock. This information does not purport to be complete and is subject in all respects to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws.

COMMON STOCK

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. Holders of common stock have no conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of Converse's securities. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets remaining after provision for payment of liabilities to creditors and holders of outstanding preferred stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock, which we may issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK

The board of directors has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. We cannot predict the effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock. However, the effects could include one or more of the following:

- restricting dividends on the common stock;

- diluting the voting power of the common stock;

- impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or

- delaying or preventing a change in control of us without further action by the stockholders.

DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. Generally, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

- before the date of the business combination, the transaction is approved by the board of directors of the corporation,

- upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding stock, or

- the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual meeting of stockholders (other than by written consent) by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A "business combination" is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to the stockholder. In general, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

EquiServe will serve as Transfer Agent and Registrar for our common stock.

58

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict if future sales of our common stock, or the availability of our common stock for sale, will depress the market price for our common stock or our ability to raise capital by offering equity securities. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress prevailing market prices for the common stock.

After this offering, approximately shares of common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable except for any shares purchased by affiliates of Converse. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

                                                               NUMBER
DATE OF AVAILABILITY FOR SALE                                 OF SHARES
-----------------------------                                 ---------
As of the date of this prospectus...........................
        , 2003 (90 days after the date of this
  prospectus)...............................................
        , 2003 (180 days after the date of this
  prospectus)...............................................
At various times thereafter upon expiration of applicable
  holding periods...........................................

We, our directors and certain officers and shareholders owning substantially all of our shares have agreed not to offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock without the permission of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may release all or a portion of these shares at any time without notice.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

- 1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

- the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period requirement, of Rule 144. Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell their shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreements.

We intend to file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans. As of September 30, 2002, options to purchase a total 1,317,944 shares were outstanding under our stock plans. Common stock issued upon exercise

59

of outstanding vested options, other than common stock issued to our affiliates, is available for immediate resale in the open market.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 8,902,451 shares of common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. All such rights have been waived in connection with this offering. Set forth below is a summary of the registration rights of the holders of our common stock.

DEMAND REGISTRATIONS

At any time on or after 180 days following the closing date of the initial public offering of our common stock, the holders of registration rights may request us to register shares of common stock having a net offering price of greater than $10 million subject to our right upon advice of our underwriters, to reduce the number of shares proposed to be registered. If we believe it would be seriously detrimental to us to proceed with the registration, we may delay any such registration for a period not to exceed 90 days in any twelve-month period. We will be obligated to effect only two registrations pursuant to such a request by holders of registration rights. If shares requested to be included in a registration must be excluded due to limitations on the number of shares to be registered on behalf of the selling shareholder pursuant to the underwriters' advice, the shares registered on behalf of the selling shareholders will be allocated in proportion among all holders of shares with rights to be included in the registration on the basis of the number of shares with such rights held by such shareholders at the time of the filing of the registration statement.

PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The holders who have registration rights have unlimited rights to request that shares be included in any company-initiated registration of common stock, other than registrations of employee benefit plans, on Form S-4 or by the use of demand registration rights. The underwriters may, for marketing reasons, exclude all or a part of the shares requested to be registered on behalf of all shareholders having the right to request inclusion in such registration. If shares requested to be included in a registration must be excluded due to limitations on the number of shares to be registered on behalf of the selling shareholders pursuant to the underwriters' advice, the shares registered on behalf of the selling shareholders will be allocated in proportion among all holders of shares with rights to be included in the registration on the basis of the number of shares with such rights held by such shareholders at the time of the filing of the registration statement. In addition, we have the right to terminate any registration we initiated prior to its effectiveness regardless of any request for inclusion by stockholders.

FORM S-3 REGISTRATIONS

After we have qualified for registration on Form S-3, which will not be available until at least 12 months after we have become a public reporting company, holders of registration rights may request in writing that we effect an unlimited number of registrations of such shares on Form S-3 provided that the gross offering price of the shares to be so registered in each such registration exceeds $1,000,000. If we believe it would be seriously detrimental to us to proceed with the registration, we may delay any such registration for a period not to exceed 90 days in any twelve-month period. If such registration is to be an underwritten public offering, the underwriters may reduce for marketing reasons the number of shares to be registered on behalf of all shareholders having the right to request inclusions in such registration. We will not be obligated to effect a registration on Form S-3 within three months following effectiveness of the most recent registration requested by the holders.

TRANSFERABILITY

The registration rights are transferable to a transferee who acquires at least 5% of the shares of our common stock held by the transferor.

60

TERMINATION

The registration rights will terminate after the holders of such rights are able to sell their registerable common stock in a single three-month period under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

EXPENSES

All expenses incurred in connection with the registration statement pursuant to demand registration rights, piggyback registration rights and Form S-3 registrations shall be borne by us.

61

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of our common stock indicated below:

                                                               NUMBER
NAME                                                          OF SHARES
----                                                          ---------
  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.........................
  Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc ..................................
  Thomas Weisel Partners LLC................................
                                                              --------
     Total..................................................
                                                              ========

The underwriters are offering the shares of our common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from Converse and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of our common stock described above are subject to the approval of legal matters by their counsel and to some other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of our common stock described above, if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take and pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of our common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and part to a limited number of dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of our common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus. To the extent that the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of additional shares as the number set forth next to the underwriters' name in the table above bears to the total number of shares set forth next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters' option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $ , the total underwriting discounts and commissions would be $ and the total proceeds to us would be $ .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply to have the common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CNVS."

We, our directors and certain officers and stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, none of us will, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

- offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

- enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of common stock;

62

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

- the sale of shares of common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

- transfers of shares (a) to charities, spouses or relatives or to entities owned by them, (b) by corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other entities to their stockholders or similar persons, and
(c) to affiliates; provided the transferee agrees to be bound to the restrictions set forth above;

- in the case of shares held by Infinity Associates, the surrender to us of shares of Converse common stock having a value of $2 million, based on the initial public offering price to repay the Infinity Associates note;

- transfers of shares in connection with a tender offer, exchange offer, merger, consolidation or similar combination involving us by or with a third party, provided the opportunity to participate in the business combination is available to all of our stockholders; and

- transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering.

In order to facilitate the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is "covered" if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. In addition, to cover any over-allotment or to stabilize the price of our common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing common stock in transactions to cover syndicate short positions in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

From time to time, some of the underwriters have provided, and may continue to provide, investment banking services to us.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against some liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

PRICING OF THE OFFERING

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price has been determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, operating income and other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-operating income ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

63

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Jeffrey D. Saper, a member of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati serves as one of our directors. The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell, New York, New York. As of the date of this prospectus, an investment partnership composed of certain current and former members of and persons associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati and certain members of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati beneficially owned an aggregate of 100,000 shares of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Converse Inc as of December 31, 2001 and the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001 and the financial statements of CVEO Corporation as of December 30, 2000 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 30, 2000 and the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. This prospectus does not contain all of the information described in the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules. For further information with respect to Converse and the common stock being offered, reference is made to the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedule. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document to which reference is made describe the material terms thereof. In each instance, reference is made to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by the reference. A copy of the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedule may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission in Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from this office upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm. We maintain an Internet site at http://www.converse.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

64

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
Report of Independent Accountants -- Converse Inc. as of and
  for the Eight-Month Period Ended December 31, 2001........  F-2
Report of Independent Accountants -- CVEO Corporation as of
  December 30, 2000 and for the Four-Month Period Ended
  April 30, 2001 and the Fiscal Years Ended December 30,
  2000 and January 1, 2000..................................  F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2002
  (Unaudited) and December 31, 2001 for Converse Inc. and
  December 30, 2000 for CVEO Corporation....................  F-4
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine-Month
  Period Ended September 30, 2002 (Unaudited) and the
  Eight-Month Period Ended December 31, 2001 for Converse
  Inc. and the Four-Month Period Ended April 30, 2001, the
  Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2000 and the Fiscal Year
  Ended January 1, 2000 for CVEO Corporation................  F-5
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine-Month
  Period Ended September 30, 2002 (Unaudited) and the
  Eight-Month Period Ended December 31, 2001 for Converse
  Inc. and the Four-Month Period Ended April 30, 2001, the
  Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2000 and the Fiscal Year
  Ended January 1, 2000 for CVEO Corporation................  F-6
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)
  as of September 30, 2002 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2001
  for Converse Inc. and December 30, 2000 and January 1,
  2000 for CVEO Corporation.................................  F-7
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for
  the Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2002 (Unaudited)
  and the Eight-Month Period Ended December 31, 2001 for
  Converse Inc. and the Four-Month Period Ended April 30,
  2001, the Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2000 and the
  Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2000 for CVEO Corporation....  F-8
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements..............  F-9

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Converse Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, stockholders' equity (deficiency) and comprehensive income (loss) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Converse Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the eight months then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 1, 2002, except as to the Amendment described in Note 9, which is as of April 23, 2002

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of CVEO Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, stockholders' equity (deficiency) and comprehensive income (loss) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CVEO Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 30, 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the four months ended April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of CVEO Corporation's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, on January 22, 2001, CVEO Corporation voluntarily filed a petition to reorganize as a debtor in possession under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Subsequently, on April 12, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court approved a plan to sell certain of CVEO Corporation's assets, including trademarks and other intellectual property, certain contracts, accounts receivable and inventory. This sale transaction was completed on April 30, 2001. Subsequent to April 30, 2001, CVEO Corporation began the process of liquidating remaining assets and settling outstanding obligations.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
October 1, 2002

F-3

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                     CONVERSE INC.              CVEO CORPORATION
                                                              ----------------------------   ----------------------
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,        DECEMBER 30,
                                                                  2002            2001                2000
                                                              -------------   ------------   ----------------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash......................................................    $  4,882        $ 6,825            $   2,906
  Trade accounts receivable, net (Note 2)...................      32,539         14,484               30,137
  Licensee accounts receivable, net (Note 2)................       7,527          4,250                3,932
  Inventories (Note 7)......................................      38,939         23,543               40,134
  Deferred income taxes (Note 10)...........................       3,902          1,163                   --
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       2,233          1,216                3,062
                                                                --------        -------            ---------
     Total current assets...................................      90,022         51,481               80,171
Property and equipment, net (Note 6)........................       9,684          2,986                6,255
Intangible assets, net (Note 2).............................      14,518         15,079                   --
Prepaid pension costs (Note 14).............................          --             --                6,977
Other assets................................................         820            778                3,780
                                                                --------        -------            ---------
     Total assets...........................................    $115,044        $70,324            $  97,183
                                                                ========        =======            =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
Current liabilities:
  Credit facilities (Note 9)................................    $ 31,240        $    --            $  48,251
  Accounts payable..........................................      10,927         11,148               39,565
  Accrued expenses (Note 8).................................       4,312          5,456               16,388
  Income taxes payable (Note 10)............................       3,655          1,690                6,200
  Current portion of long-term debt (Note 9)................          --             --              102,908
                                                                --------        -------            ---------
  Total current liabilities.................................      50,134         18,294              213,312
                                                                --------        -------            ---------
Current assets in excess of reorganization value (Note 2)...          --             --               24,066
Stockholders' equity (deficiency):
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares
     authorized; 11.1% Series A preferred stock, $.01 par
     value; 900,000 shares designated; 404,960 issued and
     outstanding; $40,496 involuntary liquidation value.....      40,496         40,496                   --
  Converse common stock, $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares
     authorized; 9,002,451 and 8,902,451 shares issued and
     outstanding, respectively..............................          90             89                   --
  CVEO Common stock, $1.00 stated value, 50,000,000 shares
     authorized; 17,535,555 shares issued and outstanding...          --             --               17,536
  Additional paid-in capital................................       9,632          9,445                4,449
  Less: note receivable from stockholder (Note 12)..........      (2,000)        (2,000)                  --
  Unearned compensation.....................................          --             --                 (278)
  Retained earnings(deficit)................................      16,772          4,000             (159,182)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income....................         (80)            --               (2,720)
                                                                --------        -------            ---------
     Total stockholders' equity (deficiency)................      64,910         52,030             (140,195)
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
                                                                --------        -------            ---------
     Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
       (deficiency).........................................    $115,044        $70,324            $  97,183
                                                                ========        =======            =========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                  CONVERSE INC.                        CVEO CORPORATION
                                           ----------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                            NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH                     FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                           PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED     FOUR-MONTH        ENDED          ENDED
                                           SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    PERIOD ENDED    DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                               2002            2001       APRIL 30, 2001       2000          2000
                                           -------------   ------------   --------------   ------------   -----------
                                            (UNAUDITED)
Wholesale sales..........................    $142,923        $86,372         $ 65,868        $209,050      $235,154
Licensing revenue........................      17,521         11,733            5,487          16,307        20,466
                                             --------        -------         --------        --------      --------
     Net revenue.........................     160,444         98,105           71,355         225,357       255,620
Cost of sales (Note 16)..................      90,674         64,316           51,240         173,082       176,545
                                             --------        -------         --------        --------      --------
     Gross profit........................      69,770         33,789           20,115          52,275        79,075
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...............................      39,619         25,142           17,487          59,147        87,116
Gain on sale of trademark (Note 5).......          --             --               --              --       (24,811)
Restructuring, asset impairment and other
  unusual charges (Note 5)...............          --             --            1,765           7,071         9,368
                                             --------        -------         --------        --------      --------
     Income (loss) from operations.......      30,151          8,647              863         (13,943)        7,402
Interest expense, net....................       1,484            574            3,776          21,395        22,301
Other (income) expense, net..............          --             --          (22,850)        (11,116)        1,035
Reorganization items (Note 4)............          --             --          (24,306)             --            --
                                             --------        -------         --------        --------      --------
     Income (loss) before income taxes...      28,667          8,073           44,243         (24,222)      (15,934)
Income tax expense (benefit) (Note 10)...      11,208          3,673           (2,726)          3,223        27,674
                                             --------        -------         --------        --------      --------
     Net income (loss)...................    $ 17,459        $ 4,400         $ 46,969        $(27,445)     $(43,608)
                                             ========        =======         ========        ========      ========
Earnings (loss) per share (Note 13):
     Basic...............................    $   1.53        $  0.10         $   2.68        $  (1.57)     $  (2.50)
     Diluted.............................    $   1.48        $  0.10         $   2.68        $  (1.57)     $  (2.50)
Weighted average shares (Note 13):
  Basic..................................       8,952          8,902           17,544          17,515        17,414
  Diluted................................       9,285          8,902           17,544          17,515        17,414
Unaudited pro forma supplemental diluted
  earnings (loss) per share (Note 1).....
Unaudited pro forma supplemental weighted
  average shares (Note 1)................

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                                              CONVERSE INC.                        CVEO CORPORATION
                                                       ----------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                                        NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH                     FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                                       PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED     FOUR-MONTH        ENDED          ENDED
                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    PERIOD ENDED    DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                                           2002            2001       APRIL 30, 2001       2000          2000
                                                       -------------   ------------   --------------   ------------   -----------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)
Operating activities:
  Net income (loss)..................................    $ 17,459       $   4,400        $ 46,969        $(27,445)     $(43,608)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash
  provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation.......................................         664             199             641           4,199         4,640
  Amortization of intangible assets..................          44             951              --              --           200
  Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs.......         335             180             223           2,427         3,056
  Compensation expense...............................          73             631             131             475           580
  Provision for doubtful accounts....................         729             433           1,195           2,301         2,808
  Deferred income taxes..............................      (2,316)         (1,236)             --           1,525        24,757
  Provision for restructuring and impairment
    actions..........................................          --              --           3,354           6,525         7,759
  Amortization of current assets in excess of
    reorganization value.............................          --              --            (693)         (2,077)       (2,078)
  Amortization of note discount/warrants.............          --              --             118             420           614
  Write-off of current assets in excess of
    reorganization...................................          --              --         (23,373)             --            --
  Write-off of deferred financing fees...............          --              --           2,309              --            --
  Write-off off cumulative translation adjustments...          --              --           2,488             276           576
  Payment in kind interest expense...................          --              --             858              --            --
  Curtailment gains on pension plan..................          --              --          (3,405)         (1,145)           --
  Gain on sale of assets to Footwear Acquisition.....          --              --         (36,027)             --            --
  Gains on sales of assets, net......................          --              --              --         (13,538)      (24,811)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
  Trade accounts receivable..........................     (17,802)         14,211            (996)          2,072        12,917
  Licensee accounts receivable.......................      (3,277)         (2,251)            243           1,957           630
  Inventories........................................     (13,510)          3,508          16,438          36,197        (5,328)
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........      (1,288)           (994)            362            (269)        4,424
  Other assets.......................................        (450)           (885)            227          (2,152)       (1,826)
  Accounts payable...................................      (2,087)          7,683          (3,524)         (8,574)        4,219
  Accrued expenses...................................      (1,548)          4,475           4,494             695        (2,792)
  Income taxes payable...............................       1,857           1,690          (3,994)            255          (881)
                                                         --------       ---------        --------        --------      --------
  Net cash provided (used) by operating activities...     (21,117)         32,995           8,038           4,124       (14,144)
                                                         --------       ---------        --------        --------      --------
Investing activities:
  Proceeds from sale of corporate headquarters.......          --              --              --          15,441            --
  Proceeds on sale of assets to Footwear
    Acquisition......................................          --              --          92,500              --            --
  Additions of property and equipment................      (7,361)         (3,185)             --            (276)       (2,718)
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired.................      (1,998)       (101,427)             --              --            --
  Proceeds from sales of Japanese trademarks.........          --          29,755              --              --        24,811
                                                         --------       ---------        --------        --------      --------
  Net cash provided (used) by investing activities...      (9,359)        (74,857)         92,500          15,165        22,093
                                                         --------       ---------        --------        --------      --------
Financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuances of common and preferred
    stock............................................         115          59,019               5              50           151
  Proceeds from exercise of warrants.................          --              --              --              --           268
  Net proceeds (payments) under credit facilities....      31,240              --         (48,251)        (25,189)       (9,474)
  Increase in cash overdraft.........................       1,866           1,688              --           6,884            --
  Redemption of preferred stock......................          --         (11,620)             --              --            --
  Payments of preferred stock dividends..............      (4,687)           (400)             --              --            --
                                                         --------       ---------        --------        --------      --------
  Net cash provided (used) by financing activities...      28,534          48,687         (48,246)        (18,255)       (9,055)
                                                         --------       ---------        --------        --------      --------
Effect of foreign currency rate fluctuations on
  cash...............................................          (1)             --               8            (433)          137
                                                         --------       ---------        --------        --------      --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash......................      (1,943)          6,825          52,300             601          (969)
Cash at beginning of period..........................       6,825              --           2,906           2,305         3,274
                                                         --------       ---------        --------        --------      --------
Cash at end of period................................    $  4,882       $   6,825        $ 55,206        $  2,906      $  2,305
                                                         ========       =========        ========        ========      ========
Supplemental disclosures:
  Cash payments for income taxes.....................    $ 11,605       $   3,219        $     10        $  1,955      $  2,441
                                                         ========       =========        ========        ========      ========
  Cash payments for interest.........................    $  1,182       $     474        $  1,914        $ 13,557      $ 19,327
                                                         ========       =========        ========        ========      ========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                          SERIES A                                                NOTE
                                       PREFERRED STOCK         COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL   RECEIVABLE
                                     -------------------   --------------------    PAID-IN        FROM         UNEARNED
                                      SHARES     AMOUNT      SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL     STOCKHOLDER   COMPENSATION
                                     --------   --------   ----------   -------   ----------   -----------   ------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
CVEO CORPORATION:
Balance, January 2, 1999...........        --   $     --   17,319,556   $17,320     $3,695       $    --       $  (758)
 Net income (loss).................
 Foreign currency translation......
 Employee stock purchase plan share
   issuance........................                            68,057       68          83
 Exercise of warrants..............                            91,412       91         103
 Issuance of restricted stock, net
   of cancellations................                                                    883                        (883)
 Amortization of unearned
   compensation....................                                                                                580
                                     --------   --------   ----------   -------     ------       -------       -------
Balance, January 1, 2000...........        --         --   17,479,025   17,479       4,764            --        (1,061)
 Net income (loss).................
 Foreign currency translation......
 Employee stock purchase plan share
   issuance........................                            56,530       57          (7)
 Cancellation of restricted
   stock...........................                                                   (308)                        308
 Amortization of unearned
   compensation....................                                                                                475
                                     --------   --------   ----------   -------     ------       -------       -------
Balance, December 30, 2000.........        --   $     --   17,535,555   $17,536     $4,449       $    --       $  (278)
                                     ========   ========   ==========   =======     ======       =======       =======
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONVERSE INC.:
Balance, May 1, 2001...............        --   $     --           --   $   --      $   --       $    --       $    --
 Net income........................
 Issuance of preferred stock.......   521,160     52,116
 Issuance of common stock..........                         8,902,451       89       8,814        (2,000)
 Compensation expense on
   stockholder note................                                                    631
 Redemption of preferred stock.....  (116,200)   (11,620)
 Preferred stock dividends.........
                                     --------   --------   ----------   -------     ------       -------       -------
Balance, December 31, 2001.........   404,960     40,496    8,902,451       89       9,445        (2,000)           --
 Net income........................
 Foreign currency translation......
 Issuance of common stock..........                           100,000        1         114
 Preferred stock dividends
   declared........................
 Compensation expense..............                                                     73
                                     --------   --------   ----------   -------     ------       -------       -------
Balance, September 30, 2002........   404,960   $ 40,496    9,002,451   $   90      $9,632       $(2,000)      $    --
                                     ========   ========   ==========   =======     ======       =======       =======

                                                  ACCUMULATED        TOTAL
                                     RETAINED        OTHER       STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     EARNINGS    COMPREHENSIVE      EQUITY
                                     (DEFICIT)      INCOME       (DEFICIENCY)
                                     ---------   -------------   -------------
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
CVEO CORPORATION:
Balance, January 2, 1999...........  $ (88,129)     $(1,438)       $ (69,310)
 Net income (loss).................    (43,608)                      (43,608)
 Foreign currency translation......                    (552)            (552)
 Employee stock purchase plan share
   issuance........................                                      151
 Exercise of warrants..............                                      194
 Issuance of restricted stock, net
   of cancellations................                                       --
 Amortization of unearned
   compensation....................                                      580
                                     ---------      -------        ---------
Balance, January 1, 2000...........   (131,737)      (1,990)        (112,545)
 Net income (loss).................    (27,445)                      (27,445)
 Foreign currency translation......                    (730)            (730)
 Employee stock purchase plan share
   issuance........................                                       50
 Cancellation of restricted
   stock...........................                                       --
 Amortization of unearned
   compensation....................                                      475
                                     ---------      -------        ---------
Balance, December 30, 2000.........  $(159,182)     $(2,720)       $(140,195)
                                     =========      =======        =========
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONVERSE INC.:
Balance, May 1, 2001...............  $      --      $    --        $      --
 Net income........................      4,400                         4,400
 Issuance of preferred stock.......                                   52,116
 Issuance of common stock..........                                    6,903
 Compensation expense on
   stockholder note................                                      631
 Redemption of preferred stock.....                                  (11,620)
 Preferred stock dividends.........       (400)                         (400)
                                     ---------      -------        ---------
Balance, December 31, 2001.........      4,000           --           52,030
 Net income........................     17,459                        17,459
 Foreign currency translation......                     (80)             (80)
 Issuance of common stock..........                                      115
 Preferred stock dividends
   declared........................     (4,687)                       (4,687)
 Compensation expense..............                                       73
                                     ---------      -------        ---------
Balance, September 30, 2002........  $  16,772      $   (80)       $  64,910
                                     =========      =======        =========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                             CONVERSE INC.                        CVEO CORPORATION
                                      ----------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                       NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH                     FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                      PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED     FOUR-MONTH        ENDED          ENDED
                                      SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    PERIOD ENDED    DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                          2002            2001       APRIL 30, 2001       2000          2000
                                      -------------   ------------   --------------   ------------   -----------
                                       (UNAUDITED)
Net income (loss)...................     $17,459         $4,400         $46,969         $(27,445)     $(43,608)
Other comprehensive income, net of
  tax:
  Foreign currency translation
     adjustment.....................         (80)            --             232             (730)         (552)
                                         -------         ------         -------         --------      --------
Comprehensive income (loss).........     $17,379         $4,400         $47,201         $(28,175)     $(44,160)
                                         =======         ======         =======         ========      ========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

1. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

BUSINESS AND FORMATION OF THE COMPANY

Converse Inc. ("Converse" or the "Company") designs and markets athletic footwear for men, women and children and globally licenses sports apparel, accessories and selected footwear.

CVEO Corporation, predecessor to Converse, ("CVEO" or the "Predecessor") voluntarily filed a petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the "Bankruptcy Proceedings") on January 22, 2001. Following a bidding process approved by the bankruptcy court, Footwear Acquisition, Inc. ("Footwear Acquisition") acquired certain of CVEO's assets on April 30, 2001 ("Asset Acquisition"). Footwear Acquisition, which had been incorporated for the sole purpose of acquiring selected assets of CVEO, changed its name to Converse Inc. and the Predecessor changed its name to CVEO Corporation as a result of this transaction. The successor company, Converse Inc., began operations on May 1, 2001.

CVEO also designed and marketed athletic footwear and globally licensed sports apparel, accessories and selected footwear. In addition, CVEO manufactured a significant portion of its athletic footwear, operated its own retail stores and international distributors and owned the trademark for selling footwear products in Japan. Converse did not acquire CVEO's manufacturing operations, retail stores or international distributors and, simultaneous with the Asset Acquisition, Converse sold the Japanese footwear trademark.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

In connection with the CVEO Asset Acquisition, Converse recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values (see Note 3).

The accompanying financial statements of the Predecessor were prepared using its historical cost basis of accounting, except for the period January 22, 2001 through April 30, 2001. During this period, CVEO's financial statements were prepared in accordance with Statement of Position 90-7 ("SOP 90-7"), "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code" and generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a going concern which unless otherwise noted, assumes the realization of assets and the payment of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The financial statements for this period present the assets of the Predecessor at historical cost and not at their realizable value on a liquidation basis. Liabilities of the Predecessor are presented at face value on the December 30, 2000 balance sheet. The ultimate amount and settlement terms for such liabilities are subject to a plan of reorganization ("Plan of Reorganization") requiring court approval, and accordingly, such liabilities may be settled at different amounts than those presented in the accompanying financial statements. Income, expenses, realized gains and losses, and provisions for losses resulting from the Plan of Reorganization are reported separately as Reorganization Items in the consolidated statement of operations for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 (see Note 4). As Converse has no legal or operating relationship with CVEO, the ultimate settlement of CVEO liabilities and dissolution of CVEO will have no effect on Converse's financial position or results of operations.

Converse's balance sheet as of September 30, 2002 and the related statements of operations, cash flows, stockholders' equity (deficiency) and comprehensive income (loss) for the nine-month period then ended have not been audited. These statements were prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 are not necessarily indicative of the results that will be achieved for a full year.

F-9

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The unaudited pro forma supplemental earnings per share and weighted average shares for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 have been calculated assuming that the Company issues enough shares at the beginning of the period at an assumed offering price to generate enough capital to redeem all of the outstanding Series A preferred stock and related Series A preferred stock accumulated dividends and to pay down any existing balance on the Company's credit facility. Earnings used in this calculation have been adjusted to remove interest expense for the period.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements of Converse and its Predecessor include the accounts of the companies and their wholly-owned operations. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

FISCAL PERIOD

Converse operates on a calendar year basis. The accompanying financial statements include the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the eight-month period from May 1, 2001 (inception) through December 31, 2001 for Converse.

CVEO's fiscal year-end was the Saturday closest to December 31 in each year. The accompanying financial statements include the four-month period from December 31, 2000 through April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2001 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000 for the Predecessor.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue from the sale of product is recognized when title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer based on the terms of the sale, generally at the time of shipment. Provisions for sales discounts and returns are made at the time of sale. Trade accounts receivable is net of an allowance for bad debts of $248 and $229 at September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively for Converse, and $1,721 at December 30, 2000 for the Predecessor. Licensing revenue is recognized when all events have occurred to establish the royalty amount earned and payable to the Company (typically, when sales are made by the licensees to retail distribution or, in the case of certain footwear license agreements, when shipment is made from the manufacturer to the licensee). Licensee accounts receivable is net of an allowance for bad debts of $292 and $204 at September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively, for Converse. The Predecessor did not have an allowance for bad debts on licensee accounts receivable at December 30, 2000.

SHIPPING AND HANDLING

Shipping and handling fees are billed to customers and are included in net sales while the related costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company incurred $1,587 and $830 of such fees for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, respectively. For the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000, and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000, the Predecessor incurred $548, $2,825 and $3,352, respectively, of shipping and handling fees.

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION

Converse's advertising production costs are expensed as incurred. Media placement costs, which include radio and print advertising, are expensed as the media is run. The Company incurred $6,620 and $3,794 in advertising and promotion expenses for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, respectively.

F-10

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CVEO's advertising production costs were expensed the first time an advertisement was run. Media placement costs were expensed as incurred. For the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000, the Predecessor incurred $1,445, $7,763, and $15,498, respectively, of advertising and marketing expenses.

RESEARCH, DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

The Company incurred $3,582 and $1,924 in research, design and development expenses included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, respectively. For the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000, the Predecessor incurred $261, $3,541, and $6,200, respectively, of research, design and development expenses.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts of cash, trade and licensee receivables and trade payables approximate their fair value because of the short maturity of these financial instruments. Due to the variable interest rate on Converse's credit facility and the short maturity of the revolving loans, the fair value of the credit facility approximates its carrying value. Except for the convertible notes, at December 30, 2000, the carrying amount of the Predecessor's long-term instruments approximate fair value. At December 30, 2000, the fair value of the $74,265 convertible notes of the Predecessor was $8,173, based on quoted market prices.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of inventories is determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation for financial reporting purposes is computed principally on the straight-line method over the assets' estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

The balance of checks outstanding in the Company's bank accounts totaling $3,554 at September 30, 2002 and $1,688 at December 31, 2001 and the Predecessor's bank account totaling $6,884 at December 30, 2000 are included in accounts payable on the balance sheet.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company's intangible assets consist of trademarks of $13,372 and $15,035, goodwill of $1,146 and $0 and acquired internally developed software of $0 and $44 at September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively. During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002, the Company finalized its purchase accounting for the Asset Acquisition resulting in a decrease in the trademark intangible asset of $1,663 and acquired a Canadian licensee resulting in goodwill of $1,146 (see Note 3). Internally developed software, acquired on April 30, 2001, was amortized over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis (15 months). This asset was fully amortized as of July 31, 2002. The Company has adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." In accordance with this

F-11

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

standard, the Company's trademarks are considered to have indefinite useful lives. Accordingly, trademarks and goodwill are not amortized but are periodically reviewed for impairment.

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including goodwill and trademarks, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that the useful lives of these assets are no longer appropriate. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the undiscounted cash flows to the recorded value of the asset. If an impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value on a discounted cash flow basis or current appraisal value.

The Predecessor did not have any intangible assets at December 30, 2000.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options.

CURRENT ASSETS IN EXCESS OF REORGANIZATION VALUE

Prior to November 17, 1994, the Predecessor was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Furniture Brands International, Inc. ("Furniture Brands"). On November 17, 1994, Furniture Brands distributed to the holders of its common stock all outstanding shares of common stock of the Predecessor.

In 1992, in connection with its reorganization under the bankruptcy code, Furniture Brands and its domestic subsidiaries, including the Predecessor, were required to adopt "fresh-start" reporting in accordance with SOP 90-7. As a result of adopting "fresh-start" reporting, CVEO recorded current assets in excess of reorganization value of approximately $41,553 which was being amortized over 20 years. As a result of the sale of assets to Footwear Acquisition, the unamortized balance of $23,373 was credited to income and is reflected as a component of CVEO's other income for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the determination of net income. The assets and liabilities of international operations are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates on the balance sheet date. Income and expense accounts of international operations are translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Foreign currency transactions were not material to the results of Converse.

The Predecessor used foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign currency options to protect against the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates. These instruments did not qualify for hedge accounting. Option premiums were amortized over the respective life of the instrument. During the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000, the Predecessor realized a net gain of $55 on forward contracts. At December 30, 2000, the Predecessor had no outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts or foreign currency options. During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000, the Predecessor recorded amortization expense of $225 with respect to the currency options, unrealized losses of $154 on open forward contracts and $1,271 and $108 on exercised currency options and closed forward contracts, respectively.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes have been accounted for in accordance with the liability method. Tax provisions and credits are recorded at statutory rates for taxable items included in the consolidated statement of income regardless of

F-12

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the period for which such items are reported for tax purposes. Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities.

CONCENTRATION OF RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade and licensee accounts receivable.

During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, approximately 21% and 21%, respectively, of the Company's consolidated net revenues were from one domestic customer. At September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001 approximately 29% and 22% of accounts receivable were from that same customer.

For the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000, 12%, 13% and 17% of the Predecessor's consolidated net revenue was from the Predecessor's Japanese footwear distributor and licensee.

Credit risk with respect to other trade accounts receivable is mitigated due to the large number of entities comprising the customer base and the close monitoring of credit extended to the largest customers. Concentration of credit risk with respect to licensee accounts receivable is reduced through the close monitoring of receivable balances and the international dispersion of such licensees. In addition, the Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses, and such losses, in the aggregate, have not exceeded management's expectations.

For the periods ended September 30, 2002, December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001, December 30, 2000 and January 1, 2000, no single licensee accounted for more than 10% of net revenue.

Converse sources footwear production from various Far East suppliers. There are two manufacturers, who are affiliated with certain stockholders of the Company (see Note 16), that produced approximately 38% and 27%, respectively, of the Company's sourced product for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002. For the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, the same two manufacturers produced approximately 49% and 40%, respectively, of the Company's sourced products. The Company's licensees also source a substantial portion of their products through these same manufacturers. A disruption or change in the sourcing relationship with the Company's manufacturers could cause a delay in manufacturing for both the Company and its licensees; however, management does not believe that such a change would impact long-term supply due to the existence of alternative suppliers.

MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain reclassifications have been made to the Predecessor financial statements to conform to Converse's presentation.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, which will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of

F-13

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2004. SFAS 143 addresses the financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. The Company does not expect that the impact of adopting SFAS No. 143 will be material to the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment of long lived assets held for use and for long-lived assets that are to be disposed of by sale (including discontinued operations). FAS 144 will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2003. The Company does not expect the impact of adopting SFAS No. 144 will be material to the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt, No. 44, Accounting for Intangible Assets of Motor Carriers, and No. 64, Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and Technical Corrections. SFAS No. 145 will be effective for the Company in 2003. SFAS 145 eliminates the classification of debt extinguishment activity as extraordinary items, eliminates inconsistencies in lease modification treatment and makes various technical corrections or clarifications of other existing authoritative pronouncements. The Company does not expect that the impact of adopting SFAS No. 145 will be material to the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. The provisions of this statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. This statement requires that a liability or a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair value only when the liability is incurred. The Company does not expect that the impact of adopting SFAS No. 146 will be material to the consolidated financial statements.

3. ACQUISITIONS

CVEO ASSET ACQUISITION

To effect the acquisition of certain of CVEO's assets, the Company paid cash of $93,750 and incurred acquisition costs of $7,677. The initial cash was obtained from sales of common and preferred stock totaling $59,019, a line of credit of $26,000 and the sale of the Japanese footwear trademark for $29,755. The sale of the Japanese trademark was consummated on April 30, 2001 at fair market value and, accordingly, no gain or loss was recognized on the transaction.

The purchase price allocation is as follows:

Trade accounts receivable...................................  $ 28,924
Licensee accounts receivable................................     2,203
Inventories.................................................    28,583
Prepaid expenses............................................       222
Order backlog...............................................       900
Acquired internal use software..............................        95
Japanese footwear trademark.................................    29,755
Trademarks..................................................    13,372
Assumed letters of credit...................................    (1,777)
Purchase accounting reserves................................      (850)
                                                              --------
Total acquired net assets...................................  $101,427
                                                              ========

The valuation of intangible assets was based on an independent appraisal. The excess of fair value over cost of net assets acquired, as determined by the independent appraisal, was allocated proportionately to reduce the appraised value of trademarks and acquired internal use software.

F-14

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

In connection with the Asset Acquisition, the Company originally established $981 of purchase accounting reserves which were subsequently adjusted to $850 as a result of changes in estimates. The $850 of reserves were established for certain planned contract termination costs ($330) and the Company's plan to relocate its distribution facility from Charlotte, North Carolina to Ontario, California in the second quarter of 2002 ($520). The costs included in the reserve related to the relocation of the distribution facility are comprised primarily of lease termination costs and the estimated cost to remove and dispose of fixtures from the Charlotte facility. Management has completed the relocation of its distribution center and the remaining reserve of $30 at September 30, 2002 is expected to be paid in cash in the fourth quarter of 2002.

The Predecessor recorded a gain of $36,027 as a result of this transaction which is included in Reorganization Items for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 (see Note 4).

The following unaudited pro forma financial information is presented as if the CVEO Asset Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2001. The pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 2001 includes (i) the historical results of Converse for the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001; and (ii) the historical results of the Predecessor for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, adjusted to reflect the asset acquisition as of January 1, 2001 and to eliminate CVEO operations and related reorganization and restructuring activities not acquired by Converse. The pro forma results are as follows:

                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                                 YEAR ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31, 2001
                                                              -----------------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
Net revenue.................................................      $149,151
Net income..................................................         5,185
Earnings per share -- basic.................................      $   (.04)
Earnings per share -- diluted...............................          (.04)

PURCHASE OF LICENSEE

In June 2002, the Company purchased certain assets from a former licensee in Canada for $1,933 and incurred acquisition costs of $65. The preliminary purchase price allocation is as follows:

Trade accounts receivable...................................  $  779
Inventories.................................................      73
Goodwill....................................................   1,146
                                                              ------
Total acquired net assets...................................  $1,998
                                                              ======

The excess of fair value, as estimated by management, over the cost of net assets acquired was allocated to goodwill. There is contingent consideration of $162 currently in escrow until December 2002, which may result in an adjustment to the preliminary allocation of purchase price.

4. PREDECESSOR BANKRUPTCY AND REORGANIZATION

PREDECESSOR BANKRUPTCY

As described in Note 1, on January 22, 2001, CVEO voluntarily filed for bankruptcy in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (the "Court"). At the petition date, the Court entered orders granting CVEO authority to pay pre-petition and post-petition employee wages and benefits and to pay vendors and other providers in the ordinary course for goods and services received after January 22, 2001. Under the bankruptcy code, actions to collect pre-petition indebtedness from CVEO, as well as most other pending litigation, are stayed and other contractual obligations against CVEO may not be enforced. Absent an order by

F-15

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the Court, substantially all pre-petition liabilities are subject to settlement under the Plan of Reorganization to be voted on by creditors and approved by the Court.

At the time of the bankruptcy, the Plan of Reorganization proposed to the Court included certain in-process restructuring actions which were implemented by the Predecessor during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 (see Note
5). These actions included:

- CVEO completed the sale of its remaining European operations (France, Germany, Scandinavia and the United Kingdom) and simultaneously entered into third-party licensee arrangements with the respective buyers.

- CVEO terminated 28 corporate employees located at its headquarters office in North Reading, Massachusetts.

The Plan of Reorganization also included closure of the Predecessor's manufacturing facilities in Lumberton, North Carolina, Mission, Texas and Reynosa, Mexico which was completed on March 22, 2001.

PREDECESSOR REORGANIZATION ITEMS

Reorganization items are items of income, expense and gain or loss that were realized or incurred by the Predecessor directly as a result of its decision to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy code. The Predecessor recorded the following reorganization items during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001:

- Severance costs of $1,183 and retention costs of $318 in relation to the termination of corporate employees and employees associated with the Predecessor's manufacturing facilities.

- In connection with the closing of the Predecessor's manufacturing facilities, CVEO recorded i) asset impairment charges of $3,510 to write down long-lived assets to their estimated fair value as assets held for sale, ii) write-offs of $1,411 for excess raw materials and work in process inventory at the time of the factory closings, included in cost of sales, and iii) costs of $651 associated with the closure of the manufacturing facilities.

- The Predecessor recorded a further impairment of long-lived assets of $209 for corporate assets and assets held at its Charlotte distribution facility.

Net reorganization items consisted of the following for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001:

                                                              CVEO CORPORATION
                                                                 FOUR-MONTH
                                                                PERIOD ENDED
                                                               APRIL 30, 2001
                                                              ----------------
Professional fees directly related to the bankruptcy
  filing....................................................      $  4,173
Amortization of debtor-in-possession financing costs........         1,332
Fees related to amendments to pre-petition debt as a result
  of
  bankruptcy................................................         1,441
Write-off of deferred financing costs on pre-petition
  debt......................................................         2,309
Employee severance and retention costs......................         1,501
Impairment of fixed assets..................................         3,719
Closure of manufacturing facilities.........................           651
Curtailment gain on pension plan............................        (3,405)
Gain on sale of assets to Footwear Acquisition..............       (36,027)
                                                                  --------
                                                                  $(24,306)
                                                                  ========

F-16

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Cash paid for reorganization items during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 included $1,913 for debt financing fees, $1,719 for professional fees, $651 for manufacturing closure costs and $660 for employee severance and retention.

PREDECESSOR SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to April 30, 2001, CVEO began the process of liquidating its remaining assets and settling its remaining liabilities. This process has not yet been completed.

As required by the Court, CVEO filed with the Court schedules setting forth its assets and its liabilities as shown by CVEO's books and records. Notices were mailed to all known creditors detailing the deadline for filing proofs of claim with the Court by July 8, 2002. Differences between amounts reported by CVEO and claims by creditors will be reconciled and resolved either between the parties or by the Court. That process has not been completed as of the date of these financial statements. Accordingly, the estimate of allowed claims contained in these financial statements may differ from the amount of eventual settlement.

On August 8, 2002, CVEO ceased to exist and all remaining assets and liabilities were transferred into a single share of New Common Stock issued to the Creditors Reserve Trust. The Creditors Reserve Trust will perform the final asset distribution in accordance with the Bankruptcy Proceedings.

As Converse has no legal or operating relationship with CVEO, the ultimate settlement of CVEO liabilities and dissolution of CVEO will have no effect on Converse's financial position or results of operations.

5. PREDECESSOR RESTRUCTURINGS, ASSET IMPAIRMENTS AND OTHER UNUSUAL ITEMS

PREDECESSOR RESTRUCTURING, ASSET IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER UNUSUAL CHARGES

As a result of the restructuring actions described in Note 4, the Predecessor recorded charges during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 in connection with the sale of its remaining European operations. These charges primarily included i) asset impairments and ii) the write-off of the remaining cumulative translation adjustments related to these entities.

Restructuring accruals relating to the termination of college coach contracts totaling $536 were reversed during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 to adjust the reserve to the amount of estimated allowed claims for these contracts under the Bankruptcy Proceedings. Additionally, $401 of previously recorded international restructuring charges were reversed to income during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 due to changes in estimated costs upon eventual disposal.

During the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000, CVEO recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges of $7,071, net of reversals. These charges included severance and benefits and lease termination costs related to (i) workforce reduction of 28 employees in its research and development, marketing and distribution functions; and (ii) the sale of certain European operations. These charges were offset by reversals for changes in estimates for (i) severance related to its 1999 corporate restructuring initiative of $285; (ii) research and development building lease termination costs of $136; and (iii) endorser contract termination costs of $242. An additional restructuring charge of $276 was recorded related to the write-off of the cumulative translation adjustment for its Benelux subsidiary.

Also, during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000, CVEO recorded an impairment loss of $6,680 associated with long-lived assets at corporate, retail stores, and leased manufacturing plants in Mission, Texas and Reynosa, Mexico. The impairment was recognized when the future undiscounted cash flows of each facility were estimated to be insufficient to recover their related carrying values. As such, the carrying values of these assets were written down to fair value based on current appraisal values and other estimates.

F-17

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000, CVEO recorded restructuring and other unusual charges of $9,368 relating primarily to initiatives aimed at reducing future operating costs, including global distribution, marketing, selling and administrative costs. Principal costs included in the charge were:
(i) costs for employee severance and related benefits for the termination of 49 corporate employees; (ii) lease termination and fixed asset write-down costs related to the closure of five unprofitable retail stores; (iii) lease termination costs related to CVEO's research and development facility; (iv) termination costs related to endorser contracts; and (v) severance, fixed asset write-down and lease termination costs related to selling certain foreign operations.

The following table summarizes the activity relating to these initiatives for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000:

                                             RESEARCH AND
                       CORPORATE EMPLOYEE    DEVELOPMENT                                               WRITE-OFF OF
                       SEVERANCE AND LEASE   BUILDING AND    IMPAIRMENT      CONTRACT      SALE OF      CUMULATIVE
                         TERMINATION AND     RETAIL STORE   OF LONG-LIVED   TERMINATION    EUROPEAN    TRANSLATION
                          RELATED COSTS        CLOSINGS        ASSETS          COSTS      OPERATIONS   ADJUSTMENTS     TOTAL
                       -------------------   ------------   -------------   -----------   ----------   ------------   --------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
1999 restructuring
  accrual............        $1,485             $ 864          $    --        $1,667       $ 4,776       $   576      $  9,368
Charges/write-offs...          (350)               --               --            --          (769)         (576)       (1,695)
                             ------             -----          -------        ------       -------       -------      --------
January 1, 2000
  balance............         1,135               864               --         1,667         4,007            --         7,673
2000 restructuring
  accrual............           139                --            6,680            --            --           276         7,095
Changes in
  estimates..........          (285)             (136)                          (242)          639            --           (24)
Charges/write-offs...          (844)             (717)          (6,680)         (284)       (2,737)         (276)      (11,538)
                             ------             -----          -------        ------       -------       -------      --------
December 30, 2000
  balance............           145                11               --         1,141         1,909            --         3,206
Restructuring accrual
  for the four-month
  period ended April
  30, 2001...........            --                 4               --            --           210         2,488         2,702
Changes in
  estimates..........            --                --               --          (536)         (401)                       (937)
Charges/write-offs...           (36)              (15)              --            --        (1,327)       (2,488)       (3,866)
                             ------             -----          -------        ------       -------       -------      --------
April 30, 2001
  balance............        $  109             $  --          $    --        $  605       $   391       $    --      $  1,105
                             ======             =====          =======        ======       =======       =======      ========

PREDECESSOR GAINS ON SALES OF ASSETS

On November 29, 1999, the Predecessor completed the sale of all its non-footwear trademarks in Japan and the assignment of its Japanese non-footwear trademark license agreements to Itochu Corporation for $24,811 cash. CVEO used the proceeds from the sale to pay down bank debt and provide additional working capital. The licensees represented by these trademarks generated royalty income of $4,200 in the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000.

During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000, the Predecessor sold its corporate headquarters facility for $15,441, resulting in a gain of $14,870 recorded in other income.

F-18

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

                                                    CONVERSE INC.           CVEO CORPORATION
                                             ----------------------------   ----------------
                                             SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 30,
                                                 2002            2001             2000
                                             -------------   ------------   ----------------
                                              (UNAUDITED)
Machinery and equipment....................     $ 1,584         $  144          $ 12,584
Computer equipment.........................       3,564          1,491             9,285
Furniture and fixtures.....................         962            449             2,416
Building and leasehold
  improvements.............................       1,179            708             4,058
Construction in progress...................       3,258            393                --
                                                -------         ------          --------
                                                 10,547          3,185            28,343
Accumulated depreciation...................        (863)          (199)          (22,088)
                                                -------         ------          --------
                                                $ 9,684         $2,986          $  6,255
                                                =======         ======          ========

Converse depreciates property and equipment based on estimated useful lives as follows: 7 years for machinery and equipment, 3 to 5 years for computer equipment, 10 years for furniture and fixtures and the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset for building and leasehold improvements. CVEO depreciated property and equipment based on estimated useful lives of 3 to 11 years for machinery and equipment, 7 years for computer equipment, 5 to 8 years for furniture and fixtures and the lesser of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset for building and leasehold improvements.

Subsequent to December 30, 2000 all of the remaining assets of the Predecessor have been written down to fair value (see Notes 4 and 5) and sold with the exception of the Lumberton manufacturing facility, which has a book value of $551 at December 30, 2000. No gain or loss resulted from the final disposition of these assets.

7. INVENTORIES

Converse's inventory consists solely of finished goods at September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001. The Predecessor had inventory of $40,134 at December 30, 2000 comprised of $32,011 of finished products, $3,554 of retail merchandise, $2,978 of work-in-process and $1,591 of raw materials. During the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000, the Predecessor increased its inventory reserves from $2,415 at January 1, 2000 to $7,542 at December 30, 2000 in order to properly state inventory at lower of cost or market.

F-19

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

                                                    CONVERSE INC.           CVEO CORPORATION
                                             ----------------------------   ----------------
                                             SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 30,
                                                 2002            2001             2000
                                             -------------   ------------   ----------------
                                              (UNAUDITED)
Advertising and promotion..................     $  695          $1,715          $   157
Compensation...............................      1,415           1,053            4,966
Interest...................................         --              --            6,023
Purchase accounting reserves...............         30             957               --
Accrued transaction costs..................         19             518               --
Restructuring reserves.....................         --              --            3,206
Other......................................      2,153           1,213            2,036
                                                ------          ------          -------
                                                $4,312          $5,456          $16,388
                                                ======          ======          =======

9. DEBT

CONVERSE CREDIT FACILITY

On April 30, 2001, Converse entered into a $50,000 secured credit agreement (the "Credit Facility") with a bank for revolving loans and letters of credit. The Credit Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The amount available under the Credit Facility is limited by a borrowing base formula defined in the Credit Facility. In addition, the amount of outstanding letters of credit shall not exceed $20,000. Revolving loans are limited by the Credit Facility's maximum availability less any amounts outstanding for letters of credit.

The Credit Facility expires on April 30, 2004. Borrowings outstanding on the Credit Facility bear interest either at the Prime Lending Rate plus .75% per annum or the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.75% per annum. Interest is payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each calendar month.

On April 23, 2002, the Company entered into amendment No. 1 to the Credit Facility (the "Amendment"). The Amendment increased the Credit Facility to $85,000 and made certain adjustments to the borrowing base formula. Interest rates were adjusted to bear interest either at the Prime Lending Rate plus .50% per annum or the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.50% per annum.

The Credit Facility contains certain covenants, which among other things, requires the Company to maintain a specified adjusted net worth, as defined ($38,000 at September 30, 2002 and $38,380 at December 31, 2001). The Credit Facility allows the net worth requirement amount to be reduced, on a dollar- for-dollar basis, by the amount of any preferred stock redemptions and dividend payments. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001.

The Credit Facility contains customary ongoing fees including an unused line fee at a rate of .50% per annum for the unutilized portion of the Credit Facility. The Company is also obligated to pay an annual servicing fee of $60. In conjunction with the issuance of the Credit Facility and the Amendment, the Company capitalized debt issuance costs of $885 and $450, respectively, which are being amortized over the term of the Credit Facility.

At September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, the borrowing base was $60,491 and $26,605, respectively. At September 30, 2002 there was $31,240 of revolving loans outstanding under the Credit Facility and $4,728 of letters of credit outstanding. At December 31, 2001, there were no revolving loans

F-20

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

outstanding under the Credit Facility and $7,923 of letters of credit outstanding. Accordingly, $24,523 and $18,682 of the maximum available borrowing base remained unutilized at September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively.

PREDECESSOR DEBT

Predecessor debt consisted of the following:

                                                              CVEO CORPORATION
                                                              ----------------
                                                                DECEMBER 30,
                                                                    2000
                                                              ----------------
Credit facility.............................................      $    427
International credit facilities.............................        47,824
                                                                  --------
  Total credit facilities...................................        48,251
                                                                  --------
Senior secured notes (net of discount and warrants).........        28,643
Convertible subordinated notes..............................        74,265
                                                                  --------
  Total current portion of long-term debt...................       102,908
                                                                  --------
                                                                  $151,159
                                                                  ========

Credit Facility and Debtor-in-Possession Financing

At December 30, 2000, CVEO was in default of certain covenants contained in its credit facility.

In connection with the Bankruptcy Proceedings, CVEO entered into a DIP Facility, dated as of January 22, 2001, with a syndicated group of participating lenders. The proceeds of the $68,800 DIP Facility were used to pay pre-petition credit facility obligations and to fund other working capital and general corporate needs from January 22, 2001 through April 30, 2001.

The total revolving loans and banker acceptances outstanding under the DIP Facility were fully secured by first priority liens on substantially all of CVEO's U.S. assets and, accordingly, were paid in full on April 30, 2001 with the proceeds from the sale of assets to Footwear Acquisition.

Revolving loans under the DIP Facility bore interest either at the Prime Lending Rate (as defined therein) plus one and one-half percent (1.50%) per annum or at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined therein) plus a margin of three and one-half percent (3.50%). As this obligation was not subject to compromise, in connection with the Bankruptcy Proceedings CVEO continued to accrue interest on this obligation subsequent to January 22, 2001 in accordance with SOP 90-7. The unused line fee for this facility was .5%. The terms of the credit facility were the same as the DIP Facility.

In conjunction with the DIP Facility, CVEO paid fees of $1,332. These fees were capitalized and fully amortized during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001.

International Credit Facility

At December 30, 2000, the Predecessor maintained $427 of asset-based financing arrangements in certain European countries. In general, these financing arrangements allowed the Predecessor's international operations to borrow against varying percentages of eligible customer receivable balances based on pre-established credit lines, along with varying percentages of inventory, as defined. Interest was payable at the respective lender's base rate plus 1.5% (varying by country from 4.25% to 9.25% at December 30, 2000). As of January 1, 2001 all remaining operations in Europe (France, United Kingdom, Scandinavia and Germany)

F-21

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

were sold. Accordingly, all outstanding debt in connection with these European asset-based financing arrangements was repaid during the four-month period ended April 30, 2001.

Senior Secured Notes

In September 1998, CVEO issued $28,643 aggregate principal amount of 15% Senior Secured Notes (the "Secured Notes") due September 16, 2000 (the "Initial Maturity Date"). Interest on the Secured Notes was payable quarterly in arrears. The Secured Notes were issued in two series: Series A in the aggregate principal amount of $24,858 (the "Series A Secured Notes") and Series B in the aggregate principal amount of $3,785 (the "Series B Secured Notes").

The Secured Notes required compliance with customary affirmative and negative covenants, including certain financial covenants. At December 30, 2000, CVEO was in default of certain of these covenants. On January 22, 2001, CVEO entered into the Fifth Supplement to Note Purchase Agreements (the "Fifth Supplement") whereby consent and approval of the holders of the Secured Notes was obtained to enter into the DIP Facility. In connection with this Fifth Supplement, the following transaction fees were paid: i) a payment in kind, in lieu of cash, of 3% of the outstanding principal amount of the Secured Notes by increasing the outstanding principal amount from $28,643 to $29,501, and ii) 1.0% of the outstanding principal amount, or $286. Also effective January 22, 2001, under the Fifth Supplement, interest accrued at the rate of 18% per annum on the unpaid principal amount of the Secured Notes; 15% per annum payable monthly in arrears and 3% per annum payable at the time of final payment of the principal balance outstanding under the Secured Notes. The above fees are recorded in Reorganization Items for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001.

The Series A Secured Notes carried a second priority perfected lien on substantially all the U.S. assets of CVEO. The Series B Secured Notes carried a third priority perfected lien on substantially all the U.S. assets CVEO. On May 10, 2001, the Court approved a stipulation and order providing for payment of 80% of the outstanding principle and accrued interest of the Secured Notes with the proceeds of the sale of assets to Footwear Acquisition and creation of a holdback account with the remaining 20% of outstanding principal and accrued interest. On November 30, 2001, the Court approved the payout of the holdback account to the noteholders with the exception of a settlement amount of $300 which was returned to CVEO.

Convertible Subordinated Notes

On May 21, 1997, CVEO completed the sale of $80,000 of Convertible Notes due June 1, 2004 of which $74,265 remained outstanding as of December 30, 2000. The Convertible Notes were subordinated to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined therein). CVEO did not make semi-annual interest payments due since June 1, 2000 with respect to the Convertible Notes. At December 30, 2000 accrued interest with respect to the Convertible Notes was $5,698. The interest payments remained outstanding and constituted an Event of Default under the related indenture. This default was stayed as part of the Bankruptcy Proceedings. Interest has not been accrued on the Convertible Notes during the period from January 22, 2001 through April 30, 2001 in accordance with SOP 90-7.

Debt Issuance Fees

CVEO had unamortized deferred debt issuance fees of $2,309 recorded at January 22, 2001 related to the pre-petition credit facility, the Senior Secured Notes and the Convertible Notes. As the carrying value of the debt exceeded the allowed claims under the bankruptcy rules, the unamortized debt issuance fees were written off as Reorganization Items in the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 in accordance with SOP 90-7.

F-22

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Interest Expense

CVEO's interest expense for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 includes normal contractual interest on outstanding obligations through the petition date of January 22, 2001. Subsequent to the petition date, interest was not accrued on unsecured pre-petition debt in accordance with SOP 90-7. Contractual interest expense not accrued or recorded on pre-petition debt totaled $1,408 from the bankruptcy date through April 30, 2001.

10. INCOME TAXES

The components of income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) consist of the following:

                                         CONVERSE INC.                       CVEO CORPORATION
                                  ----------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                   NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH     FOUR-MONTH    FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                  PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED   PERIOD ENDED      ENDED          ENDED
                                  SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 30,     DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                      2002            2001           2001           2000          2000
                                  -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
                                   (UNAUDITED)
Domestic........................     $26,458         $8,320        $45,139        $(16,742)     $ (9,391)
Foreign.........................       2,209           (247)          (896)         (7,480)       (6,543)
                                     -------         ------        -------        --------      --------
                                     $28,667         $8,073        $44,243        $(24,222)     $(15,934)
                                     =======         ======        =======        ========      ========

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

                                         CONVERSE INC.                       CVEO CORPORATION
                                  ----------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                   NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH     FOUR-MONTH    FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                  PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED   PERIOD ENDED      ENDED          ENDED
                                  SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 30,     DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                      2002            2001           2001           2000          2000
                                  -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
                                   (UNAUDITED)
Current:
  Federal.......................     $ 9,632        $ 3,164        $(3,202)        $   --        $    --
  State.........................       3,001          1,077             --            383            422
  Foreign.......................         670            668            476          1,593          2,495
                                     -------        -------        -------         ------        -------
  Total current provision.......      13,303          4,909         (2,726)         1,976          2,917
                                     -------        -------        -------         ------        -------
Deferred:
  Federal.......................      (1,805)        (1,025)            --          1,312         21,084
  State.........................        (329)          (172)            --            (65)         3,673
  Foreign.......................          39            (39)            --             --             --
                                     -------        -------        -------         ------        -------
  Total deferred provision......      (2,095)        (1,236)            --          1,247         24,757
                                     -------        -------        -------         ------        -------
  Income tax expense
     (benefit)..................     $11,208        $ 3,673        $(2,726)        $3,223        $27,674
                                     =======        =======        =======         ======        =======

F-23

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Income tax expense (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate differs from amounts provided as follows:

                                         CONVERSE INC.                       CVEO CORPORATION
                                  ----------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                   NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH     FOUR-MONTH    FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                  PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED   PERIOD ENDED      ENDED          ENDED
                                  SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 30,     DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                      2002            2001           2001           2000          2000
                                  -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
                                   (UNAUDITED)
Federal tax at statutory rate...      35.0%           35.0%          35.0%         (35.0)%        (35.0)%
State taxes, net of federal tax
  effect........................       5.7             6.5            1.5           (1.2)          (1.3)
Nondeductible compensation
  expenses......................       0.1             2.7             --             --             --
Foreign rate differential.......      (2.6)             --             --             --             --
Foreign withholding taxes.......       2.1             8.3             --            4.0            9.7
Federal benefit of foreign tax
  credits.......................      (1.9)           (8.3)            --             --             --
Asset in excess of
  reorganization value
  reversal......................        --              --          (16.9)            --             --
Nondeductible fixed asset
  impairment....................        --              --             --            9.7             --
Valuation allowance.............        --              --          (17.6)          37.5          202.4
Tax reserve reversal............        --              --           (8.8)            --             --
Other...........................        .7             1.3            0.6           (1.7)          (2.1)
                                      ----            ----          -----          -----          -----
Effective income tax (benefit)
  rate..........................      39.1%           45.5%          (6.2)%         13.3%         173.7%
                                      ====            ====          =====          =====          =====

F-24

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Deferred income taxes reflect the effect of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes net of any valuation allowance. Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

                                                            CONVERSE INC.           CVEO CORPORATION
                                                     ----------------------------   ----------------
                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 30,
                                                         2002            2001             2000
                                                     -------------   ------------   ----------------
                                                      (UNAUDITED)
Deferred tax assets:
  Receivable and inventory reserves................     $3,583          $1,009          $  5,827
  Depreciation.....................................         --              --               995
  Amortization of intangibles......................         --              97                --
  Accrued expenses.................................         --             115             3,622
  Tax benefits of loss carryforwards...............         --              --            65,037
  Other............................................        319              39                --
                                                        ------          ------          --------
  Total deferred tax assets........................      3,902           1,260            75,481
                                                        ------          ------          --------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation.....................................       (171)            (24)               --
  Employee pension plans...........................         --              --            (2,034)
  Amortization of intangibles......................       (179)             --
  Other............................................         --              --            (1,371)
                                                        ------          ------          --------
  Total deferred tax liabilities...................       (350)            (24)           (3,405)
                                                        ------          ------          --------
  Net deferred tax assets before valuation
     allowance.....................................      3,552           1,236            72,076
  Valuation allowance..............................         --              --           (72,076)
                                                        ------          ------          --------
  Net deferred tax assets..........................     $3,552          $1,236          $     --
                                                        ======          ======          ========

At September 30, 2002, the deferred tax assets are all current assets. At December 31, 2001, the deferred tax assets are comprised of $1,163 of current assets and $73 of long-term assets included in other assets. Deferred tax liabilities of $350 at September 30, 2002 are included in accrued expenses.

At September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, a valuation allowance has not been assigned to Converse's deferred tax assets since management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will fully realize the benefits of such assets.

The Predecessor had a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to its financial conditions and results of operations. This valuation allowance totaled $72,076 at December 30, 2000 of which $9,076 was recorded in the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and $32,243 was recorded in fiscal year ended January 1, 2000.

During the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, the Predecessor recorded a $3,903 tax benefit related to a reduction in tax reserves. This benefit resulted from favorable developments and revised estimates of settlements of various tax issues.

At the date of the asset sale to Footwear Acquisition in April 2001, the Predecessor had operating loss carryforwards of $161,820, which would have expired between the years 2009 and 2020. Converse did not acquire any tax assets or liabilities from the Predecessor.

F-25

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

11. PREFERRED STOCK

At September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, the Company has 900,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock designated (which may be increased as may be necessary for the Company to satisfy any obligation it may incur to pay dividends in kind) and 404,960 shares outstanding. The Series A Preferred Stock has a par value of $.01 per share and a stated value of $100.00 per share. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 11.1% compounded quarterly and payable annually on the last day of April, commencing in April 2002. Dividends are payable either in cash or in kind at the option of the Company. Dividends paid in kind would be paid at a ratio of .24795 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to 2.775 shares of common stock for each $1 of stated value. The preferred stockholders have liquidation preferences and certain voting rights.

The Company has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at the stated amount plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. On August 17, 2001, the Board approved the redemption of 116,200 shares of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock for a total of $11,620. These shares were redeemed on August 23, 2001 and September 13, 2001. At September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, the Company had cumulative undeclared dividends on Preferred Stock that were unaccrued totaling $1,894 and $3,070, respectively.

12. COMMON STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS

Converse Common Stock and Stock Options

At both September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, the common stock of the Company is owned by a private equity investment fund (55%), Infinity Associates LLC ("Infinity Associates"), an entity 50% owned by the Chairman of the Company (22%), and other strategic investors some of whose affiliates are suppliers of the Company (see Note 16).

Stockholder Note

In connection with the purchase of 2,000,000 shares by Infinity Associates on April 30, 2001, the Company received a recourse note for $2,000. The principal is due on April 30, 2006. Interest accrues on the unpaid balance at the rate of 4.68% per year. Payments of interest on the note are to be made in cash on a quarterly basis in arrears. The note is prepayable and is shown as a reduction of stockholders' equity. The stated interest rate is a below fair market rate and, therefore, the Company records compensation expense related to the financial benefit derived by the stockholder from this lower rate.

On November 15, 2001, the Company and Infinity Associates amended the stockholder note to make the note full recourse to both the assets of Infinity Associates and the personal assets of the owners of Infinity Associates. Based on an independent appraisal, the Company recorded compensation expenses of $631 related to the appreciation in the value of the shares owned by Infinity Associates from April 30, 2001 to November 15, 2001.

Converse Antidilution Warrant

On April 30, 2001, the Company issued an antidilution warrant to Infinity Associates which provides the right to purchase additional shares of common stock through the exercise of this warrant to ensure that Infinity Associates percentage ownership of the outstanding voting equity securities (including common stock paid in kind dividends payable on outstanding preferred stock) of the Company does not fall below 20%. The relevant number of shares of voting equity issued and outstanding shall exclude incentive stock options, sales of capital stock in connection with financing activities approved by the Board and shares issued to a third party upon closing of an acquisition. This warrant expires upon an Initial Public Offering or sale of a majority of the assets of the Company or on April 30, 2005. The warrants can be extended if certain EBITDA thresholds for the

F-26

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

year ended December 30, 2004 exceed the amount determined in good faith by the Board within 45 days of the date of the warrant issuance. The exercise price of the warrant is $.01 per share. At September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001 there are no shares issuable under the warrant.

Converse 2001 Stock Plan

The Company's 2001 Stock Plan provides for options to purchase common stock of up to an aggregate of 1,600,000 shares (increased from 1,200,000 shares as of December 31, 2001). The plan expires ten years from the date of the most recent Board of Directors' (the "Board") approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan, currently August 18, 2012. Stock options under this plan may be granted to employees, directors and consultants at an option price not less than the fair market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant for incentive stock options or at the exercise price determined by the Board for nonstatutory stock options. Options under the plan generally vest over four years with 25% of the shares vesting twelve months after the grant date and 1/36 of the balance of the shares vesting each month thereafter. Certain options granted to executives include a provision which accelerates the normal vesting schedule by one year in the event of an initial public offering. Upon an initial public offering, 255,750 of these options will vest. Additionally, 135,000 options granted to an executive in August 2001 vested immediately. The options under the plan generally expire ten years from the date of grant.

PREDECESSOR STOCK PLANS

The Predecessor had both an employee and a non-employee director stock plan. Additionally the Predecessor had a restricted stock plan. Stock granted under the restricted stock plan had no exercise price and, accordingly, a compensation charge was recorded as these shares vested over 3 years. The Predecessor also had an employee stock purchase plan in which employees could invest up to $10 per year. The purchase price of the shares was equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the stock as of the first or last trading day of each purchase period.

A summary of activity in the Converse and Predecessor stock plans is as follows (per share amounts in dollars):

                                                                                         WEIGHTED
                                                                           RANGE OF      AVERAGE
                                                             NUMBER        EXERCISE      EXERCISE
                                                           OF OPTIONS       PRICE         PRICE
                                                           ----------   --------------   --------
CVEO CORPORATION
---------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at January 2, 1999...........................  1,756,750    $4.00 - $26.88    $6.99
  Granted................................................    422,000    $3.69 - $ 4.63     3.75
  Canceled...............................................   (217,200)   $3.69 - $20.63     6.62
                                                           ---------
Outstanding at January 1, 2000...........................  1,961,550    $3.69 - $26.88     6.33
  Granted................................................    297,500    $ .66 - $ 1.63     0.69
  Canceled...............................................   (801,000)   $ .66 - $23.00     6.46
                                                           ---------
Outstanding at December 30, 2000.........................  1,458,050    $ .66 - $26.88     5.11
  Canceled...............................................    (74,200)   $ .66 - $ 7.50     1.36
                                                           ---------
Outstanding at April 30, 2001............................  1,383,850    $ .66 - $26.88     5.31
                                                           =========
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

F-27

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                         WEIGHTED
                                                                           RANGE OF      AVERAGE
                                                             NUMBER        EXERCISE      EXERCISE
                                                           OF OPTIONS       PRICE         PRICE
                                                           ----------   --------------   --------
CONVERSE INC.
---------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at May 1, 2001...............................         --          --             --
  Granted................................................  1,030,300        $1.00         $1.00
                                                           ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 2001.........................  1,030,300        $1.00          1.00
  Granted................................................    352,800    $1.00 - $1.30      1.29
  Canceled...............................................    (15,156)       $1.00          1.00
  Exercised..............................................    (50,000)       $1.30          1.30
                                                           ---------
Outstanding at September 30, 2002........................  1,317,944
                                                           =========
Available to grant at December 31, 2001..................    169,700
Available to grant at September 30, 2002.................    282,056

At September 30, 2002, 399,255 of the options outstanding were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the 1,317,944 options outstanding is 9.2 years.

At December 31, 2001, 135,000 of the options outstanding were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the 1,030,300 options outstanding was 9.5 years.

Stock-based compensation has been accounted for using the method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," ("APB 25"). In accordance with APB 25, $53 of compensation cost has been recognized by the Company for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002. No compensation cost was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2001 as the exercise price of options granted equaled the fair value of the Company's stock as determined by an independent appraisal.

Disclosure-only provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123," Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123") have been adopted. Had compensation cost been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards in 2002 and 2001 consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, net income would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                              CONVERSE INC.                       CVEO CORPORATION
                                       ----------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                        NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH     FOUR-MONTH    FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                       PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED   PERIOD ENDED      ENDED          ENDED
                                       SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 30,     DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                           2002            2001           2001           2000          2000
                                       -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
                                        (UNAUDITED)
Net income (loss) as reported........     $17,459         $4,400        $46,969        $(27,445)     $(43,608)
Net income (loss)--pro forma.........      17,433          4,373         46,647         (28,078)      (45,073)
Basic earnings (loss) per share--as
  reported...........................     $  1.53         $ 0.10        $  2.68        $  (1.57)     $  (2.50)
Basic earnings (loss) per share--pro
  forma..............................        1.53           0.10           2.66           (1.60)        (2.59)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share--as
  reported...........................        1.48           0.10           2.68           (1.57)        (2.50)
Diluted earnings (loss) per
  share--pro forma...................        1.48           0.10           2.66           (1.60)        (2.59)

F-28

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The fair value of options granted at date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions:

                                              CONVERSE INC.                       CVEO CORPORATION
                                       ----------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                        NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH     FOUR-MONTH    FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                       PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED   PERIOD ENDED      ENDED          ENDED
                                       SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 30,     DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                           2002            2001           2001           2000          2000
                                       -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
                                        (UNAUDITED)
Expected life (years)................       7.0             7.0           --               5.6           6.0
Interest rate........................      3.73%           5.03%          --              6.15%         5.61%
Volatility...........................        --              --           --            106.59%        76.53%

As of grant date, based on the above assumptions and no assumed dividends, the weighted average fair value of options granted was $.31 and $.29 for Converse as of September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively and $.56 and $2.65 for CVEO as of December 30, 2000 and January 1, 2000, respectively.

F-29

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO

CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
13. EARNINGS PER SHARE

                                                                 CONVERSE INC.
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   FOR THE NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED          FOR THE EIGHT-MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                                         SEPTEMBER 30, 2002                         DECEMBER 31, 2001
                               ---------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
                                 INCOME         SHARES       PER-SHARE     INCOME         SHARES       PER SHARE
                               (NUMERATOR)   (DENOMINATOR)    AMOUNT     (NUMERATOR)   (DENOMINATOR)    AMOUNT
                               -----------   -------------   ---------   -----------   -------------   ---------
Net income...................    $17,459                                   $4,400
Less: preferred dividends....     (3,728)                                  (3,504)
                                 -------                                   ------
BASIC EPS
Net income available to
 common stockholders.........     13,731         8,952         $1.53          896          8,902         $0.10
                                 -------         -----         =====       ------          -----         =====
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES
Stock options................         --           333                         --             --
                                 -------         -----                     ------          -----
DILUTED EPS
Net income available to
 common stockholders and
 assumed conversion..........    $13,731         9,285         $1.48       $  896          8,902         $0.10
                                 =======         =====         =====       ======          =====         =====

                                                               CVEO CORPORATION
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   FOR THE FOUR-MONTH PERIOD ENDED              FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                           APRIL 30, 2001                           DECEMBER 30, 2000
                               ---------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
                                 INCOME         SHARES       PER-SHARE     INCOME         SHARES       PER SHARE
                               (NUMERATOR)   (DENOMINATOR)    AMOUNT     (NUMERATOR)   (DENOMINATOR)    AMOUNT
                               -----------   -------------   ---------   -----------   -------------   ---------
Net income...................    $46,969                                  $(27,445)
Less: preferred dividends....         --                                        --
                                 -------                                  --------
BASIC EPS
Net income available to
 common stockholders.........     46,969        17,544         $2.68       (27,445)       17,515        $(1.57)
                                 -------        ------         =====      --------        ------        ======
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES
Stock options................         --            --                          --
                                 -------        ------                    --------        ------
DILUTED EPS
Net income available to
 common stockholders and
 assumed conversion..........    $46,969        17,544         $2.68      $(27,445)       17,515        $(1.57)
                                 =======        ======         =====      ========        ======        ======

                                        CVEO CORPORATION
                               -----------------------------------
                                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                         JANUARY 1, 2000
                               -----------------------------------
                                INCOME       SHARES      PER-SHARE
                               NUMERATOR   DENOMINATOR    AMOUNT
                               ---------   -----------   ---------
Net income...................  $(43,608)
Less: preferred dividends....        --
                               --------
BASIC EPS
Net income available to
 common stockholders.........   (43,608)     17,414       $(2.50)
                               --------      ------       ======
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES
Stock options................        --          --
                               --------      ------
DILUTED EPS
Net income available to
 common stockholders and
 assumed conversion..........  $(43,608)     17,414       $(2.50)
                               ========      ======       ======

F-30

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

CONVERSE EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Effective March 1, 2002, the Company established a 401(k) Savings Plan. The Company contributes to the plan with a matching contribution of 100% of the first 3% contributed and 50% of the next 2% contributed. The total cost of the employer contributions was $234 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002.

PREDECESSOR EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

CVEO sponsored retirement plans covering substantially all domestic employees. CVEO had a defined benefit pension plan in addition to other retirement plans and benefits. The annual cost for the defined benefit plan was determined using the projected unit credit actuarial cost method which included significant actuarial assumptions and estimates. Prior service cost was amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

CVEO had a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the "CVEO Pension Plan") covering substantially all salaried employees at its domestic operations. Retirement benefits generally were based on years of service and final average compensation with employees becoming vested upon completion of five years of service. The plan was funded by Company contributions to trust funds that were held for the sole benefit of the employees. It was CVEO's practice to fund pension costs to the extent that such costs were tax deductible and in accordance with ERISA. The assets of the plan were primarily comprised of equity securities and fixed income investments.

Supplemental Pension Plans

The CVEO Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "CVEO SERP") is a nonqualified supplemental pension plan which was offered to certain executives. Eligibility was determined by the Board of Directors. The purpose of the plan was to restore benefits that the CVEO Pension Plan would otherwise have generated except for the limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code sections 415 and 401(1). These provisions limit the maximum benefits payable from a qualified plan and the amount of compensation used to calculate the benefit. Participants did not vest in the CVEO SERP until normal retirement (age 65 and at least 5 years of service).

The Executive Benefit Plan (the "CVEO EBP") is a nonqualified supplemental pension plan which was offered to certain executives. Eligibility was determined by the Board of Directors. The CVEO EBP consists of split-dollar life insurance (paid for and owned by the Company) and a retirement income supplement. The split dollar benefit provided active service death benefits, which, at retirement could be converted to a ten-year retirement income supplement or to a paid-up retirement life insurance policy owned by the employee. Participants are not eligible to receive benefits unless they actively retire from CVEO (age 55 with at least 5 years of service).

F-31

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

Aggregated financial information, including the CVEO Pension Plan, the CVEO SERP and the CVEO EBP is shown in the following table:

                                                                      CVEO CORPORATION
                                                         -------------------------------------------
                                                          FOUR-MONTH     FISCAL YEAR     FISCAL YEAR
                                                         PERIOD ENDED       ENDED           ENDED
                                                          APRIL 30,      DECEMBER 30,    JANUARY 1,
                                                             2001            2000           2000
                                                         ------------    ------------    -----------
Change in benefit obligation:
  Benefit obligation at beginning of year..............    $ 55,787        $ 54,794       $ 60,297
  Service cost.........................................         371           1,330          3,329
  Interest cost........................................       1,357           4,212          4,152
  Curtailment gains....................................      (3,405)         (1,145)            --
  Actuarial gains......................................          --            (502)        (9,942)
  Benefits paid........................................        (903)         (2,902)        (3,042)
                                                           --------        --------       --------
  Benefit obligation at end of year....................    $ 53,207        $ 55,787       $ 54,794
                                                           --------        --------       --------
Change in plan assets:
  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year.......      73,347          70,907         65,730
  Actual return on plan assets.........................      (4,041)          5,173          8,037
  Employer contributions...............................          24             169            182
  Benefits paid........................................        (903)         (2,902)        (3,042)
                                                           --------        --------       --------
  Fair value of plan assets at end of year.............    $ 68,427        $ 73,347       $ 70,907
                                                           --------        --------       --------
Reconciliation of funded status:
  Benefit obligation at end of year....................    $(53,207)       $(55,787)      $(54,794)
  Fair value of plan assets at end of year.............      68,427          73,347         70,907
                                                           --------        --------       --------
  Funded status at end of year.........................      15,220          17,560         16,113
  Unrecognized prior service cost......................           5             (29)           (56)
  Unrecognized net actuarial gain......................      (5,583)        (12,015)       (13,740)
                                                           --------        --------       --------
  Prepaid benefit cost.................................    $  9,642        $  5,516       $  2,317
                                                           --------        --------       --------
Weighted average assumptions:
  Discount rate........................................        7.50%           7.50%          8.00%
  Expected return on plan assets.......................        9.50%           9.50%          9.50%
  Rate of compensation increase........................        4.75%           4.75%          4.75%
Components of net periodic benefit cost (income):
  Service cost.........................................    $    371        $  1,330       $  3,329
  Interest cost........................................       1,357           4,212          4,152
  Expected return on plan assets.......................      (2,281)         (6,855)        (6,128)
  Amortization of prior service costs..................          (2)             (3)            (6)
  Amortization of actuarial loss.......................        (108)           (603)            --
  Curtailment gains....................................      (3,405)         (1,145)            --
                                                           --------        --------       --------
  Net periodic benefit cost (income)...................    $ (4,068)       $ (3,064)      $  1,347
                                                           ========        ========       ========

F-32

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

The aggregate fair value of plan assets for the CVEO Pension Plan of $73,347 exceeded the aggregate benefit obligation of $54,370 at December 30, 2000. The CVEO SERP and CVEO EBP with an aggregate benefit obligation of $1,417 were unfunded. Net prepaid pension costs were comprised of $6,977 of net assets and $1,461 of net pension liabilities which have been included in accrued expenses.

During the four-month period ended April 30, 2001 and the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000, CVEO recorded curtailment gains of $3,405 and $1,145, respectively, resulting from employee reductions. Subsequent to April 30, 2001, significant employee reductions occurred resulting in further curtailments to CVEO's benefits plans. On July 1, 2001, all benefit obligations under the plans were frozen.

The CVEO Pension Plan is scheduled to be terminated. The plan benefit obligations were settled subsequent to April 30, 2001 through the purchase of annuity contracts for the benefit of plan participants. With respect to the CVEO SERP and CVEO EBP liabilities, total allowed claims of $930 have been estimated by CVEO. Any remaining pension plan assets will be distributed in the Bankruptcy Proceedings.

Other Retirement Plans and Benefits

CVEO had a noncontributory defined contribution plan covering all hourly employees with at least one year of service at its domestic manufacturing and warehouse facilities. Contributions under this plan were fixed at $0.41 per hour of service with a maximum contribution based on 2,000 hours per employee. The defined contribution expense was $110, $406 and $490 for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000, respectively.

CVEO also sponsored a savings plan. The total cost of this plan was $89, $326 and $366 for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000, respectively.

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leases office and warehouse space under lease agreements expiring between 2002 and 2007. The Company also leases certain computer equipment under lease agreements that expire in 2002.

The future minimum rental payments under all noncancelable operating leases for the five years subsequent to the periods presented consist of the following:

                                                                     CONVERSE INC.
                                                             -----------------------------
                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 2002             2001
                                                             -------------    ------------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
2002.......................................................     $   743         $ 3,237
2003.......................................................       3,472           2,484
2004.......................................................       3,172           2,188
2005.......................................................       3,298           2,307
2006.......................................................       2,869           1,917
Thereafter.................................................       2,680           1,081
                                                                -------         -------
                                                                $16,234         $13,214
                                                                =======         =======

Future minimum rental payments disclosed above for September 30, 2002 reflect remaining commitments for the year ended December 31, 2002 and full year commitments for all years thereafter.

F-33

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

Rent expense for Converse amounted to $2,405 and $1,300 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, respectively.

Rent expense for the Predecessor amounted to $1,784 for the four-month period ended April 30, 2001, $5,288 for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 and $5,953 for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000.

OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company has entered into certain software license and maintenance contracts expiring between 2002 and 2005. The aggregate minimum commitments from such contracts are $1,586 and $1,491 at September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively.

The Company has also entered into certain endorsement contracts with pro athletes, who have agreed to represent the Converse brand by wearing its products and supporting its marketing program. These contracts expire between 2002 and 2006 and the aggregate future payments as of September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001 are $813 and $0, respectively.

The Company had firm purchase commitments for Converse footwear products with several of its foreign suppliers in the amount of $14,068 as of September 30, 2002 and $12,238 as of December 31, 2001, including $4,728 and $7,923 of commitments for which letters of credit were outstanding (see Note 9).

The Company may become a defendant in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. At September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, there were no outstanding matters which would have a material effect on the Company's financial position, its results of operations, or its cash flows.

16. RELATED PARTIES

On April 30, 2001, the Company entered into a management agreement with Infinity Associates to provide for management services through April 30, 2005. Fees under the agreement are $500 per year, payable quarterly in arrears.

The Company also purchases inventory from suppliers who are affiliated with certain stockholders of the Company. Inventory purchases from these suppliers amounted to $49,405 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 and $42,799 for the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001.

CVEO had a consulting agreement with Apollo Advisors, L.P., an affiliate of the owners of 32% of the outstanding common stock, pursuant to which Apollo Advisors, L.P. provided corporate advisory, financial and other consulting services to CVEO. Fees under the agreement were payable at an annual rate of $500 plus out-of-pocket expenses.

17. SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

Converse designs, distributes and markets footwear and apparel products to North American wholesale customers and international licensees. All products are sourced through Far East suppliers and share similar distribution methods and are marketed and sold to a similar type of customer. Operating results are assessed on an aggregate basis to make decisions about resources to be allocated.

As such, under FASB Statement No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information", the Company has one reportable segment for financial statement purposes.

F-34

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

Net revenues to external customers by geographic area are summarized below:

                                 CONVERSE INC.                       CVEO CORPORATION
                          ----------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                           NINE-MONTH     EIGHT-MONTH     FOUR-MONTH    FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                          PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED   PERIOD ENDED      ENDED          ENDED
                          SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 30,     DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                              2002            2001           2001           2000          2000
                          -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
                           (UNAUDITED)
United States...........    $143,498        $88,405        $65,596        $147,806      $137,617
Other Countries.........      16,946          9,700          5,759          77,551       118,003
                            --------        -------        -------        --------      --------
Total...................    $160,444        $98,105        $71,355        $225,357      $255,620
                            ========        =======        =======        ========      ========

For Converse, no individual country other than the United States accounted for more than 10% of consolidated net revenue or assets for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2002 or the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001.

For the Predecessor net revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region was as follows for the Predecessor periods presented:

                                                               CVEO CORPORATION
                                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                    FOUR-MONTH    FISCAL YEAR    FISCAL YEAR
                                                   PERIOD ENDED      ENDED          ENDED
                                                    APRIL 30,     DECEMBER 30,   JANUARY 1,
                                                       2001           2000          2000
                                                   ------------   ------------   -----------
NET REVENUE
  United States..................................    $65,596        $147,806      $137,617
  Europe, Middle East, Africa....................      2,460          35,886        57,312
  Asia Pacific...................................      2,933          35,610        51,738
  Americas.......................................        366           6,055         8,953
                                                     -------        --------      --------
  Net revenue....................................    $71,355        $225,357      $255,620
                                                     =======        ========      ========

                                                                                    CVEO
                                                                                CORPORATION
                                                                                ------------
                                                                                DECEMBER 30,
                                                                                    2000
                                                                                ------------
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
  United States.................................                                    $5,850
  Europe, Middle East, Africa...................                                       227
  Asia Pacific..................................                                       178
  Americas......................................                                        --
                                                                                  --------
  Long-lived assets.............................                                    $6,255
                                                                                  ========

F-35

CONVERSE INC. AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CVEO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

18. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial data for each of the last eight quarters. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

                                                                 CONVERSE INC.
                                                          ---------------------------
                                                           FIRST    SECOND     THIRD
                                                          QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER
                                                          -------   -------   -------
NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2002:
  Net revenue...........................................  $49,590   $51,484   $59,370
  Gross profit..........................................   20,817    21,586    27,367
  Net income............................................    5,767     4,003     7,689
  Diluted earnings per share............................  $  0.51   $  0.30   $  0.67

                                    CVEO CORPORATION                  CONVERSE INC.
                               --------------------------   ----------------------------------
                                           PERIOD FROM       PERIOD FROM
                                FIRST    APRIL 1, 2001 TO   MAY 1, 2001 TO    THIRD    FOURTH
                               QUARTER    APRIL 30, 2001    JUNE 30, 2001    QUARTER   QUARTER
                               -------   ----------------   --------------   -------   -------
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
  31, 2001:
  Net revenue................  $53,862       $17,493           $27,631       $42,497   $27,977
  Gross profit...............   13,709         6,406             7,990        15,063    10,736
  Net income (loss)..........   (4,181)       51,150             1,800         3,026      (426)
  Diluted earnings (loss) per
     share...................  $  (.24)      $  2.92           $  0.09       $  0.19   $ (0.18)

                                                           CVEO CORPORATION
                                                --------------------------------------
                                                 FIRST    SECOND     THIRD     FOURTH
                                                QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER
                                                -------   -------   -------   --------
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2000:
  Net revenue.................................  $56,562   $60,575   $57,592   $ 50,628
  Gross profit................................   16,719    16,829    15,488      3,239
  Net income (loss)...........................   (5,067)   (4,710)   (6,298)   (11,370)
  Diluted earnings (loss) per share...........  $ (0.29)  $ (0.27)  $ (0.36)  $  (0.65)

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

Subsequent to September 30, 2002, 138,900 of additional options were granted to employees. On December 10, 2002, the Board approved an increase in the authorized number of options to purchase common stock from 1,600,000 shares to 1,750,000 shares. Additionally, at this meeting, the Board approved a grant to an executive of 200,000 options.

F-36

CONVERSE INC. LOGO


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq/National Market System quotation fee.

                                                                AMOUNT
                                                              TO BE PAID
                                                              ----------
SEC Registration Fee........................................  $    7,935
NASD Fee....................................................       9,125
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee..........................     100,000
Printing Costs..............................................     200,000
Legal Fees and Expenses.....................................     700,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses................................     675,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses..................................      20,000
Transfer Agent Fees.........................................      30,000
Miscellaneous...............................................       7,940
                                                              ----------
Total.......................................................  $1,750,000
                                                              ==========

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach or alleged breach of the fiduciary duty to the Company or its stockholders as a director. In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation of the Registrant provides, among other things, that each person who is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Company or, while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, is authorized to be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except with respect to the proceedings brought by an indemnitee to enforce rights to indemnification (subject to certain restrictions and as more fully described in the Registrant's certificate of incorporation), the Company shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company. The right to indemnification conferred in the Registrant's certificate of incorporation includes the right to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if and to the extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, such an advancement of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an unsecured undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no

II-1


further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under the Company's certificate of incorporation or otherwise.

The Registrant's policy is to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Bylaws, as well as certain additional procedural protections. The indemnity agreements provide that directors and executive officers will be indemnified to the fullest possible extent not prohibited by law against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and settlement amounts paid or incurred by them in any action or proceeding on account of their services as directors or executive officers of the Registrant or as directors or officers of any other company or enterprise when they are serving in such capacities at the request of the Registrant. Pursuant to the indemnity agreements, the Company will not be obligated to indemnify or advance expenses to an indemnified party with respect to proceedings or claims initiated by the indemnified party and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification under such indemnity agreement or any statute or law. Also under the indemnity agreements, the Company is not obligated to indemnify the indemnified party for
(i) any expenses incurred by the indemnified party with respect to any proceeding instituted by the indemnified party to enforce or interpret the agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by the indemnified party in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous, (ii) acts, omissions or transactions on the part of the indemnified party from which such party may not be relieved of liability under applicable law or (iii) expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by the indemnified party of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or any similar or successor statute.

Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
-------                            -----------
  1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.2      Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
           the Registrant
 10.1      Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by the
           Registrant with each of its directors and executive officers

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Since inception on February 21, 2001 prior to the filing of this Registration Statement, the Registrant issued and sold the following unregistered securities:

1. In April 2001, we issued an aggregate of 8,902,451 shares of common stock and 521,160 shares of series A preferred stock to 5 investors for an aggregate consideration of $59,018,451.

2. In March 2002, we issued 50,000 shares of common stock to 2 investors for an aggregate consideration of $50,000.

3. From August 2001 to September 30, 2002, we issued an aggregate of 1,383,100 shares of common stock to employees, non-employee directors and consultants pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended, with a weighted average aggregate exercise price of $1.03.

The issuances of the securities in paragraph 1 and 2 above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) or Regulation D as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. In addition, the issuances described in paragraph 3 above were deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

II-2


ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Exhibits

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.2     Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
          of the Registrant
  3.3     Certificate of Designations, Rights and Preferences of
          Series A Preferred Stock of the Registrant
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
          the Registrant
  3.5     Bylaws of the Registrant
  3.6*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
  4.1*    Form of Registrant's Common Stock Certificate
  4.2     Investors Rights Agreement dated April 30, 2001
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional
          Corporation regarding legality of the securities being
          issued
 10.1     Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by the
          Registrant with each of its directors and executive officers
 10.2*    2003 Stock Option Plan and related agreements
 10.3     2001 Stock Option Plan
 10.4*    2003 Director Option Plan and related agreements
 10.5     Sublease between the Registrant and Schneider Automation,
          Inc., dated July 27, 2001
 10.6     Lease Agreement between Principal Life Insurance Company and
          the Registrant dated May 2002
 10.7     Lease Agreement between Principal Life Insurance Company and
          the Registrant dated October 2001
 10.8     Stock Purchase and Trademark Agreement among Infinity
          Associates LLC, Itochu Corporation and the Registrant, dated
          February 24, 2001
 10.9     Stock and Note Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and
          the parties listed therein, dated April 5, 2001
 10.10    Amendment No. 1 to the Stock and Note Purchase Agreement
          among the Registrant and the parties listed therein, dated
          April 30, 2001
 10.11    Asset Purchase Agreement between CVEO and the Registrant,
          dated April 6, 2001
 10.12    Loan and Security Agreement between Congress Financial and
          the Registrant, dated April 30, 2001
 10.13    Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement between
          Congress Financial and the Registrant, dated April 23, 2002
 10.14+   Alliance Agreement between Foot Locker Retail Inc., and the
          Registrant dated April 26, 2002
 10.15*   Severance Agreement between Jack A. Boys and the Registrant
 10.16*   Severance Agreement between Marsden Cason and the Registrant
 10.17*   Severance Agreement between Lisa A. Kempa and the Registrant
 10.18*   Severance Agreement between James P. Stroesser and the
          Registrant
 10.19*   Severance Agreement between David M. Maddocks and the
          Registrant
 10.20*   Management Agreement between the Registrant, Infinity
          Associates LLC (formerly known as cre-8-net ventures, LLC),
          Marsden Cason and William Simon
 10.21    Sourcing Rights Letter between Union Overseas Holdings
          Limited and the Registrant, dated April 5, 2001
 21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 23.1     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent
          Accountants for the Registrant
 23.2     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent
          Accountants for CVEO Corporation

II-3


EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------
 23.3     Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional
          Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 24.1     Power of Attorney (included on signature page)


* To be filed by amendment.

+ We have sought confidential treatment from the Commission for selected portions of this Exhibit. The omitted portions were filed separately with the Commission.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of North Andover, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 13th day of December 2002.

CONVERSE INC.

By:       /s/ JACK A. BOYS
  ------------------------------------
              Jack A. Boys
        Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Marsden S. Cason and Jeffrey D. Saper, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the power of substitution, for him in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement filed herewith and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the foregoing, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on December 13, 2002.

                  SIGNATURE                                        TITLE
                  ---------                                        -----
              /s/ JACK A. BOYS                     Chief Executive Officer and Director
---------------------------------------------          (Principal Executive Officer)
                Jack A. Boys




              /s/ LISA A. KEMPA                           Chief Financial Officer
---------------------------------------------  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
                Lisa A. Kempa




            /s/ MARSDEN S. CASON                                 Director
---------------------------------------------
              Marsden S. Cason




            /s/ BARBARA R. ALLEN                                 Director
---------------------------------------------
              Barbara R. Allen




           /s/ EDDY W. HARTENSTEIN                               Director
---------------------------------------------
             Eddy W. Hartenstein




           /s/ RAY E. NEWTON, III                                Director
---------------------------------------------
             Ray E. Newton, III




            /s/ JEFFREY D. SAPER                                 Director
---------------------------------------------
              Jeffrey D. Saper

II-5


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Converse Inc.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements of Converse Inc. referred to in our report dated March 1, 2002, except as to the Amendment described in Note 9, which is as of April 23, 2002, appearing in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement on Form S-1. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 1, 2002, except as to the Amendment described in Note 9, which is as of April 23, 2002

S-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of CVEO Corporation

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements of CVEO Corporation referred to in our report dated October 1, 2002 appearing in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement on Form S-1. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Boston Massachusetts
October 1, 2002

S-2

SCHEDULE II

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                               BEGINNING   ADDITIONS (REVERSALS)   DEDUCTIONS    ENDING
DESCRIPTION                                     BALANCE        AND EXPENSES        (ADDITIONS)   BALANCE
-----------                                    ---------   ---------------------   -----------   -------
CONVERSE INC.:
Nine-month period ended September 30, 2002
  Accounts receivable reserves and
     allowances..............................   $ 1,876           $ 3,050            $1,015      $ 3,911
  Inventory reserves.........................       590             4,772             1,845        3,517
Eight-month period ended December 31, 2001
  Accounts receivable reserves and
     allowances..............................        --             1,876                 0        1,876
  Inventory reserves.........................        --               590                 0          590
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CVEO CORPORATION:
Fiscal year ended December 30, 2002
  Accounts receivable reserves and
     allowances..............................   $ 4,595           $ 2,301            $2,979      $ 3,917
  Inventory reserves.........................     2,415             5,602               475        7,542
  Deferred tax asset valuation allowance.....    62,999             8,653                --       71,652
Fiscal year ended January 1, 2000
  Accounts receivable reserves and
     allowances..............................   $ 2,917           $ 2,808            $1,130      $ 4,595
  Inventory reserves.........................     3,045               146               776        2,415
  Deferred tax asset valuation allowance.....    30,756            32,243                --       62,999

S-3

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.2     Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
          of the Registrant
  3.3     Certificate of Designations, Rights and Preferences of
          Series A Preferred Stock of the Registrant
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
          the Registrant
  3.5     Bylaws of the Registrant
  3.6*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
  4.1*    Form of Registrant's Common Stock Certificate
  4.2     Investors Rights Agreement dated April 30, 2001
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional
          Corporation regarding legality of the securities being
          issued
 10.1     Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by the
          Registrant with each of its directors and executive officers
 10.2*    2003 Stock Option Plan and related agreements
 10.3     2001 Stock Option Plan
 10.4*    2003 Director Option Plan and related agreements
 10.5     Sublease between the Registrant and Schneider Automation,
          Inc., dated July 27, 2001
 10.6     Lease Agreement between Principal Life Insurance Company and
          the Registrant dated May   , 2002
 10.7     Lease Agreement between Principal Life Insurance Company and
          the Registrant dated October   , 2001
 10.8     Stock Purchase and Trademark Agreement among Infinity
          Associates LLC, Itochu Corporation and the Registrant, dated
          February 24, 2001
 10.9     Stock and Note Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and
          the parties listed therein, dated April 5, 2001
 10.10    Amendment No. 1 to the Stock and Note Purchase Agreement
          among the Registrant and the parties listed therein, dated
          April 30, 2001
 10.11    Asset Purchase Agreement between CVEO and the Registrant,
          dated April 6, 2001
 10.12    Loan and Security Agreement between Congress Financial and
          the Registrant, dated April 30, 2001
 10.13    Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement between
          Congress Financial and the Registrant, dated April 23, 2002
 10.14+   Alliance Agreement between Foot Locker Retail Inc., and the
          Registrant dated April 26, 2002
 10.15*   Severance Agreement between Jack A. Boys and the Registrant
 10.16*   Severance Agreement between Marsden Cason and the Registrant
 10.17*   Severance Agreement between Lisa A. Kempa and the Registrant
 10.18*   Severance Agreement between James P. Stroesser and the
          Registrant
 10.19*   Severance Agreement between David M. Maddocks and the
          Registrant
 10.20*   Management Agreement between the Registrant, Infinity
          Associates LLC (formerly known as cre-8-net ventures, LLC),
          Marsden Cason and William Simon.
 10.21    Sourcing Rights Letter between Union Overseas Holdings
          Limited and the Registrant, dated April 5, 2001


EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------
 21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 23.1     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent
          Accountants for the Registrant
 23.2     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent
          Accountants for CVEO Corporation
 23.3     Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional
          Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 24.1     Power of Attorney (included on signature page)


* To be filed by amendment.

+ We have sought confidential treatment from the Commission for selected portions of this Exhibit. The omitted portions were filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

ARTICLE I
NAME

The name of the corporation is Footwear Acquisition, Inc. (the "Corporation").

ARTICLE II
ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OFFICE;
NAME OF REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, and the name of its registered agent is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE AND POWERS

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation now or hereafter may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "GCL") GCL. It shall have all powers that now or hereafter may be lawful for a corporation to exercise under the GCL.

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

Section 4.1. Total Number of Shares of Capital Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 10,000 shares. The authorized stock is divided into 2,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with the par value of $0.01 each (the "Preferred Stock"), and 8,000 shares of voting common stock, with the par value of $0.01 each (the "Common Stock").

Section 4.2. Preferred Stock. Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of this Article IV and to the limitations prescribed by the GCL, to authorize the issue of one or more classes of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such class, to fix by resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of the shares of such class, the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each class thereof shall include, but not be limited to, the determination or fixing of the following:


(a) the designation of such class;

(b) the number of shares to compose such class, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in a resolution designating a particular class) increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding);

(c) the dividend rate of such class, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative,

(d) whether the shares of such class shall be subject to redemption by the Corporation and, if made subject to such redemption, the times, prices and other terms and conditions of such redemption;

(e) the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of the shares of such class;

(f) whether the shares of such class shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or classes of any capital stock or any other securities of the Corporation, and, if provision is made for conversion or exchange, the times, prices, rates, adjustments and other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

(g) the extent, if any, to which the holders of shares of such class shall be entitled to vote with respect to the election of directors or otherwise;

(h) the restrictions, if any, on the issue or reissue of any additional Preferred Stock;

(i) the rights of the holders of the shares of such class upon the dissolution of, voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding; up or upon the distribution of assets of the Corporation; and

(j) the manner in which any facts ascertainable outside the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class shall operate upon the voting powers, designations, preferences, rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such class.

Section 4.3. Common Stock.

(a) Subject to all of the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock provided for by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article IV or by the GCL, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote per share of Common Stock held by such holder on all matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote and shall have the right to receive notice of and to vote at all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation.

(b) The holders of Common Stock shall have the right to receive dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, subject to any limitations on the declaring of dividends imposed by the GCL or the rights of holders of Preferred

Stock


provided for by resolutions or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article IV.

(c) Stockholders shall not have preemptive rights to acquire additional shares of stock of any class which the Corporation may elect to issue or sell.

Section 4.4. Issuance of Rights to Purchase Securities and Other Property. Subject to all of the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock provided for by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article IV or by the GCL, the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and to authorize and direct the issuance (on either a pro rata or a non-pro rata basis) by the Corporation of rights, options and warrants for the purchase of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, other securities of the Corporation or shares or other securities of any successor in interest of the Corporation (a "Successor"), at such times, in such amounts, to such persons, for such consideration (if any), with such form and content (including without limitation the consideration for which any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, other securities of the Corporation or shares or other securities of any Successor are to be issued) and upon such terms and conditions as it may from time to time determine, subject only to the restrictions, limitations, conditions and requirements imposed by the GM, other applicable laws and this Certificate.

ARTICLE V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Power of the Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred by the GCL, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to:

(a) adopt, amend, alter, change or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation (the "Bylaws"); provided however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted shall invalidate any prior act of the directors that was valid at the time such action was taken;

(b) determine the rights, powers, duties, rules and procedures that affect the power of the Board of Directors to manage and direct the business and affairs of the Corporation, including the power to designate and empower committees of the Board of Directors to elect, appoint and empower the officers and other agents of the Corporation, and to determine the time and place of, and the notice requirements for, Board meetings, as well as quorum and voting requirements for, and the manner of taking, Board action; and

(c) exercise all such powers and do all such acts as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate, and the Bylaws.

Section 5.2. Number of Directors. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be as specified in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Section 5.3. Vacancies. Except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions providing for any class of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV hereof; any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason and any newly created directorships resulting by reason of any increase in the number of directors may be filled only by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and


any directors so appointed shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors have been chosen and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Section 5.4. Removal of Directors. Except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions providing for any class of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV hereof, with respect to any directors elected by the holders of such class, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact:

(a) that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or

(b) that he or she, being at the time a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (collectively, "another enterprise" or "other enterprise"),

whether either in case (a) or in case (b) the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or inaction (x) in an official capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, or as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of such other enterprise, or (y) in any other capacity related to the Corporation or such other enterprise while so serving as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent not prohibited by Section 145 of the GCL (or any successor provision or provisions) as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, with respect to actions taken prior to such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith if such person satisfied the applicable level of care to permit such indemnification under the GCL. The persons indemnified by this Article VI are hereinafter referred to as "indemnities." Such indemnification as to such alleged action or inaction shall continue as to an indemnitee who has after such alleged action or inaction ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation, or director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise; and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VI: (i) shall be a contract right; (ii) shall not be affected adversely as to any indemnitee by any amendment of this Certificate with respect to any action or inaction occurring prior to such amendment; and (iii) shall, subject to any requirements imposed by law and the Bylaws, include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition.


Section 6.2. Relationship to Other Rights and Provisions Concerning Indemnification. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, this Certificate, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Bylaws may contain such other provisions concerning indemnification, including provisions specifying reasonable procedures relating to and conditions to the receipt by indemnitees of indemnification, provided that such provisions are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article VI.

Section 6.3. Agents and Employees. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation (or any person serving at the Corporation's request as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise) or to persons who are or were a director, officer, employee or agent of any of the Corporation's affiliates, predecessor or subsidiary corporations or of a constituent corporation absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation or merger or who is or was serving at the request of such affiliate, predecessor or subsidiary corporation or of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI in cases of the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation, or to any lesser extent (or greater extent, if permitted by law) determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

A director of the Corporation shall, to the maximum extent now or hereafter permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the GCL (or any successor provision or provisions), have no personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

ARTICLE VIII
COMPROMISE

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of the GCL, trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of
Section 279 of the GCL, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt, amend, alter, change and repeal any Bylaws by a vote of the majority of the Board of Directors then in office. In addition to any requirements of the GCL (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the combined voting power of all of the shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation hereby reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate. Except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions providing for any class of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV hereof and which relate to such class of Preferred Stock and except as provided in Article IV hereof, any such amendment, alteration, change or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of both (a) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office and (b) a majority of the combined voting power of all of the shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

By a vote of the majority of the Board of Directors then in office, the Board may adopt a resolution providing that at any time prior to the filing of the amendment with the Secretary of State, notwithstanding authorization of the proposed amendment by the stockholders, the Board of Directors may abandon such proposed amendment without further action by the stockholders.

THE UNDERSIGNED hereby executes the Certificate of Incorporation this 21st day of February __, 2001.

/s/ Robert B. Ott
Robert B. Ott
Incorporator
Arnold & Porter
555 Twelfth Street. N-W
Washington. DC 20004


Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

Footwear Acquisition, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), does hereby certify that:

I. The Corporation has not received any payment for its stock.

II. The amendment to the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation set forth below was duly adopted by the directors of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 241 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

III. Section 4.1 of Article IV of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation is amended to read its entirety as follows:

"Section 4.1. Total Number of Shares of Capital Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 30,000,000 shares. The authorized stock is divided into 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with the par value of $0.01 each (the "Preferred Stock"), and 20,000,000 shares of voting common stock, with the par value of $0.01 each (the "Common Stock")."

IV. The foregoing amendment to the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation will become effective upon filing of this document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by Marsden S. Cason, its President, this 26th day of April, 2001.

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

By:   /s/ Marsden S. Cason
      --------------------------------------
      Marsden S. Cason, President

STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 03:44 PM 04/26/2001
010202913 -- 3359832


EXHIBIT 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS,
RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES
OF
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
OF
FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

The undersigned, Marsden S. Cason, President and Chief Executive Officer of Footwear Acquisition, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), does hereby certify as follows:

The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board"), pursuant to the authority vested in it by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, adopted the following resolution on April , 2001 creating a series of Preferred Stock designated as "Series A Preferred Stock":

Whereas, the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation authorizes the issuance of Preferred Stock of the Corporation in series and authorizes the Board to determine the designations and the powers, preferences and rights granted to or imposed upon any unissued or designated series of Preferred Stock and to fix the number of shares of such series.

Now, therefore, be it resolved, that pursuant to the authority expressly granted to and vested in the Board pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, there is hereby created a series of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation which shall be designated "Series A Preferred Stock." The number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock authorized for issuance is 900,000 shares plus such number of additional shares as may be necessary for the Corporation to satisfy any obligation it may incur to pay dividends with respect to outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock in additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In addition to those set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the designations, powers, preferences and rights set forth below:

1. Stated Value; Date of Issue. The Series A Preferred Stock shall have a stated value of $100.00 per share (the "Stated Value"). The date a share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued is referred to herein as its "Date of Issue," and the date the first share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued is referred to herein as the "Original Date of Issue."

2. Dividends.

(a) The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive with respect to each share, when and as declared by the Board, out of assets


legally available for such purpose, cumulative dividends at an annual rate, declared and compounded quarterly, based on a year of 360 days consisting of 12 thirty-day months, equal to 11.1% applied to the amount of the Stated Value per share of Series A Preferred Stock, payable in cash or at the Corporation's option, as set forth in Section 2(b), below. Such dividends shall be payable in respect of each share of Series A Preferred Stock annually, in arrears, on the last day of April in each year (each a "Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the last day of April 2002. The dividend payable on the first Dividend Payment Date shall be calculated and based on the period from the Date of Issue through such Dividend Payment Date. Each period commencing on the later of the Date of Issue of a share of the Series A Preferred Stock or the first day after the last preceding Dividend Payment Date and ending on the next Dividend Payment Date or, in the case of a final dividend, the effective date of a liquidating distribution or redemption of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock is referred to herein as a "Dividend Period." If the date fixed for payment of a final liquidating distribution on any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or the date on which any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are redeemed does not coincide with a Dividend Payment Date, then subject to the provisions hereof relating to such liquidating distribution or redemption, the final Dividend Period applicable to such shares shall be the period from the last Dividend Payment Date prior to the date such liquidating distribution or redemption occurs through the effective date of such liquidating distribution or redemption.

(b) At the option of the Corporation, dividends declared and paid on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be paid, in whole or in part, in additional shares of the Corporation's capital stock as specified herein (the "In-Kind Dividends"). Such In-Kind Dividends will be paid annually and declared per quarter, and shall accrue per quarter at a ratio of (i) 0.24975 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to (ii) 2.775 shares of Common Stock, for each $1,000 of Stated Value; such dividends shall be paid by issuing a combination of authorized, duly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Corporation's Common Stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock so issued shall be valued at its Stated Value and each share of Common Stock so issued shall be valued at $1.00. The receipt of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock payable as In-Kind Dividends hereunder shall be deemed to have occurred upon the date such dividends are declared by the Board and the holder entitled to receive such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock as of the time such dividends are declared.

(c) If full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the rate per share set out in this Section 2 have not been declared and paid or irrevocably set aside in trust for payment for the then current Dividend Period and all prior Dividend Periods, the Corporation shall not (i) declare or pay or set aside for payment any dividends or make any other distribution or payments on any other securities of the Corporation ranking junior to shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation (collectively, "Junior Securities") or (ii) make any payment on account of the purchase, redemption or other retirement of, or pay or make available any money for a sinking fund for the redemption of, any Junior Securities. For purposes of this Section 2(c) and Section 4(a)(iii) below, unless the

-2-

context requires otherwise, "distribution" means the transfer of cash or property, whether by way of dividend or otherwise, or the purchase or redemption of shares of capital stock of the Corporation (other than repurchases of Common Stock held by employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for such repurchase at a price approved by the Board of Directors and other than redemptions in liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation) for cash or property, including any such transfer, purchase or redemption by a subsidiary of this Corporation.

(d) No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any other securities of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or upon liquidation ("Parity Securities") in respect of any Dividend Period unless (i) with respect to any Parity Securities that at that time pay dividends on a periodic basis identical to that of the Series A Preferred Stock, full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period and all prior Dividend Periods shall have been paid or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and the consideration for the payment thereof irrevocably set apart in trust for such payment, and (ii) with respect to any Parity Securities that at that time pay dividends on a periodic basis different from that of the Series A Preferred Stock, full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock for the immediately preceding Dividend Period and all prior Dividend Periods have been declared and paid in full. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in the event that dividends with respect to any Dividend Period are not paid in full (or the consideration for such full payment irrevocably set apart in trust) upon the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, dividends upon shares of Series A Preferred Stock and dividends on shares of any Parity Securities may be declared by the Board with respect to a current dividend period pro rata with respect thereto so that the amount of dividends per share on shares of Series A Preferred Stock and such Parity Securities so declared shall bear to each other (i) with respect to any Parity Securities that at that time pay dividends on a periodic basis identical to that of the Series A Preferred Stock, the same ratio that full dividends per share (which shall include any accumulation in respect of unpaid dividends for prior Dividend Periods) on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period and full dividends per share on the Parity Securities (which may include any accumulation in respect of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods) bear to each other and (ii) with respect to any Parity Securities that at that time pay dividends on a periodic basis different from that of the Series A Preferred Stock, the same ratio that annual dividends per share on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and annual dividends per share on the Parity Securities, bear to each other.

(e) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no dividends shall be paid in cash at any time that such payment would cause the Corporation to be in violation of the terms of any loan agreement between the Corporation and any financial institution by which the Corporation is then bound.

3. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

-3-

(a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up (collectively, a "Liquidation") of the Corporation, holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid pro rata out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders but before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Securities by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the sum of its Stated Value, plus the amount per share of all dividends accrued but unpaid thereon through the date of such Liquidation (the "Liquidation Amount"). If upon any such Liquidation the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Securities the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. For purposes of this Section 3, a Liquidation shall also be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall sell, transfer convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business or upon the occurrence of a Change in Control; provided that this last sentence shall not apply to a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation.

(b) After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Securities, the holders of Junior Securities then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

4. Voting Rights. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights and these voting rights shall be the sole and exclusive voting rights of the Series A Preferred Holders, except as may be required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

(a) Without first obtaining the affirmative vote thereon of holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting as a single class, the Corporation shall not:

(i) create or amend the terms of any class or series of capital stock so that it ranks senior to or on parity with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock;

(ii) amend this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation in any manner that will adversely affect the preferences, rights, powers, privileges, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock in any way (or any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction involving the Corporation that will have the same effect on the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock as such an amendment);

-4-

(iii) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on any Junior Securities;

(iv) effect a Change of Control;

(v) effect any acquisition of the capital stock of another entity which results in the consolidation of that entity into the results of operations of the Corporation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity;

(vi) create indebtedness for borrowed money (or any indebtedness that would be classified as indebtedness for borrowed money under generally accepted accounting principles) or any guarantee thereof, in excess of $500,000;

(vii) pledge or mortgage the Corporation assets, or otherwise permit a Lien to attach to the Corporation's Assets, except for Permitted Liens;

(viii) create a plan or arrangement for the grant of stock options or the issuance of restricted stock or increase the number of shares available under such a plan or arrangement, provided, however, that the Company may create such a plan or arrangement and initially reserve up to 10% of its Common Stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits, dividends and the like) for issuance thereunder without approval hereunder;

(ix) make or take any action that would result in a material change in the Corporation's line of business or manufacturing and/or distribution arrangements;

(x) take any action that results in the repurchase or redemption of equity securities (except as contemplated herein and any repurchases of Common Stock issued to employees);

(xi) except as contemplated herein, (A) pay or declare any dividend or distribution on any shares of the Corporation's capital stock (except any dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or (B) apply any of the Corporation's assets to the redemption or repurchase of the Corporation's capital stock; or

(xii) cause a Liquidation.

(b) Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings; other capitalized but undefined terms shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation:

"Change in Control" means the occurrence after the Original Date of Issue of the consolidation or merger of the Corporation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Corporation) in which the shareholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction possess less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent, if any) immediately following the transaction.

-5-

"Fair Value" means (i) as to cash or cash equivalents, the dollar value thereof, (ii) as to all marketable securities listed or quoted on a national securities exchange, the Nasdaq National Market or a recognized foreign securities exchange that reports closing sale prices, the average closing sales price for the ten trading days prior to the date of calculation; (iii) as to all marketable securities traded in any other market that reports asked and bid prices, the average mid-point between the asked price and the bid price as reported by the market makers in that security as of the end of the ten trading days prior to the date of calculation, and (iv) as to all non-publicly traded securities, other securities, instruments or other assets, the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, or if no determination has been made within the prior 12 month period, then as determined in good faith by the Board in consultation with such independent banker or appraiser as the Board may deem appropriate.

"Permitted Liens" means Liens that (i) arise out of taxes not in default and payable without penalty or interest or the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) are mechanics', carriers', workers', repairmen's, or other similar Liens that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material in amount and arise in the ordinary course of business, (iii) represent the rights of customers, suppliers, licensees and subcontractors in the ordinary course of business under contracts or under general principles of commercial law, (iv) any Lien existing or which comes into existence pursuant to the terms of any senior note or senior notes, made by the Corporation, dated as of the date hereof and (v) any Lien existing as of the date hereof pursuant to the terms of any agreement existing as of the date hereof between the Corporation and any bank or other lender. "Lien" means all liens, security interests, pledges, charges, mortgages, conditional sales agreements, title retention agreements, assignments and other encumbrances.

5. Redemption.

(a) The Corporation shall have the right, at any time, to redeem the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at a redemption price in cash equal to the Liquidation Amount (the "Redemption Price"). If the Corporation decides to redeem some, but not all, of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such redemption shall be made pro rata based on the number of shares Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder thereof.

(b) The Corporation shall provide each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock notice of its intent to redeem, specifying the date (the "Redemption Date"), time, manner and place of redemption and the portion of such shares of Series A Preferred Shares it intends to redeem and the calculated redemption price (a "Redemption Notice"), by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock at the address for such holder last shown on the records of the Corporation therefor, not less than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. Before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Amount upon redemption, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal

-6-

corporate office, of the bank account to which the redemption payment shall be made. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter wire transfer a sum equal to the Liquidation Amount to the designated account. In case less than all Series A Preferred Stock represented by any certificate is redeemed in any redemption pursuant to this Section 5, a new certificate will be issued representing the unredeemed Series A Preferred Stock without cost to the holder thereof.

(c) No shares of Series A Preferred Stock which have been redeemed shall be reissued.

(d) Such redemption shall be deemed to have been made as of the close of business on the date of the mailing of such Redemption Notice by the Corporation, and the rights of the holder thereof, except for the right to receive the Redemption Price for such redeemed shares as provided in this
Section 5, shall cease and terminate as to such redeemed shares on such date.

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Marsden S. Cason, President and Chief Executive Officer, declare under penalty of perjury that this is the act and deed of the Corporation, that the facts stated herein are true and that this Certificate is executed as of this day of April , 2001.

/s/ Marsden S. Cason
------------------------------------
Marsden S. Cason
President and Chief Executive Officer

-8-

EXHIBIT 3.5

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

* * * * *

BY-LAWS

* * * * *

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the


meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the chairman or the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of (a) a majority of the board of directors or (b) stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 5. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 6. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting,

2

either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by

3

proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be not less than one nor more than seven. Within the limits above specified, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting, provided that such number shall be seven unless so fixed. The directors

4

shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders. For the first year of the existence of the corporation, meetings of the board of directors shall be held quarterly.

Section 3. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to

5

constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the chairman or the president on two days' notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors, unless the board consists of only one director in which case special meetings shall be called in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 8. At all meetings of the board, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or

6

committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 11. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the

7

power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation, or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the by-laws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.

Section 12. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or

8

a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

9

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also choose one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

Section 3. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose the officers of the corporation who shall hold their offices until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their resignation or removal. If any officers are not chosen at an annual meeting, any such officers may be chosen at any subsequent regular or special meeting.

Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

10

THE CHAIRMAN

Section 6. If one shall be elected, the chairman shall preside at all stockholders' meetings and all meetings of the board of directors at which he is present and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him by the board of directors.

THE PRESIDENT

Section 7. The president shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. If no chairman shall have been elected or if one have been elected, in the absence of the chairman or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the president shall also perform the duties of the chairman and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chairman.

Section 8. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The president shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

Section 9. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of

11

their election) shall perform the duties of the president and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

Section 10. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 11. The assistant secretary or, if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or, if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

12

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 12. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

Section 13. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the chairman, the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

Section 14. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

Section 15. The assistant treasurer or, if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors
(or, if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election)
shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

13

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate or shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, (a) the chairman or the president or a vice-president of the corporation and (b) the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by

14

the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFER OF STOCK

Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any

15

dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

16

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 3. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

CHECKS

Section 4. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

SEAL

17

Section 6. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7. The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors, when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

18

EXHIBIT 4.2

INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is dated as of April 30, 2001 by and among (i) Footwear Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), (ii) cre-8-net Ventures L.L.C. ("cre-8-net"), (iii) Perseus Acquisition/Recapitalization Fund, L.L.C. ("Perseus") and any Affiliates or co-investors of Perseus that become parties to this Agreement by executing and delivering an appropriate joinder agreement with the Company (the "Perseus Investors"), (iv) Union Overseas Holdings Limited ("UOHL") and (v) Itochu Corporation ("Itochu" and together with cre-8-net, the Perseus Investors and any subsequent or additional stockholder that becomes a party to this agreement, the "Stockholders" and individually a "Stockholder"). Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A hereto.

R E C I T A L S

A. Each of Stockholders owns shares of the Company's capital stock (the "Shares"), purchased pursuant to a Stock and Note Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the "SPA") or, with respect to Itochu, pursuant to a certain Stock Purchase and Trademark Agreement dated as of February 24, 2001 by and among cre-8-net, Itochu and the Company.

B. To induce the Stockholders to acquire their Shares, the Company has agreed to enter into this Agreement and to grant to the Stockholders the rights set forth herein.

C. The Stockholders have agreed to enter into this Agreement and to grant to the other Stockholders and the Company the rights set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Stockholders and the Company (collectively, the "Parties") agree as follows:

1. BOARD OF DIRECTORS REPRESENTATION; BOARD APPROVAL; MANAGEMENT

1.01. Representation. From and after the date hereof, each Stockholder shall vote all of the voting securities of the Company over which such Stockholder has voting control so as to effect the following:

1

(a) Composition of the Board of Directors. The number of directors comprising the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") shall initially be up to seven and shall include:

(i) William N. Simon and Marsden S. Cason, who shall serve so long as (A) they remain senior executive officers and members of cre-8-net and (B) cre-8-net is managing the Company under the management agreement;

(ii) Two directors designated by the Perseus Investors who shall initially be Ray E. Newton III and Curtis Glovier;

(iii) One director designated by UOHL; and

(iv) Two directors, each nominated by the Perseus Investors, who shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority of the directors previously appointed to the Board. Such directors shall not be employees, officers or control persons of the Company or any Stockholder or any Affiliate of such Stockholder (the "Independent Directors").

(b) At any time, any Person designated to serve on the Board hereunder shall be removed from the Board (and thereupon from all committees thereof) with or without cause, at the written request of the Stockholder that designated or nominated such director in accordance herewith.

(c) If any Person designated to serve on the Board hereunder for any reason ceases to serve as a director of the Board or any committee thereof during such director's term of office, the resulting vacancy on the Board or any Committees shall be filled by a Person designated or nominated by the Stockholder that designated or nominated the director vacating the office in accordance herewith. The procedures set forth in (a)(iv) hereof shall be used for replacing Independent Directors.

(d) Directors shall be reimbursed for their reasonable travel or other expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board meetings or other Company business. Additional director compensation may be paid to the directors appointed pursuant to Section 1.01(a)(iv) at the discretion of the Board.

1.02. Protective Provisions. The Company covenants and agrees that the Company shall not take any of the following material actions without the approval of the Board:

(i) adopt, approve or amend the Company's annual business plan or budgets or make any material change in the principal business activity of the Company;

(ii) terminate or otherwise discharge any executive officer of the Company or hire any replacement therefor;

2

(iii) engage or continue in any loans, leases, contracts or other similar transactions with any officer or director of the Company or any members of any such officer's immediate family (including parents, children, siblings and spouse) or of his Affiliates;

(iv) make or agree to make any capital expenditures that vary from the terms of the Company's business plan or budget by more than 5% in the aggregate; or

(v) enter into any material agreements which exceed the Company's business plan or budget by more than 5% in the aggregate or is outside the ordinary course of business; or

(vi) any other actions determined by the Board.

1.03. Management of the Company

The Company shall enter into an appropriate management agreement with Cre-8-Net which shall provide inter alia, that in consideration of an annual management fee of $400,000 per year to be paid by the Company to cre-8-net, each of William Simon and Marsden Cason (each an "Officer") will: (i) subject to customary exceptions, devote his business efforts on a full-time basis to the Company; (ii) agree not to actively engage in any other employment or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; and (iii) not be entitled to receive any salary from the Company.

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.01. Definitions. For purposes of this Section 2:

"Commencement Date" means the date that is 180 days after a Qualified IPO.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute.

"Form S-3" means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company's public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

"Holder" means (i) a Stockholder, (ii) the partners, members or stockholders of a Stockholder collectively provided that such partners, members or stockholders act through such Stockholder or its successor and (iii) any person or entity to whom a Holder sells, transfers or assigns 5% or more of its Registrable Securities, other than in a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or a registration effected pursuant to this Agreement.

3

"Register," "registered," and "registration" refer to an underwritten registration effected by preparing and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering by the Commission of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

"Registration Expenses" means all expenses in connection with the Company's performance of or compliance with its obligations under this
Section 2, including, without limitation, all (i) registration, qualification and filing fees; (ii) fees, costs and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities under the laws of such jurisdictions as the managing underwriter or underwriters in a registration may designate, subject to the limitation as set forth in subsection (h) of Section 2.06 hereof); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (v) fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance); (vi) Securities Act liability insurance if the Company so desires;
(vii) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other individuals or entities retained by the Company in connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities; (viii) fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on each national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company has made application for the listing of its Common Stock; and (ix) internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties and expenses of any annual audit). Registration Expenses shall not include selling commissions, discounts or other compensation paid to underwriters or other agents or brokers to effect the sale of Registrable Securities, or counsel fees and any other expenses incurred by Holders in connection with any registration that are not specified in the immediately preceding sentence.

"Registrable Securities" means any shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by any Holder or that may be acquired by any Holder upon the conversion of any convertible security or the exercise of any warrant or option owned by any Holder, but only to the extent such shares constitute "restricted securities" under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are not subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute.

2.02. Demand Registrations.

(a) Request for Registration. If at any time after the Commencement Date, but on not more than two occasions, one or more Holders who in the aggregate hold at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (together, the "Requestor") submits a written request (a "Demand Notice") to the Company that the Company register

4

Registrable Securities under and in accordance with the Securities Act (a "Demand Registration"), then (if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $10,000,000) the Company shall:

(i) within five days after receipt of such Demand Notice, give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, use diligent efforts to effect such registration as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holders joining in such request as are specified in written requests received by the Company within 20 days after the date the Company mails the written notice referred to in clause (i) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Requestor a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed on or before the date filing would be required in connection with any Demand Registration and it is therefore advisable to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing or delay its effectiveness for a reasonable period not to exceed 90 days provided that such right shall not be exercised more than once with respect to a request for registration hereunder during any period of twelve consecutive months. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such withdrawn request for registration.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.02, if the managing underwriter of any underwritten offering effected pursuant to this
Section 2.02 determines that market factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration. The Company shall so advise all Holders distributing Registrable Securities through such underwriting, and there shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting, to the extent necessary to satisfy such limitation, Registrable Securities allocated in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities required to be included (determined without regard to any requirement of a request to be included in such registration) in such registration, held by all Holders at the time of filing the registration statement. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the number of shares allocated to any Holder may be rounded to the nearest 100 shares.

(b) Underwriting. In connection with any registration under this Section 2.02, if so requested by the Requestor, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with one or more underwriters selected by the Requestor and reasonably acceptable to the Company having terms and conditions customary for such agreements.

5

(c) Limits. The Company shall not be obligated to effect registrations under this Section 2.02 if (i) the Company has filed a registration statement within the 90 day period immediately preceding such request or (ii) the Registrable Securities are immediately registrable under Form S-3, in which case Section 2.04 shall apply.

2.03. Company Registration.

(a) Notice of Registration. If at any time or from time to time, the Company shall determine to register any of its capital stock, whether or not for its own account, other than a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration effected on Form S-4 or a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof, the Company shall:

(i) provide to each Holder written notice thereof at least ten days prior to the filing of the registration statement by the Company in connection with such registration; and

(ii) include in such registration, and in any underwriting involved therein, all those Registrable Securities specified in a written request by each Holder received by the Company within twenty days after the Company mails the written notice referred to above, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(b) below.

(b) Underwriting. The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be conditioned upon the participation by such Holder in the underwriting arrangements specified by the Company in connection with such registration and the inclusion of the Registrable Securities of such Holder in such underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company and take all other actions, and deliver such opinions and certifications, as may be reasonably requested by such managing underwriter. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.03, if the managing underwriter determines that market factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration. The Company shall so advise all Holders distributing Registrable Securities through such underwriting, and there shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting, to the extent necessary to satisfy such limitation, Registrable Securities allocated in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities required to be included (determined without regard to any requirement of a request to be included in such registration) in such registration, held by all Holders at the time of filing the registration statement. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the number of shares allocated to any Holder may be rounded to the nearest 100 shares.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.03 prior to the

6

effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.

2.04. Form S-3 Registration.

(a) Request for S-3 Registration. If one or more Holders who in the aggregate hold at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (together, the "Requestor") submits a written request (an "S-3 Notice") or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then (if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $1,000,000) the Company shall:

(i) within five days after receipt of such S-3 Notice, give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, use diligent efforts to effect such registration as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holders joining in such request as are specified in written requests received by the Company within 20 days after the date the Company mails the written notice referred to in clause (i) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Requestor a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed on or before the date filing would be required in connection with any Demand Registration and it is therefore advisable to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing or delay its effectiveness for a reasonable period not to exceed 90 days provided that such right shall not be exercised more than once with respect to a request for registration hereunder during any period of twelve consecutive months. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such withdrawn request for registration.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.04, if the managing underwriter of any underwritten offering effected pursuant to this
Section 2.04 determines that market factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration. The Company shall so advise all Holders distributing Registrable Securities through such underwriting, and there shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting, to the extent necessary to satisfy such limitation, Registrable Securities allocated in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities required to be included (determined without regard to any requirement of a request to be included in such registration) in such registration, held by all Holders at the time of filing the registration statement. To facilitate the allocation

7

of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the number of shares allocated to any Holder may be rounded to the nearest 100 shares.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.04, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 2.04 if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders or within three months of any previous Form S-3 registration effectuated hereunder.

(b) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this
Section 2.04 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 2.02.

2.05. Expense of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the registration and other obligations of the Company pursuant to Sections 2.02, 2.03 and 2.04 shall be borne by Company.

2.06. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Section 2 to effect the registration of Registrable Securities, the Company shall:

(a) promptly prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities on any form that may be utilized by the Company and that shall permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and use its reasonable diligent efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as promptly as practicable and remain effective thereafter as provided herein, provided that prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, including documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of any registration statement, the Company will furnish to each of the Stockholders whose Registrable Securities are covered by such registration statement, their counsel and the underwriters copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide them with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon;

(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and current and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, including such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements as may be necessary to reflect the intended method of disposition by the prospective seller or sellers of such Registrable Securities, provided that such registration statement need not be kept effective and current for longer than 120 days subsequent to the effective date of such registration statement;

8

(c) provide customary indemnity and contribution arrangements to any qualified independent underwriter or qualified independent pricer as defined in Schedule E of the Bylaws of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (a "Qualified Independent Underwriter/Pricer"), if requested by such Qualified Independent Underwriter/Pricer, on such reasonable terms as such Qualified Independent Underwriter/Pricer customarily requires;

(d) subject to receiving reasonable assurances of confidentiality, for a reasonable period after the filing of such registration statement, and throughout each period during which the Company is required to keep a registration effective, make available for inspection by the selling holders of Registrable Securities being offered, and any underwriters, and their respective counsel, such financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers, directors, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of such counsel, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act;

(e) promptly notify the selling holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when such registration statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any comments by the Commission, by the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. ("NASD"), and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by any such entity for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the underwriting agreement with respect to such registration statement cease to be true and correct in all material respects,
(v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (vi) at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such registration statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment, or any document incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

(f) furnish to each selling holder of Registrable Securities being offered, and any underwriters, prospectuses or amendments or supplements thereto, in such quantities as they may reasonably request and as soon as practicable, that update previous prospectuses or amendments or supplements thereto;

(g) permit selling holders of Registrable Securities to rely on any representations and warranties made to any underwriter of the Company or any opinion

9

of counsel or "cold comfort" letter delivered to any such underwriter, and indemnify each such holder to the same extent that it indemnifies any such underwriter;

(h) use reasonable diligent efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in a registration statement hereunder under such other securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States of America as any selling holder of such Registrable Securities or any underwriter of the securities being sold shall reasonably request, (ii) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect for so long as the registration statement remains in effect and (iii) take any and all such actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such holder or underwriter to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities owned by such holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (x) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 2.06(h), (y) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (z) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(i) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed or accepted for quotation on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company's Common Stock then trades; and

(j) otherwise use reasonable diligent efforts to comply with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act, and rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

2.07. Indemnification. In the event any of the Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) the Company will indemnify each Holder who participates in such registration, each of its officers and directors and partners and such Holder's separate legal counsel and independent accountants, and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation with the Company's consent (not be unreasonably withheld), commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers and

10

directors and partners and such Holder's separate legal counsel and independent accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information expressly furnished to the Company by such Holder or underwriter for use therein.

(b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers and its legal counsel and independent accountants, each underwriter, if any, of the Company's securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers and directors and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors, officers, persons, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information expressly furnished to the Company by such Holder for use therein.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this
Section 2.07 (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought provided that failure to give such prompt notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder unless it is materially prejudiced thereby, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld). Such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be that of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has agreed to pay such fees and expenses or (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in any such action or proceeding or (iii) the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both

11

such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such Indemnified Party which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party (in which case, if such Indemnified Party notifies the Indemnifying Party in writing of an election to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party then shall have the right to employ separate counsel at its own expense and to participate in the defense thereof, and shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all Indemnified Parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by a majority of the Indemnified Parties who are eligible to select such counsel). No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. No Indemnified Party may consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.07 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party with respect to such loss, liability, claim, damage or expenses in the proportion that is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

2.08. Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock, the Company shall use reasonably diligent efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after the Company registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or completes a registered offering under the Securities Act; or

12

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

(c) Furnish to any Holder promptly upon request a written statement as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the Company completes a registered offering under the Securities Act), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as an Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing an Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration.

2.09. Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 2 after the date all Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be sold in a single three-month period under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

2.10. Information To Be Provided by the Holders. Each Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in any registration pursuant to this Agreement shall furnish the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as may be reasonably requested in writing by the Company and as shall be required in connection with such registration or the registration or qualification of such securities under any applicable state securities law.

2.11. "Stand-Off" Agreement. Each Holder, if requested by the managing underwriter of a registered public offering of securities by the Company, shall agree not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company then held by such Holder for a specified period of time that is customary under the circumstances (not to exceed 180 days) following the effective date of the registration statement for such offering, provided that (a) no such agreement shall be required unless the Holders enter into a similar agreement covering the same period of time and (b) such agreement shall contain terms customary for such agreements. The Company may impose stop transfer instructions to enforce any required agreement of the Holders under this Section 2.11.

2.12. Transferability. The registration rights set forth herein may be transferred by any Holder to a transferee who acquires at least 5% of the shares of the Company's Common Stock held by a Stockholder; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to a transfer of rights to an affiliate of any Stockholder.

3. INFORMATION AND INSPECTION RIGHTS

3.01. Information. The Company shall deliver to each Stockholder for so long as such Stockholder (together with and any Persons whose securities are aggregated with those of such Stockholder pursuant to Section 9.09 hereof for purposes of the

13

Agreement) holds Common Share Equivalents that in the aggregate equal at least 25% of the total Common Share Equivalents originally purchased by such Stockholder:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year, a cash flow statement of the Company for such fiscal year, and a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal year, with each such financial statement to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance GAAP, and audited and certified by a firm of independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan of the Company for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets and statements of cash flows for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(d) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 3.01, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation, cash flows and changes in shareholders' equity for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustments; and

(e) written information provided to the Board with respect to the operating activities of the Company and such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as such Stockholder may from time to time request in good faith.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 3.01 to the contrary, the Company will not be required to provide any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret, other confidential information or that is protected by any privilege.

3.02. Inspection. During any period in which a Stockholder is entitled to receive the materials specified in Section 3.01 hereof, the Company shall permit such Stockholder, at such Stockholder's expense, to visit and inspect the Company's properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company's affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times and upon reasonable notice as may be requested by such Stockholder.

4. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

14

4.01. Notice. In the event any Stockholder (a "Selling Stockholder") desires to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of the shares of capital stock of the Company owned of record or beneficially by such Stockholder or any securities ultimately convertible into or exercisable for any such shares of capital stock (collectively, the "Target Shares"), such Selling Stockholder shall promptly deliver to the Company and the other Stockholders a written notice of such intended disposition (a "Disposition Notice") setting forth the proposed terms and conditions thereof, including the number and type of securities to be disposed of, any conditions to such disposition, the proposed timing of such disposition, the proposed acquirer of such Target Shares, and the consideration to be paid for such securities. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Stockholder may not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities ultimately convertible into or exercisable for such shares of capital stock unless it delivers to the Company and the other Stockholders a Disposition Notice and complies with the provisions of this Section 4.01 or unless the proposed sale, transfer or disposition is exempt under Section 4.06 hereof from the right of first offer granted herein.

4.02. The Company's Right. The Company shall, for a period of thirty days following receipt of a Disposition Notice, have the right to purchase the Target Shares specified therein upon the terms and conditions specified in the Disposition Notice, subject to the conditions contained in this Section 4.02. If such terms contemplate property other than cash constituting all or a portion of the purchase price for the Target Shares, the Company shall substitute cash in an amount equal to the fair value of such property for such property. The fair value of such property shall be determined by the Company's Board in good faith, in consultation with such independent investment bank or appraiser as the Board shall deem appropriate. The Company's purchase right shall be exercisable by written notice (the "Exercise Notice") delivered to the Selling Stockholder and the other Stockholders prior to the expiration of such thirty-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, then the Company shall complete the repurchase of such Target Shares, by no later than twenty Business Days after the delivery of the Exercise Notice. At such time, the Selling Stockholder shall deliver to the Company the certificates representing the Target Shares to be repurchased, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer. Alternatively, if such right is exercised with respect to only a portion of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, then such right to repurchase shall be contingent upon the election of one or more of the Stockholders to repurchase the remaining Target Shares. The Company shall notify the other Stockholders of its intent to repurchase only a portion of the Target Shares within the thirty-day exercise period above defined. In such event, the Company's repurchase of such Target Shares shall be consummated, if at all, at the time of the exercise of the repurchase rights granted to the Stockholders in accordance with Section 4.03 hereof. In the event one or more of the Stockholders do not elect to repurchase the remaining Target Shares, the Company shall be deemed to have waived its right under this Section 4.02.

4.03. The Stockholders' Right. Subject to the rights of the Company under Section 4.02 hereof, the Stockholders (other than the Selling Stockholder), for a period of the longer of (i) thirty days from receipt of the Disposition Notice and (ii) fifteen days

15

from receipt of written notice of the Company's election either to waive its purchase right or to repurchase only a portion of the Target Shares, shall have the right to purchase the remaining balance, if any after the Company's repurchase of the Target Shares, upon the terms and conditions specified in the Disposition Notice. The Stockholders shall exercise such right in the same manner and subject to the same rights and conditions as the Company, as more specifically set forth in paragraph 4.02 above. To the extent that the Target Shares need to be allocated among the Stockholders, they shall be allocated pro rata based on the holdings of Common Share Equivalents of each such Stockholder that desires to exercise its purchase right.

4.04. Non-Exercise of Purchase Right. In the event an Exercise Notice with respect to any portion of the Target Shares is not given to the Selling Stockholder by the Company or any of the other Stockholders within the period specified herein following the date of the Company's and the other Stockholders' receipt of the Disposition Notice, then subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 4.05 hereof, the Selling Stockholder shall have a period of 30 days thereafter in which to sell the Target Shares upon terms and conditions (including the purchase price) no more favorable to the acquirer than those specified in the Disposition Notice. It shall be a condition to any such disposition that the acquirer agree to be bound by and comply with all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Selling Stockholder with respect to such Target Shares. In the event the Selling Stockholder does not consummate the sale or disposition of the Target Shares within such 30 day period, the Company's and the Stockholders' purchase rights shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by the Selling Stockholder.

4.05. No Partial Exercise of Right. If the Company and/or the other Stockholders do not exercise the purchase rights pursuant to this Section 4 with respect to all Target Shares described in a particular Disposition Notice, then such right shall not apply to any Target Shares described in such Disposition Notice.

4.06. Exempt Transfers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the purchase rights of the Company and the other Stockholders set forth in this Section 4 shall not apply to any transfer by a Selling Stockholder to (a) the descendants, siblings or spouse of the Selling Stockholder or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or the Selling Stockholder, (b) to such Selling Stockholder's Affiliates, or (c) in the case of a Selling Stockholder that is a private investment company, to the partners, members, stockholders or other investors of such Selling Stockholders as a distribution or similar transfer from such Selling Stockholder; provided that in each of the foregoing cases, the transferee shall furnish the Stockholders and the Company with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement. Such transferred stock shall remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and such transferee shall be treated as a "Stockholder" for the purposes of this Agreement.

5. CO-SALE RIGHTS

5.01. Notice. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, if any Stockholder (the "Selling Stockholder") desires to accept a bona fide offer from a financially capable

16

acquirer for the sale, transfer or other disposition of any of the shares of any class of capital stock of the Company owned of record or beneficially by such Stockholder or any securities ultimately convertible into or exercisable for any such shares of capital stock (collectively, the "Sale Shares"), the Selling Stockholder shall promptly deliver to the Company and the other Stockholders, a written notice of such intended disposition (a "Sale Notice") setting forth the terms and conditions thereof, including the number and type of securities to be disposed of, any conditions to such disposition, the proposed timing of such disposition, the consideration to be paid for such securities and the identity of the proposed acquirer. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Selling Stockholder may not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities ultimately convertible into or exercisable for such shares of capital stock unless Selling Stockholder delivers to the Company and the other Stockholders a Sales Notice and complies with the provisions of this Section 5 or unless the proposed sale, transfer or disposition is exempt under Section 5.05 hereof from the co-sale rights granted herein.

5.02. Grant of Co-Sale Rights. Each Stockholder (other than the Selling Stockholder) shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Selling Stockholder within ten days after receipt of the Selling Stockholder's Sale Notice, to participate in such sale of the Sale Shares on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Sale Notice. To the extent any other Stockholder exercises such right of participation (a "Participating Stockholder") and the acquirer is not willing to acquire all of the shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and such other Stockholders, the number of shares of Sale Shares that the Selling Stockholder may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced. The right of participation of each Stockholder shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5.02.

(a) Each Participating Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder shall be deemed to own the number of shares of Common Stock that it actually owns plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon conversion of any convertible securities of the Company or upon the exercise of any warrants, options or similar rights then owned by it at an exercise price less than the purchase price specified in the Sale Notice.

(b) Each Participating Stockholder may sell all or any part of a number of Sale Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Sale Shares by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company deemed to be owned by such Participating Stockholder and the denominator of which is the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company deemed to be owned by all Stockholders.

(c) Each Participating Stockholder may effect its participation in the sale by delivering to the Selling Stockholder for transfer to the acquirer one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent:

(i) the number of shares that it elects to sell pursuant to this Section 5.02;

17

(ii) that number of shares of convertible securities of the Company that is at such time convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock that it has elected to sell pursuant to this Section 5.02, if any; provided, however, that if the acquirer objects to the delivery of convertible securities of the Company in lieu of Common Stock, the Participating Stockholder may, to the extent permitted by the terms of such security, convert and deliver Common Stock as provided in subparagraph (i) above; or

(iii) a combination of the foregoing that in the aggregate represents the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Participating Stockholder.

5.03. Payment of Proceeds. The stock certificates that the Participating Stockholders deliver to the Selling Stockholder pursuant to
Section 5.02 shall be transferred by the Selling Stockholder to the acquirer in consummation of the sale of the Sale Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Sale Notice, and the Selling Stockholder shall promptly thereafter remit to the Participating Stockholders that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Participating Stockholder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale.

5.04. Non-Exercise. The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Participating Stockholders hereunder to participate in one or more sales of Sale Shares made by the Selling Stockholder shall not adversely affect its right to participate in subsequent sales by the Selling Stockholder. In the event none of the Stockholders elect to exercise their co-sale rights hereunder with respect to a disposition, the Selling Stockholder may consummate such disposition in accordance with the terms specified in the Sale Notice but only within 120 days after the expiration of the other Stockholders' co-sale rights.

5.05. Exempt Transfers. The provisions of this Section 5 shall not apply to any transfer by a Selling Stockholder to (i) the descendants, siblings or spouse of such Selling Stockholder or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or the Selling Stockholder, (ii) to a Selling Stockholder's Affiliates, or (iii) to the partners, members, stockholders or other investors of a Perseus Investor as a distribution or similar transfer from such Perseus Investor; provided that in each of the foregoing cases, the transferee shall furnish the Company with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement. Such transferred stock shall remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and such transferee shall be treated as a Stockholder for the purposes of this Agreement.

6. BRING ALONG RIGHTS

Subject to complying with its obligations under Section 4, if the Perseus Investors, so long as they hold 40% or more of the Common Share Equivalents outstanding of the Company, determines to sell all of their Shares in the Company in a single or series of related transactions to a bona fide third party (a "Control Sale"), the Perseus Investors shall have the right, but not the obligation to require each other

18

Stockholder to participate in such Control Sale. The Perseus Investors may exercise their rights under this Section 6 by delivering to the other Stockholders (excluding the Perseus Investors) a written notice (a "Control Sale Notice") describing in reasonable detail the terms of the Control Sale and notifying the other Stockholders that the Perseus Investors are exercising their rights under this Section 6. Upon the receipt by the other Stockholders of a Control Sale Notice, all Stockholders shall be obligated to sell their Shares in the Control Sale on the same or financially equivalent terms as those applicable to the Perseus Investors, and shall cooperate with the Perseus Investors in consummating such sale. No Stockholder shall take any action to impede or otherwise disrupt the consummation of such Control Sale. Once a Control Sale Notice has been delivered no Stockholder may enter into any agreement or arrangement to sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of such Stockholder's Shares until it receives notification that such Control Sale has been abandoned. The Perseus Investors shall have the right to abandon any Control Sale at any time in their sole discretion and shall be deemed to have abandoned such Control Sale if it has not been consummated within three months after it has delivered a Control Sale Notice to the other Stockholders regarding such Control Sale.

7. PURCHASE RIGHTS REGARDING FUTURE SALES OF CAPITAL SECURITIES BY THE COMPANY.

7.01. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 7, the Company hereby grants to each Stockholder a purchase right with respect to future sales by the Company of its Capital Securities (as hereinafter defined). Each Stockholder shall be entitled to apportion the purchase right hereby granted it among itself and its members, partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate. Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (collectively, "Capital Securities"), the Company shall first make an offering of such Capital Securities to each Stockholder in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (a "Company Sales Notice") to the Stockholders stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Capital Securities, (ii) the number of such Capital Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Capital Securities.

(b) Within 20 Business Days after receipt of a Company Sales Notice, each Stockholder that desires to purchase any of the Capital Securities specified in such Company Sales Notice at the price and on the terms specified in such Sales Notice shall provide to the Company a written notice (a "Company Purchase Notice") setting forth the number of such Capital Securities such Stockholder is willing to purchase. If the total number of Capital Securities specified in all of the Company Purchase Notices received by the Company within such period exceeds the total number of Capital Securities specified in such Company Sales Notice or such greater number of Capital Securities that the Company is willing to sell at the price and on the terms specified in such Company Sales Notice, then the Capital Securities to be sold shall be allocated

19

among the Stockholders in the same proportion that each such Stockholder's Common Share Equivalents bear to the total Common Share Equivalents owned by all of the Stockholders that have delivered Company Purchase Notices; provided that if such allocation would result in any Stockholder being allocated Capital Securities under this subsection (b) in excess of the total number of Capital Securities that it specified in its Purchase Notice, such excess Capital Securities shall be allocated among the other Stockholders that have not been allocated Capital Securities equal to the number of Capital Securities specified in their Company Purchase Notices in a manner that results in such other Stockholders receiving in the aggregate under this subsection (b) an equal percentage of the total number of Capital Securities specified in their respective Company Purchase Notices. All allocations made pursuant to this subsection (b) shall be rounded to the nearest whole Capital Security. The Capital Securities allocated to each Stockholder under this subsection (b) shall be purchased by such Stockholder at the price and on the terms specified in the Company Sales Notice at a closing to be held within 40 Business Days after the delivery of the Company Sales Notice. Such date shall be specified by the Company in a written notice delivered to each Stockholder participating in such sale at least 10 Business Days prior thereto.

(c) If all Capital Securities that the Stockholders are entitled to obtain pursuant to Section 7.01(b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in Section 7.01(b), the Company may, during the 120-day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.01(b), offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Capital Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Company Sales Notice with respect thereto. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of such Capital Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 30 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Capital Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Stockholders in accordance herewith.

(d) The purchase right granted in this Section 7 shall not be applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of Common Stock (or options therefor) to consultants, officers, directors and employees for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their employment or services in a transaction or pursuant to a plan approved by the Company's Board, (ii) as part of or after a Qualified Initial Public Offering, (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the redemption, conversion or exercise of outstanding convertible or redeemable securities or warrants, options or similar rights, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, (v) the issuance of warrants, options or similar securities to a bank or other institutional lender as consideration for the extension of credit by such lender to the Company, (vi) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights to persons or entities with which the Company has business relationships provided such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes and provided that at the time of any such issuance, the aggregate of such issuance and similar issuances in the preceding twelve-month period do not exceed 2% of the then outstanding Common Stock of the Company (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable

20

securities then outstanding) or such issuance is expressly approved by a majority of the director representatives of the Stockholders on the Company's Board.

(e) The rights granted by this Section 7 shall be available to any Stockholder only so long as such Stockholder owns 50% of more of the Common Share Equivalents originally owned by such Stockholder.

8. LEGEND REQUIREMENTS

8.01. Legend. Each certificate representing the shares of capital stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock) of the Company owned by the Stockholders shall be endorsed with the following legend:

"THE SALE OR TRANSFER, THE VOTING AND CERTAIN OTHER RIGHTS RELATING TO THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY."

8.02. Removal. The legend set forth in Section 8.01 hereof shall be removed upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of
Section 9.01.

9. COVENANTS The Company covenants and agrees with each of the Stockholders that:

9.01. Corporate Existence. The Company shall maintain its corporate existence, rights and franchises in full force and effect. The Company shall also preserve and maintain all licenses and other rights to use licenses, trademarks, trade names, inventions, intellectual property rights or copyrights owned or possessed by it and necessary to the conduct of its business.

9.02. Compliance with Laws. The Company shall comply in all material respects with all requirements of law of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over it, except as such may be contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may exist.

9.03. Payment of Taxes. The Company shall pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or business, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any properties of the Company, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if the Company shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.

21

9.04. Insurance. The Company shall maintain as to its business, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance against such casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as is customary for companies similarly situated, which insurance shall be deemed by such Company to be sufficient.

9.05. Interested Party Transactions. The Company shall not and shall not permit any subsidiary to, without first obtaining the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (i) engage in any loans, leases, contracts or other transactions with any director, officer, key employee or greater than ten percent (10%) stockholder of the Company, or any member of any such person's immediate family or any Affiliate of the foregoing (ii) amend or modify any arrangement approved in accordance with clause (i). Excluded from the foregoing paragraph are (a) transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, (b) where such loans, leases, contracts or other transactions are in amounts less than $25,000 in the aggregate in any twelve month period and are at prices and on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company or its subsidiaries, as the case may be, than could reasonably be obtained from third parties, (c) the Sourcing Rights Letter Agreement (as defined in the SPA)between the Company and UOHL and transactions relating thereto, (d) the Management Agreement, as defined in the SPA, and transactions related thereto.

In the event that any Purchaser shall have good faith reason to believe that any of the covenants set forth in this Section 9 have not been adhered to, such Purchaser shall deliver written notice to the Board with a detailed description of the alleged breach. After receipt of the letter, the Board shall have 30 days to provide a reasonably detailed response to such letter.

10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.01. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate immediately upon the earlier of (a) the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering, (b) the consummation of a Change in Control, or (c) the execution by the Company of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the property and assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement shall terminate as provided in Section 2.09 hereof.

10.02. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time of receipt if delivered by hand, overnight courier or by facsimile transmission or three Business Days after being mailed, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the address or facsimile number (as the case may be) listed below the signature of each Party on such Party's signature page hereto if any Party shall have designated a different address or facsimile number by notice to the other Parties given as provided above, then to the last address or facsimile number so designated.

10.03. Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this

22

Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law.

10.04. Waiver or Modification. Any amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be effective only if evidenced by a written instrument executed by the Company and by Stockholders that hold a majority of the total Common Share Equivalents held by all of the Stockholders, and by any Stockholder whose rights and obligations may be affected thereby.

10.05. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

10.06. Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any dispute involving the terms hereof, the prevailing parties shall be entitled to collect legal fees and expenses from the other party to the dispute.

10.07. Further Assurances. Each Party agrees to act in accordance herewith and not to take any action that is designed to avoid the intention hereof.

10.08. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives. Each Stockholder may assign its rights hereunder to (i) any transferee of Shares held by such Stockholder that holds, in the aggregate, at least 1% of the total Common Share Equivalents after such transfer, (ii) the descendants, siblings or spouse of such Stockholder or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or such Stockholder, (iii) to such Stockholder's Affiliates, or (iv) in the case of any Perseus Investor, to the partners, members, stockholders or other investors of such Perseus Investor as a distribution or similar transfer from such Perseus Investor; provided that in each of the foregoing cases, the transferee shall furnish the other Stockholders and the Company with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement. Such transferee shall be treated as a "Stockholder" (and a transferee of a Perseus Investor shall be treated as a "Perseus Investor") for the purposes of this Agreement.

10.09. Aggregation of Stock. For purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company deemed to be owned by a Stockholder shall include all such shares or

23

other securities owned by such Stockholder or other Person, such Stockholder's (or other Person's) Affiliates and their respective partners, members, or shareholders, and any other person or entity that acquires any such shares or other securities from any of the foregoing by gift, will or intestate succession.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

24

[Company Investor Rights Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

By:  /s/ William N. Simon
     ----------------------------------

Name: William N. Simon
      ---------------------------------

Title:  Executive Director
        -------------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:



Facsimile No. :
Attn:

With a copy to:



Facsimile No. :
Attn:

[cre-8-net Investor Rights Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

CRE-8-NET VENTURES L.L.C.

BY: /s/ William N. Simon
    ----------------------------
        NAME: William N. Simon
        TITLE:   Managing Member

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

541 Redwood Highway
Suite 2180
Mill Valley, California 94941
Phone: 415-383-7698
Fax: 415-383-7405
Attn: William N. Simon

With a copy to:

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
Facsimile: (650) 496-4084
Attn: Kurt Berney, Esq.

2

[UOHL Investor Rights Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

UNION OVERSEAS HOLDINGS LIMITED

BY: /s/ Edward D. Sy
   ----------------------------
        NAME:  Edward D. Sy
        TITLE: Director

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

Suite 306
Third Floor
Island Place Tower
No. 510 King's Road, North Point
Hong Kong
Facsimile No. 852-2907-8118
Attn: Mr. Ed Sy

With a copy to:
Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky
and Popeo
One Financial Center
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
Facsimile: (617) 542-2241
Attention: Mary Laura Greely, Esq. and
George Hofmann, Esq.

3

[Perseus Investors Investor Rights Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Perseus Stockholder has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

PERSEUS ACQUISITION/RECAPITALIZATION
FUND, L.L.C.

By:  /s/ Curtis A. Glovier
     ---------------------------------

Name: Curtis A. Glovier
      --------------------------------

Title:  Managing Director
        ------------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

888 Seventh Avenue, 29th Fl.
New York, NY 10106
Facsimile No.: (212) 245-1852
Attn: Ray E. Newton, III

With a copy to:

Arnold & Porter
555 Twelfth Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004-1206
Facsimile: (202) 942-5999
Attention: Robert Ott, Esq.

4

[Itochu Corporation Investor Rights Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Perseus Stockholder has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

ITOCHU CORPORATION

By:  /s/ Yoshihiro Fukushima
     ---------------------------------

Name: Yoshihiro Fukushima
      --------------------------------

Title:  Section Manager
        ------------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

Itochu Corporation
1-3 Kyutaro-machi 4-chome
Chuo-ku, Osaka 541-8577 Japan
Attention: Kenichiu Kamiyoshi
Operating Officer of Import Textile
And Fashion Good Division
Telephone: 81-6-6241-2987
Facsimile: 81-6-6244-0845

With a copy to:
Yoshihiro Fukushima
Manager of Import Textile
And Fashion Goods Division
Section No. 6

5

EXHIBIT A

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached, the following terms have the following meanings:

"Affiliate" of any Person (the "Subject Person") means any Person that Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Subject Person.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the national or state banks located in the State of New York are authorized to be closed.

"Common Share Equivalents" means all shares of Common Stock that are issued and outstanding or are issuable upon the exchange, exercise or conversion of any other security of the Company. The number of Common Share Equivalents owned by a Person shall equal the sum of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Person plus (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exchange, exercise or conversion of any other security of the Company owned by such Person plus (iii) the number of accrued but unpaid shares of Common Stock payable as dividends on any other security of the Company (assuming, in the case of (iii), that such dividends were to be entirely paid as "In-Kind Dividends" as defined in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation). Common Share Equivalents shall not include unexercised options to purchase Common Stock issued to executives, officers, employees or others, whether pursuant to an incentive stock option plan or otherwise.

"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

"Change in Control" means the occurrence, after the date hereof, of the consolidation or merger of the Company or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company) in which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction possess less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent, if any) immediately following the transaction.

"Control" and derivatives thereof mean the power to control the management and policies of a Person subject to Control whether by ownership of voting securities, contract or otherwise.

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

"Lien" means all liens, security interests, pledges, charges, mortgages, conditional sales agreements, title retention agreements and other encumbrances.

6

"Person" means any individual, entity or governmental body.

"Permitted Liens" means Liens that (i) arise out of taxes not in default and payable without penalty or interest or the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) are mechanics', carriers', workers', repairmen's, or other similar Liens that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material in amount and arise in the ordinary course of business, (iii) represent the rights of customers, suppliers, licensees and subcontractors in the ordinary course of business under contracts or under general principles of commercial law, (iv) any Lien existing or which comes into existence pursuant to the terms of a certain Senior Note or Senior Notes dated as of the date hereof and (v) any Lien existing as of the date hereof pursuant to the terms of any agreement existing as of the date hereof between the Company and any bank or other lender.

"Qualified Initial Public Offering" means a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that is underwritten on a firm commitment basis that results in (a) the Company receiving at least $20 million in gross proceeds; (b) the Common Stock being traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market; and (c) a fully diluted, post-IPO valuation of the Company in excess of $200 million.

7

EXHIBIT 10.1

CONVERSE INC.

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement ("AGREEMENT") is made as of this ____________ by and between Converse Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and _________________________("INDEMNITEE").

RECITALS

A. The Company desires to attract and retain qualified directors, officers, employees and other agents, and to provide them with protection against liability and expenses incurred while acting in that capacity;

B. The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company contain provisions for indemnifying directors and officers of the Company, and the Bylaws and Delaware law contemplate that separate contracts may be entered into between the Company and its directors and officers, employees and other agents with respect to their indemnification by the Company, which contracts may provide greater protection than is afforded by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws;

C. The Company understands that Indemnitee has reservations about serving or continuing to serve the Company without adequate protection against personal liability arising from such service, and that it is also of critical importance to Indemnitee that adequate provision be made for advancing costs and expenses of legal defense; and

D. The Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Company have approved as being in the best interests of the Company indemnity contracts substantially in the form of this Agreement for directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and for certain other employees and agents of the Company designated by the Board of Directors.

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or to continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, and in consideration of Indemnitee's service to the Company, the parties agree as follows:

1. Contractual Indemnity. In addition to the indemnification provisions of the Bylaws of the Company, the Company hereby agrees, subject to the limitations of Sections 2 and 5 hereof:

(a) To indemnify, defend and hold Indemnitee harmless to the greatest extent possible under applicable law from and against any and all judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement and any other amounts reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee (including attorneys' fees) if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful, in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,


administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Company, to which Indemnitee is, was or at any time becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is, was or at any time becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving or at any time serves at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (collectively referred to hereafter as a "Claim"), whether or not arising prior to the date of this Agreement.

(b) To pay any and all expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in defending any Claim or Claims (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses and other reasonable costs of investigation and defense), as the same are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of any such Claim or Claims, upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee (which shall be unsecured and shall not bear interest) to reimburse such amounts if it shall be ultimately determined that Indemnitee (i) is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Agreement, and (ii) is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company.

(c) The termination of any action or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful.

2. Limitations on Contractual Indemnity. Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses under Section 1:

(a) if a court of competent jurisdiction, by final judgment or decree, shall determine that (i) the Claim or Claims in respect of which indemnity is sought arise from Indemnitee's fraudulent, dishonest or willful misconduct, or (ii) such indemnity is not permitted under applicable law; or

(b) on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law; or

(c) for any acts or omissions or transactions from which a director may not be relieved of liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

(d) with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to proceedings brought in good faith to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law, or (ii) at the Company's discretion, in specific cases if the Board of Directors of the Company has approved the initiation or bringing of such suit; or


(e) for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) which have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance maintained by the Company; or

(f) for any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by the Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous.

Notwithstanding any limitations set forth in this Section 2, regarding the Company's obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 4 to receive expense advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim shall have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has engaged in acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Section 2.

3. Continuation of Contractual Indemnity. Subject to the termination provisions of Section 11, all agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible action, suit, proceeding or other assertion of a Claim or Claims.

4. Expenses; Indemnification Procedure. The Company shall advance all expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any civil or criminal action or proceeding referenced in
Section 1 hereof (but not amounts actually paid in settlement of any such action or proceeding). Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within twenty (20) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company.

5. Notification and Defense of Claim. If any action, suit, proceeding or other Claim is brought against Indemnitee in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Agreement:

(a) Indemnitee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof, and the Company and any other indemnifying party similarly notified will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense or to assume the defense thereof and to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee provided however, that failure to provide such notice in accordance with this
Section 2(b) shall not affect Indemnitee's rights to receive any expenses or expense advances hereunder unless and except to the extent that the Company did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure of Indemnitee to provide such notice results in the forfeiture by the Company of substantial rights and defenses. Notice to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). Notice shall be deemed received three (3) business days after the date postmarked if sent by domestic


certified or registered mail, properly addressed; otherwise notice shall be deemed received when such notice shall actually be received by the Company. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own counsel in connection with any such Claim and to participate in the defense thereof, and the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel to the Indemnitee shall be borne by the Company upon delivery to the Company of the undertaking referred to in subparagraph (b) of Section 1. However, in no event will the Company be obligated to pay the fees or expenses of more than one firm of attorneys representing Indemnitee and any other agents of the Company in connection with any one Claim or separate but substantially similar or related Claims in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.

(b) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any amounts paid in settlement of any Claim effected without the Company's written consent, and the Company shall not settle any Claim in a manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee or require the admission of guilt or responsibility without Indemnitee's written consent; provided, however, that neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement and, provided further, that if a claim is settled by the Indemnitee with the Company's written consent, or if there be a final judgment or decree for the plaintiff in connection with the Claim by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by reason of such settlement or judgment.

(c) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information in the possession of, or reasonably obtainable by, Indemnitee, and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee's power and control.

(d) Any indemnification provided for in Section 1 shall be made no later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. If a Claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company within forty-five (45) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to
Section 13 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed for the expenses (including attorneys' fees) of bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any action or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of expenses pursuant to Subsection 4 unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. It is the parties' intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee's right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee's right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable


law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Claim, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies, provided however, that nothing contained in this Section 5(e) shall excuse the Company from its obligations to pay expenses or expense advances to Indemnitee as provided herein.

6. Scope. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee against any Claim to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, the Company's Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors, an officer or other corporate agent, such changes shall be, ipso facto, within the purview of Indemnitee's rights and Company's obligations, under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute, or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors, an officer, or other corporate agent, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by applicable law to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties' rights and obligations hereunder.

7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines or penalties actually or reasonably incurred by him in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any civil or criminal action or proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or penalties to which Indemnitee is entitled.

8. Public Policy. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company's right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

9. Insurance. Although the Company may from time to time maintain insurance for the purpose of indemnifying Indemnitee and other agents of the Company against personal liability, including costs of legal defense, nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Company to do so.


10. No Restrictions. The rights and remedies of Indemnitee under this Agreement shall not be deemed to exclude or impair any other rights or remedies to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, or under any other agreement, provision of law or otherwise, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the right of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee in any proper case even though not specifically provided for in this Agreement, nor shall anything contained herein restrict Indemnitee's right to contribution as may be available under applicable law. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action Indemnitee took or did not take while serving in an indemnified capacity even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity.

11. Termination. The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time upon ninety (90) days written notice, but any such termination will not affect Claims relating to events occurring prior to the effective date of termination.

12. Severability. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitations, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

13. Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any litigation or other action or proceeding to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party as determined by the court shall be entitled to an award of its reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs, in addition to such relief as may be awarded by a court or other tribunal.

14. Further Assurances. The parties will do, execute and deliver, or will cause to be done, executed and delivered, all such further acts, documents and things as may be reasonably required for the purpose of giving effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

15. Acknowledgment. The Company expressly acknowledges that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on the Company hereunder in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or to continue to serve as an agent of the Company, and acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying on this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve in such capacity.

16. Construction of Certain Phrases.

(a) "Company": For purposes of this Agreement, references to the "Company" shall also include, in addition to the resulting corporation in any consolidation or merger to which Converse Inc. is a party, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at


the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(b) Benefit Plans: References to "fines" contained in this Agreement shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Company" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries.

17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

18. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party addressee, on the date of such receipt, or (ii) if mailed by domestic certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date postmarked. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

19. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

20. Governing Law; Binding Effect; Amendment.

(a) This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts entered into in Delaware.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon Indemnitee and the Company, their successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee, his heirs, personal representatives and assigns and to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns.

(c) No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

CONVERSE INC.

By:

Title:

Address:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:


Address:




EXHIBIT 10.3

CONVERSE INC.

2001 STOCK PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company's business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) "Administrator" means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) "Applicable Laws" means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan.

(c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) "Committee" means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.


(g) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.

(h) "Company" means Converse Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) "Consultant" means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(j) "Director" means a member of the Board.

(k) "Disability" means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(l) "Employee" means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 90th day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

(m) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator based on a stock valuation obtained from an independent accounting firm or business valuation firm of national recognition, such valuation to be obtained at least once a year or promptly after the occurrence of any material business event or financing transaction reasonably expected to materially impact the valuation of the Company's Common Stock.

-2-

(o) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(p) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(q) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(r) "Option Agreement" means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(s) "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(t) "Optionee" means the holder of an outstanding Option granted under the Plan.

(u) "Parent" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v) "Plan" means this 2001 Stock Plan.

(w) "Service Provider" means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(x) "Share" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

(y) "Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 1,750,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Option, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

-3-

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Option granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(vii) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

(viii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator's Decision. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Limitations.

(a) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares

-4-

with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) At-Will Employment. Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company's right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

7. Term of Plan. Subject to shareholder approval in accordance with
Section 18, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 14, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or
(ii) the date of the most recent Board approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

8. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten
(10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(a) Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

-5-

(b) Forms of Consideration. The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitations, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) other Shares, provided Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, (x) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (4) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan and administered by a third-party broker, or (5) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

10. Exercise of Option.

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, each Option shall vest at a rate of 25% of the Shares subject to the Option on the first anniversary of the grant date and 1/48 of the Shares subject the Option shall vest monthly thereafter, subject to the applicable Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination

-6-

(but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(c) Disability of Optionee. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee's total and permanent disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee's designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee's death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

11. Limited Transferability of Options. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option transferable, such Option may only be transferred by (i) will,
(ii) the laws of descent and distribution, (iii) instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the Optionee, or (iv) gift to a member of Optionee's immediate family (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) of the Exchange Act). In addition, any transferable Option shall contain additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Change in Control.

-7-

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number and type of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, and the number and type of Shares covered by each outstanding Option, as well as the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number or type of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, type or price of Shares subject to an Option.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her Option as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and this Option shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the

-8-

consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

13. Time of Granting Options. The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval. The Board shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

16. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

-9-

17. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Shareholder Approval. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

-10-

EXHIBIT 10.5

SUBLEASE

BETWEEN

SCHNEIDER AUTOMATION INC.

AND

CONVERSE INC.

DATE:

JULY 27, 2001

PREMISES AT

ONE HIGH STREET, NORTH ANDOVER, MA

AGREEMENT NUMBER: SUB - 07 - 01


SUBLEASE

1. PARTIES

This Sublease is made as of July 27, 2001, between SCHNEIDER AUTOMATION INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter "Sublessor") of One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845, and CONVERSE INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter "Sublessee") of One Fordham Road, North Reading, MA 01864.

2. MASTER LEASE

Sublessor is the holder of the tenant's interest in that certain lease agreement dated August 28, 1986, originally between North Andover Mills Realty as landlord and Gould Inc as tenant, as amended by three amendments dated March 1, 1991, February 1, 1992, and February 19, 1993, (collectively hereinafter the "Master Lease") a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof as Attachment C, for premises originally known as the David & Furber Mill in North Andover, MA. Landlord's interest in the Master Lease is currently held by NAM Partners Limited Partnership (hereinafter "Master Sublessor" or "Landlord"). This Sublease at all times shall be subject and subordinate to the Master Lease. This Sublease shall be null and void and of no effect unless and until Master Sublessor has consented to this Sublease pursuant to the provisions of the Master Lease.

3. PREMISES

Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee a portion of the premises leased to Sublessor under the Master Lease containing approximately 65,800 square feet of rentable space and consisting of the entirety of the 3rd, 4th and 5th floors of Building 14, known as One High Street, North Andover, MA, as shown in Attachment A hereto (the "Premises"). The building in which the Premises is contained shall be referred to as the "Building." Sublessee is also hereby granted the right to use in common with others entitled thereto, the hallways, stairways, elevators and other common areas of the Building, including, without limitation, both passenger elevators and the handicapped elevator, necessary for access to the Premises, and lavatories nearest thereto. Prior to the commencement of the Term, Sublessor shall allow Sublessee to prepare the Premises for its occupancy. This preparation shall include the removal of the existing carpeting and demolition of certain interior walls of the Premises, except for the area known as the "Computer Room" which shall remain "as is," as per Attachment B, and the construction of certain other interior walls and related construction, as per Attachment D. Sublessee shall be responsible for all expenses related to this preparation except that Sublessor shall reimburse Sublessee for documented out of pocket costs related to demolition of interior walls and removal of existing carpet up to a maximum reimbursable amount of $60,000.00. Payment terms for reimbursement will be net ten (10) days from receipt of invoice. Sublessor shall be responsible for removal of all moveable office partitions and furniture from the


Premises, within one week of execution of Sublease. In addition, Sublessor shall complete renovation of the lobby of the Building pursuant to certain specifications more particularly set forth as Attachment B hereto. Upon completion of the lobby renovations, Sublessee shall reimburse Sublessor for an amount equal to 50% of the documented out-of-pocket third party costs of Sublessor with respect to such lobby renovation, up to a maximum reimbursable amount equal to $25,000. The Premises together with all bathroom facilities located thereon shall be delivered to Sublessee in compliance with all building codes and other applicable laws. Sublessor shall provide access to the Premises to Sublessee and its employees 7 days a week, 24 hours per day pursuant to a card system which Sublessor shall maintain throughout the Term, said maintenance shall include the issuance and inventory of the access. cards to employees of Sublessee. Access cards shall remain the property of Sublessor, and shall be surrendered to Sublessor immediately upon termination of an employee, or the expiration or termination of this Sublease.

4. TERM

The term of this lease shall be for five (5) years, commencing on September 1, 2001, and ending on August 31, 2006 ("The Term").

5. RENT

The Sublessee shall pay to the Sublessor rent at the rate of $18/per rentable square foot gross ($1,184,400.00) per year, payable in advance in monthly installments of $98,700. Upon execution of this Sublease, Sublessee shall pay the sum of $394,800 which shall constitute rent in advance for the first month of the Term (September, 2001) and the last three months of the Term (June, July and August, 2006). Effective with the October, 2001 rent, and each month thereafter through and including May, 2006, rent of $98,700 shall be due and payable the first of each month.

6. UTILITIES

The Sublessor agrees to provide at its sole cost and expense, all electricity and other utility service, and to furnish reasonably hot and cold water and reasonable heat and air conditioning. to the Premises, the hallways, stairways, elevators, and lavatories during normal business hours from 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and from 8:00 a.m. through 5:00 p.m. on Saturday of the heating and air conditioning seasons of each year, to furnish elevator service, and to light passage-ways and stairways during business hours, and to furnish such cleaning service as is customary in similar buildings in said city or town, all subject to interruption due to any accident, to the making of repairs, alterations, or improvements, to labor difficulties, to trouble in obtaining fuel, electricity, service, or supplies from the sources from which they are usually obtained for said building, or to any cause beyond the Sublessor's control.

With respect to any interruptions due to alterations or improvements made by Sublessor, Sublessor agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to Sublessee. Sublessor at its sole cost and expense shall provide air conditioning to Sublessee's computer room located on the 4th floor of the Building, 24 hours per day, seven days per week.


Except as provided herein, Sublessor shall have no obligation to provide utilities or equipment other than the utilities and equipment within the Premises as of the commencement date of this Sublease. In the event Sublessee requires additional utilities or equipment, the installation and maintenance thereof shall be the Sublessee's sole obligation, provided that such installation shall be subject to the written consent of the Sublessor and Master Lessor, which consent may be withheld if said installation, in Sublessor's sole discretion, negatively impacts Sublessor's operations at the Building.

7. USE OF PREMISES

The Sublessee shall use the Premises only for the purpose of general office space and other uses ancillary thereto (the "Permitted Use").

8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

The Sublessee acknowledges that no trade or occupation shall be conducted in the (Premises or use made thereof which will be unlawful, improper, noisy, or offensive, or contrary to any law or any municipal by-law or ordinance in force in the city or town, state or federal jurisdiction in which the Premises are situated.

9. INSURANCE, INDEMNITY

Sublessee shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing in or upon the Premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with the Certificate of Occupancy or the terms of the standard form of fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance policies covering the Building and the fixtures and property therein; and Sublessee shall, at its own expense, comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters or any other similar body having jurisdiction applicable to the Premises, as well as comply with FM Global loss prevention recommendations, with respect to its use thereof.

If, by reason of any failure of Sublessee to comply with the provisions of this Lease or Sublessee's use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use, the rate of fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance (with extended coverage) on the Building and property and equipment of Sublessor shall be higher than it otherwise would be, Sublessee shall reimburse Sublessor, as additional rent for that part of the fire, boiler, sprinkler, water, damage or other insurance premiums thereafter paid by Sublessor which shall have been charged because of such failure of Sublessee, and Sublessee shall make the reimbursement within fifteen (15) days of its receipt from Sublessor of a bill for the same.

Sublessee shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the term, at its own cost and expense, naming and protecting Sublessee as insured and naming Sublessor, and any of Sublessor's agents, Master Lessor and any mortgagee of the Building of which Sublessee has received written notice from Sublessor, as additional insureds, public liability insurance (with contractual liability endorsements) to afford protection against any and all claims for personal injury, death, or property


damage occurring in, upon, about, or connected with the Premises or any part thereof in an amount not less than $2,000,000 for injury or death arising out of any one occurrence and $1,000,000 for damage to property in respect to any one occurrence, or in any increased amount reasonably required by Sublessor. Sublessee agrees to carry and maintain insurance against loss or damage by fire or such other risks or hazards as are insurable under then available standard forms of fire insurance policies with extended coverage, personal property equal to 100% of the full insurable value thereof.

All such insurance shall be written in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sublessor by an insurance company of recognized responsibility qualified to do business in Massachusetts and may be carried as part of a blanket policy (separately scheduled). Upon failure of Sublessee to procure, maintain and pay all premiums therefor, Sublessor at its option may, upon not less than three (3) days prior written notice, obtain said insurance on Sublessee's behalf, and Sublessee agrees to pay the cost thereof to Sublessor within five (5) days after receipt of written demand as additional rent. Sublessee shall cause to be included in all such insurance policies a provision to the effect that the same will be noncancellable and not permitted to lapse except upon thirty (30) days prior notice to Sublessor. On the Commencement Date appropriate certificates shall be deposited with Sublessor. Any renewals, replacements or endorsements thereto shall also be so deposited.

Sublessee shall indemnify and hold Sublessor harmless from and against all claims or damage (including attorneys' fees) to person or property occurring in or about the Building or arising from, related to or in connection with the use or occupancy of the Premises or the conduct, of Sublessee's business therein or therefrom (other than due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor, its agents or employees).

Sublessor shall indemnify and hold Sublessee harmless from and against all claims or damage (including attorneys' fees) to person or property accruing in or about the Property and arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor, its agents or employees.

Sublessor agrees to maintain, or have maintained, with insurance companies of recognized responsibility qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, in full force during the term hereof a policy or blanket policy or policies (separately scheduled) of all risk fire and casualty insurance covering the Building and Premises (excluding Sublessee's personal property) for the full replacement value and Sublessor shall deliver to Sublessee certificates of such insurance along with a fully executed copy of this Sublease.

10. MAINTENANCE

A. SUBLESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS

The Sublessee agrees to maintain the Premises in good condition, damage, by fire and other casualty only excepted, and whenever necessary, to replace plate glass and other glass therein, acknowledging that, except for Sublessor's obligations to be performed pursuant to Section 3 above, the Premises are now in good order and the glass whole. The Sublessee shall not permit the Premises to be overloaded, damaged, stripped, or defaced, nor suffer any waste. Sublessee shall


obtain written consent of Sublessor before erecting any sign on the Premises, and shall remove said sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Sublessee shall be responsible for maintaining, and upgrading if necessary, the Uninterruptible Power Supply (defined as a power protection system, manufactured by Liebert Corporation, through which the electric current for the computer system flows. This system is designed to eliminate power surges and short term power outages until the emergency generator can provide adequate power.) and generator system for computer room, at Sublessee's expense.

B. SUBLESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS

The Sublessor agrees at its sole cost to maintain the structure of the Building and all common areas, operating, electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems, except for the Uninterruptible Power Supply and generator system for the computer room which shall be Sublessee's sole responsibility, and the elevators in good operating condition and repair and in compliance with all applicable laws, reasonable wear and tear, damage by fire and other casualty only excepted, unless such maintenance is required by the Sublessee pursuant to this Sublease. Sublessor shall clean and maintain the common areas of the Building and the lobby in good condition and repair and shall keep all walkways and driveways reasonably clear of snow and ice. Sublessor shall maintain security and guard service at the same level of service as is provided to Sublessor at no additional cost to Sublessee. Sublessor shall provide nightly janitorial service to the Premises at the same level of service as is provided to Sublessor and in any event (i) bathrooms shall be cleaned nightly, (ii) carpets in the Premises shall be vacuumed weekly, (iii) trash removed nightly from the Premises and hallways and (iv) common areas of the Building shall be vacuumed nightly and (v) spot cleaning and internal window washing shall be provided as needed. Sublessor shall perform all obligations required of it under the Master Lease other than those obligations with respect to the Premises to be performed by Sublessee pursuant to the terms hereof. Sublessor shall not voluntarily amend, modify or cancel the Master Lease in any manner so as to adversely affect Sublessee's use and enjoyment of the Premises during the term of this Sublease. Sublessor warrants and represents to Sublessee that the Master Lease is in full force and effect and constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Sublessor and has not been modified except as noted above and there is no default by Sublessor thereunder.

11. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS

The Sublessee shall not make structural alterations or additions to Premises, but may make non-structural alterations provided the Sublessor consents thereto in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All such allowed alterations shall be at Sublessee's expense and shall be in quality at least equal to the present construction. Sublessee shall not permit any mechanics' liens, or similar liens, to remain upon the Premises for labor furnished to Sublessee or claimed to have been furnished to Sublessee in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been performed at the direction of Sublessee and shall cause any such lien to be released of record forthwith without cost to Sublessor. Any alterations or improvements made by the Sublessee shall become the property of the Sublessor at the termination of occupancy as provided herein. Sublessee, as a condition for receiving Sublessor's approval herein, may be required to remove said improvements or alterations at the expiration or earlier termination hereof.


Sublessor consents to the improvements to be performed by Sublessee as more particularly described in Attachment B hereto. Sublessee may make minor alterations (which shall be deemed to consist of those nonstructural alterations costing less than $10,000 in aggregate for each calendar year) without the consent of Sublessor. In addition, Sublessee, at its own expense, shall be permitted to place interior signage in the lobby of the Building, on the doors leading to the lobby of the Building and on floors in the Building in which the Premises are contained, and two "tombstones" at the Building entrances, front and rear, subject to the consent of Landlord and the consent of Sublessor, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided said tombstones shall meet all code requirements.

12. ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASING

The Sublessee shall not assign or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises without Sublessor's and Master Sublessor's prior written consents. Sublessor agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent to such Sublease. Notwithstanding such consents, Sublessee shall remain liable to Sublessor for the payment of all rent and for the full performance of the covenants and conditions of this Sublease.

13. SUBORDINATION

This Sublease shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments in the nature of a mortgage, now or at any time hereafter, a lien or liens on the property of which the Premises are a part and the Sublessee shall, when requested, promptly execute and deliver such written instruments as shall be necessary to show the subordination of this lease to said mortgages, deeds of trust, or other such instruments in the nature of a mortgage. Failure of Sublessee to execute said documents within five (5) business days shall constitute default hereunder and shall establish conclusively that this Sublease is subordinate to said instrument, that Sublessor is not in default hereunder, and that Subtenant has not paid more than one month's rent in advance. With respect to any such mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, Sublessee's obligations to subordinate shall be conditioned upon the holder of such mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument executing and delivering to Sublessee a nondisturbance and attornment agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sublessee and such holder.

14. SUBLESSOR'S ACCESS

The Sublessor or agents of the Sublessor may, at reasonable times and in case of emergency, enter to view the Premises and may remove placards and signs not approved and affixed as herein provided, and make repairs and alterations as Sublessor should elect to do and may show the Premises to others, and at any time within three (3) months before the expiration of the Term, may affix to any suitable part of the Premises a notice for letting or selling Premises or Building and keep the same so affixed without hindrance or molestation.


15. INDEMNIFICATIONS AND LIABILITY

The Sublessee shall save the Sublessor harmless from all loss and damage occasioned by the use or escape of water or by the bursting of pipes, as well as from any claim or damage resulting from neglect in not removing snow and ice from the roof or the building or from the sidewalks bordering upon the Premises so leased, or by any nuisance made or suffered on the Premises, unless such loss is caused by the neglect of the Sublessor, its agents or employees. The removal of snow and ice from the sidewalks and parking areas bordering upon the Premises shall be Sublessor's responsibility.

16. FIRE, CASUALTY, EMINENT DOMAIN

Should a substantial portion of the Premises, or of the Building, be substantially damaged by fire, or other casualty, or be taken by eminent domain and Sublessor is not reasonably able to restore such property within six (6) months, then Sublessor may elect to terminate this lease by written notice to Sublessee given within Sixty (60) days of such casualty or taking. When such fire, casualty, or taking renders the Premises substantially unsuitable for their intended use, a just and proportionate abatement of rent shall be made, and the Sublessee may elect to terminate this lease if:

A. the Sublessor fails to give written notice within sixty (60) days of intention to restore the Building and the Premises; or

B. the Sublessor fails to restore the Building and Premises to a condition substantially suitable for their intended use within eight (8) months after said fire, casualty, or taking.

The Sublessor reserves, and the Sublessee grants to the Sublessor, all rights and compensation which the Sublessee may have or receive for damages or injury to the Premises for any taking by eminent domain, except for damage to the Sublessee's fixtures, personal property, or equipment. Notwithstanding the above, Sublessee shall have the right to pursue compensation for damages suffered as a result of any eminent domain action.

17. DEFAULT AND BANKRUPTCY

In the event that:

A. the Sublessee shall default in the payment of any installment of rent or other sum herein specified and such default shall continue for five (5) days after written notice thereof; or

B. the Sublessee shall default in the observance or performance of any other of the Sublessee's covenants, agreements, or obligations hereunder and such default shall not be corrected within thirty (30) days after written. notice or such longer period as may be reasonably .necessary to cure such default, provided that Sublessee commences to cure such default within thirty
(30) days after written notice and diligently prosecutes such default to completion; or


C. the Sublessee shall be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, or, if any assignment shall be made of Sublessee's property for the benefit of creditors,

then the Sublessor shall have the right thereafter, while such default continues, to re-enter and take complete possession of the Premises, to declare the Term ended, and remove the Sublessee's effects without prejudice to any remedies which might be otherwise used for arrears of rent or other default. The Sublessee shall indemnify the Sublessor against all loss of rent and other payments which the Sublessor may incur by reason of such termination during. the residue of the term. If the Sublessee shall default, after reasonable notice thereof, in the observance or performance of any conditions or covenants on Sublessee's part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of any of the provisions in any article of this Sublease, the Sublessor, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may remedy such default for the account and at the expense of the Sublessee. If the Sublessor makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees in instituting, prosecuting, or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligations incurred, with interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum and costs, shall be paid to the Sublessor by the Sublessee as additional rent.

18. RIGHT TO RELOCATE

The Sublessor shall have no right to relocate Sublessee at any time during the Term, unless Sublessee agrees to relocation in advance.

19. PARKING

Sublessor will provide Sublessee with reasonable access to parking spaces in the parking area adjacent to the Building and shall maintain, repair and light such parking area and be responsible for the removal of snow and ice from such parking area in keeping with the Master Lease, and at no cost to Sublessee. Sublessor shall designate for Sublessee's exclusive use one handicapped parking space next to the handicapped elevator in the Building.

20. CAFETERIA, CONFERENCE CENTER

During the Term, Sublessor shall provide Sublessee reasonable access to and use of Sublessor's cafeteria facilities and services during Sublessor's normal hours of operation. Sublessor shall permit Sublessee to use Sublessor's conference center, including all audio/visual equipment located in the conference center, at a cost of $1,000 per day subject to availability.

21. NOTICE

Any notice from the Sublessor to the Sublessee relating to the Premises or this Sublease shall be deemed duly served if mailed to the Sublessee at the Premises, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Sublessee with a copy of such notice being sent


to Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, MA 02109; attn Michael H. Glazer, P.C. Any notice from the Sublessee to the Sublessor relating to the Premises or this Sublease shall be deemed duly served, if mailed to the Sublessor by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Sublessor at the address below or such address as the Sublessor may from time to time advise in writing. All rent and notices shall be paid and sent to the Sublessor at One High Street, North Andover, Massachusetts 01845, unless and until Sublessor notifies Sublessee to the contrary.

22. SURRENDER

The Sublessee shall at the expiration or other termination of this Sublease remove all Sublessee's goods and effects from the Premises (including, without hereby limiting the generality of the foregoing, all signs and lettering affixed or painted by the Sublessee or on Sublessee's behalf, either inside or outside the Premises). Sublessee shall deliver to the Sublessor the Premises and all keys, locks thereto, and other fixtures connected therewith and all alterations and additions made to or upon the Premises (unless removal is required as a condition of Sublessor's consent), in good condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty only excepted. In the event of the Sublessee's failure to remove any of Sublessee's property from the Premises, Sublessor is hereby authorized, without liability to Sublessee for loss or damage thereto, and at the sole risk of Sublessee, to remove and store any of the property at Sublessee's expense, or to retain same under Sublessor's control or to sell at public or private sale, without notice any or all of the property not so removed and to apply the net proceeds of such sale to the payment of any sum due hereunder, or to destroy such property.

23. QUIET ENJOYMENT

Sublessor covenants that Sublessee, on paying the rent and performing its obligations under this lease, shall peacefully and quietly have, hold, and enjoy the Premises, free from disturbance by Sublessor and anyone claiming by, through, or under Sublessor, subject to this Sublease and the provisions of law and rights of record to which this Sublease may become subordinate pursuant to the terms hereof.

24. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

Sublessor and Sublessee will each use its best efforts to cause all policies of fire; extended coverage, and other physical damage insurance covering the Premises, the Building, and any property therein to contain the insurers' waiver of subrogation and consent to pre-loss rights over by the insured. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Sublease to contrary, Sublessor and Sublessee respectively waive all claims and rights to recover against the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered by insurance containing said clause or endorsement to the extent of the injury or loss covered thereby.

If such provision or waiver is not obtainable without the payment of an additional premium, the party hereto and the party giving such notice shall be relieved of its obligation to obtain or


continue such provision or waiver in its policy or policies unless, in the case in which the same is obtainable upon payment of an additional premium, the other party pays such additional premium.

25. BROKERAGE

Sublessor and Sublessee represent and warrant that they have dealt with no other broker than The Codman Company representing Sublessor and Sam Oddo Inc. representing Sublessee in connection with this transaction and that no other broker, agent, or other person has brought about this transaction. Sublessor and Sublessee indemnify and hold each other harmless from the claims of other broker, agent, or person claiming any form of compensation by virtue of this transaction. Sublessor shall pay a brokerage commission in accordance with the Brokerage Agreement between Sublessor and The Codman Company. Payment of a brokerage commission to Sam Oddo Inc. shall be the responsibility of The Codman Company s and not the responsibility of Sublessor or Sublessee.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said parties hereunto set their hands and seals this __th day of July, 2001.

/s/ Marsden S. Cason                      /s/ Signature illegible
------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
               SUBLESSEE                                  SUBLESSOR


                                          /s/ Robert W. Bell
------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
               SUBLESSEE                                  SUBLESSOR


NORTH ANDOVER HIGH STREET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

C/O YALE PROPERTIES (USA) INC.

6256 GREENWICH DRIVE, SUITE 230

SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92122

TELEPHONE 619.535.8111

TELEFAX 619.535.8199

CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

August 13, 2001

Schneider Automation Inc.                 Converse Inc.
One High Street                           One Fordham Road
North Andover, Massachusetts 01845        North Reading, MA 01864


Re:   Property:               North Andover Mills, High Street, North Andover,
                              Massachusetts

      Landlord:               North Andover High Street Limited Partnership;
                              successor in title to NAM Partners Limited
                              Partnership

      Prime Tenant:           Schneider Automation Inc.

      Prime Lease:            "Lease" between North Andover Mills Realty Limited
                              Partnership and Gould, Inc., dated August 28,
                                1986, as. amended

      Sublet Premises:        The entirety of the third (3rd), fourth (4th) and
                              fifth (5th) floors of Building 14 of the Property,
                              consisting of approximately 65,800 square feet, as
                              more particularly_ shown in the Sublease.

      Subtenant:              Converse, Inc.

      Date of Sublease:       As of July 27, 2001

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to terms of the Prime Lease, you have asked for Landlord's consent to the Sublease, a true, complete and correct copy of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit A and made a part hereof.

This document (the "Consent") evidences Landlord's consent to the Sublease upon the following express terms and conditions:


1. The Sublease is and continues to be subject and subordinate to the Prime Lease and to all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements in the Prime Lease and in this Consent.

2. Neither the Sublease nor this Consent shall: .

(a) release or discharge the Prime Tenant from any liability, whether present or future, under the Prime Lease;

(b) operate as a consent or approval by Landlord to any of the particular terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of the Sublease and Landlord shall not be bound thereby;

(c) be construed to modify, waive or affect any of the terms, covens, conditions, provisions or agreements of the Prime Lease, or to waive any breach thereof, or any of the rights of Landlord thereunder, or to enlarge or increase Landlord's obligations or Prime Tenant's rights thereunder; or

(d) be construed as a consent by Landlord to any further subletting either by Prime Tenant or by Subtenant or to any assignment by Prime Tenant of the Prime Lease or assignment by the Subtenant of the Sublease, whether or not the Sublease purports to permit the same and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, both Prime Tenant and Subtenant agree that the Subtenant has no right, without having caused Prime Tenant to obtain the prior written consent of the Landlord, to assign, mortgage or encumber the Sublease nor to sublet any portion of the Sublet Premises nor to permit any portion of the Sublet Premises to be used or occupied by any other party.

3. In the event of Prime Tenant's continued default beyond any applicable notice and/or cure periods under the provisions: of the Prime Lease, the rent due from the Subtenant under the Sublease shall be deemed assigned to Landlord and Landlord shall have the right at any time thereafter to give notice of such assignment to the Subtenant. Landlord shall credit Prime Tenant with any rent received by Landlord under such assignment, but the acceptance of any payment on account of rent from the Subtenant as the result of any such default shall in no manner whatsoever be deemed an attornment by the Subtenant to Landlord in the absence of a specific written agreement signed by Landlord to such effect, or serve to release Prime Tenant from any liability under the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of the Prime Lease.

4. Any breach or violation of any provision of the Prime Lease by Subtenant shall be deemed to be and shall constitute a default by Prime Tenant under the Prime Lease.

5. Prime Tenant and Subtenant agree and acknowledge that Landlord's consent herein is not an assignment or partial assignment of the Prime Lease, and thus does not create any privity of contract relative to the Prime Lease. This Consent shall not create nor be deemed to be the basis of creating any covenant, representation or warranty, express or implied (including, without limitation, any covenant of quiet enjoyment), on the part of Landlord with respect to the terms of the Sublease, Subtenant's use and enjoyment of the Sublet Premises, or any other matter arising out of or in


connection with the Sublease. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Sublease to the contrary, Subtenant shall have no right to enforce any of Prime Tenant's rights under the Prime Lease against the Landlord, all of such rights being personal to the Prime Tenant.

6. The term of the Sublease shall expire and come to an end on the earliest of (i) its natural expiration date, (ii) any earlier termination date,
(iii) the natural expiration date of the Prime Lease, or (iv) any earlier termination of the Prime Lease for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, any termination by mutual consent or other right, now or hereafter agreed to by Landlord or Prime Tenant, or by operation of law or at Landlord's option in the event of a default by Prime Tenant). Upon the expiration or any earlier termination of the term of the Sublease, Subtenant shall vacate the Sublet Premises on or before such date, provided, however, that if the Prime Lease shall expire or terminate during the term of the Sublease, Landlord, in its sole discretion (upon written notice given to Prime Tenant and Subtenant not later than the effective date of such expiration or termination and without any additional further agreement of any kind on the part of the Subtenant), may elect to continue the Sublease with the same force and effect as if Landlord as lessor and Subtenant as tenant had entered into a lease as of such effective date for a term equal to the then unexpired term of the Sublease and containing the same terms and conditions as those contained in the Sublease. In such event, Subtenant shall attorn to Landlord, and Landlord and Subtenant shall have the same rights, obligations and remedies thereunder as were had by Prime Tenant and Subtenant thereunder prior to such effective date, respectively, except that in no event shall Landlord be (a) liable for any act or omission by Prime Tenant,
(b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Subtenant had or might have against Prime Tenant, (c) bound by any rent or additional rent or other payment paid. by Subtenant to Prime Tenant in advance, or (d) bound by any amendment or modification to the Sublease not consented to by Landlord. In the event of the failure of Subtenant to vacate the Sublet Premises at the end of the term of the Prime Lease (if Landlord declines to elect to continue the Sublease) or at the end of the Sublease term (if Landlord elects to continue the Sublease), Landlord shall be entitled to exercise, as against Subtenant, all the rights and remedies available to a landlord against a tenant holding over after the expiration of a term, including, without limitation, the rights and remedies available to Landlord under the Prime Lease against Prime Tenant for holding over after the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Prime Lease.

7. Both Prime Tenant and Subtenant shall be and continue to be jointly and severally liable for all invoices rendered by Landlord for charges incurred by or imposed upon Subtenant for any services rendered and materials supplied to the Sublet Premises.

8. This Consent is not assignable, nor shall this Consent be deemed a consent to any amendment or modification of the Sublease without Landlord's prior written consent.

9. Prime Tenant and Subtenant covenant and agree that under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any brokerage commission or other charge or expense in connection with the Sublease, and Prime Tenant and Subtenant agree to indemnify Landlord against same and against any cost or expense (including but not limited to attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with any claim for any such brokerage commission.


10. Subtenant agrees, at its expense, to maintain at all times during its occupancy of the Sublet Premises or any other space in the Building, the insurance policies required to be maintained by Prime Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Prime Lease. All such policies shall name Landlord, North Andover High Street II, LLC and any property manager designated by Landlord as additional insureds, and shall contain clauses which provide that such insurance shall not be cancelled or not renewed by the provider thereof without thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Landlord of such cancellation or non-renewal. Subtenant shall, prior to the commencement of the term of the Sublease, and within ten (10) days after request therefor by Landlord, deliver to Landlord certificates evidencing said insurance.

11. Subtenant and Prime Tenant each acknowledge that applicable laws prohibit multiple tenants or occupants of the individual floors comprising the Sublet Premises, as the same is presently constructed. Subtenant and Prime Tenant therefore agree that so long as Subtenant occupies any portion of the Sublet Premises, Prime Tenant shall have no right to occupy any portion of the Sublet Premises without Landlord's prior consent, with the effect that there shall be only one (1) occupant of each individual floor comprising the Sublet Premises at all times. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to the occupancy of the Sublet Premises by multiple tenants (and Landlord shall grant its consent to Prime Tenant's occupancy) provided (in each case) appropriate improvements are hereafter constructed to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction and in any event in such a manner so that multiple tenants may occupy any such floor in compliance with all applicable law relating thereto.

12. Subtenant and Prime Tenant shall be permitted to perform any alterations to the Sublet Premises permitted under the terms of the Prime Lease, provided the cost and expense of the same shall be borne entirely by such parties and shall result in no cost to Landlord, and the performance of such alterations shall in any event be and remain expressly subject to full compliance with all applicable state, federal and local laws, regulations and ordinances, as well as each and every term of the Prime Lease, including, without limitation, Article 13 thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Prime Tenant and Subtenant expressly agree that in no event shall any partition, demising wall or any other alteration to the Sublet Premises designed to partition any portion of the Sublet Premises into space to be occupied by multiple occupants (including Prime Tenant) be performed without Landlord's prior consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and provided such alterations are in full compliance with all applicable law). Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord hereby consents to the performance of the work shown in the permit set of plans dated as of July 27, 2001 prepared by Siemasko
+ Verbridge Inc. Architectural and Interior Design Firm and submitted to Landlord. The following drawings have been reviewed and approved for construction: Drawings dated July 27, 2001, T1, D1, D2, D3, and Al through A9.

13. Landlord's consent herein shall not constitute an agreement, representation, warranty or verification that the Sublease is in compliance with the Prime Lease or that the Sublet Premises are fit for Subtenant's purposes.

14. Prime Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that no compensation or consideration of any kind other than as expressly set forth in the Sublease or this Consent has been, or will be, paid by Subtenant to Prime Tenant in connection with the Sublease.


15. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Sublease to the contrary, Landlord shall have no obligation to deliver any notices or copies of notices to Subtenant, and no obligation to accept, consider or respond to any request, inquiry, demand or other communication from Subtenant, whether of a type described in the Prime Lease, the Sublease or otherwise.

16. Except as between Subtenant and Prime Tenant, in the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Prime Lease and the terms and provisions of the Sublease, the terms and provisions of the Prime Lease shall control, unaffected by the Sublease. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Consent and the Sublease, the terms and provisions of this Consent shall control.

17. Without implied waiver of any of Landlord's rights under the Lease or this Consent, Prime Tenant and Subtenant agree that Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its consent to any future assignment or sublease of all or any portion of the Prime Tenant's Demised Premises, in Landlord's sole discretion and without any liability to Prime Tenant, in the event that such proposed assignment or sublease (a) is to a party which, during the term of this Lease, is, was ever, or has previously negotiated with Landlord to be, a tenant (or a sublessee, successor or assignee of such a tenant) of Landlord (or an affiliate of Landlord), at the Property, or (b) does not provide for the construction of improvements (at no expense to Landlord) to partition via interior walls, doors and other improvements to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction and in any event in compliance with all applicable law) any partial floor of the Demised Premises to be demised thereunder from the remainder of the Demised Premises (including any portion of the Demised Premises previously sublet or transferred). In such an event, such demising improvements shall be considered a cost directly incurred in connection with such sublease or transfer.

18. Prime Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Prime Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand all reasonable attorney's fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the Sublease and this Consent. Prime Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, in advance and on a monthly basis, an amount (the "Sublease Profit") equal to fifty percent (50%) of the amount by which the monthly rent payable by Subtenant under the Sublease exceeds the sum of (a) Prime Tenant's monthly payments of Fixed Rent and Tenant's Percentage of Taxes and Expenses payable under the Prime Lease and allocable to the Sublet Premises and (b) all of Prime Tenant's out-of-pocket expenses directly incurred in connection with the Sublease, amortized monthly on a straight-line basis over the term of the Sublease. A spreadsheet detailing all of Prime Tenant's out of-pocket costs and the payments of Fixed Rent and Taxes and Expenses allocable to the Sublet Premises, in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, shall be tendered by Prime Tenant to Landlord within 90 days of the date of this Consent together with a full accounting of Prime Tenant's out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Sublease. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to review Prime Tenant's books and records and require Prime Tenant to substantiate its accountings with respect to such costs, and Landlord and Prime Tenant shall make adjustments to the Sublease Profit based on the actual amounts received and properly expended by Prime Tenant as a result of the Sublease. Prime Tenant further agrees that in no event shall Landlord be required to recognize and give due credit to Prime Tenant in the computation of Sublease Profit, whether for the Sublease or for any future sublease or assignment of any portion of Prime Tenant's Demised Premises, for any out-of-pocket costs of Prime Tenant other than those categories/line items listed on Exhibit B hereto.


19. Without waiving any rights or objections with respect to any future requests or Landlord's consent to any future sublease, Prime Tenant and Subtenant, by their signatures below, expressly acknowledge and agree that (i) the foregoing conditions and agreements provide a material inducement to Landlord's agreement to provide its consent to the Sublease, (ii) that Landlord has represented to Prime Tenant and Subtenant that it would not otherwise have provided such consent without Prime Tenant and Subtenant's collective agreement with the foregoing terms and conditions, and (iii) that Landlord would have been within its rights under the terms of the Lease to withhold such consent absent Prime Tenant and Subtenant's collective agreement with the foregoing terms and conditions.

20. This Consent shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be changed or terminated orally or by course of conduct, but only by a written agreement signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Lease. The execution of a copy of this Consent by Prime Tenant and by Subtenant shall indicate the joint and several confirmation of the foregoing conditions and their agreement to be bound thereby and shall constitute their representation that the copy of the Sublease annexed hereto is true, complete and correct.

[continued on following page]


This consent shall be null and void unless a duly countersigned copy is returned to Landlord not later than seven (7) business days following the date first above written.

Very truly yours,

LANDLORD:                         North Andover High Street Limited Partnership

                                  By:  North Andover High Street II, L.L.C.,
                                       its general partner

                                       By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Robert Mashaal, a member

CONFIRMED AND AGREED:

PRIME TENANT:                     SCHNEIDER AUTOMATION INC.,
                                  a Delaware corporation

                                  By:  /s/ Robert W. Bell
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                  Its: Corporate Secretary
                                       ----------------------------------------

                                  Date: 8/21/01
                                        ---------------------------------------


PRIME TENANT:                     CONVERSE INC.,
                                  a Delaware corporation

                                  By:  /s/ Marsden S. Cason
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                  Its:
                                       ----------------------------------------

                                  Date:
                                        ---------------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.6

AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE - NET
(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

1. BASIC PROVISIONS ("BASIC PROVISIONS").

1.1 PARTIES: This Lease ("Lease"), dated for reference purposes only, May ____, 2002, is made by and between PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Iowa Corporation ("LESSOR") and CONVERSE INC., a Delaware corporation ("LESSEE"), (collectively the "PARTIES," or Individually a "PARTY").

1.2 PREMISES: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as the Northeast corner of Etiwanda and Jurupa in the City of the City of Fontana (the "City"), located in the County of San Bernardino, State of California, and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the "PROJECT", if the property is located within a Project) approximately 250,430 square foot freestanding concrete and steel tilt-up industrial building located on approximately 13.4 acres of land
("PREMISES"). (See also Paragraph 2.)

Subject to Lessors obligations described in this Section 1.2 and in Section 2.2, below, Lessee is leasing the Premises in an AS-IS condition. Lessee has had the full opportunity to inspect and approve the condition of the Premises. Lessee acknowledges that there are no other improvements of any type which are not present in the Premises as they exist as of April 2, 2002 which are to be provided by Lessor, except for the completion of the (i) base building in accordance with the plans, specifications and working drawings approved for it by the City, and (ii) Tenant Improvements, as set forth below.

Subject to the limitations set forth herein, including, without limitation, those with respect to the Lessor's maximum contribution to the cost of certain items thereof, Lessor shall construct or cause to be constructed for Lessee certain improvements ("Tenant Improvements"). Except in the event that the cost of any items subject to maximum cost contributions, ("MCC's") are exceeded, in which event the Lessee shall bear such cost, Lessor shall pay the costs of the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvements shall consist of the following:

1. Installation of a complete ESFR system prior to the Commencement Date, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by Lessor's consultants, to include fully automatic wet pipe fire system, 75 psi, with all pumps, hydrants, alarms, emergency fire exits and other equipment required to provide a complete ESFR system in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

2. Provided 1,200 AMP, 277/480 VAC, 3 phase, 4 wired electrical service to the Building, expandable, at Lessee's expense, to 2,000 amps in the future.

3. 350 watt pulse start HID lamps, providing 30 foot candle lighting in the warehouse area, and 40 foot candle lighting in the staging area. All lighting fixtures shall be equipped with 15 foot extension whips, and shall be the same as those in the 4450 Lowell Street Building (the "Original Building").

4. 6" diameter steel, concrete filled bollards at (i) all truck door locations,
(ii) 2 each at interior power panel, and sprinkler riser locations, (iii) 2 at interior and exterior of drive in door locations, and (iv) exterior pad mounted equipment, transformers, gas rises, and fire hydrants.

5. Construct 3,000 square feet of single story office space with standard commercial finishes and utility supply and outlet and fixture placement, with legally sufficient restrooms to accommodate fifty (50) employees. The maximum allowance for the office space, including all restrooms and ceiling, wall, and floor finishes shall be One Hundred Thirty Five Thousand Dollars ($135,000.00).

6. Provide protective guard rails for the entire length of the office walls adjacent to the warehouse areas.


7. Warehouse ceiling to be insulated with white foil type insulation with scrim reinforcing, on the underside of the roof sheathing, stapled to the joists, and ventilated to prevent condensation.

8. Powered and thermostat controlled roof ventilation to accommodate at least one air change per hour. Minimum of two percent (2%) of mechanically ventilated skylights to meet local fire codes for high-pile Class IV commodities with narrow aisle storage capabilities.

9. All interior walls and columns painted off-white. All columns painted yellow for the first ten (10) feet from the floor.

10. Lessor to provide a $2,500.00 allowance for signage, to be used in accordance with paragraph 34, below.

11. Asphalt paved parking for 104 cars.

12. Concrete paved, fenced and secured (on going security to be provided by Lessee) truck yards sufficient for parking approximately Seventy Two (72) truck trailers. Southern California Edison ("SCE") License Area, as defined below, shall be improved to same truck yard standards to the extent permissible under the governing document for such area. Said governing document is that certain License Agreement for SCE's Property No. PSETV643J22, dated January 9, 2002, between SCE as Licensor, and Lessor as Licensee, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "License Agreement"). The SCE License Area shall be the area described in the License Agreement as the "Site".

13. One (1) 9' x 10' dock door equipped for electrical service to accommodate a trash compactor (by Lessee).

14. Twenty (20) of the fifty eight (58) dock high doors in the Building to be equipped with 35,000 pound mechanical load levers, seals, and dock lights. The Building also will have one (1) grade level door.

15. Twenty five (25) forklift battery charging stations, located adjacent to the electrical room, with required eyewash, ventilation and other equipment required for the stations to satisfy all applicable governmental laws, rules, and regulations.

Lessor and Lessee shall cooperate to finalize the plans, specifications and working drawings for the Tenant Improvements, which shall be consistent with the terms hereof. Upon mutual approval of the plans, specifications, and working drawings, the parties shall execute a copy of same, indicating their agreement to them. Lessee acknowledges that full cooperation and prompt responses and approvals are necessary in order for Lessor to be able to cause the completion of the Tenant Improvements in time for Lessee's preferred occupancy date. Accordingly, Lessee agrees that it shall have approved the plans, specifications and working drawings for the Tenant Improvement no later than May 8, 2002, and the failure to do so shall constitute a Lessee Delay for purposes of this Lease. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed by a contractor or specialty contractors selected by Lessor (each, a "Contractor"), pursuant to arm's length contract(s) entered into with Lessor.

At the request of Lessee, Lessor and Lessee shall communicate on a weekly basis concerning the ongoing progress of the Tenant Improvements, including the estimated completion date.

As used herein, the Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be substantially complete at such time as Lessor has completed the Tenant Improvements to the point where it is useable by Lessee, with all the Tenant Improvements in place, but subject to "punch list" items, i.e., items to completed, added, or modified but which do not unreasonably interfere with Lessee's use and enjoyment of the premises (See also Paragraph 3.)

As used herein, "Lessee Delay" shall mean any delay in the commencement or completion of the Tenant Improvements caused by Lessee, including, without limitation, Lessee's delay in approving any working drawings or plans and specifications with respect to which Lessee's approval, change orders resulting in delays, or interference by Lessee, or Its contractors, consultants, or fixture installers with the orderly progress of the construction of the Tenant Improvements.


Lessor shall have no obligation to contribute or advance any funds; or undertake any work or improvements except as provided expressly herein, and Lessee shall bear all other costs for all work, improvements, furniture, fixtures, and equipment. (see also Paragraph 2.)

1.3 TERM: Six years and one month ("ORIGINAL TERM") commencing September 1, 2002 ("COMMENCEMENT DATE") and ending September 30, 2008
("EXPIRATION DATE"). (See also Paragraph 3.)

1.4 EARLY POSSESSION: Subject to the limitations set forth below, the LESSEE SHALL BE ALLOWED TO ENTER THE PREMISES FOR THE PURPOSES OF INSTALLING ITS FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, provided that Lessee has then provided Lessor with copies of Certificates of Insurance, complying in all respects with the terms of this Lease, for all insurance required to be carried hereunder (the "Lessee Insurance Evidence"). Lessor shall make the Building available for Lessee's Early Possession upon the later to occur of (i) the providing to Lessor of Lessee's Insurance Evidence, the completion of mutual Lease execution, and the delivery to Lessor of all funds required to be delivered on or before Lease Commencement, including, without limitation, the Security Deposit as described in Paragraph 1.7, below, and the Base Rent to be paid upon execution, as described in Paragraph 1.6, below, and (ii) the completion of the building shell to the point where it is weather proof and lockable, which the parties acknowledge shall be no sooner than June 10, 2002. Lessee acknowledges that the ESFR system for the Building will not be completed upon the delivery to Lessee of the Building for such Early Possession, and that the earliest anticipated completion date for the ESFR is July 1, 2002. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor will be completing the shell Building and related improvements and constructing Lessee's Tenant Improvements during the period of Early Possession, and that accordingly the ability of Lessee to freely install its fixtures and equipment or otherwise use the Premises during this period will be limited by Lessor's activities in the Premises. Lessee agrees that in all events Lessor shall have priority over Lessee in construction or similar activities, that Lessee will follow all reasonable rules and regulations concerning its activities in and about the Premises during this period promulgated by Lessor, Its Contractor, or Property Manager: Due to the ongoing construction and other activities, Lessee hereby forever releases and discharges Lessor, its contractors, agents, employees, and managers from and against any and all claims of loss, damage or injury to persons or property, including, without limitation, its product inventory, which loss, damage or injury occurs, or is alleged to have occurred, during the period of Early Possession, except to the extent caused by Lessor's gross negligence or intentional malfeasance. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor does not guarantee or warrant the safety of the Premises, or its security during such period, as construction and other activities will be ongoing.

("EARLY POSSESSION DATE"). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.)

1.5 BASE RENT: $70,120.40 per month ("BASE RENT"), payable on the first day of each month commencing September 1, 2002, but subject to the adjustments and abatements described below. (See also Paragraph 4.)

[ ] If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

The Rent for months 4 through 36 shall be $70,120.40 and Base Rent for months 37 through 73 shall be $75,129.00. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation paragraphs 1.4 and 13.3, Base Rent, real property taxes, insurance and other building or project expenses shall be abated for the first three (3) months of the Term. Such Rent and expense abatements shall be considered inducements within the meaning of paragraph 13.3 of this Lease.

As Additional Rent, Lessee shall also pay a Management Fee equal to One and One-half Percent (1-1/2%) of the Base Rent, payable monthly in advance with each payment of Base Rent. Lessee shall also pay to Lessor with each monthly installment of Base Rent all amounts due pursuant to the License Agreement. Lessor shall advise Lessee of any changes in such amounts reasonably in advance of their due date.

1.6 BASE RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION: $140,280.80 as Base Rent for the period December __,2002 and January 2003.


1.7 SECURITY DEPOSIT: $105,180.00 ("SECURITY DEPOSIT"). (See also
Paragraph 5.)

1.8 AGREED USE: WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION OF FOOTWEAR, APPAREL, AND
RELATED ACCESSORIES. (See also Paragraph 6.)

1.9 INSURING PARTY: Lessor is the "INSURING PARTY" unless otherwise stated herein: (See also Paragraph 8.)

1.10 REAL ESTATE BROKERS: (See also Paragraph 15.)

(a) REPRESENTATION: The following real estate brokers (collectively, the "Brokers") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction: (Check applicable boxes):

[x] Cushman & Wakefield represents Lessor exclusively ("LESSOR'S BROKER");

[x] CB Richard Ellis represents Lessee exclusively ("LESSEE'S BROKER"); or

[ ] none represents both Lessor and Lessee ("DUAL AGENCY").

(b) PAYMENT TO BROKERS: Lessor shall pay to the Broker the fee agreed to in their separate written agreement for the brokerage services rendered by the Broker), as and when set forth therein.

1.11 GUARANTOR. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by none ("Guarantor"). (See also Paragraph 37.)

2. PREMISES.

2.1 LETTING. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less. During the term of this Lease, Lessee shall have the exclusive right to use 106 parking spaces which are on the property where the Building is located.

2.2 CONDITION. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date, and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee within thirty (30) days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ("HVAC"), loading doors, landscape irrigation system and parking lot, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date and that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the "BUILDING") shall be free of material defects. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date, Lessor shall, as Lessor's sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as other otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting froth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor's expense. If, after the Commencement Date, Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of any non-compliance with this warranty within: (i) one year as to the surface of the roof, (ii) six (6) months as to the HVAC systems, (iii) thirty (30) days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building, correction of such non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense. Lessee shall notify Lessor of any claimed defect in the terms which are Lessor's responsibility under paragraph 7.2, below, as soon as practicable after Lessee discovers same, failing which Lessee shall be responsible for any damage caused by its failure to provide such notice to Lessor and thereby provide Lessor an opportunity to repair same.

2.3 COMPLIANCE. Lessor warrants that the improvements on the Premises and the Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Lessor upon completion, comply with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, building codes, regulations and ordinances ("APPLICABLE


REQUIREMENTS") in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises or to any Alterations or Utility installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning is appropriate for Lessee's intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6) months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed (as opposed to being in existence at the Start Date, which is addressed in Paragraph 6.2(e) below) so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Building ("CAPITAL EXPENDITURE"), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by :Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two (2) years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds six (6) months' Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessee's termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to six (6) months' Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least ninety (90) days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), the Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the obligation to pay for such costs pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.1(c); provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor's termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with interest, from Rent until Lessor's share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor's share, or if the balance o the Rend due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in quality of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, and Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee's intended use; (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises; and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor's agents, nor any Broker has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (a) Broker has made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee's ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises; and (b) it is Lessor's sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.


3. TERM.

3.1 TERM. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 EARLY POSSESSION. Except as otherwise set forth herein, if Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the prior of such early possession. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all other terms of this Lease (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall however, be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 DELAY IN POSSESSION. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. IF, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefore, nor shall such failure affect the validity of their Lease.

3.4 LESSEE COMPLIANCE. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee unless Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Ate, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. RENT.

4.1 RENT DEFINED. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ("RENT").

4.2 PAYMENT. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one (1) full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor's rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor's endorsement of any check so stating.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee's faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Lessee shall


within ten (10) days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control or Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on said change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within fourteen
(14) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent, and otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. USE.

6.1 USE. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturb owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to neighboring properties. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's objections to the change in use.

6.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

6.2.1 DEFINITIONS.

(a) "Hazardous Material" means any substance, whether solid, liquid or gaseous in nature:

(i) the presence of which requires investigation or remediation under any federal, state or local statute, regulation ordinance, order, action, policy or common law, or

(ii) which is or becomes defined as a "hazardous waste," "hazardous substance," pollutant or contaminant under any federal, state or local statute, regulation, rule or ordinance or amendments thereto including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et sect.) and or the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.
Section 8401 et seq.) the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C.
Section 2601 et seq.), and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C.
Section 651 et seq.), as these law have been amended or supplemented; or

(iii) which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic, or otherwise hazardous or is or becomes regulated by any governmental authority, agency, department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality of the United States, the State of California or any political subdivision thereof, or


(iv) the presence of which on the Property causes or threatens to cause a nuisance upon the Property or to adjacent properties or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on or about the Property; or

(v) the presence of which on adjacent properties could constitute a trespass by Lessee; or

(vi) without limitation which contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum hydrocarbons; or

(vii) without limitation which contains polychlorinated biphenyls, (PCBs), asbestos or urea formaldehyde foam insulation; or

(viii) without limitation with contains radon gas.

(b) "Environmental Requirements" means all applicable present and future:

(i) statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders, approvals, plans, authorizations, concessions, franchises, and similar items (including, but not limited to those pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigations and remediation), of all Governmental Agencies; and

(ii) all applicable judicial, administrative, and regulatory decrees, judgments, and orders relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including, without limitation, all requirements pertaining to emissions, discharges, releases, or threatened cases of Hazardous Materials or chemical substances into the air, surface water, groundwater or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials or chemical substances.

(c) "Environmental Damages" means all claims, judgments, damages, losses, penalties, fines, liabilities (including strict liability), encumbrances, liens, costs, and expenses (including the expense of investigation and defense of any claim, whether or not such claim is ultimately defeated, or the amount of any good faith settlement or judgment arising from any such claim) of whatever kind or nature, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable to unforeseeable (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and consultants' fees) any of which are incurred at any time as a result of the existence of Hazardous Material upon, about, or beneath the Property or migrating or threatening to migrate to or from the Property, or the existence of a violation of Environmental Requirements pertaining to the Property and the activities thereon, regardless of whether the existence of such Hazardous Material or the violation of Environmental Requirements arose prior to the present ownership or operation of the Property. Environmental Damages include, without limitation:

(i) damages for personal injury or injury to property or natural resources occurring upon or off of the Property, including, without limitation, lost profits, consequential damages, the cost of demolition and rebuilding of any improvements on real property, interest, penalties and damages arising from claims brought by or on behalf of employees of Lessee (with respect to which Lessee waives any right to raise as a defense against Lessor any immunity to which it may be entitled under any industrial or worker's compensation laws);

(ii) fees, costs or expenses incurred for the service of attorneys, consultants, contractors, experts, laboratories and all other costs incurred in connection with the investigation or remediation of such Hazardous Materials or violation of any feasibility studies or reports or the performance of any cleanup, remediation, removal, response, abatement, containment, closure, restoration or monitoring work required by any Governmental Agency or reasonably necessary to make full economic use of the Property or any other property in a manner consistent with its current use or otherwise expended in connection with such conditions, and including without limitation any attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the provisions of this Lease or collecting any sums due hereunder;

(iii) Liability to any third person or Governmental Agency to indemnify such person or Governmental Agency for costs expensed in connection with the items referenced in subparagraph (ii) above; and


(iv) diminution in the fair market value of the Property, including, without limitation, any reduction in fair market rental value or life expectancy of the Property or the improvements located thereon or the restriction on the use of or adverse impact on the marketing of the Property or any portion thereof.

(d) "Governmental Agency" shall mean all governmental agencies, departments, commissions, boards, bureaus or instrumentalities of the United States, states, counties, cities and political subdivisions thereof.

(e) The "Lessee Group" means Lessee, Tenant's successors, assigns, guarantors, officers, directors, agents, employees, invitees, permittees, or other parties under the supervision or control of Lessee or entering the Property during the term of this Lease with the permission or knowledge of Lessee other than Lessor or its agents or employees.

6.2.2 PROHIBITIONS.

(a) Other than commercially reasonable quantities of general office supplies AND SUCH OTHER CHEMICALS AS IT REASONABLY DEEMS NECESSARY FOR THE CONDUCT OF ITS BUSINESS in THE PREMISES, and provided Lessee's use of same complies with all APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS AND Environmental requirements and is incidental to Lessee's operation of its business, Lessee shall not cause, permit or suffer any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, treated, kept, stored, disposed of, discharged, released, produced, manufactured, generated, refined or sued upon, about or beneath the Property by the Lessee Group, without the prior written consent of Lessor. From time to time during the term of this Lease, Lessee may request Lessor's approval of Lessee's use of other Hazardous Materials, which approval may be withheld in Lessor's sole discretion. Lessee shall, prior to the Commencement Date, provide to Lessor all "community right to know" plans or disclosures and/or emergency response plans which Lessee is required to supply to local governmental agencies pursuant to any Environmental Requirements.

(b) Lessee shall not cause or permit the commission by the Lessee Group, of a violation of any Environmental Requirements upon, about or beneath the Property.

(c) Lessee shall neither create, cause to be created, allow nor permit the Lessee Group to create any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind with respect to the Property, including without limitation, any lien imposed pursuant to Section 107(f) of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. Section 9607(1) or any similar statute.

(d) Lessee shall not install, operate or maintain any above or below grade tank, sump, pit, pond, lagoon or other storage or treatment vessel or device on the Property, without Lessor's prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Lessor's sole discretion.

6.2.3 INDEMNITY.

(a) Lessee, its successors, assigns and guarantors, agree to indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold harmless:

(i) Lessor; and

(ii) any other person who acquires title to all or a portion of the Premises in any manner (including purchase at a foreclosure sale) or who becomes entitled to exercise the rights and remedies of Lessor under this Lease; and

(iii) the directors, officers, shareholders, employees, partners, agents, contractors, subcontractors, experts, licensees, affiliates, lessees, mortgagees, trustees, heirs, devisees, successors, assigns and invitees of such persons.

from and against any and all Environmental Damages which exist as a result of the activities and negligence of the Lessee Group during the Lessee's occupancy of the Property or which exist as a result of the breach of any warranty or covenant or the inaccuracy of any representation of Lessee contained in this Lease, or by Lessee's remediation of the Property or failure to meet its remediation obligations contained in this Lease.


(b) The obligations contained in this Section 6.2.3 shall include, but not be limited to, the burden and expense of defending all claims, suite and administrative proceedings, even if such claims, suits or proceedings are groundless, false or fraudulent, and conducting all negotiations of any description, and paying and discharging, when and as the same become due, any and all judgments, penalties, consequential damages or other sums due against such indemnified persons. Lessor, at it sole expense, may employ additional counsel of its choice to associate with Lessee's counsel.

(c) Lessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to join and participate in, and control, if it so elects, any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with Lessee's activities. Lessor may also negotiate, defend, approve and appeal any action taken or issued by any applicable governmental authority with regard to contamination of the Property by a Hazardous Material.

(d) The obligations of Lessee under this paragraph shall not be affected by any investigation by or on behalf of Lessor, or by any information which Lessor may have or obtain with respect thereto.

6.2.4 OBLIGATION TO REMEDIATE.

In addition to the obligation of Lessee to indemnify Lessor pursuant to this Lease, Lessee shall, upon approval and demand of Lessor, at its sole cost and expense and using contractors approved by Lessor, promptly take all actions to remediate the Property which is required by any Governmental Agency, or which are reasonably necessary to mitigate Environmental Damager, or to allow full economic use of the Property, which remediation is necessitated from the presence upon, about or beneath the Property, at any time during or upon termination of this Lease, of a Hazardous Material or a violation of Environmental Requirements, existing as a result of the activities or negligence of the Lessee Group. Such actions shall include, but not be limited to, the investigation of the environmental condition of the Property, the preparation of any feasibility studies, reports or remedial plans, and the performance of any cleanup, remediation, containment, operation, maintenance, monitoring or restoration work, whether on or off the Property, which shall be performed in a manner approved by Lessor. Lessee shall take all actions necessary to restore the Property to the condition existing prior to the introduction of Hazardous Material upon, about or beneath the Property, notwithstanding any lesser standard of remediation allowable under applicable law or governmental policies.

6.2.5 RIGHT TO INSPECT.

Lessor shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion, but not the duty, to enter and conduct an inspection of the Property, including invasive tests, at any reasonable time to determine whether Lessee is complying with the terms of the Lease, including but not limited to the compliance of the Property and the activities thereon with Environmental Requirements and the existence of Environmental Damages as a result of the condition of the Property or surrounding properties and activities thereon. Lessor shall have the right, but not the duty, to retain any independent professional consultant (the "CONSULTANT") to enter the Property to conduct such an inspection or to review any report prepared by or for Lessee concerning such compliance. The cost of the Consultant shall be paid by Landlord unless such investigation discloses a violation of any Environmental Requirement by the Lessee Group or the existence of a Lessor Hazardous Material on the Property or any other property caused by the activities or negligence of the Lessee Group (other than Hazardous Materials used in compliance with all Environmental Requirements and previously approved by Lessor), in which case Lessee shall pay the cost of the Consultant. Lessee hereby grants to Lessor, and the agents, employees, consultants and contractors of Lessor the right to enter the Property and to perform such tests on the Property as are reasonably necessary to conduct such reviews and investigations. Lessor shall use its best efforts to minimize interference with the business of Lessee.

6.2.6 NOTIFICATION.

If Lessee shall become aware of or receive notice or other communication concerning any actual, alleged, suspected or threatened violation of Environmental Requirements, or liability of Lessee for Environmental Damages in connection with the Property or past or present activities of any person thereon, including, but not limited to, notice or other communication concerning any


actual or threatened Investigation, inquiry, lawsuit, claim, citation, directive, summons, proceeding, complaint, notice, order, writ, or injunction, relating to same, then Lessee shall deliver to Lessor within ten (10) days of the receipt of such notice or communication by Lessee, a written description of said violation, liability, or actual or threatened event or condition, together with copies of any documents evidencing same. Receipt of ouch notice shall not be deemed to create any obligation on the part of Lessor to defend or otherwise respond to any such notification.

If requested by Lessor, Lessee shall disclose to Lessor the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials, other than general office supplies referred to in Section 6.2 of this Lease, which were used, generated , treated, handled, stored or disposed of on the property or which Lessee intends to use, generate, treat, handle, store or dispose of on the Property. The foregoing in no way shall limit the necessity for Lessee obtaining Lessor's consent pursuant to
Section 6.2 of this Lease.

6.2.7 SURRENDER OF PREMISES.

In the ninety (90) days prior to the expiration or termination of the Lease Term, and for up to ninety (90) days after Lessee fully surrenders possession of the Property, Lessor may have an environmental assessment of the Property performed in accordance with Section 6.2 of this Lease. Lessee shall perform, at its sole cost and expense, any cleanup or remedial work recommended by the Consultant which Is necessary to remove, mitigate or remediate any Hazardous Materials and/or contaminations of the Property caused by the activities or negligence of the Lessee Group.

6.2.8 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

In the event the Lease provides that Lessee may assign the Lease or sublet the Property subject to Lessor's consent and/or certain other conditions, and if the proposed assignee's or sublessee's activities in or about the Property involve the use, handling, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Materials other than those used by Lessee and in quantities and processes similar to Lessee's uses in compliance with the Lease, (i) it shall be reasonable for Lessor to withhold its consent to such assignment or sublease in light of the risk of contamination posed by such activities and/or (ii) Lessor may impose an additional condition to such assignment or sublease which requires Lessee to reasonably establish that such assignee's or sublessee's activities pose no materially greater risk of contamination to the Property than do Lessee's permitted activities in view of the (a) quantities, toxicity and other properties of the Hazardous Materials to be used by such assignee or sublessee,
(b) the precautions against a release of Hazardous Materials such assignee or sublessee agrees to implement, (c) such assignee's or sublessee's financial condition as it relates to its ability to fund a major cleanup and (d) such assignee's or sublessee's policy and historical record respecting its willingness to respond to the clean up of a release of Hazardous Materials. Lessor shall also have its approval rights as set forth in Section 12.

6.2.9 SURVIVAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OBLIGATION.

Lessee's breach of any of its covenants or obligations under this Lease shall constitute a material default under the Lease. The obligations of Lessee under this Paragraph 6.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease without any limitation, and shall constitute obligations that are independent and severable from Lessee's covenants and obligations to pay rent under the Lease.


6.3 LESSEE'S COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Including, without limitation, in Paragraph 2.3, above, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.4 INSPECTION; COMPLIANCE. Lessor and Lessor's "Lender" (as defined in Paragraph 30 below) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, and on reasonable notice (24 hours being reasonable in all events) for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a contamination is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority and was occasioned by Lessee's operations in the Premises, or a good faith belief that Lessee is not in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspections, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.

7. MAINTENANCE; REPAIRS, UTILITY INSTALLATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS.

7.1 LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.

(a) IN GENERAL. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee's Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor's Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations, and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), ceilings, roof membrane and surface, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, sign, sidewalks and parkways located in, or on, the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee's obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals


when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition, consistent with the present condition of the Building, and the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the removal of graffiti or similar defacement of the exterior of the Building.

(b) SERVICE CONTRACTS. Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and drains, (vi) driveways and parking lots, (vii) clarifiers (viii) basic utility feed to the perimeter of the Building, and (ix) any other equipment, if reasonably required by Lessor.

(c) REPLACEMENT. Subject to Lessee's Indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee's failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if the Basic Elements described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such Basic Elements, then such Basic Elements shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator f which is one, and the denominator of which is the number of months of the useful life of such replacement as such useful life is specified pursuant to Federal income tax regulations or guidelines for depreciation thereof (including interest on the unamortized balance as is then commercially reasonable in the judgment of Lessor's accountants), with Lessee reserving the right to prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are Intended to be that of the Lessee. It is the Intention of the Panties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Lessor, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the repair of any and all structural defects, floor slab and foundation defects, and latent structural defects in the Building during the original term of the Lease. Lessor shall also be responsible for, and keep in good order, maintenance and repair, including restoration, replacement and renewal, the structural elements of the roof.

7.3 UTILITY INSTALLATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES; ALTERATIONS.

(a) DEFINITIONS; CONSENT REQUIRED. The term "UTILITY INSTALLATIONS" refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication systems, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term "TRADE FIXTURES" shall mean Lessee's machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term "ALTERATIONS" shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion.
LESSEE OWNED ALTERATIONS AND/OR UTILITY INSTALLATIONS" are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are no yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the Interior of the Premises (excluding the. roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, and the cumulative cost thereof during any twelve month period during the Term of this Lease as extended does not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate.


(b) CONSENT. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits,
(ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations she be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount equal to the greater of one month's Base Rent, or $10,000, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee's posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furor shed to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered here before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, Indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor's attorneys' fees and costs.

7.4 OWNERSHIP; REMOVAL; SURRENDER; AND RESTORATION.

(a) OWNERSHIP. Subject to Lessor's right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Paragraph 7A(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) REMOVAL. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than ninety (90) and not later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations the approval of which by Lessor was conditioned upon their removal at the time the approval was granted, be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender/Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage for which Lessee has no responsibility under the terms of this Lease excepted. "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee, and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or groundwater contaminated by Lessee. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, "ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any condition which results in, or the fact of, failure of any building system (including, without limitation, the HVAC, plumbing, electrical, load levelers, and similar items) to operate effectively for the purpose for which it was intended. Lessee fully understands that its surrender obligations shall be performed on or prior to he Expiration Date or earlier termination of the Lease. In the event that the Premises are left in a condition at such time which does not comply with the terms and conditions hereof, Lessor shall be entitled to treat Lessee as a holdover tenant, on


a day to day basis, with Base Rent and all Rent and Expenses charged in accordance with paragraph 26 hereof. During such holdover period Lessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter into the Premises, without notice to Lessee, and without terminating Lessee's holdover status, for the purpose of assessing the condition of the Premises, and undertaking the clean up and restoration of same as required to bring the Premises into compliance with the terms of this paragraph 7. Lessee shall pay and be responsible for (either from the Security Deposit, or otherwise as Lessor elects) the cost of such clean up and restoration, which Lessor shall perform, or cause to be performed, pursuant to an arms length agreement with the appropriate consultants and contractors and laborers. In the event that Lessee's Security Deposit is inadequate to pay for such costs, Lessee shall pay same to Lessor within five
(5) days of the date of the invoice for same provided to Lessee. Lessor shall also have the right, but not the obligation, to remove any personal property, inventory, machinery, or other items left on the Premises by Lessee following the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the Lease, and to store same, as Lessee's expense, or dispose of same, in accordance with Lessor's rights under law, and Lessor may charge the cost of same against any remaining Security Deposit, or invoice same to Lessee, who shall pay such costs within five (5) days of the date of such invoice.

8. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY.

8.1 PAYMENT FOR INSURANCE. Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within ten (10) days following receipt of an Invoice.

8.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE.

(a) CARRIED BY LESSEE. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability Policy of Insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor against claims for bodily Injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an "ADDITIONAL INSURED-MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES ENDORSEMENT" and contain the "AMENDMENT OF THE POLLUTION EXCLUSION ENDORSEMENT" for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The Policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an 'Insured contract' for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. All insurance carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar Insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only. All policies required to be maintained by Lessee shall name Lessor, its property manager, and any lender of Lessor's, as additional insureds. in addition, Lessee shall obtain and keep in force during the term of the Lease, an "excess" or "umbrella" policy, in the amount of $5,000,000.00, which shall in all other respects conform to the requirements set forth herein for insurance to be carried by the Lessee, including, without limitation, those requirements concerning the named and additional insureds, the characteristics of the Insurer, and the providing of proof of coverage to Lessor.

(b) CARRIED BY LESSOR. Lessor may, but shall not be obligated to, maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional Insured therein.

8.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE - BUILDING, IMPROVEMENTS AND RENTAL VALUE.

(a) BUILDING AND IMPROVEMENTS. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any groundlessor, and to any Lender(s) insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to ninety percent (90%) of the full replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lenders, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. If Lessor is the Insuring Party, however, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee's personal property shall be Insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4 rather than by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct


physical loss or damage - including the perils of flood and/or earthquake if Lessor so desires , including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such Insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss..

(b) RENTAL VALUE. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one (1) year. Said Insurance shall provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year's loss of Rent from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next twelve (12 month period. Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

(c) ADJACENT PREMISES. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

8.4 LESSEE'S PROPERTY/BUSINESS INTERRUPTION INSURANCE.

(a) PROPERTY DAMAGE. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Insurance coverage on all of Lessee's personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such Insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

(b) BUSINESS INTERRUPTION. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense Insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) NO REPRESENTATION OF ADEQUATE COVERAGE. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee's property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES. Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least B+, V, as set forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide", or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or "insurance binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the Insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to Its property arising out of or Incident to the perils required


to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles; applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage Insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the Insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 INDEMNITY. Except for Lessor's gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys' and consultants' fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or Indemnified.

8.8 EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY. Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor. Notwithstanding Lessor's negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee's business or for any loss of Income or profit therefrom.

9. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

9.1 DEFINITIONS.

(a) "PREMISES PARTIAL DAMAGE" shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) "PREMISES TOTAL DESTRUCTION" shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) "INSURED LOSS" shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) "REPLACEMENT COST" shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the Improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CONDITION" shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition Involving the presence of, or contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

9.2 PARTIAL DAMAGE - INSURED LOSS. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect;


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effects such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee's responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain full force and effect, or have this Lease terminate thirty (30) days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 PARTIAL DAMAGE - UNINSURED LOSS. If a Premises Partial Damage that to not an insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 TOTAL DESTRUCTION. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM. If at any time during the last six (6) months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one
(1) month's Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and
(b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten days after Lessee's receipt of Lessor's written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor's commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee falls to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee's option shall be extinguished. If during such last six month period Lessee has already irrevocably exercised its Option to Extend, then the provisions of paragraphs 9.1 through 9.4 shall prevail without regard to the time at which the damage has occurred.

9.6 ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.


(a) ABATEMENT. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value Insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) REMEDIES. If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, or, having commenced, does not thereafter diligently pursue same to completion (subject to Lessee Delay and paragraph 50 of this Lease) Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee's election to terminate this Lease to on a date not less than sixty
(60) days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice, and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within said thirty (30) lays, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. "COMMENCE" shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 TERMINATION -ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor, and of Additional Rent or other sums owed by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

9.8 WAIVE STATUTES. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

10. REAL PROPERTY TAXES.

10.1 DEFINITION OF "REAL PROPERTY TAXES." As used herein, the term "REAL PROPERTY TAXES" shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income, excise, franchise or corporate, transfer attributable to Lessor, or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises, Lessor's right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located. The term "REAL PROPERTY TAXES" shall also include any tax, fee, levy assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises.

10.2

(a) PAYMENT OF TAXES. Lessee shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Premises during the term of this Lease. Subject to Paragraph 10.2(b), all such payments shall be made at least ten (10) days prior to any delinquency date. Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence that such taxes have been paid. If any such taxes shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee's share of such taxes shall be prorated to cover only that portion of the tax bill applicable to the period that this Lease is in effect, and Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment. If Lessee shall fail to pay any required Real Property Taxes, Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor therefor upon demand. However, Lessor, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to pay such taxes directly, and then invoice Lessee for same. Lessee's shall reimburse Lessor for such amounts within ten
(10) business days of the date of same. Unless and until Lessor advises Lessee, in writing, to the contrary, Lessor shall initially pay all such taxes directly.


(b) ADVANCE PAYMENT. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may, at Lessor's option, estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee, either: (i) in a lump sum amount equal to the installment due, at least twenty (20) days prior to the applicable delinquency date, or (ii) monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. If Lessor elects to require payment monthly in advance, the monthly payment shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sums as are necessary to pay such obligations. All monies paid to Lessor under this Paragraph may be intermingled with other monies of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any balance of funds paid to Lessor under the provisions of this Paragraph may, at the option of Lessor, be treated as an additional Security Deposit.

10.3 JOINT ASSESSMENT. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee's liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

10.4 PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause such property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee's property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement.

10.5 RIGHT TO CONTEST. Lessee shall have the right to contest any Real Property Tax with the applicable taxing authority or authorities in accordance with all applicable tax contest procedures provided by law so long as (a) Lessee continues to; ay all Rent (including all Real Property Taxes then assessed) as required under this Lease, and (b) such Real Property Tax is being diligently contested in good faith. In the event that Lessee elects to contest any assessment of Real Property Taxes, Lessee shall first notify Lessor of any such intended contest and shall consult and coordinate with, and permit participation by Lessor and Lessor's legal counsel in connection with such contest, including any tax contests being concurrently contemplated, undertaken or advocated by Lessor. Any such contest by Lessee shall be conducted solely at Lessee's cost and expense. Lessor agrees to cooperate fully with Lessee in such contest, including executing any documents of authorization necessary in connection therewith.

11. UTILITIES. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

12.1 LESSOR'S CONSENT REQUIRED.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, "ASSIGN OR ASSIGNMENT") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

(b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose, except in the normal course of business if Lessee is a publicly traded company, and except in the course of a bona-fide public offering of stock, which complies in all respects with all Applicable Requirements.

(c) Except as provided in subparagraph (f), below, the involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition,


financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee's assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. "NET WORTH OF LESSEE" shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to One Hundred Ten Percent (110%) of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 12.1 to the contrary, Lessee may assign this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Lessor's consent (a "Permitted Transfer") to any parent, subsidiary, or affiliate corporation or other business entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Lessee, or to any person or entity which acquires all the assets of Lessees business as a going concern,
(collectively, a "Permitted Transferee") provided that: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to such assignment or sublease, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Lessee delivers to Lessor the financial statements and other financial and background information of the assignee or sublessee as is required for other transfers; (ii) if the transfer is an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Lessee under this Lease (or if a sublease, the sublessee assumes, in full, the obligations of Lessee with respect to such portion as sublessee has subleased); (iii) the financial net worth of the assignees or sublessees as of the time of the proposed transfer is sufficient for such assignee or sublessee to fulfill its obligations pursuant to such assignment or sublease (and in considering same, Lessor shall have the right to consider the long term prospects for sustaining such ability to perform for the period of any extended term, if applicable); (iv) Lessee remains fully liable under this Lease; and (v) unless Lessor consents to same, the use of the Premises set forth herein remains unchanged.

12.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

(a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, any assignment or subletting shall not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease; (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder; or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee's obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for Lessee's Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor's consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's


remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, as Additional Rent, for its actual, reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested.

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to b observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor may refuse to consent on any commercially reasonable grounds, including, without limitation: the potential inability of the proposed assignee to fulfill the Lease terms and the financial irresponsibility or instability of the proposed assignee or sublessee, the lack of suitability of the Premises for the intended use by the proposed assignee or sublessee, the potential for unlawful or undesirable use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or sublessee, or the character or business reputation of the proposed assignee or sublessee. In any dispute which arises under this paragraph, Lessee shall pay to Lessor all of Lessor's costs and expense reasonably incurred by Lessor in making the investigation and factual findings provided for in this paragraph.

12.3 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBLETTING. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim; from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any,


specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

12.4 TRANSFER PREMIUMS. Fifty percent (50%) of any sums or other economic consideration received by Lessee as a result of any assignment or subletting entered into pursuant to this Paragraph 12, however denominated under the assignment or sublease, which exceed, in the aggregate (a) the total sums which Lessee is obligated to pay Lessor under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to any portion of the Premises subleased), plus (b)(i) reasonable real estate brokerage commissions or fees payable by Lessee in connection with such assignment or subletting, (ii) the reasonable fees of attorneys, architects and engineers, and (iii) reasonable costs of tenant improvements required to be constructed by Lessee for any such assignee or subtenant, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor as additional rent under this Lease without affecting or reducing any other obligations of Lessee hereunder. Lessee understands, acknowledges and agrees that Lessor's right to recapture any consideration paid in connection with an approved assignment or subletting is a material inducement for Lessor's agreement to lease the Premises to Lessee upon the terms and conditions, set forth herein.

12.5 LESSOR'S OPTION AS TO SUBJECT SPACE. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions contained in this Paragraph 12 to the contrary, Lessor shall have the option, by giving written notice to Lessee within twenty (20) days after Lessor's receipt of written notice by Lessee (accompanied by all of the items set forth in this Paragraph 12 concerning the nature of the transfer and the transferee) of any proposed assignment or sublease (except to a Permitted Transferee) for a term of three (3) years or more by Lessee (a "Transfer Notice"), to recapture the space which is the subject of such proposed transfer (the "Subject Space"), provided the subject space constitutes not less than 100,000 square feet; or, if prior transfers have occurred, would result in having 100,000 square feet in the aggregate assigned or sublet. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice. In the event of a recapture by Lessor, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Lessee in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute confirmation of same. If Lessor declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Paragraph 12.5, then, provided Lessor has consented to the proposed transfer pursuant to Paragraph 12.2, Lessee shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed transferee, subject to the other provisions of this Paragraph 12 (including Paragraph 12.4 above).

13. DEFAULT; BREACH; REMEDIES.

13.1 DEFAULT; BREACH. A "DEFAULT" is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules under this Lease. A "BREACH" is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three
(3) business days following written notice to Lessee.

(c) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts,
(iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of fifteen (15) days following written notice to Lessee.


(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(ii) becoming a "DEBTOR" as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's Interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph 13.1(e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(f) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(g) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor; (ii) the termination of a Guarantor's liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty; (iii) a Guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing; (iv) a Guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty; or (v) a Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee's failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 REMEDIES. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within ten (10) days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee upon receipt of invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its option, may require all future payments to be made by Lessee to be by cashier's check. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee's Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right


to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions if this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 INDUCEMENT RECAPTURE. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as "INDUCEMENT PROVISIONS," shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation, the timely payment (i.e., prior to the time Lessee is in default, as set forth in Paragraph 13.1(b)) of all rent due hereunder. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee (which shall be deemed to include any late payment of rent or other sums due hereunder, or the presentation in payment of any obligation hereunder of any check which is not honored on the first attempt to realize on it), any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of Rent or the cure of the Breach which Initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, Lessee shall not be subject to the loss of an Inducement due to a default in the payment of Rent if Lessee has not been late with respect to the payment of Rent more than three times in the first thirty months of the Term, and all such late payments have been made within the cure periods allowed by this Lease.

13.4 LATE CHARGES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs Include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within five (5) days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of each such overdue amount. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 INTEREST. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within thirty (30) days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the thirty-first (31st) day after it was due as to


non-scheduled payments. The Interest ("INTEREST") charged shall be equal to the prime rate reported in the Wall Street Journal as published closest prior to the date when due plus four percent (4%), but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 BREACH BY LESSOR.

(a) NOTICE OF BREACH. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, (except in the event of an emergency, in which event the reasonableness of the time of Lessor's response shall be determined in relationship to the nature and extent of the emergency) a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) PERFORMANCE BY LESSEE ON BEHALF OF LESSOR. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee's expense and offset from Rent an amount equal to the greater of one month's Base Rent or the Security Deposit, and to pay an excess of such expense under protest, reserving Lessee's right to reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

13.7 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION. Lessee to send by certified or registered mail to any Lender whose address has been furnished to Lessee, a copy of any notice of default served by Lessee on Lessor. If Lessor fails to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, such Lender shall have an additional thirty (30) days to cure such default; provided, however, that if such default cannot reasonably be cured within that thirty (30) day period, then such Lender shall have such additional time to cure the default as is reasonably necessary under the circumstances (including, without limitation, the time to obtain possession of the Premises by foreclosure or similar proceedings).

14. CONDEMNATION. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively "CONDEMNATION"), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of any building portion of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the land area portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee's relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation; Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. BROKERS' FEE.


15.3 REPRESENTATIONS AND INDEMNITIES OF BROKER RELATIONSHIPS. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

(a) Each Party (as "RESPONDING PARTY") shall within fifteen
(15) days after written notice from the other Party (the "REQUESTING PARTY") execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current "ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE" form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, or such form as is reasonably required by any lender of Lessor, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such fifteen (15) day period, the requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party's performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party not more than one month's Rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party's Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including, but not limited to, Lessee's financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender r purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. DEFINITION OF LESSOR. The term "LESSOR" as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined. Notwithstanding the above, and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 20 below, the original Lessor under this Lease, and all subsequent


holders of the Lessor's interest in this Lease shall remain liable and responsible with regard to the potential duties and liabilities of Lessor pertaining to Hazardous Substances as outlined in Paragraph 6 above.

18. SEVERABILITY. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. DAYS. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word "days" as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. See paragraph 51, below.

21. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. NO PRIOR OR OTHER AGREEMENTS; BROKER DISCLAIMER. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.

23. NOTICES.

23.1 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that Party's address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 DATE OF NOTICE. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt, provided a copy is also delivered la delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. WAIVERS. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the


obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of monies or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25. RECORDING. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees applicable thereto.

26. NO RIGHT TO HOLDOVER. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee. Unless Lessor and Lessee have reached an agreement in writing to the contrary, if Lessee fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease despite Lessor's demand to do so, in addition to the rent and other obligations of Lessee as provided in this Lease, Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor harmless against any and all losses, costs, damages and liability (including actual attorneys' fees and costs, and court costs), direct or indirect, which Lessor may suffer as a result of Lessee's failure to surrender the Premises.

27. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS; CONSTRUCTION OF AGREEMENT. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; NON-DISTURBANCE.

30.1 SUBORDINATION. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, "SECURITY DEVICE"), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as "Lessor's Lender") shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof. Lessee waives the protection of any statute or rule of law which gives or purports to give Lessee any right to terminate this Lease or surrender possession of the Premises upon the transfer of Lessor's interest by foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise.

30.2 ATTORNMENT. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor; or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one (1) month's rent.


30.3 NON-DISTURBANCE. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a "NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT:) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee's possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within sixty (60) days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said sixty (60) days, then Lessee may, at Lessee's option, directly contact Lessor's lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 SELF-EXECUTING. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. ATTORNEYS' FEES. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises to enforce the terms thereof or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, "PREVAILING PARTY" shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorney's fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorney's fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorney's fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. LESSOR'S ACCESS; SHOWING PREMISES; REPAIRS. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice (it being agreed that 24 hours is reasonable for the purposes of this paragraph 32) for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations, repairs improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. Lessor may at any time place on the Premises any ordinary "FOR SALE" signs and Lessor may during the last six (6) months of the term hereof place on the Premises any ordinary "FOR LEASE" signs. Lessee may at any time place on or about the Premises any ordinary "FOR SUBLEASE" sign.

33. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted , any auction upon the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. SIGNS. Lessee shall have the right, at its sole expense, to install building signage, and directional ground and fence signage which is consistent in type, amount and quality with that of surrounding buildings of similar type and quality, and in accordance with all requirements of the City of Fontana. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. TERMINATION; MERGER. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.


36. CONSENTS. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, architects', attorneys', engineers' and other consultants' fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including, but not limited to, consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within ten (10) business days following such request.

37. GUARANTOR.

37.1 EXECUTION. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

37.2 DEFAULT. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) a Tenancy Statement, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. QUIET POSSESSION. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. OPTIONS.

39.1 DEFINITION. "OPTION" shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 OPTIONS PERSONAL TO ORIGINAL LESSEE. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or Permitted Transferee and only while the original Lessee or Permitted Transferee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee or a Permitted Assignee, as applicable, certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 MULTIPLE OPTIONS. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 EFFECT OF DEFAULT ON OPTIONS.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee, (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given three (3) or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.


(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of thirty (30) days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), (ii) Lessor gives to Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Default during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

39.5 OPTIONS TO EXTEND. Lessee may extend the Term for one (1) additional period of five (5) years (the "Extended Term") upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease, subject to the following terms, conditions and exceptions. Lessee must exercise the Option, if at all, by giving written notice of its intention to do so no earlier than nine (9) and no later than six (6) months prior to the end of the Original Term:

(a) Lessee's option shall automatically terminate upon any transfer, assignment, sublease, conveyance, hypothecation or encumbrance of the Lease (except to a Permitted Transferee) for which Lessor's consent is required, or if the use of he Premises specified in Paragraphs 1.8 and 6 is changed without the consent of Lessor.

(b) Base Rent for the first Extended Term shall be equal to the Fair Market Rental Rate (the "FMRR") of the Premises as of the commencement of such Extended Term. As used herein, FMRR shall mean the rent that a willing lessee would pay to a willing lessor, with neither party under any financial duress, in an arm's length transaction, for property similar to the Premises, as the Premises are then improved (and taking into account that there shall be no free rent period and no payment of broker's commissions), in the market area in which the Premises are located. Not more than nine (9), nor less than six (6) months before the end of the Original Term, Lessee shall provide Lessor with its written notice that it wishes to exercise its option as provided for herein. Within thirty (30) days of Lessor's receipt of such notice, Lessor shall provide Lessee, in writing, its good faith opinion of the FMRR of the Premises as of the end of such term ("Lessor's FMRR Notice"). If Lessee objects to Lessor's determination of the FMRR of the Premises for the Extended Term, Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Lessors notice of the FMRR, that Lessee disagrees with Lessor's determination. The parties shall then attempt to agree upon the FMRR. In the event that Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree upon the FMRR of the Premises within thirty (30) days of Lessor's receipt of Lessee's notice that it disagrees with the Lessor's FMRR Notice, then the FMRR shall be determined by appraisal in the manner provided below. Until the appraisal procedures are finalized; Lessee shall continue to pay Lessor the amount of Base Rent due immediately preceding the expiration of the Lease Term. After the determination of the appraisers is final, Lessee shall promptly make payment to Lessor for any underpayment of Base Rent owing for prior months.

The FMRR of the Premises shall be determined as follows: The Premises shall be appraised by an MAI appraiser chosen by Lessor ("First Appraisal") and the appraisal report forwarded to Lessee. If the First Appraisal is deemed unacceptable by Lessee, then Lessee shall so advise Lessor in writing within ten
(10) working days after receipt of the First Appraisal and Lessee shall have the right to engage an MAI appraiser to appraise the Premises ("Second Appraisal") and the appraisal report forwarded to Lessor. In the event Lessor shall deem the Second Appraisal unacceptable, then Lessor shall advise Lessee within ten (10) working days after receipt of the Second Appraisal, and the first appraiser and second appraiser shall together choose a third MAI appraiser who shall appraise the Premises ("Third Appraisal") and forward the appraisal report to Lessor and Lessee. The cost of the second appraisal shall be borne by Lessee, and the cost of the third Appraiser, if any, shall be shared equally by the parties. All Appraisers shall have no less than five (5 ) years experience (up to and including the date of instituting the appraisal process, of appraising property like the Premises, in the market area where the Premises are located, If the Third Appraiser is greater than the highest or lower than the lowest of the First and Second Appraisals, then the FMRR for the Premises shall be the average of the First and Second Appraisals. If the Third Appraisal is not greater than the highest nor lower than the lowest of the First and Second Appraisals, then the FMRR for the Premises shall be the sum of the three appraisals, divided by three (3). The appraisal process shall commence no later than forty-five (45) days prior to the effect date of the Extended Term and shall be concluded within thirty (30) days after the start of the appraisal process.


Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Base Rent for any Extended Term be less than that in effect at the end of the prior Term.

40. MULTIPLE BUILDINGS. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection therewith.

41. SECURITY MEASURES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. RESERVATIONS. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not materially interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents is reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay.

44. AUTHORITY. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within thirty (30) days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

45. CONFLICT. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

46. OFFER. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47. AMENDMENTS. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder (i.e., there shall be no material increase in Lessee's obligations, and no material decrease in Lessee's rights), Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

48. MULTIPLE PARTIES. If more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, such multiple Parties shall have joint and several responsibility to comply with the terms of this Lease.

49. MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES. An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease [ ] is [X] not attached to this Lease.

50. UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS. If the performance of Lessor of any act required herein, including, without limitation, the design, planning, permitting, construction and completion of the Tenant Improvements, is prevented or delayed by reason of strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, governmental delays, acts of God, fire, floods, epidemics, freight embargoes, unavailability of materials aid supplies, development moratoriums imposed by any governmental authority, or other causes beyond


the reasonable control of Lessor, lessor shall be excused from performing that act for the period equal to the period of the prevention or delay.

51. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Lessee on behalf of itself and all successor and assigns Lessee covenants and agrees that, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary and notwithstanding any Applicable law to contrary:

(a) the liability of Lessor under this Lease (including any liability for any actual or alleged failure, breach or default by Lessor under this Lease and/or negligence by Lessor hereunder) and any recourse against Lessor shall be limited solely to Lessor's in rest in the Premises, and the undistributed rents, profits, other income derived from the Premises, and available insurance proceeds (and not any other assets of Lessor); and

(b) the obligations of Lessor under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the members, partners or subpartners of Lessor, or any of the managers, directors, officers or shareholders of lessor or Lessor's members, partners or subpartners; , and Lessee shall not seek recourse against any such members, partners or subpartners or any of the managers, directors, officers or shareholders of Lessor or Lessor's members, partners or subpartners or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease.

52. SCE LICENSE AREA. In order to enhance Lessee's proposed use and enjoyment of the Premises, Lessor has agreed to allow Lessee to license from Lessor the SCE License Area for the parking and storage of truck trailers in connection with the operatic of Lessee's business at the Premises, and for no other purposes. Lessee shall be permitted to use the SCE License area for such purposes in the manner, at the times, and for the costs set forth in the License Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, as an operating expense, for all costs, fees, and expenses, including by way of example only, the License Fee described in Article 2 of the License Agreement. The basic License Fee shall be paid to Lessor in equal monthly installments, each such installment being one-twelfth of the amount stated in the License Agreement as the License Fee for the relevant period, and the monthly payments shall be due as additional rent as and when the Base Rent is due. Any other such costs, fees and expenses shall be due as and when invoiced by Lessor. Without limiting the foregoing, by its execution hereof, Lessee acknowledges that it is fully familiar with, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions of the License Agreement, but Lessee shall have no direct rights thereunder. That is, Lessee shall have no right to exercise any option or other right under the License Agreement in its own name, and Lessee shall refrain from any and all direct contact with SCE with respect to its use of the SCE License Area, unless either (i) such contact is necessary to avoid damage to persons or property from an emergency situation, or (ii) Lessor has consented, in writing, to such contact, in advance of Lessee's undertaking same. Lessee agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lessor for any loss, claim, injury, damage or liability Lessor may suffer arising out of or related to Lessor's use of the SCE License Area, its violation of any of the terms of the License Agreement, and the beach of this Paragraph 52. In addition, Lessee acknowledges the disclosure of all matters described in the License Agreement, including information about Electric and Magnetic Fields, Induced Voltage, and environmental matters, as if such disclosures had been made directly by Lessor to Lessee. Lessee also acknowledges that the License Agreement is subject to termination by SCE upon twelve (12) months written notice without cause, as well as being terminable for cause. Accordingly, Lessee agrees that no such termination shall operate to terminate, or give any right to Lessee to terminate, this Lease, it being agreed that the use of the SCE License Area is an enhancement of its rights under the Lease, and not a condition to its obligations hereunder. Except where the contrary is set forth in this paragraph, the SCE License Area shall be deemed part of the Premises, and all rights related to said Area are coextensive with Lessee's rights to the Premises. While the License Agreement and the Lease are meant to work in concert, in the event of a conflict between the terms of this paragraph and the balance of the Lease, with respect to the rights, duties and obligations of Lessee concerning the SCE License Area, this paragraph shall prevail over the balance of the Lease.

53. TEMPORARY SPACE. As an accommodation to Lessee, and an inducement to Lessee to enter into this Lease. Lessor shall arrange for the ability of Lessee to use approximately One Hundred Thousand (100,000) square feet of warehouse storage space located in the Ontario area (the "Temporary Space"). The Temporary Space shall be located by Lessor, and Lessor, provided Lessee is not, in default hereunder, shall bear all costs related to obtaining the Space for Lessee's use, provided, however, Lessor shall not be obligated to incur any out of pocket expenses for design or planning of the space, or for tenant improvements, security, or any other similar terms, it being


agreed that as between Lessor and Lessee, Lessee will take the Temporary space on an "AS-IS" basis. At Lessor's request, Lessee agrees to execute such documents or instruments as may be reasonably necessary to confirm Lessee's agreement to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the use of the Temporary space imposed by the owner or master tenant thereof, other than the payment of rent or other occupancy costs except for property and liability insurance, (so long as Lessee is not in default under this Lease, or under the terms and conditions governing the occupancy of the Temporary space.) Lessee shall however, as a condition to its right to enter into possession of the Temporary Space, deliver to Lessor at Lessee's sole cost and expense, for the benefit of Lessor and the landlord of the Temporary Space, certificates of insurance identical to those required under this Lease, except that all property and liability insurance shall name Lessor and Iron Mountain Records Management, Inc. (or such other entity as Lessor subsequently identifies to Lessee as the owner/landlord of the Temporary Space) as additional loss payees and additional insured, as applicable. Lessor shall use due diligence and commercially reasonable efforts to have the Temporary Space available to Lessee as soon as possible after the execution hereof, and its rights to and use of the Temporary Space shall terminate at such time as the Premises is available to Lessee for its legal use of same for storage of the materials stored at the Temporary Space (the "Ending Date"). Lessee acknowledges that its failure to vacate the Temporary Space on or before the Ending Date shall constitute a breach of this Lease, and from and after the date of such Lease, Lessee shall pay Lessor 150% of the costs thereafter incurred by Lessee with respect to the Temporary Space, to compensate Lessor for its ongoing expenses and the administrative and other costs incurred by Lessor in obtaining, maintaining, and otherwise dealing with the Temporary Space. All of Lessors obligations with respect to the Temporary Space arc contingent upon the complete execution and unconditional delivery of this Lease by Lessee, and the payment to Lessor of all funds due upon such execution and delivery, and Lessee's performance under the terms hereof.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE'S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN, PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

THIS LEASE MUST BE EXECUTED BY TWO CORPORATE OFFICERS OF LESSEE

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

Executed at: Des Moines, Iowa         Executed at:  North Andover, Massachusetts
             ------------------                     ----------------------------
on:                                   on:
   ----------------------------          ---------------------------------------

By LESSOR:                            BY LESSEE:

By:  /s/ Robert Klinkner                    By:  /s/ Mardsen Cason
   -----------------------------------        ----------------------------------
Name Printed:  Robert Klinkner              Name Printed:  Mardsen Cason
            --------------------------                   -----------------------
Title:  Assistant Director                  Title:  Executive Co-Chairman
      --------------------------------            ------------------------------

By:  /s/ John N. Urban                      By:  /s/ Laura W. Kelley
   -----------------------------------        ----------------------------------
Name Printed:  John N. Urban                Name Printed:  Laura W. Kelley
            --------------------------                   -----------------------
Title:  Director                            Title:  Vice-President Legal
      --------------------------------            ------------------------------

Address:                                    Address:  1 High Street, North
          ----------------------------                --------------------------
                                                      Andover, MA 01845
          ----------------------------                --------------------------
Telephone: (___)                                     Telephone: (978) 983-3300
                ----------------------                               -----------
Facsimile: (___)                                     Facsimile: (978) 983-3503
                ----------------------                               -----------

Federal ID No.                              Federal ID No.
            --------------------------                   -----------------------

LESSOR'S ADDRESS FOR NOTICES:
c/o Troy Koeselman
Principal Capital Management, LLC
601 Grand Avenue
Des Moines, IA 50392-1370
Phone:  (515) 362-0532

Fax: (515) 248-8090

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet the changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 So. Flower
Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, California 90017. (213) 687-8777. Fax No. (213) 687-8616


EXHIBIT 10.7

AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE - NET

(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

1. BASIC PROVISIONS ("BASIC PROVISIONS").

1.1 PARTIES: This Lease ("LEASE"), dated for reference purposes only, October _______, 2001, is made by and between PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Iowa corporation ("LESSOR") and CONVERSE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("LESSEE"), ________________ (collectively the "Parties," or individually a "Party").

1.2 PREMISES: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as 4450 Lowell Street, City of Ontario, located in the County of San Bernardino, State of California, and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the "Project," if the property is located within a Project) approximately 317,070 square foot freestanding concrete and steel tilt-up industrial building located on approximately 15.17 acres of land ("PREMISES"). See also Paragraph 2.

Subject to Lessor's obligations described in this Section 1.2 and in
Section 2.2 below, Lessee is leasing the Premises in an AS-IS condition. Lessee has had the full opportunity to inspect, and approve the condition of the Premises. Lessee acknowledges that there are no other improvements of any type which are not present in the Premises as they exist as of October 3, 2001 which are to be provided by Lessor, except for the Tenant improvements, as set forth below.

Subject to the limitations set forth herein, including, without limitation, those with respect o the Lessor's maximum contribution to he cost of certain items thereof, Lessor shall construct or cause to be constructed for Lessee certain improvements ("Tenant Improvements"). Except in the event that the cost of any items subject to maximum cost contributions ("MCC'S") are exceeded, in which event the Lessee shall bear such cost, Lessor shall pay the costs of the Tenant improvements. The Tenant improvements shall consist of the following:

1. Installation of a complete ESFR system prior to the Commencement Date, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by Lessor's consultants, which shall be subject to review and approval by Lessee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and in no event shall the review by Lessee or its consultants result in any delay of the construction and installation of the system. Lessee's review and approval of the plans and specifications for the ESFR system, which have been provided to Lessee, shall be approved or disapproved on or before October 2, 2001. In the event Lessee has not responded to the plans by such date, the ESFR system plans and specifications shall be deemed approved by Lessee. The parties agree that in the event that the construction of the ESFR is delayed by the review and approval of the plans for same by Lessee, such a delay shall be considered a "Lessee Delay" within the definition set forth in this section, below, and he condition that said system be installed prior to the Commencement date shall be deemed waived to the extent of such Lessee induced delay.


2. Removal of existing draft curtains, if they are not required by current fire codes, or for the ESFR system to be in full compliance with all rules and regulations.

3. Provided 2,000 AMP, 277/480 VAC, 3 phase, 4 wired electrical service to the Premises, if needed. Lessee shall advise Lessor of the need for same on or before October 12, 2001, failing which Lessee shall be deemed to have waived the right to require Lessor to provide the electrical upgrades.

4. Increase the current warehouse area lighting by 30% to achieve 30 foot candle lighting. All existing and new lighting fixtures shall be equipped with 15 foot extension whips.

5. Construct one men's and one women's restroom adjacent to the existing warehouse shipping office. Said restrooms shall be at a commercially standard build out (e.g., one toilet fixture, one sink, standard lighting, painted walls, or panel walls, as Lessor elects, and concrete or sheet vinyl flooring, as Lessor elects.

6. Provide protective guard rails for the entire length of the existing office walls adjacent to the warehouse areas, and for the walls of the shipping office.

7. Provide security bollards in the existing hardscape area to protect the glass adjacent to the Lowell Street entrance

8. On or before November 1, 2001, Lessor and Lessee shall agree on a plan to reduce the temperature inside the warehouse area through the installation of exhaust fans in the roof, or other similar means not involving the addition of HVAC units in the warehouse. Lessor's MCC for this item is Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), but the parties agree to strive for a plan which will cost materially less through value engineering. In the event that the final budget for any mechanical cooling program exceeds the MCC, any such excess shall be the responsibility of Lessee, and Lessee shall deposit the amount of such excess with Lessor prior to, and as a condition of, the commencement of such work.

9. Lessor shall install new carpeting in the office areas (except for the shipping office). The carpet shall be Centerpoint Designweave glue down. Lessor shall install in the same areas a 4" Burke base.

The Tenant improvements shall be constructed by a contractor or specialty contractors selected by Lessor (each, a "CONTRACTOR"), pursuant to arm's length contract(s) entered into with Lessor.

At the, request of Lessee, Lessor and Lessee shall communicate on a weekly basis concerning the ongoing progress of the Tenant improvements, including the estimated completion date.

Subject to Lessee Delay, Lessee's failure to obtain any permits, licenses or similar governmental permission to conduct its business, and Unavoidable Delays (as described in paragraph 50 below). Lessor shall substantially complete the Tenant improvements by March 1, 2002, failing which Lessee, following the giving of 30 days written notice to cure given on or after


such date, shall have the right to an abatement of one day's Base Rent for each day after the last day in which Lessor has to cure the failure to complete until the Tenant improvements are substantially complete. As used herein, the Tenant improvements shall be deemed to be substantially complete at such time as Lessor has completed the Tenant improvements to the point where it is useable by Lessee, with all the Tenant improvements in place, but subject to "punch list" items, i.e., items to completed, added, or modified but which do not unreasonably interfere with Lessee's use and enjoyment of the Premises (see also Paragraph 3).

As used herein, "LESSEE DELAY" shall mean any delay in the commencement or completion of the Tenant improvements caused by Lessee, including, without limitation, Lessee's delay in approving the ESFR plan, or any other working drawings or specifications with respect to which Lessor requests Lessee's approval, change orders resulting in delays, or interference by Lessee, or its contractors, consultants, or fixture installers with the orderly progress of the construction of the Tenant improvements.

Lessor shall have no obligation to contribute or advance any funds, or undertake any work or improvements except as provided expressly herein, and Lessee shall bear all other costs for all work, improvements, furniture, fixtures, and equipment. (See also Paragraph 2.)

1.3 TERM: Six years and no months ("ORIGINAL TERM") commencing December 15, 2001 ("COMMENCEMENT DATE") and ending December 14, 2007 ("EXPIRATION DATE"). (See also Paragraph 3).

1.4 EARLY POSSESSION: Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Lessee shall be allowed to enter the Premises for the purposes of installing its fixtures and equipment, provided that Lessee has then provided Lessor with copies certificates of insurance, complying in all respects with the terms of this Lease, for all insurance required to be carried hereunder. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor will be constructing Lessee's Tenant improvements during the period of Early Possession, and that accordingly the ability of Lessee to freely install its fixtures and equipment or otherwise use the Premises during this period will be limited by Lessor's activities in the Premises. Lessee agrees that in all events Lessor shall have the priority over Lessee in construction or similar activities, that Lessee will follow all reasonable rules and regulations concerning its activities in and about the Premises during this period promulgated by Lessor, its Contractor, or Property Manager. Due to the ongoing construction and other activities, Lessee hereby forever releases and discharges Lessor, its contractors, agents, employees, and managers from and against any and all claims of loss, damage or injury to persons or property, including, without limitation, its product inventory, which loss, damage or injury occurs, or its alleged to have occurred, during the period of Early Possession, except to the extent caused by Lessor's gross negligence or intentional malfeasance. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor does not guarantee or warrant the safety of the Premises, or its security during such period, as construction and other activities will be ongoing.

("EARLY POSSESSION DATE"). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 BASE RENT: $90,365.00 per month ("BASE RENT"), payable on the first day of each month commencing March 1, 2002, but subject to the limitations set forth in. (See also Paragraph 4).


[X] if this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

Base Rent for months 1 through 31 shall be $90,365.00, for months 32 through 60 shall be $93,536.00, and the Base Rent for months 61 through 72 shall be $98,292.00. However, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation paragraphs 1.4 and 13.3, Base Rent, real property taxes, insurance and other building or project expenses shall be abated for the first two months of the term, and Base Rent only shall be abated for the thirty first and thirty second months of the Term. Such Rent and expense abatements shall be considered inducements within the meaning of paragraph 13.3 of this Lease.

As Additional Rent, Lessee shall also pay no and when due, all dues, fees, or assessments of the California Commerce Center ("CCC") applicable to the Building during the Lease Term, and a Management Fee equal to One and One-half Percent (1 -1/2%) of the Base Rent, payable monthly in advance with each payment of Base Rent. In the event the CCC items are paid by Lessor and then invoiced to Lessee, Lessee shall pay same within ten (10) days of the receipt of each such invoice.

1.6 BASE RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION: $180,730.00 as Base Rent for the period March and April, 2002.

1.7 SECURITY DEPOSIT: $135,547.50 ("SECURITY DEPOSIT"). (See also
Paragraph 5)

1.8 AGREED USE: Warehousing and distribution of footwear, apparel, and related accessories. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 INSURING PARTY: Lessor is the "INSURING PARTY" unless otherwise stated herein. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 REAL ESTATE BROKERS: (See also Paragraph 15)

(A) REPRESENTATION: The following real estate brokers (collective, the "BROKERS") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

[X] Grubb & Ellis represents Lessor exclusively ("LESSOR'S BROKER");

[X] CBRE/Radius Development represents Lessee exclusively ("LESSEE'S BROKER"); or

[ ] none represents both Lessor and Lessee ("DUAL AGENCY").

(B) PAYMENT TO BROKERS: Lessor shall pay to the Broker the fee agreed to in their separate written agreement for the brokerage services rendered by said Broker), as and when set forth therein.

1.11 GUARANTOR: The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by none ("Guarantor"). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 ADDENDA AND EXHIBITS.


2. PREMISES.

2.1 LETTING. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less. During the term of this Lease, Lessee shall have the exclusive right to use all of the parking spaces which are on the property where the Building is located.

2.2 CONDITION. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ("START Date"), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee within thirty (30) days following the Start bats, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, pre sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ("HVAC"), loading doors, landscape irrigation system and parking lot, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date and that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the "BUILDING") shall be free of material defects. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date, Lessor shall, as Lessor's sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor's expense. If, after the Commencement Date, Lessee doss not give Lessor written notice of any non-compliance with this warranty within: (i) one year as to the surface of the roof, (ii) six (6) months as to the HVAC systems, (iii) thirty (30) days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building, correction of such non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense. Lessee shall notify Lessor of any claimed defect to the items which are Lessor's responsibility under paragraph 7.2, below, as soon as practicable after Lessee discovers same, failing which Lessee shall be responsible for any damage caused by its failure to provide such notice to Lessor and thereby provide Lessor an opportunity to repair same.

2.3 COMPLIANCE. Lessor warrants that the improvements on the Premises and the Tenant improvements to be constructed by Lessor will, upon completion, Comply with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, building codes, regulations and ordinances ("APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS") in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty doss not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises or to any Alterations or Utility installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning is appropriate for Lessee's intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6) months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed (as opposed to being in existence at the Start Date, which is addressed in Paragraph 6.2(e) below) so as to require


during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Building ("CAPITAL EXPENDITURE"), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two (2) years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds six (6) months' Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of lessee's termination notice that Lessor has elected pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to six (6) months' Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee Shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least ninety days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Losses could legally utilize the Premises without cam sing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the obligation to pay for such costs pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 7.1(c); provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two years of thin Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof. Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor's termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and falls to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct from Rent until Lessor's share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor's share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lasses on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate thirty (30) days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, and Lessee right to Terminate this Lease.

2.4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. Lessee acknowledges that (a) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee's intended use; (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises; and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor's agents, nor any Broker has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor


acknowledges that: (a) Broker has made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee's ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises; and (b) it is Lessor's sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

3. TERM.

3.1 TERM. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 EARLY POSSESSION. Except as otherwise set forth herein, if Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all the other terms of this Lease (including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 DELAY IN POSSESSION. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease.

3.4 LESSEE COMPLIANCE. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Data, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold Possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. RENT.

4.1 RENT DEFINED. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ("RENT").

4.2 PAYMENT. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. Rent for any period during the term hereof which for less than one (1) full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor's rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor's endorsement of any check so stating.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee's faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any


portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on said change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within fourteen (14) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent, and otherwise within thirty (30) days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. USE.

6.1 USE. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to neighboring properties. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's objections to the change in use.

6.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

6.2.1 DEFINITIONS.

A. "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means any substance, whether solid, liquid or gaseous in nature:

(i) the presence of which requires investigation or remediation under any federal, state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order, action, policy or common law, or


(ii) which is or becomes defined as a "HAZARDOUS WASTE," "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE," pollutant or contaminant under any federal, state or local statute, regulation, rule or ordinance or amendments thereto including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.) and or the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (442 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.
Section 8401 et seq.) the Toxic Substances Control act, as amended (15 U.S.C.
Section 2601 et seq.), and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C.
Section 651 et seq.), as these laws have been amended or supplemented; or

(iii) which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic, or otherwise hazardous or is or becomes regulated by any governmental authority, agency, department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality of the United States, the State of California or any political subdivision thereof: or

(iv) the presence of which on the property causes or threatens to cause a nuisance upon the Property or to adjacent properties or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on or about the Property; or

(v) the presence of which on adjacent properties could constitute a trespass by Lessee; or

(vi) without limitation which contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum hydrocarbons; or

(vii) without limitation which contains polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos or urea formaldehyde foam insulation; or

(viii) without limitation with contains radon gas.

B. "ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS" means all applicable present and future:

(i) statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codas, licenses, permits, orders, approvals, plans, authorizations, concessions, franchises, and similar items (including, but not limited to those pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigations and remediation), of all Governmental Agencies; and

(ii) all applicable, judicial, administrative, and regulatory decrees, judgments, and orders relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including, without limitation, all requirements pertaining to emissions, discharges, releases, or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials or chemical substances into this air, surface water, groundwater or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials or chemical substances.


C. "ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES" means all claims, judgments, damages, losses, penalties, finds, liabilities (including strict liability), encumbrances, liens, costs, and expenses (including the expense of investigation and defense of any claim, whether or not such claim is ultimately defeated, or the amount of any good faith settlement or judgment arising from any such claim) of whatever kind or nature, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable or unforeseeable (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and consultants' fees) any of which are incurred at any time as a result of the existence of Hazardous Material or the violation of environmental Requirements arose prior to the present ownership or operation of the Property. Environmental Damages include, without limitation:

(i) damages for personal injury or injury to property or natural resources occurring upon or off of the Property, including, without limitation, lost profits, consequential damages, the cost of demolition and rebuilding of any improvements on real property. Interest, penalties and damages arising from claims brought by or on behalf of employees of Lessee (with respect to which Lessee waives any right to a defense against Lessor any immunity to which it may be entitled under any industrial or worker's compensation laws):

(ii) fees, costs or expenses incurred for the services of attorneys, consultants, contractors, experts, laboratories and all other costs incurred in connection with the investigation or remediation of such Hazardous Materials or violation of any feasibility studies or reports or the performance of any cleanup, remediation, removal, response, abatement, containment, closure, restoration or monitoring work required by any Governmental Agency or reasonably necessary to makes full economic use of the Property or any other property in a manner consistent with its current use or otherwise expended in connection with such conditions, and including without limitation any attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the provisions of this Lease or collecting any sums due hereunder;

(iii) Liability to any third parson or Governmental Agency to indemnify such person or Governmental Agency for costs expended in connection with the items referenced in subparagraph (ii) above; and

(iv) diminution in the fair market value of the Property, including without limitation, any reduction in fair market rental value or life expectancy of the Property or the improvements located thereon or the restriction on the use of or adverse impact on the marketing of the Property or any portion thereof.

D. "GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY" means all governmental agencies, departments, commissions, boards, bureaus or instrumentalities of the United States, states, counties, cities and political subdivisions thereof.

E. The "LESSEE GROUP" means Lessee, Tenant's successors, assignees, guarantors, officers, directors, agents, employees, invitees, permittees, or other parties under the supervision or control of Lessee or entering the Property during the term of this Lease with the permission or knowledge of Lessee other than Lessor or its agents or employees.


6.2.2 PROHIBITIONS.

A. Other than commercially reasonable quantities of general office supplies AND SUCH OTHER CHEMICALS AS IT REASONABLY DEEMS NECESSARY FOR THE CONDUCT OF ITS BUSINESS IN THE PREMISES, and provided Lessee's use of same complies with all APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS AND Environmental requirements and is incidental to Lessee's operation of its business. Lessee shall not use, permit or suffer any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, treated, kept, stored, disposed of, discharged, releases, produced, manufactured, generated, refined or used upon, about or beneath the property by the Lessee Group, without the prior written consent of Lessor. From time to time during the term of this Lease, Lessee may request Lessor's approval of Lessee's use of other Hazardous Materials, which approval may be withheld in Lessor's sole discretion. Lessee shall, prior to the Commencement Date, provide to Lessor all "community right to know" plans or disclosures and/or emergency response plans which Lessee is required to supply to local governmental agencies pursuant to any Environmental Requirements.

B. Lessee shall not cause or permit the commission by the Lessee Group, of a violation of any Environmental Requirements upon, about or beneath the Property.

C. Lessee shall neither create, cause to be created, allow nor permit the Lessee Group to create any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind with respect to the Property, including without limitation, any lien imposed pursuant to Section 107(f) of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. Section 9607(1) or any similar statute.

D. Lessee shall not install, operate or maintain any above or below grade tank, sump, pit, pond, lagoon or other storage or treatment vessel or device on the property, without Lessor's prior written consent, which consent may be withhold in Lessor's sole discretion.

6.2.3 INDEMNITY.

A. Lessee, its successors, assigns and guarantors agree to indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold harmless:

(i) Lessor; and

(ii) any other person who acquires title to all or a portion of the Premises in any manner (including purchase at a foreclosure sale) or who becomes entitled to exercise the rights and remedies of Lessor under this Lease; and

(iii) the directors, officers, shareholders, employees, partners, agents, contractors, subcontractors, experts, licensees, affiliates, lessees, mortgagees, trustees, heirs, devisees, successors, assigns and invitees of such persons.

from and against any and all Environmental Damages which exist as a result of the activities and negligence of the Lessee Group during the Lessee's occupancy of the Property or which exist as a result of the breach of any warranty or covenant, or the inaccuracy of any representation of Lessee


contained in this Lease, or by Lessee's remediation of the Property or failure to meet its remediation obligations contained in this Lease.

B. The obligations contained in this Section 6.2.3 shall include, but not be limited to, the burden and expense of defending all claims, suits and administrative proceedings, even if such claims, suits or proceedings are groundless, false or fraudulent, and conducting all negotiations of any description, and paying and discharging, when and as the same become due, any and all judgments, penalties, consequential damages or other sums due against such indemnified persons. Lessor, at its sole expense, may employ additional counsel of its choice to associate with Lessee's council.

C. Lessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to join and participate in, and control, if it so elects, any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with Lessor's activities. Lessor may also negotiate, defend, approve and appeal any action taken or issued by any applicable governmental authority with regard to contamination of the Property by a Hazardous Material.

D. The obligations of Lessee under this paragraph shall not be affected by any investigation by or on behalf of Lessor, or by any information which Lessor may have or obtain with respect thereto.

6.2.4 OBLIGATION TO REMEDIATE. In addition to the obligation of Lessee to indemnify Lessor pursuant to this Lease, Lessee shall, upon approval and demand of Lessor, at its sole cost and expense and using contractors approved by Lessor, promptly take all actions to remediate the Property which are required by any Governmental Agency, or which are reasonably necessary to mitigate Environmental Damages or to allow full economic use of the Property, which remediation is necessitated from the presence upon, about or beneath the Property, at any time during or upon termination of this Lease, of a Hazardous Material or a violation of Environmental Requirements, existing as a result of the activities or negligence of the Lessee Group. Such actions shall include, but not be limited to, the investigation of the environmental condition of the Property, the preparation of any feasibility studies, reports or remedial plans, and the performance of any cleanup, containment, operation, maintenance, monitoring or restoration work, whether on or off the Property, which shall be performed in a manner approval by Lessor. Lessee shall take all actions necessary to restore the Property to the condition existing prior to the introduction of Hazardous Material upon, about or beneath the Property, notwithstanding any looser standard of remediation allowable under applicable law or governmental policies.

6.2.5 RIGHT TO INSPECT. Lessor shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion, but not the duty, to enter and conduct an inspection of the Property, including invasive test, at any reasonable time to determine whether Lessee is complying with the terms of the Lease, including but not limited to the compliance of the Property and the activities thereon with Environmental Requirements and the existence of Environmental damages as a result of the condition of the Property or surrounding properties and activities thereon. Lessor shall have right, but not the duty, to retain any independent professional consultant (the "CONSULTANT") to enter the Property to conduct such an inspection or to review any report prepared by or for Lessee concerning such compliance. The cost of the Consultant shall be paid by Landlord unless such investigation


discloses a violation of any Environmental Requirement by the Lessee Group or the existence of a Lessor Hazardous Material on the Property or any other property caused by the activities or negligence of the Lessee Group (other than Hazardous Materials used in compliance with all Environmental Requirements and previously approved by Lessor), in which case Lessee may pay the cost of the Consultant. Lessee hereby grants to Lessor, and the agents, employees, consultants and contractors of Lessor the right to enter the Property and to perform such tests on the Property as are reasonably necessary to conduct such reviews and investigations. Lessor shall use its best efforts to minimize interference with the business of Lessee.

6.2.6 NOTIFICATION. If Lessees shall become aware of or receive notice or other communication concerning any actual, alleged, threatened violation of Environmental Requirements, or liability of Lessee for Environmental Damages in connection with the Property or past or present activities of any person thereon, including, but not limited to, notice or other communication concerning any actual or threatened investigation, inquiry, lawsuit, claim, citation, directive, summons, proceeding, compliant, notice, order, writ, or injunction, relating to same, then Lessee shall deliver to Lessor within ten (10) days of the receipt of such notice or communication by Lessee, a written description of said violation, liability, or actual or threatened event or condition, together with copies of any documents evidencing same. Receipt of such notice shall not be deemed to create any obligation on the part of Lessor to defend or otherwise respond to any such notification.

If requested by Lessor, Lessee shall disclose to Lessor the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials other than general office supplies referred to in Section 6.2 of this Lease, which were used, generated, treated, handled, stored or disposed of on the Property or which Lessee intends to use, generate, treat, handle, store or disposes of an the Property. The foregoing in no way shall limit the necessity for Lessee obtaining Lessor's consent pursuant to
Section 6.2 of this Lease.

6.2.7 SURRENDER OF PREMISES. In the ninety (90) days prior, to the expiration or termination of the Lease Term, and for up to ninety (90) days after Lessee fully surrenders possession of the Property, Lessor may have an environmental assessment of the Property performed in accordance with Section 6.2 of this Lease. Lessee shall perform at its sole cost and expense, any cleanup or remedial work recommended by the Consultant which is necessary to remove, mitigate or remediate any Hazardous Materials and/or contaminations of the Property caused by the activities or negligence of the Lessee Group.

6.2.8 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. In the event the Lease provides that Lessee may assign the Lease or sublet the Property subject to Lessor's consent certain other conditions, and if the proposed assignee's or sublessee's activities in or about the Property involves the use, handling, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Materials other than those used by Lessee and in quantities and processes similar to Lessee's uses in compliance with the Lease,
(i) it shall be reasonable for Lessor to withhold its consent to such assignment or sublease in light of the risk of contamination posed by such activities and/or (ii) Lessor may impose an additional condition to such assignment or sublease which requires Lessee to reasonably establish that such assignee's or sublessee's activities pose no materially greater risk of contamination to the Property than do Lessee's permitted activities in view of the (a) quantities, toxicity and other properties of the Hazardous Materials to be used by such assignee or sublessee, (b) the precautions against a release of Hazardous Materials such assignee or sublessee agrees to implement, (c) such assignee's or sublessee's financial condition as it relates to its


ability to fund a major cleanup and (d) such assignee's or sublessee's policy and historical record respecting its willingness to respond to the clean up of a sublease of Hazardous Materials. Lessor shall also have its approval rights as set forth in Section 12.

6.2.9 SURVIVAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OBLIGATION. Lessee's breach of any of its covenants or obligations under this Lease shall constitute a material default under the Lease. The obligations of Lessee under this PARAGRAPH 6.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease without any limitation and shall constitute obligations that are independent and severable from Lessee's covenants and obligations to pay rent under the Lease.

6.3 LEASE'S COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, including, without limitation, Paragraph 2.3, above, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee's shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any covenants involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.4 INSPECTION; COMPLIANCE. Lessor and Lessor's "Lender" (as defined in Paragraph 30 below) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, and on reasonable notice (24 hours being reasonable in all events) for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a contamination is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority and was occasioned by Lessee's operations in the Premises, or a good faith belief that Lessee is not in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspections, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.

7. MAINTENANCE: REPAIRS, UTILITY INSTALLATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS.

7.1 LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.

(a) IN GENERAL. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee's Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor's Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility installations, and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, heating, ventilating,


air-conditioning, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), ceilings, roofs membrane and surface, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, or on, the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee's obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition consistent with the present condition of the Building, and the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the removal of graffiti or similar defacement of the exterior of the Building.

(b) SERVICE CONTRACTS. Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and drains, (vi) driveways and parking lots, (vii) clarifiers, (viii) basic utility feed to the perimeter of the Building, and (ix) any other equipment, if reasonably required by Lessor,

(c) REPLACEMENT. Subject to Lessee's indemnification of Lesser as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee's failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if the Basic Elements described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such Basic Elements, then such Basic Elements shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numeral (which is one, and the denominator of which is the number of months of the useful life of such replacement no such useful life is specified pursuant to Federal income tax regulations or guidelines for depreciation thereof (including interest on the unamortized balance as is then commercially reasonable in the judgment of Lessor's accountants), with Lessee reserving the right to prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereinafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Lessor, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the repair of any and all structural defects, floor slab and foundation defects, and latent structural defects in the Building during the original term of the Lease. Lessor shall also be


responsible for, and keep in good order, maintenance and including restoration, replacement and renewal, the structural elements of the roof.

7.3 UTILITY INSTALLATION; TRADE FIXTURES; ALTERATIONS.

(A) DEFINITIONS; CONSENT REQUIRED. The term "UTILITY INSTALLATIONS" refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication systems, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fending in or on the Premises. The term "TRADE FIXTURES" shall mean Lessee's machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term "ALTERATIONS" shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. "LESSEE OWNED ALTERATIONS AND/OR UTILITY INSTALLATIONS" are defined as Alternations and/or Utility installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility installations to the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, and the cumulative cost thereof during any twelve month period during the Term of this Lease as extended does not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate.

(B) CONSENT. Any Alterations or Utility installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall he deemed conditioned upon Lessee's: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits,
(ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount equal to the greater of one month's Base Rent, or $10,000, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility installation and/or upon Lessee's posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor

(C) INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Losses at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor's attorney's fees and costs.


7.4 OWNERSHIP; REMOVAL; SURRENDER; AND RESTORATION.

(A) OWNERSHIP. Subject to Lessor's right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(B) REMOVAL. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than ninety (90) and not later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility installations the approval of which by Lessor was conditioned upon their removal at the time the approval was granted, be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility installations made without the required consent.

(C) SURRENDER/RESTORATION. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage for which lessee has no responsibility under the terms of this Lease excepted. "ORDINARY WEAR AND TEAR" shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Losses shall repair any damage occasioned the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Losses Owned Alterations and/or utility installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee, and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or groundwater contaminated by Lessee. Trade fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, "ORDINARY WEAR AND TEAR" shall not include any condition which results in. or the fact of, a failure of any building system (including, without limitation, the HVAC, plumbing, electrical. load lovelorn, and similar items) to operate effectively for the purpose for which it was intended. Lessee fully understands that its surrender obligations shall be performed on or prior to the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the Lease. In the event that the Premises are left in a condition at such time which does not comply with the terms and conditions hereof, Lessor shall be entitled to treat Lessee as a holdover tenant, on a day to day basis, with Base Rent and all Rent and Expenses charged in accordance with paragraph 26 hereof. During such holdover period Lessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter into the Premises, without notice to Lessee, and without terminating Lessee's holdover status, for the purpose of assessing the condition of the Premises, and undertaking the clean up and restoration of same as required to bring the Premises into compliance with the terms of this paragraph 7, Lessee shall pay and be responsible for (either from the Security Deposit, or otherwise as Lessor elects) the cost of such clean up and restoration, which Lessor shall perform, or cause to be performed, pursuant to an arms length agreement with the appropriate consultants and contractors and laborers. In the event that Lessee's Security Deposit is inadequate to pay for such costs, Lessee shall pay same to Lessor within five (5) days of the date of the invoice for same


provided to Lessee. Lessor shall also have the right, but not the obligation, to remove any personal property, inventory, machinery, or other items left in the Premises by Lessee following the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the Lease, and to store same, as Lessee's expense, or dispose of same, in accordance with Lessor's rights under law, and Lessor may charge the cost of same against any remaining Security Deposit, or invoice same to Lessee, who shall pay such costs within five (5) days of the date of such invoice.

8. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY.

8.1 PAYMENT FOR INSURANCE. Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice.

8.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE.

(A) CARRIED BY LESSEE. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability Policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an "ADDITIONAL INSURED-MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES Endorsement" and contain the "AMENDMENT OF THE POLLUTION EXCLUSION ENDORSEMENT" for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The Policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an 'insured contract' for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. All insurance carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only. All policies required to be maintained by Lessee shall name Lessor, its property manager, and any lender of Lessor's, as additional insureds. In addition, Lessee shall obtain and keep in force during the term of the Lease, an "excess" or "umbrella" policy, in the amount of $5,000,000.00, which shall in all other respects conform to the requirements set forth herein for insurance to be carried by the Lessee, including, without limitation, those requirements concerning the named and additional insureds, the characteristics of the insurer, and the providing of proof of coverage to Lessor.

(B) CARRIED BY LESSOR. Lessor may, but shall not be obligated to, maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE - BUILDING, IMPROVEMENTS AND RENTAL VALUE.

(A) BUILDING AND IMPROVEMENTS. The insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any groundlessor, and to any Lender(s) insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be


equal to ninety percent (90%) of the full replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lenders, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. If Lessor is the insuring Party, however, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee's personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4 rather than by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage including the perils of flood and/or earthquake if Lessor so desires, including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an insured Loss.

(B) RENTAL VALUE. The insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one (1) year. Said insurance shall provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year's loss of Rent from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next twelve (12) month period. Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

(C) ADJACENT PREMISES. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

8.4 LESSEE'S PROPERTY/BUSINESS INTERRUPTION INSURANCE.

(A) PROPERTY DAMAGE. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee's personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

(B) BUSINESS INTERRUPTION. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.


(C) NO REPRESENTATION OF ADEQUATE COVERAGE. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee's property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES. Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least B+, V, as set forth in the most current issue of "Best's insurance Guide", or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or "insurance binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 INDEMNITY. Except for Lessor's gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys' and consultants' fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY. Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or


neglect of any other tenant of Lessor. Notwithstanding Lessor's negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee's business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

9.1 DEFINITIONS.

(a) "PREMISES PARTIAL DAMAGE" shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations, which can reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) "PREMISES TOTAL DESTRUCTION" shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in six (6) months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) "INSURED LOSS" shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) "REPLACEMENT COST" shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CONDITION" shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

9.2 PARTIAL DAMAGE - INSURED LOSS. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee's responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request


therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or have this Lease terminate thirty (30) days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 PARTIAL DAMAGE - UNINSURED LOSS. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 TOTAL DESTRUCTION. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM. If at any time during the last six (6) months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one (1) month's Base Rent, whether or not an insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten days after Lessee's receipt of Lessor's written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor's commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease will continue in full force and


effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee's option shall be extinguished. If during such last six month period Lease has already irrevocably exercised its Option to Extend, then the provisions of paragraphs 9.1 through 9.4 shall prevail without regard to the time at which the damage has occurred.

9.6 ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.

(A) ABATEMENT. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(B) REMEDIES. If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial or meaningful way, the repair or restoration within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, or, having commenced, does not thereafter diligently pursue same to completion (subject to Lessee Delay and paragraph 50 of this Lease) Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee's election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within said thirty (30) days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. "Commence" shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 TERMINATION - ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor, and of Additional Rent or other sums owed by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

9.8 WAIVE STATUTES. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent nonexistent herewith.

10. REAL PROPERTY TAXES.

10.1 DEFINITION OF "REAL PROPERTY TAXES." As used herein, the term "REAL PROPERTY TAXES" shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income, excise, franchise or corporate transfer attributable, or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against


any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises, Lessor's right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's business of leasing, by any authority having the direct and indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located. The term "REAL PROPERTY TAXES" shall also include any fax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises.

10.2

(A) PAYMENT OF TAXES. Lessee shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Premises during the term of this Lease. Subject to Paragraph 10.2(b), all such payments shall be made at least ten (10) days prior to any delinquency date. Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence that such taxes have been paid. If any such taxes shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee's share of such taxes shall be prorated to cover only that portion of the tax bill applicable to the period that this Lease is in effect, and Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment. If Lessee shall fail to pay any required Real Property Taxes, Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor therefor upon demand. However, Lessor, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to pay such taxes directly, and then invoice Lessee for same. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for such amounts within ten (10) business days of the date of same. Unless and until Lessor advises Lessee, in writing, to the contrary, Lessor shall initially pay all such taxes directly.

(B) ADVANCE PAYMENT. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may, at Lessor's option, estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee, either: (i) in a lump sum amount equal to the installment due, at least twenty
(20) days prior to the applicable delinquency date, or (ii) monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. If Lessor elects to require payment monthly in advance, the monthly payment shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of Shares remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sums as are necessary to pay such obligations. All monies paid to Lessor under this Paragraph may be intermingled with other monies of Lessor and shall not bear interest. I the event of a Breach of Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any balance of funds paid to Lessor under the provisions of this Paragraph may, at the option of Lessor, be treated as an additional Security Deposit.

10.3 JOINT ASSESSMENT. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee's liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.


10.4 PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause such Property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee's property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement.

10.5 RIGHT TO CONTEST. Lessee shall have the right to contest any Real Property Tax with the applicable taxing authority or authorities in accordance with all applicable tax contest procedures provided by law so long as (a) Lessee continues to pay all Rent (including all Real Property Taxes then assessed) as required under this Lease, and (b) such Real Property Tax is being diligently contested in good faith. In the event that Lessee elects to contest any assessment of Real Property Taxes, Lessee shall first notify Lessor of any such intended contest and shall consult and coordinate with, and permit participation by Lessor and Lessor's legal counsel in connection with such contest, including any tax contests being concurrently contemplated, undertaken or advocated by Lessor. Any such contest by Lessee shall be conducted solely at Lessee's cost and expense. Lessor agrees to cooperate fully with Lessee in such contest, including executing any documents of authorization necessary in connection therewith.

11. UTILITIES. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

12.1 LESSOR'S CONSENT REQUIRED.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, "ASSIGN OR ASSIGNMENT") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

(b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose, except in the normal course of business if Lessee is a publicly traded company, and except in the course of a bona-fide public offering of stock, which complies in all respects with all Applicable Requirements.

(c) Except as provided in subparagraph (f), below, the involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee's assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to


which Lessor may withhold its consent. "Net Worth of Lessee" shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(e), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days written notice. Increase the monthly Base Rent to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to One Hundred Ten Percent (110%) of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 12.1 to the contrary, Lessee may assign this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Lessor's consent (a "Permitted Transfer") to any parent, subsidiary, or affiliate corporation or other business entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Lessee, or to any person or entity which acquires all the assets of Lessee's business as a going concern, (collectively, a "Permitted Transferee") provided that: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to such assignment or sublease, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, Lessee delivers to Lessor the financial statements and other financial and background information of the assignee or sublessee as is required for other transfers;
(ii) if the transfer is an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of lessee under this Lease (or if a sublease, the sublessee assumes, in full, the obligations of Lessee with respect to such portion as sublessee has subleased); (iii) the financial net worth of the assignees or sublessees as of the time of the proposed transfer is sufficient for such assignee or sublessee to fulfill its obligations pursuant to such assignment or sublease (and in considering same, Lessor shall have the right to consider the long term prospects for sustaining such ability to perform for the period of any extended term, if applicable); (iv) Lessee remains fully liable under this Lease; and (v) unless Lessor consents to same, the use of the Premises set forth herein remains unchanged.

12.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

(a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, any assignment or subletting shall not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease; (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder; or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee's obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall


constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for Lessee's Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor's consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or, required modification of the Premises, if any. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, as Additional Rent, for its actual, reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested.

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor may refuse to consent on any commercially reasonable grounds. Including, without limitation: the potential inability of the proposed assignee to fulfill the Lease terms and the financial irresponsibility or instability of the proposed assignee or sublessee, the lack of suitability of the Premises for the intended use by the proposed assignee or sublessee, the potential for unlawful or undesirable use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or sublessee, or the character or business reputation of the proposed assignee or sublessee. In any dispute which arises under this paragraph, Lessee shall pay to Lessor all of Lessor's costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Lessor in making the investigation and factual findings provided for in this paragraph.

12.3 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBLETTING. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such


sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or fight to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

12.4 TRANSFER PREMIUMS. Fifty percent (50%) of any sums or other economic consideration received by Lessee as a result of any assignment or subletting entered into pursuant to this Paragraph 12, however denominated under the assignment or sublease, which exceed, in the aggregate (a) the total sums which Lessee is obligated to pay Lessor under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to any portion of the Premises subleased), plus (b)(i) reasonable real estate brokerage commissions or fees payable by Lessee in connection with such assignment or subletting, (ii) the reasonable fees of attorneys, architects and engineers, and (iii) reasonable costs of tenant improvements required to be constructed by Lessee for any such assignee or subtenant, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor as additional rent under this Lease without affecting or reducing any other obligations of Lessee hereunder. Lessee understands, acknowledges and agrees that Lessor's right to recapture any consideration paid in connection with an approved assignment or subletting is a material inducement for Lessor's agreement to lease the Premises to Lessee upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

12.5 LESSOR'S OPTION AS TO SUBJECT SPACE. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions contained in this Paragraph 12 to the contrary, Lessor shall have the option, by giving written notice to Lessee within twenty (20) days after Lessor's receipt of written notice by Lessees (accompanied by all of the items set forth in this Paragraph 12 concerning the nature of the transfer and the transferee) of any proposed assignment or sublease (except to a Permitted Transferee) for a term of three (3) years or more by Lessee (a "Transfer Notice"), to recapture the space which is the subject of such proposed transfer (the "Subject Space"), provided the subject space constitutes not less than 100,000 square feet, or, if prior transfers have occurred, would result in having 100,000 square feet


in the aggregate assigned or sublet. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice. In the event of a recapture by Lessor, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Lessee in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute confirmation of same. If Lessor declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Paragraph 12.5, then, provided Lessor has consented to the proposed transfer pursuant to Paragraph 12.2, Lessee shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed transferee, subject to the other provisions of this Paragraph 12 (including Paragraph 12.4 above).

13. DEFAULT; BREACH; REMEDIES.

13.1 DEFAULT; BREACH. A "DEFAULT" is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules under this Lease. A "BREACH" is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three
(3) business days following written notice to Lessee.

(c) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues far a period of fifteen (15) days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice; provided, however, that it the nature of Lessee's Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.


(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a "DEBTOR" as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph 13.1(a) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(f) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(g) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor; (ii) the termination of a grantor's liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty; (iii) a Guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing; (iv) a Guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty; or (v) a Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee's failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice of any such event to provide written alternative assurance or security, which when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 REMEDIES. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within ten (10) days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee upon receipt of invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its option, may require all future payments to be made by Lessee to be by cashier's check. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after the termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of


things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee's Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease, as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 INDUCEMENT RECAPTURE. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as "Inducement Provisions," shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the terns, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation, the timely payment (i.e., prior to the time Lessee is in default, as set forth in paragraph 13.1(b)) of all rent due hereunder. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee (which shall be deemed to include any late payment of rent or other sums due hereunder, or the presentation in payment of any obligation hereunder of any check which is not honored on the first attempt to realize on it), any such inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of Rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, Lessee


shall not be subject to the loss of an inducement due to a default in the payment of Rent if Lessee has not been late with respect to the payment of Rent more than three times in the first thirty menthe of the Term, and all such late payments have been made within the time periods allowed by this Lease.

13.4 LATE CHARGES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payments by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within five (5) days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of each such overdue amount. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 INTEREST. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within thirty (30) days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the thirty-first (31st) day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest ("INTEREST") charged shall be equal to the prime rate reported in the Wall Street Journal as published closest prior to the date when due plus four percent (4%), but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 BREACH BY LESSOR.

(A) NOTICE OF BREACH. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, (except in the event of an emergency, in which event the reasonableness of the time of Lessor's response shall be determined in relationship to the nature and extent of the emergency) a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced with such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(B) PERFORMANCE BY LESSEE ON BEHALF OF LESSOR. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee's expense and offset from Rent an amount equal to the greater of one month's


Base Rent or the Security Deposit, and to pay an excess of such expense under protest, reserving lessee's right to reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

13.7 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION. Lessee to send by certified or registered mail to any Lender whose address has been furnished to Lessee, a copy of any notice of default served by Lessee on Lessor. If Lessor fails to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, such Lender shall have an additional thirty (30) days to cure such default; provided, however, that if such default cannot reasonably be cured within that thirty (30) day period, then such Lender shall have such additional time to cure the default as is reasonably necessary under the circumstances (including, without limitation, the time to obtain possession of the Premises by foreclosure or similar proceedings).

14. CONDEMNATION. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively "CONDEMNATION") this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the data the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of any building portion of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the land area portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee's relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. BROKERS' FEE.

15.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND INDEMNITIES OF BROKER RELATIONSHIPS. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the Indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.


16. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

(a) Each Party (as "RESPONDING PARTY") shall within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the other Party (the "REQUESTING PARTY") execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current "Estoppel Certificate" form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, or such form as is reasonably required by any lender of Lessor, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the responding Party fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such fifteen (15) day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party's performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month's Rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party's Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Company shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including, but not limited to, Lessee's financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. DEFINITION OF LESSOR. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants of this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined. Notwithstanding the above, and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 20 below, the original Lessor under this Lease, and all subsequent holders of the Lessor's interest in this Lease shall remain liable and responsible with regard to the potential duties and liabilities of Lessor pertaining to Hazardous Substance as outlined in Paragraph 6 above.

18. SEVERABILITY. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. DAYS. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word "days" as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. See paragraph 51, below.


21. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. NO PRIOR OR OTHER AGREEMENTS; BROKER DISCLAIMER. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.

23. NOTICES.

23.1 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that Party's address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 DATE OF NOTICE. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hour after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation or receipt, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. WAIVERS. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach of Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of monies or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.


25. RECORDING. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees applicable thereto.

26. NO RIGHT TO HOLDOVER. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee. Unless Lessor and Lessee have reached an agreement in writing to the contrary, if Lessee fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease despite Lessor's demand to do so. In addition to the rent and other obligations of Lessee as provided in this Lease, Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor harmless against any and all losses, costs, damages and liability (including actual attorneys' fees and costs, and court costs), direct or indirect, which Lessor may suffer as a result of Lessee's failure to surrender the Premises.

27. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS; CONSTRUCTION OF AGREEMENT. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.

30. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; NON-DISTURBANCE.

30.1 SUBORDINATION. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, "SECURITY DEVICE"), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as "LESSOR'S LENDER") shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof. Lessee waives the protection of any statute or rule of law which gives or purports to give Lessee any right to terminate this Lease or surrender possession of the Premise upon the transfer of Lessor's interest by foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise.


30.2 ATTORNMENT. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor; or (iii) be bound by prepaying of more than one (1) month's rent.

30.3 NON-DISTURBANCE. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a "NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT") from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee's possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorneys to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within sixty (60) days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said sixty (60) days, then Lessee may, at Lessee's option, directly contact Lessor's lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 SELF-EXECUTING. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. ATTORNEYS' FEES. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, "PREVAILING PARTY" shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorney's fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. LESSOR'S ACCESS; SHOWING PREMISES; REPAIRS. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice (it being agreed that 24 hours is reasonable for the purposes of this paragraph 32) for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. Lessor may at any time place on the Premises any ordinary "For Sale" signs and Lessor may during the last six


(6) months of the term hereof place on the Premises any ordinary "For Lease" signs. Lessee may at any time place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Sublease" sign.

33. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit any auction.

34. SIGNS. Lessee shall have the right, at its sole expense, to install building signage which is consistent in type, amount and quality with that of other occupants in California Commerce Center, and in accordance with all requirements of California Commerce Center, and the City of Fontana. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. TERMINATION; MERGER. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. CONSENTS. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party be required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent hall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, architects', attorneys', engineers' and other consultants' fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including, but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgement that no Default or Breach of Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within ten (10) business days following such request.

37. GUARANTOR.

37.1 EXECUTION. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

37.2 DEFAULT. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a


certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) a Tenancy Statement, or
(d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. QUIET POSSESSION. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. OPTIONS.

39.1 DEFINITION. "OPTION" shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 OPTIONS PERSONAL TO ORIGINAL LESSEE. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or Permitted Assignee, as applicable, certifying that lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 MULTIPLE OPTIONS. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 EFFECT OF DEFAULT ON OPTIONS.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until such Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given three (3) or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of thirty (30) days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), (ii) Lessor gives to Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Default during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

39.5 OPTIONS TO EXTEND. Lessee may extend the Term for one (1) additional period of five (5) years (the "EXTENDED TERM") upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease, subject to the


following terms, conditions and exceptions. Lessee must exercise the Option, if at all, by giving written notice of its intention to do so no earlier than nine
(9) and no later than six (6) months prior to the end of the Original Term:

(a) Lessee's option shall automatically terminate upon any transfer, assignment, sublease, conveyance, hypothecation or encumbrance of the Lease (except to a Permitted Transferee) for which Lessor's consent is required, or if the use of the Premises specified in Paragraph 1.8 and 6 is changed without the consent of Lessor.

(b) Base Rent for the first Extended Term shall be equal to the Fair Market Rate (the "FMRR") of the Premises as of the commencement of such Extended Term. As used herein, FMRR shall mean the rent that a willing lessee would pay to a willing lessor, with neither party under any financial duress, in an arm's length transaction, for property similar to the Premises, as the Premises are then improved (and taking into account that there shall be no free rent period and no payment of broker's commissions), in the market area in which the Premises are located. Not more than nine (9), nor less than six (6) months before the end of the Original Term, Lessee shall provide Lessor with its written notice that it wishes to exercise its option as provided for herein. Within thirty (30) days of Lessor's receipt of such notice, Lessor shall provide Lessee, in writing, its good faith opinion of the FMRR of the Premises as of the end of such term ("LESSOR'S FMRR NOTICE"). If Lessee objects to Lessor's determination of the FMRR of the Premises for the Extended Term, Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Lessor's notice of the FMRR, that Lessee disagrees with Lessor's determination. The parties shall then attempt to agree upon the FMRR. In the event that Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree upon the FMRR of the Premises within thirty (30) days of Lessor's receipt of Lessee's notice that it disagrees with the Lessor's FMRR Notice, then the FMRR shall be determined by appraisal in the manner provided below. Until the appraisal procedures are finalized, Lessee shall continue to pay Lessor the amount of Base Rent due immediately preceding the expiration of the Lease Term. After the determination of the appraisers is final, Lessee shall promptly make payment to Lessor for any underpayment of Base Rent owing for prior months.

The FMRR of the Premises shall be determined as follows: The Premises shall be appraised by an MAI appraiser chosen by Lessor ("FIRST APPRAISAL") and the appraisal report forwarded to Lessee. If the First Appraisal is deemed unacceptable by Lessee, then Lessee shall so advise Lessor in writing within ten
(10) working days after receipt of the First Appraisal and Lessee shall have the right to engage an MAI appraiser to appraise the Premises ("SECOND APPRAISAL") and the appraisal report forwarded to Lessor. In the event Lessor shall deem the Second Appraisal unacceptable, then Lessor shall advise Lessee within ten (10) working days after receipt of the Second Appraisal, and the first appraiser and second appraiser shall together choose a third MAI appraiser who shall appraise the Premises (the "THIRD APPRAISAL") and forward the appraisal report to Lessor and Lessee. The cost of the second appraisal shall be borne by Lessee, and the cost of the third Appraiser, if any, shall be shared equally by the parties. All Appraisers shall have no less than five (5) years experience (up to and including the date of instituting the appraisal process, of appraising property like the Premises, in the market area where the Premises are located. If the Third Appraiser is greater than the highest or lower than the lowest of the First and Second Appraisals, then the FMRR for the Premises shall be the average of the First and Second Appraisals. If the Third Appraisal is not greater than the highest nor lower than the lowest of the First and Second


Appraisals, then the FMRR for the Premises shall be the sum of the three appraisals, divided by three (3). The appraisal process shall commence no later than forty-five (45) days prior to the effect date of the Extended Term and shall be concluded within thirty (30) days after the start of the appraisal process.

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Base Rent for any Extended Term be less than that in effect at the end of the prior Term.

40. MULTIPLE BUILDINGS. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection therewith.

41. SECURITY MEASURES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation, whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. RESERVATIONS. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not materially interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "UNDER PROTEST" and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay.

44. AUTHORITY. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within thirty (30) days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

45. CONFLICT. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

46. OFFER. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.


47. AMENDMENTS. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder (i.e., there shall be no material increase in Lessee's obligations, and no material decrease in Lessee's rights), Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

48. MULTIPLE PARTIES. If more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, such multiple Parties shall have joint and several responsibility to comply with the terms of this Lease.

49. MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES. An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease is is not attached to this Lease.

50. UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS. If the performance of Lessor of any act required herein, including, without limitation, the design, planning, permitting, construction and completion of the Tenant Improvements, is prevent or delayed by reason of strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, governmental delays, acts of God, fire, floods, epidemics, freight embargoes, unavailability of materials and supplies, development moratoriums imposed by any governmental authority, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Lessor, Lessor shall be excused from performing that act for the period equal to the period of the prevention or delay.

51. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Lessee on behalf of itself and all successors and assigns of Lessee covenants and agrees that, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary and notwithstanding any applicable law to the contrary:

(a) the liability of Lessor under this Lease (including any liability for any actual or alleged failure, breach or default by Lessor under this case, and/or negligence by Lessor hereunder) and any recourse against Lessor shall be limited solely to Lessor's interest in the Premises, and the undistributed rents, profits, other income derived from the Premises, and available insurance proceeds (and not any other assets of Lessor); and

(b) the obligations of Lessor under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the members, partners or subpartners of Lessor, or any of the managers, directors, officers or shareholders of lessor or Lessor's members, partners or subpartners, and Lessee shall not seek recourse against any such members, partners or subpartners or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease.


LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVISE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE'S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.


THIS LEASE MUST BE EXECUTED BY TWO CORPORATE OFFICERS OF LESSEE

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

Executed at: DES MOINES                Executed at: North Andover, Massachusetts


on:                                        on:


By LESSOR:                             By LESSEE:


PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE CO.           CONVERSE INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION
          AN IOWA CORPORATION

By: /S/ DOUG KINTELE                   By: /S/ MARSDEN S. CASON

Name Printed: DOUG KINTELE             Name Printed: MARSDEN S. CASON

Title: ASSISTANT DIRECTOR,             Title: EXECUTIVE CO-CHAIRMAN

      COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE

By: /S/ JOHN N. URBAN                  By: /S/ LAURA W. KELLEY

Name Printed: JOHN N. URBAN            Name Printed: LAURA W. KELLEY

Title: DIRECTOR, ASSET MANAGEMENT      Title: VP LEGAL

Address:                               Address: ONE HIGH STREET
                                                NORTH ANDOVER, MA 01845

Telephone: (___)                       Telephone: (978) 983-3300

Facsimile: (___)                       Facsimile: (978) 983-3503

Federal ID No.                         Federal ID No.

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet the changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 So. Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, California 90017, (213) 687-8777, Fax No. (213) 687-8616


EXHIBIT 10.8

STOCK PURCHASE AND TRADEMARK AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the "AGREEMENT") is entered into as of February 24, 2001 by and between Cre-8-Net Ventures L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("CRE-8-NET"), Footwear Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("NEWCO"), and Itochu Corporation, a Japanese corporation ("ITOCHU").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Converse, Inc. ("CONVERSE") is currently a debtor and debtor in possession in bankruptcy under the United States Bankruptcy Code ("BANKRUPTCY") and is seeking to sell its assets by auction in Bankruptcy pursuant to an order issued by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the "BANKRUPTCY COURT") on February 5, 2001.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to form, with certain other parties, a new corporation, Footwear Acquisition, Inc., for the purposes of Newco's purchasing, directly or through a wholly-owned subsidiary, out of Bankruptcy (the "CONVERSE PURCHASE") the Converse Assets (as defined below), including all of Converse's footwear trademarks in Japan.

WHEREAS, in conjunction with the Converse Purchase, and in exchange for the consideration described herein, Newco intends on the terms set forth in this Agreement, among other things, to transfer to Itochu all right, title and interest in and to Converse's Japanese Footwear Trademarks (as defined below), to issue to Itochu shares of Newco's capital stock, to grant Itochu exclusive distribution rights in Japan (subject to the limitations contained herein), and to grant Itochu certain rights of first negotiation and first refusal with respect to designated Asian distribution rights.

WHEREAS, in conjunction with the transactions contemplated hereby, Cre-8-Net, Newco and Itochu are entering into the Cooperative Marketing Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "COOPERATIVE MARKETING AGREEMENT").

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the expenses incurred and expected to be incurred by Newco in connection with the Converse Purchase and the mutual promises set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this Agreement:

"Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

"Bank" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.


"Bankruptcy" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to the Agreement.

"Bankruptcy Court" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to the Agreement.

"Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

"Converse" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

"Converse Assets" shall mean Converse's trademarks, including all of Converse's footwear trademarks in Japan, and related licenses, patents, trade secrets, designs, footwear lasts, logos, license, distribution, manufacturing and other legal agreements, data processing hardware and software, certain employee contracts, certain leases, order backlog, customer lists and order history, marketing materials, vendor lists with production and pricing data past and pending, and detailed inventory data and other assets, including, without limitation, inventory and equipment; provided, however, "Converse Assets" shall not include any Converse assets which Newco and Cre-8-Net shall reasonably determine not to acquire so long as (i) such exclusion shall not prevent or impair Newco's ability to transfer the Japanese Footwear Trademarks to Itochu as contemplated by this Agreement or the grant of the rights set forth in Section 5 and (ii) Newco shall have acquired substantially all material Converse trademarks, related licenses and other intellectual property rights related to Converse's current footwear and apparel businesses.

"Converse Purchase" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

"Cooperative Marketing Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

"Cre-8-Net" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

"Election Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

"Financial Statements" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

"Investor Rights Agreement" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

"Itochu" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

"Japanese Footwear Trademarks" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

"License Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

"Liens" shall mean any limitations, restrictions or encumbrances of any nature, including royalty obligations (to the extent consistent with Japanese laws) other than restrictions on use rights arising from licensing arrangements as licensor; provided, however, Liens shall not include any limitation, restrictions or encumbrances agreed to by Itochu.

"Newco" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.


"Newco Change of Control" means (i) the acquisition of Newco by another entity by means of any reorganization, merger or consolidation involving Newco; or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Newco (including the stock of any wholly owned subsidiary holding or acquiring the Converse Assets); unless in each case, Newco's stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for Newco's acquisition or sale or otherwise), hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

"Offered Shares" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

"Offered Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

"Other Trademarks" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

"Proposed Transferee" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

"Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

"Purchase Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

"Purchase Offer" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

"Renewing License" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

"Restricted Investors" means any of the following entities: Mitsubishi Corporation, Mitsui & Co, Ltd., Sumitomo Corporation, Marubeni Corporation, Nissho Iwai Corporation, Tomen Corporation, Kanematsu Corporation or Nichimen Corporation or any corporate affiliate thereof.

"Qualified IPO" shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering by Newco of shares of its common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act which offering shall have gross proceeds (prior to underwriters' discounts and commissions) to Newco of at least $20,000,000.

"Securities Act" means the United States Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Shares" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

"Stock Disposition Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

"Stock Right of First Refusal" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

"Trademark Transfer Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

"Transfer" means any sale, transfer, pledge, exclusive license or other encumbrance.

"Transfer Documents" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.


2. CONSIDERATION; ESCROW ARRANGEMENTS

2.1 Converse Purchase. Cre-8-Net shall, and shall cause Newco to, in good faith take commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate, if granted the opportunity to by the Bankruptcy Court, to prepare, submit on a timely basis and negotiate an offer to seek to effect the Converse Purchase and acquire the Converse Assets so that, on and after the Closing Date, Newco may transfer the Japanese Footwear Trademarks to Itochu and effect the other transactions with Itochu as contemplated herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Cre-8-Net shall, and shall cause Newco to, in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to procure capital investment and other financing from third parties (on commercially reasonable terms) and in amounts, in addition to the capital investment and financing provided by Itochu, as may be required to effect the Converse Purchase on commercially reasonable terms. For avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 2.7, neither Newco nor Cre-8-Net shall have any liability to Itochu if in good faith they determine after using commercially reasonable efforts not to proceed with the Converse Purchase.

2.2 Information; Approval Rights. Cre-8-Net shall keep Itochu reasonably advised, and shall cause Newco to keep Itochu reasonably advised, from time to time and as may be reasonably requested by Itochu, of the terms and conditions of any offer by Newco or Cre-8-Net that may be made in relation to the Converse Purchase and the status of any discussions or negotiations in relation thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, Newco's bid submitted to the Bankruptcy Court shall provide for, and require as a condition to closing, (i) Newco's acquisition of substantially all the Converse Assets including the Japanese Footwear Trademarks and (ii) the rights necessary for Newco to perform its obligations under Section 5 of this Agreement. The foregoing provisions of Newco's bid shall not be amended without Itochu's prior written consent.

2.3 Confidentiality; Public Disclosure. The terms and conditions of this Agreement and any non-public information exchanged among Cre-8-Net, Newco and Itochu hereunder constitute confidential information and shall not be disclosed to any third party except as provided below. No party hereto may make any public disclosure concerning this Agreement or the terms or conditions hereof without the prior written approval of each of the other parties hereto, except to the extent that such public disclosure is required by applicable laws. In such case, the party that is required to make such public disclosure shall provide a copy of its proposed public disclosure to the other parties in advance and shall limit the scope of the public disclosure to include only such information as is required, in the reasonable discretion of the party making the public disclosure, to comply with its obligations under applicable laws. If Cre-8-Net or Newco determine that any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any non-public information exchanged among Cre-8-Net, Newco and Itochu hereunder must be disclosed in relation to Newco's offer for the Converse Assets, Cre-8-Net and Newco shall consult with Itochu in advance of such disclosure and shall subject to applicable law limit such disclosure as may be reasonably requested by Itochu. The foregoing shall not prohibit disclosure of the terms and conditions of this Agreement to bona fide prospective Newco investors, employees, investment bankers, lenders, accountants and attorneys where such persons and entities are under appropriate contractual or professional non-disclosure obligations.


2.4 Itochu Cash Payment. In consideration of the transfer of rights to the Japanese Footwear Trademarks to Itochu set forth in Section 3.1, the Newco share issuance in Section 4, the rights of first negotiation and first refusal granted to Itochu set forth in Section 5 below, and the other rights granted to it hereunder, Itochu agrees to pay to Newco Yen 3,700,000,000 (the "PURCHASE Price"), which shall be allocated Yen 200,000,000 to the Shares and Yen 3,500,000,000 to the Japanese Footwear Trademarks and other rights granted under this Agreement.

2.5 Escrow/Other Arrangements. Itochu shall not later than March 4, 2001, deposit an amount equal to the Purchase Price into an escrow account or shall otherwise provide alternative credit arrangements or facilities that Newco may draw upon, as may be reasonably acceptable to Newco and Itochu. Any escrow account established pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be in the name of a mutually agreed third party escrow agent, shall be opened with a branch or office of a United States bank agreed upon by Cre-8-Net and Itochu (the "BANK") pursuant to Bank's customary escrow agreement, and all funds placed therein shall be invested in money market funds or investment grade rated interest bearing instruments.

2.6 Release of Funds; Closing. Cre-8-Net shall not, and shall cause Newco not to, draw upon, use or otherwise commit such escrow account or alternative credit arrangements or facilities unless and until all the conditions precedent under Sections 7.1 and 7.3 have been satisfied in full or waived by Itochu. Subject to the foregoing, the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement shall take place concurrently with the closing of the Converse Purchase (the "CLOSING DATE").

2.7 Return of Funds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Newco withdraws its offer to effect the Converse Purchase or is otherwise unsuccessful in its efforts to complete the Converse Purchase, Newco shall, and Cre-8-Net shall cause Newco to, release and return immediately to Itochu the Purchase Price and any alternative credit arrangements or facilities provided by Itochu as directed by Itochu in writing, in the original currency provided by Itochu together with interest then accrued thereon (converted if applicable into the original currency) less a pro rata portion of the related escrow fees and expenses. In any event, if for any reason the Converse Purchase has not been completed by May 15, 2001, unless Itochu otherwise agrees in writing, Newco shall, and Cre-8-Net shall cause Newco to, release and return immediately to Itochu the Purchase Price the escrow account and any alternative credit arrangements or facilities provided by Itochu as directed by Itochu in writing, in the original currency provided by Itochu together with interest then accrued thereon (converted if applicable into the original currency) less a pro rata portion of the related escrow fees and expenses.


3. JAPANESE TRADEMARK AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS

3.1 Transfer of Japanese Footwear Trademarks; Other Transfer and Confirmation. On the Closing Date, Newco shall transfer the Japanese Footwear Trademarks and transfer and confirm the other rights granted herein and shall execute and deliver to Itochu Japanese applications for trademark transfer forms as may be properly prepared and requested by Itochu covering the Japanese Footwear Trademarks and any other documents reasonably requested and identified by Itochu to effect the transfer of the Japanese Footwear Trademarks to Itochu (collectively, the "TRANSFER DOCUMENTS"). As used herein, the "JAPANESE FOOTWEAR TRADEMARKS" means all of Converse's rights to trademarks in Japan, including without limitation footwear trademarks, and all of Converse's licensed rights, copyrights, design rights and other intellectual property rights related thereto in Japan, including without limitation all contractual or other rights as licensor in relation to footwear in Japan, which are currently owned by Converse, excluding any rights in portions of the applicable trademarks or other intellectual property rights that may be co-owned by any third party, and subject to any exclusions approved by Itochu. Itochu acknowledges that notwithstanding execution and delivery of the Transfer Documents on the Closing Date, the completion and recordation of such transfer with the Japanese trademark registration authority will occur after the Closing Date. Newco shall transfer, through delivery of the Transfer Documents, the Japanese Footwear Trademarks to Itochu free and clear of any Liens that may exist on the Closing Date; provided, however, that (i) the transfer of contractual or other rights as licensor shall be subject to obtaining any consents to such transfer as may be required under the applicable agreement and (ii) the transfer of Converse's rights to any co-owned trademark shall be subject to obtaining any consents to such transfer as may be required from the co-owner. Itochu shall, at its own expense and with the cooperation of Newco apply for the assignment of the Japanese registrations for the Japanese Footwear Trademarks, and Itochu shall otherwise bear all expenses in connection with completion and recordation of the transfer thereof. Upon execution of the Transfer Documents, Itochu shall be free to make all footwear related trademark applications with respect to the Japanese Footwear Trademarks in Japan, and Newco shall cooperate with Itochu in expanding the categories of registration of the Japanese Footwear Trademarks in Japan to include other appropriate categories of registration.


3.2 Transfer of Right, Title and Interest. Concurrently with the execution of the Transfer Documents, Newco shall execute such other documents as Itochu may properly prepare and reasonably request to effect the unconditional transfer of any and all Japanese Footwear Trademarks, free and clear of all Liens that may exist on the Closing Date, and to waive any other, right, title and interest of Newco in and to the Japanese Footwear Trademarks; provided, however, that (i) the transfer of contractual or other rights as licensor shall be subject to obtaining any consents to such transfer as may be required under the applicable agreement and (ii) the transfer of Converse's rights to any co-owned trademark shall be subject to obtaining any consents to such transfer as may be required from the co-owner. Newco shall endeavor to obtain from Converse in the transfer by the Bankruptcy Court a license by Converse of all rights, titles and interests of Converse that it may have in the Japanese Footwear Trademarks for the benefit of Newco and its successors and assigns.

3.3 Distribution Rights. On the Closing Date, Newco shall execute and deliver to Itochu such documents as may be properly prepared and reasonably requested by Itochu to effect the grant to Itochu of the exclusive rights to distribute Converse brand products in Japan, which grant shall be subject to any pre-existing rights of third parties. Newco shall not take any action to extend or renew any pre-existing rights of third parties as such rights expire or terminate and shall exercise such rights as it may have to prevent any automatic renewal of such pre-existing rights. The parties agree that sales hereunder (including Section 3.1) shall be restricted to distribution in Japan only and Itochu shall not knowingly sell to customers in Japan for purposes of export. The foregoing does not restrict any rights specifically acquired pursuant to
Section 5.

3.4 Power of Attorney; No Adverse Action; Further Documents. Effective as of the Closing Date, Newco grants to Itochu an irrevocable power of attorney, with full power of substitution, with respect to the Japanese Footwear Trademarks. Upon the Closing Date, Newco agrees to execute in favor of Itochu or its designee a specific irrevocable power of attorney, with full power of substitution, to record the assignment of the Japanese Footwear Trademarks from Converse to Newco and from Newco to Itochu. Newco agrees that it shall not, nor shall it take any action that could, Transfer any interest in the Japanese Footwear Trademarks (including the creation of any Lien) to any party other than Itochu on or after the Closing Date. Effective as of the Closing Date, Newco agrees that it will grant to Itochu an exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to use the Japanese Footwear Trademarks during the period before Itochu becomes record owner, and while Newco is the record owner, of the Japanese Footwear Trademarks. Newco shall execute and deliver to Itochu such documents as Itochu may properly prepare and reasonably request to effect the foregoing.

4. NEWCO SHARE ISSUANCE TO ITOCHU; ITOCHU SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

4.1 Share Issuance. On the Closing Date, Newco shall issue to Itochu shares of its common stock representing 5% of the then outstanding shares of Newco capital stock (the "SHARES"). The Shares shall not be registered under the Securities Act in reliance on the investment representations made by Itochu in
Section 6.2(c).

4.2 Additional Rights. For so long as (i) Itochu owns directly or indirectly at least 25% of the Shares issued under this Agreement and (ii) a Newco Change of Control or Qualified IPO has not occurred, Itochu shall be entitled to the following rights:


(a) Information Rights. Within 45 days after the end of each of Newco's fiscal quarters (other than the fourth quarter), Newco shall provide Itochu with financial statements prepared by Newco which contain an income statement, balance sheet and statement of stockholders' equity (the "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). Within 90 days after the end of each of Newco's fiscal years, Newco shall deliver to Itochu an audited statement of cash flows for the fiscal year and audited Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and prepared by an independent public accounting firm of US national recognition. Newco shall also promptly provide to Itochu any written information provided to Newco's board of directors and any other information that Itochu shall reasonably request, as determined by Newco's board of directors, provided, however, Newco shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 4.2(a) to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information (including, without limitation, information Newco considers to be subject to attorney/client privilege).

Venture Capital Financing Rights. To the extent Newco or its stockholders provide Perseus Capital (or any other entity providing equity financing to consummate the Converse Purchase) information rights, registration rights, pre-emptive rights, co-sale rights, and/or rights of first refusal with respect to their Newco holdings, Itochu shall be provided such rights under the related investor rights agreement(s) (the "INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT") except that good faith, appropriate and customary venture capital distinctions and exceptions may be made based on Itochu's status as a common stockholder and size of holdings. With respect to the Shares, Newco hereby grants Itochu the right to participate in any registered public offering by Newco (other than its Qualified Initial Public Offering) on customary terms and conditions. If the foregoing is not included in the Investor Rights Agreement, Newco and Itochu shall execute a separate registration rights agreement for the benefit of Itochu. Newco's obligation to deliver the Financial Statements and other information pursuant to
Section 4.2(a) shall terminate if and only to the extent Itochu is otherwise entitled to the same information as contemplated by Section 4.2(a).

4.3 Lock-Up Agreement. If Newco proposes to conduct a Qualified IPO, upon request of Newco's underwriters, Itochu agrees to execute for the benefit of the underwriters, a lock-up agreement which prohibits the sale, transfer, offer to sell, short sale, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Shares for a period not to exceed 180 days after the date of such public offering.

4.4 New Investors. After the date of this Agreement, to the extent that Newco desires to issue shares of its capital stock to any new investor that is a Restricted Investor, Cre-8-Net and Newco shall consult with Itochu regarding the proposed terms and conditions of the issuance of Newco capital stock. Itochu shall have the right to approve any such new investor.

4.5 Investor Rights Agreement. Once Itochu's rights and obligations under Sections 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 are incorporated into the Investor Rights Agreement, that agreement shall govern and these provisions shall be terminated.

5. ITOCHU DISTRIBUTION NEGOTIATION AND MANUFACTURING RIGHTS

The provisions of this Section 5 shall be effective on and after the Closing Date.


5.1 Right of First Negotiation. When the current existing licenses for sales of Converse apparel and footwear brands expire or terminate in The People's Republic of China, Taiwan and Korea, Newco agrees to negotiate exclusively with Itochu for a period of ninety (90) days for each country so that Itochu shall have the right to distribute Converse apparel and footwear brands in those countries on terms mutually agreeable to the parties. Newco's foregoing obligation shall be deemed to have been satisfied if Newco shall, prior to any such license expiration or termination, have notified Itochu of the upcoming expiration or termination and negotiated exclusively with Itochu for a period of ninety (90) days. If any such licenses contain provisions that allow the licenses to renew automatically (a "RENEWING LICENSE") unless either party thereto gives notice of termination or non-renewal to the other within a certain time period, Newco shall be obligated to give Itochu written notice and an opportunity to negotiate exclusively at least ninety (90) days prior to the last day on which Newco must give such notice of termination or non-renewal.

5.2 Right of First Refusal. Following the expiration of the current existing licenses for, and prior to entering into any new license for, sales of any Converse apparel and footwear brands in The People's Republic of China, Taiwan and Korea, Newco shall give written notice (the "LICENSE NOTICE") to Itochu setting forth in reasonable details the bona fide material terms and all other relevant material conditions of such proposed license. The foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2 shall not apply to a Renewing License.

(a) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. Itochu shall have the right and option (but not the obligation) to enter into the licensing arrangement described in the License Notice. If Itochu does not wish to pursue the license proposed in the License Notice, Itochu shall give written notice to Newco as promptly as practicable. Unless Itochu gives written notice declining the license proposed in the License Notice, Itochu shall have ninety (90) days following receipt of the License Notice to consummate a license with Newco on mutually agreed terms.

(b) Right to License. If Itochu and Newco do not agree to terms on the license under this Section 5.2, Newco shall have the right to consummate the licensing arrangement described in the License Notice; provided, that, the ultimate terms of the license are not materially more favorable to the licensee than those described in the License Notice and provided further that such license is consummated within ninety (90) days after, as applicable, Itochu's written notice declining the license proposed in the License Notice or the one hundredth eighty-first (181st) day after Itochu's receipt of the License Notice. If Newco is unable to consummate such license in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.2(b), Itochu's right of first refusal shall again apply.


5.3 Manufacturing of Brand. Newco agrees that Itochu may source and manufacture Converse brand footwear anywhere in Asia so long as these non-Japanese made products are sold only in Japan (or in any other countries for which Itochu acquires distribution rights pursuant to Sections 5.1 or 5.2). Newco shall ensure that, following the Closing Date, Itochu retains its current manufacturing rights with respect to Converse brand non-footwear products offered for sale in Japan, on the same terms and conditions as Itochu presently maintains pursuant to its Agreement for Assignment and Sale of Trademarks dated November 25, 1999 with Converse.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.1 Representations of Cre-8-Net and Newco. Each of Cre-8-Net and Newco represent and warrant, as of the date hereof and the Closing Date, as follows:

(a) Organization. Cre-8-Net is a limited liability company and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Newco is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware. Each of Cre-8-Net and Newco has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and to carry on its respective business as it is now conducted and proposed to be conducted; and each of Cre-8-Net and Newco has all requisite corporate, legal and other power and authority to enter into and perform the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Capitalization. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Newco have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and have been offered, issued and sold by Newco in compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws. Schedule 6.1(b), to be attached hereto prior to the Converse Purchase, sets forth as of the Converse Purchase closing the authorized capital stock of Newco, the number of shares thereof issued and outstanding, and a list of the stockholders of Newco indicating the shares of Newco held by each of them.

(c) Authorization and Compliance. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement by Newco, the execution, delivery and performance by Newco and Cre-8-Net of this Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance by Newco of the Cooperative Marketing Agreement have been or will be duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Cre-8-Net and Newco, as applicable, and the Shares, when so issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Cre-8-Net and Newco and the execution, delivery and performance by Newco of the Cooperative Marketing Agreement and the offer, sale and delivery of the Shares do not and will not conflict with, violate or result in any default under or breach of any of the provisions of, as applicable, (i) any law of the United States of America or its political subdivisions, (ii) the constitutive documents of Cre-8-Net or Newco, (iii) any decree, judgment or order, applicable to Cre-8-Net or Newco or (iv) any contract or agreement by which Cre-8-Net or Newco is bound.

(d) Enforceability. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Cre-8-Net and Newco, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to


enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general equitable principles.

(e) Status of Newco. Newco is a newly formed for the express purpose of acquiring the Converse Assets and has no assets or liabilities except those solely related to or incurred in connection with the Converse Purchase.

6.2 Representations of Itochu.

Itochu hereby represents and warrants to Cre-8-Net and Newco, as of the date hereof and the Closing Date, as follows:

(a) Organization. Itochu is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Japan and has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now conducted and proposed to be conducted; and Itochu has all requisite corporate, legal and other power and authority to enter into and perform the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Authorization and Compliance. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Itochu have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Itochu. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Cooperative Marketing Agreement by Itochu do not and will not conflict with, violate or result in any default under or breach of any of the provisions of (i) any law of Japan or its political subdivisions, (ii) the articles of incorporation and other organizational documents of Itochu, (iii) any decree, judgment or order, applicable to Itochu or (iv) any material contract or agreement by which Itochu is bound. Itochu has satisfied itself that it has complied with all applicable laws in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

(c) Investment Representations.

(i) Purchase Entirely for Own Account. The Shares are being acquired for investment for Itochu's own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that Itochu has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Itochu does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

(ii) Investment Experience. Itochu is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares.

(iii) Restricted Securities. Itochu understands that the Shares are characterized as "restricted securities" under the U.S. federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from Newco in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities


Act, only in certain limited circumstances. Itochu understands that no public market presently exists for the securities of Newco, and that there are no assurances that any such market will be created.

(iv) Further Limitations on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the above, Itochu further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares, unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of Newco to be bound by this Section 6.2(c) and Section 4.3 of this Agreement, and:

(1) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(2) Itochu shall have notified Newco of the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by Newco, Itochu shall have furnished Newco with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Newco, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act.

(v) Legends. It is understood that the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares shall bear the following legends:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF THE ACT. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENTS COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SHARES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE CORPORATION.


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, MARKET STAND-OFF AND OTHER PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN AN AGREEMENT DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 24, 2001. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE CORPORATION AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

7. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

7.1 Conditions to Obligations of Newco and Itochu. The obligations of each of Newco and Itochu under this Agreement to cause the closing hereunder to take place shall be subject to the satisfaction, at and as of the Closing Date, of the conditions that:

(a) the execution and approval of the Converse Purchase shall have occurred in accordance with applicable Bankruptcy Court approval and in accordance with such other terms and conditions as may be agreeable to Newco, to the extent consistent with the requirements of this Agreement and Newco shall have obtained all of Converse's rights, title and interest in substantially all of the Converse Assets, including without limitation, the Japanese Footwear Trademarks;

(b) there shall not have been entered a preliminary or permanent injunction, temporary restraining order or other judicial or administrative order or decree in any jurisdiction, the effect of which prohibits the completion of the Converse Purchase or the closing of this Agreement on the Closing Date or prevents Newco from performing in all material respects its obligations under this Agreement and there shall be no legal actions or proceedings pending that will, if determined adversely, prohibit Newco from performing in all material respects its obligations under this Agreement; and

(c) the Japanese Footwear Trademarks shall not be subject to any Liens, including any attachment or provisional attachment (other than as a result of Itochu's failure to obtain the consent contemplated in Section 7.2(b)); provided, however, that (i) the transfer of contractual or other rights as licensor shall be subject to obtaining any consents to such transfer as may be required under the applicable agreement and (ii) the transfer of Converse's rights to any co-owned trademark shall be subject to obtaining any consents to such transfer as may be required from the co-owner.

7.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Newco. Except to the extent expressly waived in writing by Newco, the obligations of Newco under this Agreement to cause the closing hereunder to take place shall also be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of Itochu in Section 6.2 shall have been true and correct when made, and shall be true and correct at the Closing Date as if made on and as of such date, and Itochu shall have performed in all material respects its obligations required by this Agreement to be performed on or prior to the Closing Date; and


(b) Itochu shall have delivered to Newco a certificate executed by an authorized Itochu representative certifying that, based upon his best knowledge, the representations specified in Section 6.2 are true and correct as of the Closing Date.

7.3 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Itochu. Except to the extent expressly waived in writing by Itochu, the obligations of Itochu under this Agreement to cause the closing to take place shall also be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions:

(a) Itochu shall have received properly executed Transfer Documents and all other documents required to be delivered at the Closing Date under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof with respect to the Japanese Footwear Trademarks;

(b) Any consents or approvals required for the transfers contemplated under Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3 hereof shall have been delivered to Itochu by Newco; provided, that, the foregoing shall not apply to any required consent of Moonstar or any Japanese governmental approval required to effect the transfer of the Japanese Footwear Trademarks and provided, further, that (i) the transfer of contractual or other rights as licensor shall be subject to obtaining any consents to such transfer as may be required under the applicable agreement and (ii) the transfer of Converse's rights to any co-owned trademark shall be subject to obtaining any consents to such transfer as may be required from the co-owner;

(c) Cre-8-Net and Newco shall have procured sufficient capital investment, financing and other funds (including release of the Purchase Price) necessary to permit Newco to acquire the Converse Assets;

(d) Newco shall have delivered such documents as Itochu may properly prepare and reasonably request to confirm Itochu's manufacturing rights for Converse non-footwear products in Japan in accordance with Section 5.3;

(e) The rights granted to Itochu under Sections 5.1 and 5.2 shall be in full force and effect;

(f) The representations and warranties of Cre-8-Net and Newco in
Section 6.1 shall have been true and correct when made, and shall be true and correct on the Closing Date as if made on and as of such date, and Newco shall have delivered certificates representing the Shares and otherwise shall have performed in all material respects its obligations required by this Agreement, to be performed on or prior to the Closing Date; and

(g) Newco shall have delivered to Itochu a certificate executed by Newco's chief executive officer certifying that, based upon his best knowledge, the conditions specified in Section 7.1 have been fulfilled as of the Closing Date.

8. OTHER AGREEMENTS

The provisions of this Section 8 shall be effective on and after the Closing Date.


8.1 Right of First Refusal on Itochu's Newco Stock.

(a) Right of First Refusal. For eighteen (18) months from the Closing Date, Itochu shall not Transfer any shares of Newco capital stock owned by it. Thereafter, before any shares of Newco capital stock owned by Itochu may be sold or otherwise Transferred, Newco or its assigns shall have a right of first refusal to purchase all such shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8.1 (the "STOCK RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL").

(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer. Itochu shall deliver to Newco a written notice (the "STOCK DISPOSITION NOTICE") describing the purchase offer (the "PURCHASE OFFER") stating: (i) Itochu's bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such shares (the "OFFERED SHARES"); (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the "PROPOSED TRANSFEREE"); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the per share bona fide cash price or other consideration for which Itochu proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the "OFFERED PRICE"), and Itochu shall offer the Offered Shares at the Offered Price to Newco or its assignee(s).

(c) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. The Stock Right of First Refusal may be exercised in whole by delivery by Newco and/or its assignees of a written notice ("ELECTION NOTICE") delivered to Itochu within ninety (90) calendar days after receiving the Stock Disposition Notice. Newco and/or its assignee(s) shall have the right and option (but not the obligation) to purchase all the Offered Shares in their entirety at the Price (defined below).

(d) Purchase Price; Payment. The per share purchase price ("PRICE") for the Offered Shares purchased by Newco or its assignees under this Section 8.1 shall be the Offered Price per share. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined through the good faith negotiations by Newco or its assignee and Itochu. Payment of the Price shall be made in cash (by check) within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Election Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Election Notice.

(e) Right to Transfer. If the Offered Shares are not purchased by Newco or its assignees, then Itochu may sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares in their entirety to the Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided, that, such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Election Notice and, provided, further, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of Section 4.3 and Section 6.2(c) shall continue to apply to the Offered Shares held by such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to Newco and Newco shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any shares of Newco capital stock can be sold by Itochu.

(f) StopTransfer. Any attempt by Itochu to Transfer any shares of Newco capital stock in violation of this Section 8.1 shall be void and Newco shall be permitted not effect such a Transfer, not treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares and stop transfer of such attempted Transfer.


(g) Exclusions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Itochu shall have the right to Transfer all or part of its shares of Newco capital stock to one or more majority owned subsidiaries of Itochu which agree in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement which otherwise constitute obligations of Itochu with respect to the Shares.

(h) Termination of Stock Right of First Refusal. The provisions of
Section 8.1 shall terminate immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO or a Newco Change of Control.

8.2 Japanese Footwear Trademark Right of First Negotiation and First Refusal.

(a) Right of First Negotiation. If Itochu proposes to Transfer the Japanese Footwear Trademarks or the trademarks and related rights in any other countries for which Itochu acquires distribution rights pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 (collectively, the "OTHER TRADEMARKS"), Itochu shall negotiate exclusively with Newco for a period of ninety (90) days prior to any such Transfer. Itochu's foregoing obligation shall be deemed to have been satisfied if Itochu, prior to any initiation of discussions with any third parties regarding such Transfer, notified Newco of its desire to Transfer such trademarks and related rights and shall have negotiated exclusively with Newco for a period of ninety (90) days regarding such Transfer.

(b) Right of First Refusal; Notice. Itochu shall not Transfer the Japanese Footwear Trademarks or the Other Trademarks or any interest therein without first giving written notice of the proposed Transfer to Newco setting forth in reasonable detail the proposed assignee, the marks and related rights proposed to be Transferred, and the price and other terms and conditions of the Transfer (the "TRADEMARK TRANSFER NOTICE").

(c) Exercise of Trademark Right of First Refusal. Newco or any of its majority owned subsidiaries shall have the right and option (but not the obligation) to purchase all of the marks and associated rights specified in the Trademark Transfer Notice for a price equal to the price (and on the other terms and conditions) specified in the Trademark Transfer Notice. If Newco or its majority owned subsidiary does not wish to purchase all of the marks and associated rights specified in the Trademark Transfer Notice, Newco shall give written notice to Itochu as promptly as practicable. Unless Newco gives written notice declining the purchase proposed in the Trademark Transfer Notice, Newco or its majority owned subsidiary shall have ninety (90) days following receipt of the Trademark Transfer Notice to consummate the purchase with Itochu on mutually agreed terms.

(d) Right to Transfer. If Itochu and Newco or its majority owned subsidiary do not agree to terms on the Transfer under this Section 8.2, Itochu shall have the right to consummate the arrangement described in the Trademark Transfer Notice; provided, that, the ultimate terms of the arrangement are not materially more favorable to the transferee than those described in the Trademark Transfer Notice and provided further that such transaction is consummated within ninety (90) days after, as applicable, Newco's written notice declining the Transfer proposed in the Trademark Transfer Notice or the one hundredth eighty-first (181st) day after Newco's receipt of the Trademark Transfer Notice. If Itochu is unable to consummate such Transfer in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.2(d), Itochu's right of first refusal shall again apply.


(e) Exclusions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Itochu shall have the right to Transfer all or part of the Japanese Footwear Trademarks or the Other Trademarks to one or more majority owned subsidiaries of Itochu which agree in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement to the extent those provisions would be obligations of Itochu in relation to the specific Transferred Japanese Footwear Trademarks or the Other Trademarks.

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California without application of principles of conflicts of law.

9.2 Survival. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by any party and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

9.3 Successors and Assigns. Neither Itochu, Cre-8-Net nor Newco shall assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights under this Agreement other than to a successor to all or substantially all of the business of such party by way of merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, except that Newco's rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and shall be assignable to any majority owned subsidiary of Newco and any institutional lender which has provided or committed to provide acquisition, working capital or other financing to Newco. Except as provided in the preceding sentence and other specific provisions hereof, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

9.4 Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement and its exhibits expressly described herein constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of each of the parties hereto.

9.5 Notices and Other Communications. Every notice or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement by either party shall be delivered either by (i) personal delivery, (ii) postage prepaid return receipt requested registered or certified mail (airmail if available), or the equivalent of registered or certified mail under the laws of the country where mailed, (iii) internationally recognized overnight courier, such as Federal Express or UPS, or
(iv) facsimile with a confirmation copy sent simultaneously by postage prepaid, return receipt requested, registered or certified mail, in each case:

if addressed to Newco at: c/o Cre-8-Net (at the address noted below),

With a copy to:
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304

Attention: Catherine Kirkman and Kurt Berney


Telephone: 1 650 493-9300 Facsimile: 1 650 493-6811

if addressed to addressed to Cre-8-Net at:

Cre-8-Net Ventures
591 Redwood Highway
Suite 2180
Mill Valley, California 94941 Telephone: 1 415 309-0956 Facsimile: 1 415 383-7405

With a copy to:
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.


(as set forth above)

if addressed to Itochu at:

Itochu Corporation
1-3, Kyutaro-machi 4-chome, Chuo-ku, Osaka 541-8577, Japan

Attention: Kenichi Kamiyoshi Operating Officer of Import Textile And Fashion Goods Division

Telephone: 81-6-6241-2987 Facsimile: 81-6-6244-0845

With a copy to:

Yoshihiro Fukushima,
Manager of Import Textile And Fashion Goods Division,
Section No.6

Notice by registered or certified mail shall be effective on the date it is officially recorded as delivered to the intended recipient by return receipt or equivalent, and in the absence of such record of delivery, the effective date shall be presumed to have been the fifth (5th) business day after it was


deposited in the mail. All notices and other communications required or contemplated by this Agreement delivered in person or sent by courier shall be deemed to have been delivered to and received by the addressee and shall be effective on the date of personal delivery; notices delivered by facsimile with simultaneous confirmation copy by registered or certified mail shall be deemed delivered to and received by the addressee and effective on the date sent. Notice not given in writing shall be effective only if acknowledged in writing by a duly authorized representative of the party to whom it was given.

9.6 Counsel Fees. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and other expenses incident to this Agreement.

9.7 Finder's Fees.

(a) Newco and Cre-8-Net (i) represent and warrant that they have not retained any finder or broker in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) hereby agree to indemnify and to hold Itochu harmless of and from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder's fee to any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which Newco or Cre-8-Net or any of their employees or representatives, is responsible.

(b) Itochu (i) represents and warrants that it has retained no finder or broker in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) hereby agrees to indemnify and to hold Newco and the other shareholders harmless of and from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder's fee to any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which Itochu, or any of its employees or representatives, is responsible.


9.8 ARBITRATION. UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY NEWCO, CRE-8-NET AND ITOCHU IN WRITING, ALL DISPUTE, CONTROVERSIES, OR DIFFERENCES WHICH MAY ARISE BETWEEN THE PARTIES OUT OF OR IN RELATION TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH THEREOF, SHALL BE FINALLY SETTLED BY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES OF ARBITRATION OF THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE BY A PANEL OF THREE ARBITRATORS, ONE OF WHOM SHALL BE SELECTED JOINTLY BY CRE-8-NET AND NEWCO, ONE OF WHOM SHALL BE SELECTED BY ITOCHU, AND THE THIRD OF WHOM SHALL BE APPOINTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES OF ARBITRATION. THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND THE PLACE OF ARBITRATION SHALL BE OSAKA, JAPAN IF THE ARBITRATION PROCEEDING IS INITIATED BY NEWCO OR CRE-8-NET AND SHALL BE IN SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA IF THE ARBITRATION PROCEEDING IS INITIATED BY ITOCHU. THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION SHALL APPLY WHETHER THE DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR DIFFERENCE ARISES UNDER CONTRACT, TORT, LAW, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, EACH PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED WITHIN ANY COUNTRY TO SEEK INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, DAMAGES, AND RELATED LEGAL OR EQUITABLE REMEDIES BY JUDICIAL ACTION AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY THIRD PARTY BASED ON ANY INFRINGEMENT OR OTHER VIOLATION OF TRADEMARK OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS RESPECTIVELY OWNED BY SUCH PARTY.

Having read and accepted this Agreement, the parties hereby sign and deliver this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth in this Agreement.

CRE-8-NET VENTURES L.L.C.

By: /s/ William N. Simon
    -----------------------------------
Name:  William N. Simon
Title: Managing Partner

ITOCHU CORPORATION

By: /s/ Kenichi Kamiyoshi
    -----------------------------------
Name: Kenichi Kamiyoshi
Title: Operating Officer

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

By:  /s/ William N. Simon
     ----------------------------------
Name:  William N. Simon
Title: Director


EXHIBIT 10.9

STOCK AND NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This STOCK AND NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of April 5, 2001, by and among (i) Footwear Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and (ii) the Persons listed on Schedule A hereto (each a "Purchaser" and collectively, the "Purchasers"). Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.

RECITAL

The Company desires to raise capital to finance its (i) acquisition of certain assets of Converse, Inc. (the "Acquisition") pursuant to the terms of a certain Asset Purchase Agreement by and between the Company and Converse, Inc. dated April [ ], 2001 (the "APA") and (ii) ongoing business operations, and in furtherance thereof desires to issue and sell to the Purchasers the Securities (as defined below), and the Purchasers are willing to acquire the Securities, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

1. Authorization and Sale of the Preferred Shares, Common Shares and Senior Notes.

1.1. Authorization. The Company has authorized the issuance and sale pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof of (i) 563,160 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock"), having the rights, restrictions, privileges and preferences set forth in the Certificate of Designations attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Certificate of Designations"), (ii) 8,691,925 shares of its Common Stock (the "Common Stock") and (iii) Senior Notes in the amounts set forth on Schedule A (the "Senior Notes", and together with the Preferred Stock and Common Stock, the "Securities"), substantially in accordance with the form of Note set forth as Exhibit C.

1.2. Issuance and Sale. On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, at the Closing, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, the Securities specified adjacent to such Purchaser's name on Schedule A hereto for the Purchase Price (as defined in Section 2). The Company's agreement with each of the Purchasers hereunder is a separate agreement and the sale of Securities to each of the Purchasers is a separate sale.


1.3. Stockholder Rights. The Purchasers shall, upon execution thereof by each Purchaser and the Company, have the rights specified in the Investors Rights Agreement attached as Exhibit D hereto.

2. Closing.

2.1. Closing. The sale and purchase of the Securities under this Agreement shall take place at a closing (a "Closing") to be held at the offices of Arnold & Porter, 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, or at such other location or by such other means (i.e. facsimile) as the Company and the Purchasers acquiring Securities shall agree. The Closing shall be held at 10
a.m. on the Closing Date as defined in the APA (the "Closing Date").

2.2. Deliveries. At the Closing, the Company will deliver the appropriate Purchaser (i) certificates registered in the Purchasers' respective names representing the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, and (ii) Senior Notes made in favor of the Purchaser purchasing such Note, in each case in the amounts set forth on Schedule A. Two days prior to the Closing, each Purchaser acquiring Securities at Closing will deliver to the an independent escrow agent (the "Agent") for each of the Purchasers, acting pursuant to the terms of an escrow agreement reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers, the purchase price set forth on opposite such Purchaser's name on Schedule A hereto (the "Purchase Price") for such Securities by wire transfer thereof to the account designated by the Agent. There shall be credited against such Purchaser's Purchase Price any amount previously paid by such Purchaser towards a deposit on the purchase price under the APA, as reflected on Schedule
A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain purchasers, as identified on Schedule A, may pay for the purchase of Securities by executing a note in favor of the Company, in form and substance agreed to by the other Purchasers and the Company prior to Closing, which such purchaser shall deliver at Closing. Such note shall be secured by a pledge of the Securities acquired thereby. The Agent shall hold the Purchase Price in a segregated account in escrow to be released in accordance with Section 2.4, below. The parties shall also deliver all documents required to be delivered at such Closing pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.

2.3. Conditions to Closing.

(a) Conditions to Obligations of the Purchasers. The obligations of each Purchaser to purchase Securities at Closing are subject to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by such Purchaser:

(i) Representations and Warranties Correct; Performance of Obligations. The representations and warranties made by the Company in
Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects on such Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of such date, and the Company shall have performed all obligations, covenants and agreements herein required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing.

2

(ii) Consents and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents (including all governmental or regulatory consents, approvals or authorizations required in connection with the valid execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Related Agreements), permits and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Related Agreement.

(iii) Related Agreements. Each of the Related Agreements shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto other than such Purchaser.

(iv) Certificate of Designations. The Certificate of Designations shall have been filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and a certified copy thereof shall have been delivered to each Purchaser.

(v) Compliance Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to each Purchaser a certificate, executed by the President of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying the fulfillment of the conditions specified in subsections (a)(i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3.

(vi) Secretary's Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to each Purchaser a certificate, executed by the Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying the authenticity of attached copies of the Company's restated certificate of incorporation, Certificate of Designations, Bylaws and resolutions of the Board of the Company approving the transactions contemplated hereby.

(vii) Asset Purchase Agreement. The APA shall (i) be in full force and effect, (ii) be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, and (iii) shall have been approved by the Bankruptcy Court (as defined in the APA) and the parties thereto shall be closing the Acquisition thereunder, it being the intent of the Purchasers and the Company that the transactions contemplated herein occur simultaneously with the consummation of the Acquisition under the APA.

(viii) Certificate of Good Standing. The Company shall have delivered a long-form certificate of good standing from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and from each jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified to do business.

(ix) Election of Directors. The number of directors constituting the Board shall have been fixed at seven and five of the directors shall have been elected in accordance with Sections 1.01(a)(i) through (iii) of Investors Rights Agreement.

(x) Other Purchasers. All of the Purchasers set forth on Schedule A shall have duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

(xi) Strategic Investor. The Strategic Investor shall have entered into appropriate Agreements joining it as a party to this Agreement and to the

3

Investors Rights Agreement in connection with its purchase of 5% of the Common Stock of the Company as of the Closing Date hereunder. The terms of the Trademark Agreement and the Cooperative Marketing Agreement between the Company and the Strategic Investor shall be in full force and effect and the Strategic Investor shall have made payments to Footwear as required therein in connection with the Acquisition. The closing under the Trademark Agreement shall occur substantially simultaneously with the Closing hereunder.

(xii) Japanese Sourcing Agreement. The Agreement dated April 4, 2001 between the Strategic Investor and Footwear relating to Japanese sourcing rights shall be in full force and effect.

(xiii) Opinion of Counsel. The Purchasers shall have received an opinion of counsel to the Company as to (i) due organization, existence and good standing (in Delaware), ( (ii) corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement , the Note and the APA, (iii) due authorization to enter into this Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement, the Note and the APA, (iv) enforceability as to the Company of this Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement, the Note and the APA, (subject to customary exceptions) (v) no conflict with laws and agreements to which the Company is a party and (vi) authorized capital stock of the Company. Such opinion may expressly rely, where appropriate, upon certificates of officers of the Company and shall be subject to standard exceptions.

(xiii) Security Agreement. In connection with the Senior Notes, the Company shall have delivered and executed a security agreement (and related UCC financing statements) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, with such modifications as may in good faith be required to implement the purpose and intent of the parties thereto, to be held in escrow on behalf of the holders of the Senior Notes pending the Trigger Date specified (and as defined) in 9(h) of the Senior Notes. On the Trigger Date, the Purchasers of the Senior Notes shall receive an opinion from counsel to the Company, in customary form and with standard exceptions, in form reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers of the Senior Notes with respect thereto. Such opinion may expressly rely, where appropriate, upon certificates of officers of the Company.

(b) Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The Company's obligation to issue and sell the Securities at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment on or prior to such Closing Date of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by the Company:

(i) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by each Purchaser in Section 4 hereof shall have been true and correct when made, and shall be true and correct on such Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of such date.

(ii) Related Agreements. Each of the Related Agreements shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto other than the Company.

4

2.4. Release from Escrow

(a) Upon the closing under the APA, the parties shall direct the Agent to release (i) the purchase price for the Acquisition to the Seller (as defined in the APA) and (ii) the balance of the Purchase Price for purchase of the Securities to the Company.

(b) If the closing of the Acquisition under the APA fails to occur by June 30, 2001, the Agent shall return the Purchase Price to the Purchasers.

2.5. Default by Certain Purchasers. In the event of a default by either UOHL (as defined on Schedule A) or Perseus (as defined on Schedule A) of its obligation to purchase the Securities that such Purchaser is required to purchase hereunder, the other Purchaser shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the Securities from the Company under the same terms as such securities would have been purchased by the defaulting Purchaser, provided that if the non-defaulting Purchaser elects to purchase a defaulting Purchaser's Securities, it must purchase all such Securities.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the defaulting Purchaser shall not be absolved from its obligations hereunder and shall remain fully liable to the Company and to each of the other Purchasers for any and all liabilities arising out of or relating to such default. No third party shall have any rights under this provision or to the enforcement thereof.

3. Representations and Warranties Relating to the Company. Except as otherwise set forth in the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto (the "Company Disclosure Schedule"), the Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers, as of the Closing Date, as set forth below.

3.1. Organization and Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted, and is duly qualified or licensed to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure to so qualify or be licensed would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.2. Capital Structure. As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists, or as of the Closing Date will consist of, of the following shares, and all of the issued and outstanding shares as hereinafter set forth have been, or upon the Closing, will be, duly authorized and validly issued, and are, or upon the Closing will be, fully paid and nonassessable:

(a) Preferred Stock. A total of 10 million authorized shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, consisting of 900,000 shares designated as Series A Preferred Stock, none of which are issued and outstanding prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

5

(b) Common Stock. A total of 20 million authorized shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01, none of which are issued and outstanding prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) Option Plan. The Company has reserved, or intends to reserve, 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to its 2001 Long Term Incentive Plan duly adopted, or to be adopted, by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders (the "Stock Option Plan"). Of such reserved shares of Common Stock, no shares have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements, no options to purchase shares have been granted or are currently outstanding, and all such shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants pursuant to the Stock Option Plan in the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and subject only to the terms of the Stock Option Plan, which terms shall provide for 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and monthly vesting thereafter over the next 36 months.

(d) Options, Warrants, Reserved Shares, Treasury Stock. Except as set forth in the Related Agreements, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any shares of the Company's capital stock or any securities convertible into or ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of the Company's capital stock, nor is the Company obligated in any manner to issue any shares of its capital stock or other securities. None of the Company's outstanding capital stock, or stock issuable upon exercise or exchange of any outstanding options, warrants or rights, is subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase such stock (whether in favor of the Company or any other person), pursuant to any agreement or commitment of the Company. The Company holds no shares of its capital stock in its treasury.

3.3. Power, Authorization and Validity. The Company has the corporate power, legal capacity and corporate authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party have been duly and validly approved and authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. No authorization, consent, or approval, governmental or otherwise, is necessary to enable the Company to enter into this Agreement or any Related Agreement to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. This Agreement is, and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party when executed and delivered by the Company will be, the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally, as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (ii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Investors Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

6

3.4. No Violation of Existing Agreements. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Related Agreement to which it is a party nor the consummation of the transactions or performance of the Company's obligations contemplated hereby or thereby will conflict with, result in a material breach or violation of, or cause a default under any provision of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, each as is currently in effect, any instrument, contract or agreement that is material to the business of the Company or any judgment, writ, decree, order, law, statute, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company.

3.5. Representations Regarding the Securities. All corporate action has been taken on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the authorization and creation, issuance and delivery of the Securities. The Preferred Stock and Common Stock, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of the Preferred Stock, the Certificate of Designations, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and, assuming the accuracy of each of the Purchasers' representations in Section 4 of this Agreement, issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. None of the Securities issued pursuant to this Agreement are subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal, or other rights to purchase such stock (whether in favor of the Company or any other person), pursuant to any agreement or commitment of the Company.

3.6. No Subsidiaries. The Company does not own of record or beneficially any capital stock or equity interest or investment in any corporation, association, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity.

3.7. Absence of Certain Changes and Events. Since the date of its formation, the Company has not:

(a) suffered any Material Adverse Change;

(b) suffered any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, in an amount in excess of $50,000;

(c) declared, set aside or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect of the shares of capital stock of the Company or declared or agreed to any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition by the Company of such shares;

(d) issued any shares of capital stock of the Company or any warrants, rights or options or entered into any commitment relating to the shares of capital stock of the Company;

(e) incurred any material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, either matured or unmatured, except for those that have been incurred by the Company in the ordinary course of business and for its obligations under the APA;

7

(f) permitted or allowed any of its material property or assets to be subjected to any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind;

(g) made any capital expenditure or commitment for additions to property, plant or equipment individually in excess of $500,000, or in the aggregate, in excess of $1,000,000;

(h) paid, loaned or advanced any amount to, or sold, transferred or leased any properties or assets to, or entered into any agreement or arrangement with any of its affiliates within the meaning of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act ("Affiliates"), officers, directors or shareholders;

(i) made any amendment to or terminated any agreement that, if not so amended or terminated, would have a Material Adverse Effect;

3.8. Registration Rights. Except as provided in the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company has not granted or agreed to grant to any person or entity any rights (including piggyback registration rights) to have any securities of the Company registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") or any other governmental authority.

3.9. Compliance With Corporate Instruments and Laws. The Company is not in violation of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as currently in effect. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, statutes, rules, and regulations of all governmental and regulatory authorities which are applicable. The Company has or will have, as of the Closing Date, all necessary permits, licenses and other authorizations required to conduct its business as conducted and or proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses and authorizations would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.10. Litigation. There is no suit, action, proceeding, claim or investigation pending or, to the Company's knowledge, currently threatened against the Company before any court or administrative agency which could have a Material Adverse Effect or which questions or challenges the validity of this Agreement or any Related Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. There is no judgment, decree, injunction, rule or order of any court, governmental department, commission, agency, instrumentality or arbitrator outstanding against the Company.

3.11. Corporate Documents. The Company has furnished or made available to the Purchasers or their counsel for their examination true and complete copies of the following documents: (i) copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as currently in effect and (ii) minute books containing required records setting forth proceedings, consents, actions and meetings of its shareholders, board of directors and any committees thereof. The corporate minute books, stock certificate books, stock registers and other corporate records of the Company are complete and

8

accurate in all material respects, and the signatures appearing on all documents contained therein are the true signatures of the persons purporting to have signed the same.

3.12. Disclosure. The Company has fully provided the Purchasers with all the information that the Purchasers have requested for deciding whether to acquire the Securities and all information that the Company believes is reasonably necessary to enable the Purchasers to make such a decision. To the Company's knowledge, no representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto, any certificate furnished or to be furnished to Purchasers at the Closing, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3.13. Securities Act. Subject to the accuracy of the Purchasers' representations in Section 4 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Securities in conformity with the terms of this Agreement constitute or will constitute transactions exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and the qualification or registration requirements of any applicable state securities laws as such laws exist on the date hereof.

3.14. Brokers. Other than as provided for in Section 7.8 below, neither the Company nor, to the Company's knowledge, any Company shareholder is obligated for the payment of fees or expenses of any broker or finder in connection with the origin, negotiation or execution of this Agreement or any Related Agreement or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby.

3.15. Acquisition. The Company has executed and delivered the APA, and such execution and delivery has been duly and validly approved and authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. Except for such authorizations, consents, or approvals, governmental or otherwise ("Consents") that the Company shall have obtained before the Closing Date, there are no Consents necessary for the Company to enter into the APA and to perform its obligations thereunder, except where the failure to obtain such Consents would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The APA is a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally, as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies. The Company has delivered to the Purchasers an executed copy of the APA, in final form.

3.16. Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the Purchase Price paid for the Securities pursuant to this Agreement to pay the purchase price for the assets purchased pursuant to the APA and for operating capital, fees and expenses.

9

4. Representations and Warranties of Purchasers and Restrictions on Transfer Imposed by the Securities Act and Applicable State Securities Laws.

4.1. Representations and Warranties by Each Purchaser. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) The Securities are being or will be acquired for such Purchaser's own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws.

(b) Such Purchaser understands that (i) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof and have not been qualified under any state securities laws on the grounds that the offering and sale of securities contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from registration thereunder, and (ii) the Company's reliance on such exemptions is predicated on such Purchaser's representations set forth herein. Such Purchaser understands that the resale of the Securities may be restricted indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act and registered under any state securities law or is exempt from such registration.

(c) Such Purchaser is an "Accredited Investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Such Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a complete loss of such Purchaser's investment in the Securities.

(d) Such Purchaser has the full right, power and authority to enter into and perform such Purchaser's obligations under this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party, and this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party constitute valid and binding obligations of such Purchaser enforceable in accordance with their terms.

(e) No consent, approval or authorization of or designation, declaration or filing with any Governmental Body on the part of such Purchaser is required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Related Agreement to which it is a party, except to the extent any local governmental authority requires such declaration under state "Blue-Sky" laws, which shall be filed, if necessary.

4.2. Legend. Each certificate representing the Securities may be endorsed with the following legends:

(a) THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), AND ARE "RESTRICTED SECURITIES" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT. THE

10

SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE DISTRIBUTED EXCEPT
(I) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER THE ACT, OR (II) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 OR (III) OTHERWISE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE ACT.

(b) Any other legends required by applicable securities laws and/or by the Investor Rights Agreement.

The Company may instruct its transfer agent, if any, not to register the transfer of the Securities, unless the conditions specified in the foregoing legends are satisfied.

4.3. Removal of Legend and Transfer Restrictions. Any legend endorsed on a certificate pursuant to Section 4.2(a) and the stop transfer instructions with respect to such Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder thereof (1) if such Securities are registered under the Securities Act and a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act is available, (2) if such legend may be properly removed under the terms of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or (3) if such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel for such holder, reasonably satisfactory to legal counsel for the Company, to the effect that a sale, transfer or assignment of such Securities may be made without registration.

4.4. Disclosure of Information; Economic Risk. The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company's business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities with the Company's management. The Purchaser has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment. The Purchaser has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests, and can bear the risk of loss of its entire investment.

4.5. No Public Market. The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for any of the Securities, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for such securities.

4.6. Foreign Investors. If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), such Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to purchase the Securities or any use of this Agreement, including
(i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase,
(iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Securities. Such Purchaser's subscription

11

and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Securities, will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser's jurisdiction.

5. Miscellaneous.

5.1. Waivers and Amendments. Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Purchasers of the Common Stock issued. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.1 shall be binding upon the Purchasers and each transferee of the Securities, each future holder of all such securities, and the Company.

5.2. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

5.3. Survival. The representations and warranties made herein shall survive until eighteen months after the Closing Date.

5.4. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and subject to the Related Agreements and applicable law, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.5. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Related Agreements and other exhibits to this Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

5.6. Notices, etc. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time of receipt if delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission or five Business Days after being mailed, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the address or facsimile number (as the case may be) listed for each such party below such party's signature page hereto or, if any party shall have designated a different address or facsimile number by notice to the other parties given as provided above, then to the last address or facsimile number so designated.

5.7. Separability. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

5.8. Expenses. The Company shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of the Company (legal, accounting, or otherwise). If the transactions contemplated hereby and in the APA are consummated, the Company shall reimburse the Purchasers, as described on Schedule G, for their actual and reasonable fees, costs and expenses (legal, accounting or otherwise) in connection with this transaction, any bid made to acquire the assets of Converse, Inc., and the negotiation and drafting of the APA, in each case as described on Exhibit G. Payment of such amount shall be conditioned upon the provision to the Company by such Purchaser of a statement setting forth in

12

reasonable detail such fees and expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Union Overseas Holding Limited shall not be entitled to recover any such fees and expenses in excess of $750,000.

5.9. Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine, shall be treated in all manners and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

5.11. Publicity. None of the parties to this Agreement, nor any of their affiliates, shall issue any press release or otherwise make any public announcement or disclosure with respect to this Agreement, any of the Related Agreements or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby without the prior written consent of the Company, unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or regulation.

5.12. No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

5.13. Confidentiality. The Purchasers agree that any information obtained by the Purchasers pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, or otherwise in connection with the Purchasers' performance of due diligence in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, which is proprietary to the Company or otherwise confidential, or any written information that is or was provided to a Purchaser and marked by the Company as confidential, will not be disclosed (other than to a Purchaser's employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, a Purchaser's attorneys or accountants or to any person who provides financing to a Purchaser; provided, however, that such person or entity holds such information on a confidential basis) without the prior consent of the Company, unless the information is

13

available to the public generally or a Purchaser is required to disclose such information by a governmental body or under federal securities laws. The provisions of this Section 5.13 shall be in addition to, and not in substitution for, the provisions of any separate nondisclosure agreement executed by the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

14

[Company Stock Purchase Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

By:  /s/ William N. Simon
     ------------------------------

Name: William N. Simon
      -----------------------------

Title:  Executive Director
        ---------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

c/o cre-8-net ventures

541 Redwood Highway Suite 2180 Mill Valley, California 94941 Phone: 415-383-7698 Fax: 415-383-7405 Attn: William N. Simon

With a copy to:




Facsimile No. :
Attn:

[cre-8-net Stock Purchase Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

CRE-8-NET VENTURES L.L.C.

BY: /s/ William N. Simon
    --------------------------------
      NAME:   William N. Simon
      TITLE:  Managing Member

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

541 Redwood Highway
Suite 2180
Mill Valley, California 94941
Phone: 415-383-7698
Fax: 415-383-7405
Attn: William N. Simon

With a copy to:

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
Facsimile: (650) 496-408
Attn: Kurt Berney, Esq.

2

[UOHL Stock Purchase Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

UNION OVERSEAS HOLDINGS LIMITED

BY: /s/ Edward D. Sy
   ------------------------------
      NAME:   Edward D. Sy
      TITLE:  Director

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

Suite 306
Third Floor
Island Place Tower
No. 510 King's Road, North Point
Hong Kong
Facsimile No. 852-2907-8118
Attn: Mr. Ed Sy

With a copy to:
Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky
and Popeo
One Financial Center
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
Facsimile: (617) 542-2241
Attention: Mary Laura Greely, Esq. and
George Hofmann, Esq.


[Perseus Investors Stock Purchase Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Perseus Stockholder has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

PERSEUS ACQUISITION/RECAPITALIZATION
FUND, L.L.C.

By:  /s/ Curtis A. Glovier
     ------------------------------

Name: Curtis A. Glovier
      -----------------------------

Title:  Managing Director
        ---------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

888 Seventh Avenue, 29th Fl.
New York, NY 10106
Facsimile No.: (212) 245-1852
Attn: Ray E. Newton, III

With a copy to:

Arnold & Porter
555 Twelfth Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004-1206
Facsimile: (202) 942-5999
Attention: Robert Ott, Esq.

2

EXHIBIT A

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached, the following terms have the following meanings:

"Affiliates" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(h).

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the national or state banks located in the State of New York or Washington D.C. are authorized to be closed.

"Certificate of Designation" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

"Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"Company Account" means an account of the Company designated in a written notice delivered to the Purchasers at least two Business Days prior to the date of any required payment by the Purchasers to the Company under the Agreement.

"Company Disclosure Schedule" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

"Control" and derivatives thereof mean the power to control the management and policies of the Controlled Person where by ownership of voting securities, contract or otherwise.

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

"Governmental Body" means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature;
(b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal).

"knowledge" or "to the Company's knowledge" shall refer to the actual knowledge after reasonable inquiry of the relevant responsible officers of the Company.

"Material Adverse Change" means a change which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

3

"Material Adverse Effect" An event, violation or other matter will be deemed to have a "Material Adverse Effect" on the Company if such event, violation or other matter would be materially adverse in impact or amount to the Company, intellectual property rights or condition, assets, liabilities, operations or financial performance or prospects, taken as a whole.

"Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"Person" means any individual, entity or Governmental Body.

"Related Agreements" means (a) the Investor Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement, (b) a Sourcing Rights Letter Agreement (the "Sourcing Rights Letter Agreement") between the Company and UOHL in the form set forth as Exhibit G, (c) a management agreement between the Company and cre-8-net (as defined on Schedule
A) (the "Management Agreement") and (d) any other agreement or document entered into by any of the parties in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

"Securities Act" means the United States Securities Act of 1933.

"Strategic Investor" means [to be inserted prior to Closing]

4

EXHIBIT 10.10

AMENDMENT TO STOCK AND NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT effective as of April 30, 2001 (the "Amendment"), by and among Footwear Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Perseus Acquisition/ Recapitalization Fund, L.L.C. and any affiliates or co-investors set forth on the signature page hereto, Union Overseas Holdings Limited, cre-8-net Ventures L.L.C. and a Strategic Partner (each, a "Purchaser" and collectively, the "Purchasers").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchasers are parties to the Stock and Note Purchase Agreement dated April 5, 2001 (the "Agreement");

WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchasers contemplated the issuance of senior notes and entering into a related security agreement in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, and have determined not to issue such notes or execute such security agreement, and the Company and the Purchasers desire to amend the Agreement accordingly on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained and other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment without other definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. CONSTRUCTION. The Agreement is amended to provide that references in the Agreement to "this Agreement" or "the Agreement" (including indirect references such as "hereunder," "hereby," "herein" and "hereof") shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended hereby.

3. AMENDMENTS.

(a) Section 1.1 (Authorization) is amended by deleting therefrom any reference to the Senior Notes, including Exhibit C (form of Note), and adding the following sentence:

"If Purchasers and the Company determine not to purchase and sell any notes hereunder, the funds deposited for the purchase any notes shall be returned to such Purchaser, plus any accumulated interest thereon"

(b) The first sentence of Section 2.2 (Deliveries) is hereby amended by deleting therefrom any reference to the Senior Notes.


(c) Section 2.3(xiii) (Opinion of Counsel) is hereby amended to deleted therefrom any reference to the Senior Notes.

(d) Section 2.3(xiii) (Security Agreement) is hereby deleted in its entirety.

(e) Schedule A is hereby deleted and replaced with Schedule A attached hereto.

(f) Exhibit H (Form of Security Agreement) is hereby deleted.

4. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties hereto.

5. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Amendment and the SPA contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

6. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. This Amendment does not, and shall not be construed to, modify any term or condition of the Agreement other than those specific terms and conditions expressly referenced in this Amendment. Except as herein provided, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. In the event of any inconsistency or discrepancy between this Amendment and the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall control.

2

[Company Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

By:  /s/ William N. Simon
     ------------------------------

Name: William N. Simon
      -----------------------------

Title:  Executive Director
        ---------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

One Fordham Road
North Reading, MA 01864
Phone: 415-383-7698
Fax: 415-383-7405
Phone: 415-383-7698
Fax: 415-383-7405
Attn: William N. Simon

With a copy to:




Facsimile No. :
Attn:

3

[cre-8-net Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

CRE-8-NET VENTURES L.L.C.

BY: /s/ William N. Simon
    ---------------------------------
      NAME: William N. Simon
      TITLE: Managing Member

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

One Fordham Road
North Reading, MA 01864
Phone: 415-383-7698
Fax: 415-383-7405
Attn: William N. Simon

With a copy to:

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
Facsimile: (650) 496-408
Attn: Kurt Berney, Esq.

4

[UOHL Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

UNION OVERSEAS HOLDINGS LIMITED

BY:_/s/ Edward D. Sy
    ------------------------------------
      NAME:  Edward D. Sy
      TITLE: Director

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

Suite 306
Third Floor
Island Place Tower
No. 510 King's Road, North Point
Hong Kong
Facsimile No. 852-2907-8118
Attn: Mr. Ed Sy

With a copy to:
Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo
One Financial Center
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
Facsimile: (617) 542-2241
Attention: Mary Laura Greely, Esq. and George Hofmann, Esq.


[Perseus Investors Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement Signature page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Perseus Stockholder has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

PERSEUS ACQUISITION/RECAPITALIZATION
FUND L.L.C.

By:     /s/ Curtis A. Glovier
        -----------------------------
Name:   Curtis A. Glovier
        -----------------------------
Title:  Managing Director
        -----------------------------

PERSEUS FOOTWEAR INVESTMENT, L.L.C.

By its Managing Member

PERSEUS ACQUISITION/RECAPITALIZATION MANAGEMENT, L.L.C.

By:     /s/ Curtis A. Glovier
        -----------------------------
Name:   Curtis A. Glovier
        -----------------------------
Title:  Managing Director
        -----------------------------

PERSEUS 2000, L.L.C.

By:     /s/ Curtis A. Glovier
        -----------------------------
Name:   Curtis A. Glovier
        -----------------------------
Title:  Managing Director
        -----------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:
888 Seventh Avenue, 29th Fl.
New York, NY 10106
Facsimile No.: (212) 245-1852
Attn: Ray E. Newton, III

With a copy to:
Arnold & Porter
555 Twelfth Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004-1206
Facsimile: (202) 942-5999
Attention: Robert Ott, Esq.

2

EXHIBIT 10.11

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CONVERSE INC.,

SELLER

AND

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.,

BUYER

DATED AS OF

APRIL 6, 2001


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                        Page
                                                                                        ----
ARTICLE I.            TERMS OF PURCHASE AND SALE......................................     1

         1.01     Purchase and Sale...................................................     1
         1.02     Excluded Assets.....................................................     4
         1.03     The Closing.........................................................     4
         1.04     Payment of Purchase Price...........................................     4
         1.05     Post-Closing Adjustment.............................................     6
         1.06     Assumption of Certain Obligations...................................     8
         1.07     Retained Liabilities................................................     8
         1.08     Payment of Transfer Taxes and Other Charges.........................    10

ARTICLE II.           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER........................    10

         2.01     Organization and Standing...........................................    10
         2.02     Authorization by Seller.............................................    10
         2.03     Assumed Contracts; Information......................................    11
         2.04     Intellectual Property...............................................    12
         2.05     Title to Purchased Assets; Absence of Liens and Encumbrances........    14
         2.06     Litigation..........................................................    15
         2.07     Inventory...........................................................    15
         2.08     Insurance...........................................................    15
         2.09     Compliance with Laws................................................    15
         2.10     Tax and Other Returns and Reports...................................    15
         2.11     Environmental Matters...............................................    16
         2.12     Accounts Receivable; Collection.....................................    16
         2.13     Software............................................................    16
         2.14     Customers and Suppliers.............................................    18
         2.15     Changes in Accounting Method........................................    18
         2.16     Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities..................................    18
         2.17     Subsidiary Assets...................................................    19
         2.18     Schedules...........................................................    19

ARTICLE III.          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER.........................    19

         3.01     Organization and Standing...........................................    19
         3.02     Authorization by Buyer..............................................    19
         3.03     Available Funds.....................................................    20
         3.04     HSR Matters.........................................................    20
         3.05     Litigation..........................................................    20

ARTICLE IV.           COVENANTS OF SELLER.............................................    20

         4.01     Cooperation.........................................................    20
         4.02     Court Approval......................................................    21
         4.03     Conduct of Business.................................................    22
         4.04     Disclosure Supplements..............................................    23


         4.05     Closing.............................................................    24
         4.06     Confidentiality.....................................................    24
         4.07     Transitional Arrangements Agreement.................................    24
         4.08     Further Assurances..................................................    24
         4.09     Inspection..........................................................    24
         4.10     Maintain Insurance..................................................    25
         4.11     Maintenance of, and Access to, Records..............................    25
         4.12     Accounts Receivable.................................................    25
         4.13     Consents............................................................    25
         4.14     Specific Enforcement of Covenants...................................    26
         4.15     Acquisition Proposals...............................................    26

ARTICLE V.            COVENANTS OF BUYER..............................................    26

         5.01     Cooperation.........................................................    26
         5.02     Confidentiality.....................................................    27
         5.03     Employees...........................................................    27
         5.04     Shipped Inventory Matters...........................................    27

ARTICLE VI.           CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS...............................    27

         6.01     Covenants...........................................................    27
         6.02     Representations and Warranties True.................................    27
         6.03     Delivery of Certificates............................................    27
         6.04     Instruments of Transfer.............................................    28
         6.05     Consents............................................................    28
         6.06     Approval Order......................................................    28
         6.07     HSR Waiting Period..................................................    28
         6.08     Injunction..........................................................    28
         6.09     Material Adverse Change.............................................    28
         6.10     Ancillary Agreements................................................    28

ARTICLE VII.          CONDITIONS TO SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS..............................    28

         7.01     Covenants of Buyer..................................................    28
         7.02     Representations and Warranties True.................................    29
         7.03     Delivery of Certificates............................................    29
         7.04     Instruments of Assumption...........................................    29
         7.05     Tender of Purchase Price............................................    29
         7.06     Approval Order......................................................    29
         7.07     HSR Waiting Period..................................................    29
         7.08     Injunction..........................................................    29
         7.09     Further Action......................................................    29
         7.10     Ancillary Agreements................................................    29

ARTICLE VIII.         TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING....................................    29

         8.01     Termination.........................................................    29
         8.02     Effect on Obligations...............................................    30
         8.03     Return of Deposit to Buyer..........................................    30


ARTICLE IX.           INDEMNIFICATION.................................................    30

         9.01     Survival............................................................    30
         9.02     Indemnification by Seller...........................................    31
         9.03     Indemnification by Buyer............................................    31
         9.04     Limitations.........................................................    31
         9.05     Indemnification Procedure...........................................    33

ARTICLE X.            MISCELLANEOUS...................................................    34

         10.01    Entire Agreement....................................................    34
         10.02    Use of Names........................................................    34
         10.03    Successors and Assigns..............................................    34
         10.04    Counterparts........................................................    35
         10.05    Headings, Interpretation............................................    35
         10.06    Modification and Waiver.............................................    35
         10.07    Expenses, etc.......................................................    35
         10.08    Notices.............................................................    35
         10.09    Governing Law.......................................................    36
         10.10    Announcements.......................................................    36
         10.11    Compliance with Bulk Sales Laws.....................................    37
         10.12    Binding Nature of Agreement.........................................    37
         10.13    Seller's Knowledge..................................................    37


ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Asset Purchase Agreement (this "Agreement") dated as of April 6, 2001 by and between Converse Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Seller"), and Footwear Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Buyer").

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Seller is willing to sell, and Buyer desires to purchase, certain intellectual property, contracts, accounts receivable, inventory and other assets of Seller;

WHEREAS, Seller has filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code"), case no. 01-0223 (the "Bankruptcy Case"), which is currently pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court");

WHEREAS, Seller has determined that it is in its best interests to sell to Buyer, and for Buyer to purchase from Seller, pursuant to Sections 363 and 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Purchased Assets (as defined herein) for consideration, and upon the terms and conditions, hereinafter set forth; and

WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer intend that the Closing under this Agreement will not occur until after a Notification and Report Form pursuant to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvement Act of 1976 ("HSR Act") with respect to the transaction is filed, if required, with the U.S. Department of Justice and Federal Trade Commission, and any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act has expired or been earlier terminated ("HSR Clearance").

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual promises and covenants contained herein, Buyer and Seller agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

TERMS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

1.01 Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Buyer agrees to purchase and pay for, and Seller agrees to sell, assign, transfer and convey to Buyer, on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1.03), free and clear of all Liens (as defined in Section 4.02(b)(ii) below) subject in the case of the Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 2.04 hereof) to licenses pursuant to the agreements set forth on Schedule 2.04 to this Agreement, all of the assets set forth in this Section 1.01 existing on the Closing Date, wherever located (the "Purchased Assets"). The Purchased Assets consist of and shall include only the items set forth in this Section 1.01, subject to Buyer's rights to exclude certain specified assets prior to the Closing in accordance with Section 1.02.

(a) The following items of intellectual property, contracts, inventory and accounts receivable:


(i) all general intangibles and intangible property, including the Intellectual Property owned by Seller;

(ii) all of Seller's rights under license and sublicense agreements, pursuant to which Seller's Intellectual Property is licensed to third parties, whether domestic or international, including those listed or described on Schedule B hereto (the "Licenses");

(iii) all of Seller's rights under supplier, services or vendor agreements, purchase orders issued by Seller and other contracts entered into by Seller in connection with the design, testing, manufacture, warehousing, or transport of its products, and all contractor and outsourcing agreements otherwise entered into in connection with the products, including (x) those listed or described on Schedule C and (y) existing agreements, arrangements or understandings with E.M.I. of Taiwan, Buyer's Far East production agent ("E.M.I.") for services and information provided by E.M.I. (together, the "Vendor Agreements"); provided, however, that with respect to all current and future production orders for inventory that has not been received into Seller's distribution center as of the Closing, and for which Seller has not yet placed or opened letters of credit to the manufacturers of such inventory, Buyer agrees to open letters of credit or secure credit terms on a timely basis, as necessary to purchase such inventory, so long as such inventory conforms to the purchase orders placed by Seller with respect to such inventory and so long as Seller has provided Buyer with the terms of the letters of credit or credit terms which are summarized on Schedule C, and provided further that with respect to all production orders for inventory for which Seller has opened letters of credit for which sufficient time exists for Buyer to open substitute letter of credit or secure credit terms to replace the letters of credit opened by Seller, Buyer hereby agrees to open substitute letters of credit or obtain substituted credit terms on a timely basis so long as Seller has provided Buyer with the terms of such letters of credit or credit terms;

(iv) all of Seller's rights under existing purchase orders, including customer order backlog and customer agreements and other agreements entered into by Seller for the purchase, distribution, sale, consignment or other disposition of Seller's products, including those listed or described on Schedule D hereto (the "Customer Agreements");

(v) all of Seller's rights under any marketing agreements and commitments to trade shows, media advertising, event sponsorships, celebrity endorsements, endorsements with high school, college and other organizations, including any prepayments or deposits with respect thereto, as listed or described on Schedule E hereto (the "Marketing Agreements");

(vi) all finished goods inventory wherever located, owned by Seller, including (w) all finished products or goods that are to become finished product prior to Closing that are in transit to or from Seller's distribution and

- 2 -

manufacturing facilities, (x) finished goods at Seller's manufacturing facility not yet shipped that are or become finished product prior to Closing, (y) all inventory located at Seller's retail locations (including any of Seller's inventory located at retail stores owned by Seller's subsidiaries) and (z) inventory listed on Schedule F hereto (the "Inventory");

(vii) all information technology software and hardware ("Information Technology") necessary to conduct Seller's business, other than its manufacturing and retail store businesses, as carried out during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date of this Agreement, including the applications described on Schedule G (the "Applications");

(viii) all of Seller's rights under any lease agreements to computer hardware that is necessary to run the Applications (the "Hardware Lease Agreements"); and

(ix) all trade receivables, royalty receivables and license fee receivables owned by Seller (the "Accounts Receivable"), unpaid interest accrued on any such accounts receivable and any security or collateral relating thereto.

For purposes of this Agreement, "Assumed Contracts" shall mean all Licenses, IP License Agreements (as defined in Section 2.04(d), below), Vendor Agreements, Customer Agreements, Applications (but only to the extent they constitute executory contracts), Hardware Lease Agreements and Marketing Agreements, but shall not include any licenses, contracts or agreements listed on Schedule 1.02 or deleted from the schedules prior to the Closing Date.

(b) The following items of personal property (together, the "Supplementary Items") as follows:

(i) Marketing materials, including brochures, newsletters, selling tools, point-of-sale materials, corporate and consumer videos and photos, trade show booths, displays and materials, in-store concept shops, fixtures and other point of sale materials, including those located at customer locations, co-op agreements with vendors and customers, written materials and paraphernalia relating to Converse's heritage and history, including artifacts, original products, models and product designs, historical photos, descriptions and documentation and such other items identified by Buyer to Seller in writing prior to Closing.

(ii) Existing and future designs of Seller's products, including prototypes, drawings, logos, specifications and artwork associated with each, and all Seller owned or controlled footwear lasts and molds.

(iii) Such furniture, fixtures and equipment including computer hardware owned by Seller, located at Seller's headquarters and identified by Buyer to Seller in writing prior to Closing.

- 3 -

(iv) Copies of books, records, supplier lists, customer lists and order history, vendor lists with production and pricing data past and pending, detailed inventory data, business records, other data owned by Seller and used or held for use in connection with any of the foregoing Intellectual Property, Assumed Contracts, Inventory, Applications and Supplementary Items.

1.02 Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller is not selling and Buyer is not purchasing pursuant to this Agreement, and the term "Purchased Assets" shall not include, any assets not specifically listed in Section 1.01 (the "Excluded Assets"); provided, however, that within the fourteen-day period following the date the Approval Order (as defined below) is signed by the Bankruptcy Court Buyer may, by written notification to Seller, provide to Seller a Schedule 1.02 that specifically lists certain assets, licenses, agreements or contracts to be excluded from purchase or assignment hereunder, which Schedule 1.02 shall be deemed to the extent necessary to amend such other Schedules hereto that may have listed such assets, licenses, agreements or contracts as Purchased Assets, and such assets, licenses, agreements or contracts shall become Excluded Assets; provided, further, that in no event shall the Purchase Price (as defined below) be reduced with respect to such deletions or exclusions.

1.03 The Closing. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at 10:00 a.m. on later of (i) April 30, 2001 and (ii) the first business day after the last condition in Articles VI and VII is satisfied (other than those conditions requiring deliveries at the Closing itself) at Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, or at another location or time mutually agreed upon by the parties (such date being hereinafter referred to as the "Closing Date").

1.04 Payment of Purchase Price. (a) The price to be paid by Buyer for the Purchased Assets at the Closing shall be $117,500,000 (the "Purchase Price") minus (i) the Deposit (together with any interest earned thereon) and (ii) $10,000,000 (the "Retention Amount"), which Retention Amount shall be held by Buyer and reduced and/or paid in accordance with Section 1.05(c). On the date of entry of the Approval Order (as defined below) by the Bankruptcy Court, as evidence of its good faith, Buyer shall deposit $4,700,000 (together with the $300,000 previously delivered to Seller, the "Deposit") in escrow with an escrow agent selected by the parties (the "Escrow Agent") pursuant to an agreement substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto (the "Deposit Escrow Agreement"). The Deposit Escrow Agreement shall provide, among other things, for the Deposit to be held in escrow until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement and released as follows: (A) upon Closing, the Deposit and all interest earned thereon shall be released by the Escrow Agent to Seller in order to partially fund the acquisition of the Purchased Assets, (B) in the event of a termination of this Agreement by Seller pursuant to Section 8.01(c), the Deposit and all interest earned thereon shall be released by the escrow agent to Seller as liquidated damages, which liquidated damages shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Seller as a result of such termination or (C) in the event of any other termination of this Agreement, the Deposit and all interest earned thereon shall be released by the Escrow Agent to Buyer.

- 4 -

(b) Of the Purchase Price, $10,000,000 (the "Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount") shall be deposited into escrow pursuant to an agreement substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit B hereto (the "Post Closing Escrow Agreement") which Buyer, Seller and the Escrow Agent shall enter into at the Closing. The Post Closing Escrow Agreement shall provide, among other things, for the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount to be deposited in escrow with the Escrow Agent for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the later of (i) ninety (90) days following the Closing and (ii) fifteen (15) days following the resolution of any dispute relating to the Audit (as defined below). The Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount shall be used to satisfy (x) any Estimated Adjustment Amount pursuant to subsection 1.04(e); (y) any Downward Adjustment Amount owed to Buyer pursuant to Section 1.05 and (z) any indemnification claims arising from the breach of representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections 2.07 (Inventory) and 2.12 (Accounts Receivable) pursuant to and in accordance with Article IX hereof. After the later of (i) ninety (90) days following the Closing and (ii) fifteen (15) days following the resolution of any dispute relating to the Audit, if the aggregate amount of claims made by Buyer against the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount is less than $10,000,000 ("Holdback Claims"), then Buyer and Seller shall countersign a certificate instructing the Escrow Agent to release to Seller an amount equal to the difference between (x) $10,000,000 and (y) the Holdback Claims plus any unpaid administrative expenses of the Escrow Agent (the "Holdback Release Amount"); provided that if any amounts payable from the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount are the subject of an unresolved dispute, Buyer and Seller shall countersign a certificate instructing the Escrow Agent to release to Seller the Holdback Release Amount less any amounts subject to dispute (which amounts subject to dispute shall be released as disputes are resolved in accordance with the terms of the Post Closing Escrow Agreement).

(c) Of the Purchase Price, $5,000,000 (the "Escrow Amount") shall be deposited into escrow pursuant the Post Closing Escrow Agreement. The Post Closing Escrow Agreement shall provide, among other things, for the Escrow Amount to be deposited in escrow with the Escrow Agent for a period of six (6) months following the Closing. The Escrow Amount shall be used to satisfy any indemnification claims arising from the representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections 2.03 (Assumed Contracts), 2.04 (Intellectual Property),
2.05 (Title) and 2.13 (Software) pursuant to and in accordance with Article IX hereof. After the 180th day from the Closing Date, if the aggregate amount of indemnification claims made by Buyer against the Escrow Amount pursuant to this
Section 1.04(c) ("Indemnification Claim Amount") is less than $5,000,000, then Buyer and Seller shall countersign a certificate instructing the Escrow Agent to release to Seller an amount equal to the difference between (i) $5,000,000 and
(ii) the Indemnification Claim Amount plus any unpaid administrative expenses of the Escrow Agent (the "Escrow Release Amount"); provided that if any amounts payable from the Escrow Amount are the subject of an unresolved dispute, Buyer and Seller shall countersign a certificate instructing the Escrow Agent to release to Seller the Escrow Release Amount less any amounts subject to dispute (which amounts subject to dispute shall be released as disputes are resolved in accordance with the terms of the Post Closing Escrow Agreement).

(d) Buyer shall pay the Purchase Price to Seller at the Closing in immediately available funds wire transferred into an account maintained by Seller and which shall be

- 5 -

designated by Seller at least five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, less (i) the Deposit plus any interest accumulated thereon, (ii) the Retention Amount, (iii) the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount and (iv) the Escrow Amount. The Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount and the Escrow Amount shall be wired transferred to the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of the Post Closing Escrow Agreement.

(e) The appropriate financial officers of Seller shall close the books of Seller as of April 28, 2001 in accordance with its normal course of business consistent with past practice, and shall deliver to Buyer no later than May 20, 2001, a report setting forth the estimated value of (i) the Account Receivables as of April 28, 2001 (the "Estimated Accounts Receivable Value") and
(ii) the Inventory as of April 28, 2001 (the "Estimated Inventory Value"). The sum of the Estimated Accounts Receivable Value and the Estimated Inventory Values shall be the "Estimated Value." If the Estimated Value exceeds $80,300,000, there will be no adjustment of the purchase price until the Auditor Report is available in accordance with Section 1.05. If the difference between $80,300,000 and the Estimated Value exceeds the Retention Amount (which excess shall be referred to as the "Estimated Adjustment Amount") then an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Estimated Adjustment Amount over (ii) $1,000,000 (One Million Dollars) shall be immediately paid to Buyer (the "Estimated Payment") from the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount upon delivery to the Escrow Agent by Buyer of a certificate setting forth such amount. Seller shall have no right to interfere with the payment by the Escrow Agent of the Estimated Payment.

1.05 Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Following the Closing, Buyer shall cause Arthur Andersen L.L.P. or such other "big five" accounting firm selected by Buyer and approved by Seller (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) (the "Auditor") to prepare a valuation of Accounts Receivable and Inventory (the "Auditor Report"). The Auditor Report shall be prepared in accordance with the principles set forth on Exhibit C, and shall set forth the value of Accounts Receivable as of the Closing Date (the "Accounts Receivable Value") and the value of the Inventory as of the Closing Date (the "Inventory Value"), in each case in accordance with GAAP applied in accordance with Exhibit C. In addition, the Audit Report shall set forth the value of all deposits and prepayments made by Seller in respect of Assumed Contracts, which deposits and prepayments will inure to the benefit of Buyer and are identified on Schedule 1.05(a) (the "Deposit/Prepayment Value"). For purposes of this Agreement and the Auditor Report, the aggregate Deposit/Prepayment Value shall not exceed $500,000. The Audit Report shall state the sum of the Accounts Receivable Value plus the Inventory Value plus the Deposit/Prepayment Value (the "Audited Value"). The Auditor shall deliver the Auditor Report to Buyer and Seller within thirty (30) business days of the Closing Date (the "Audit Report Date"). Buyer and Seller shall share equally the cost of the Auditor Report.

(b) If Seller disputes the Auditor Report, Seller shall so notify Buyer in writing (a "Notice of Dispute") within ten (10) days after the date of Seller's receipt of the Auditor Report, specifying its calculation of the Accounts Receivable Value and the Inventory Value and any other points of disagreement. Upon receipt of a Notice of Dispute, Buyer shall promptly consult with Seller with respect to such alternate calculation and points of disagreement in an effort to resolve such dispute (in connection with such effort to resolve disputes, and in connection with the Auditor's preparation of the Auditor Report, Buyer shall

- 6 -

grant to Seller, its agents and the Auditors reasonable access to the books and records of Buyer pertaining to the Inventory and Accounts Receivable). If any such dispute cannot be resolved by Seller and Buyer within five (5) days after Buyer receives a Notice of Dispute from Seller, Seller and Buyer shall immediately appoint the Boston, Massachusetts office of Ernst & Young LLP to act as an arbitrator (the "Accounting Arbitrator") to determine the appropriate calculation of each of the Accounts Receivable Value, the Inventory Value, the Deposit/Prepayment Value, the Audited Value and all other remaining points of disagreement with respect to the Auditor Report (the "Review"). Seller and Buyer understand and agree that, in resolving any dispute with respect to the Auditor Report, the Accounting Arbitrator shall apply GAAP and the standards set forth on Exhibit C. All determinations made by the Accounting Arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding. The Accounting Arbitrator shall be directed to hold a hearing within ten (10) days of appointment (which hearing shall be held in Boston, Massachusetts) and to make a determination within five (5) days after such hearing, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Arbitrator shall be borne equally by Seller and by Buyer. Each of the parties shall bear its own attorneys' and accounting fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Review.

(c) Within five (5) business days of the later of (x) the Audit Report Date and (y) in the case of any dispute of pursuant to Section 1.05(b), the resolution of such dispute:

(i) If the Audited Value exceeds $80,300,000 (the amount of such excess being the "Additional Purchase Price"), then (A) Buyer shall pay Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds an amount equal to the Additional Purchase Price and (B) Buyer shall pay to Seller the Retention Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds. Under no circumstances shall the Additional Purchase Price exceed $25,000,000.

(ii) If the Audited Value is less than $80,300,000, then Buyer shall be entitled to the difference between $80,300,000 and the Audited Value (the "Downward Adjustment Amount"); provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the Downward Adjustment Amount exceed $25,000,000. If the Downward Adjustment Amount exceeds the sum of the Retained Amount plus the Estimated Payment (such excess being herein referred to as the "Required Additional Payment"), then (A) first, the Retention Amount shall be credited to and retained by Buyer and (B) the Escrow Agent shall pay to Buyer from the existing Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds the Required Additional Payment; provided further that if the Downward Adjustment Amount exceeds $20,000,000, Seller shall pay to Buyer by wire transfer of immediately available funds such excess amount up to an amount not to exceed $5,000,000.

(iii) If a Downward Adjustment Amount has been determined and no Estimated Payment was made pursuant to Section 1.04(e), then (A) first, the Retention Amount shall be reduced and credited to Buyer by an amount equal to the Downward Adjustment Amount, and (B) to the extent the Downward Adjustment Amount exceeds the Retention Amount (the "Excess Amount"), the

- 7 -

Escrow Agent shall pay to Buyer from the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds the Excess Amount; provided further that if the Downward Adjustment Amount exceeds $20,000,000, Seller shall pay to Buyer by wire transfer of immediately available funds such excess amount up to an amount not to exceed $5,000,000. Any Retention Amount remaining after the reduction thereto pursuant to subclause (A) above shall be paid by Buyer to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

(iv) If the Downward Adjustment Amount is less than the sum of Retention Amount and Estimated Payment (such shortfall being herein referred to as the "Required Refund"), then (A) if the Required Refund is less than or equal to the Estimated Payment then Buyer shall pay to the Escrow Agent for deposit into the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds an amount equal to the Required Refund or (B) if the Required Refund is greater than the Estimated Payment then Buyer shall (x) pay to the Escrow Agent for deposit into the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds an amount equal to the Estimated Payment and (y) pay to Seller from the Retention Amount an amount equal to the excess of the Required Refund over the Estimated Payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Buyer agrees that under no circumstance shall Escrow Agent release any of the Escrow Amount to Buyer to satisfy any amounts owed to Buyer in respect of the Downward Adjustment Amount except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 9.04(b). Any payment by Seller, the Escrow Agent or Buyer required by this subsection (c) shall bear interest at the rate equal to the interest being earned on the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount pursuant to the Post Closing Escrow Agreement from the Closing Date until the date of payment. The Additional Purchase Price or the Downward Adjustment Amount, as the case may be (excluding payments attributable to interest), will be treated by the parties as an increase or decrease, as the case may be, in the Purchase Price.

(d) The allocation for tax purposes of the Purchase Price will be agreed upon by the parties prior to the Closing.

1.06 Assumption of Certain Obligations. Upon the sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, and delivery of the Purchased Assets to Buyer at the Closing, Buyer shall assume and thereafter pay, perform, and discharge all obligations to be performed or arising after the Closing under all of the Assumed Contracts (the "Assumed Obligations"). Other than the Assumed Obligations, Buyer shall not assume or be liable for any other obligations or liabilities of Buyer (including any cure amounts payable to other parties to the Assumed Contracts).

1.07 Retained Liabilities. (a) Seller shall retain and pay, discharge and perform any and all obligations and liabilities not expressly assumed by Purchaser in Section 1.06 above,

- 8 -

including the following obligations and liabilities (all such obligations and liabilities, the "Retained Liabilities"):

(i) liabilities for unpaid Taxes (as defined in Section 2.10);

(ii) all obligations or liabilities of Seller that relate to any of the Excluded Assets;

(iii) all obligations or liabilities for any borrowed money incurred by Seller whether pre-petition or post-petition;

(iv) all obligations and liabilities resulting from, caused by or arising out of, directly or indirectly, the conduct of Seller's business or ownership or lease of any of its properties or assets or any properties or assets previously used by Seller at any time prior to the Closing Date, including such of the foregoing as constitute, may constitute or are alleged to constitute a tort, breach of contract, or violation or requirement of any law or governmental regulation;

(v) any and all liabilities of Seller under any employee benefit plans, whether formal or informal, whether or not set forth in writing, and whether covering one person or more than one person, sponsored or maintained by Seller. For the purposes hereof, the term "employee benefit plan" includes all plans, funds, pension funds, programs, policies, arrangements, practices, customs and understandings providing benefits of economic value to any employee, former employee, or present or former beneficiary, dependent or assignee of any such employee or former employee other than regular salary, wages or commissions paid substantially concurrently with the performance of the services for which paid. The term "employee benefit plan" includes all employee welfare benefit plans within the meaning of Article 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and all employee pension benefit plans within the meaning of Article 3(2) of ERISA. Seller shall retain liability for all employee pension benefits;

(vi) any alleged or actual liability for the investigation, cleanup or removal of any Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 2.11), or for death or injury to person or property, as a result of the generation, transportation, disposal, storage, release, emission or discharge of any Hazardous Material onsite or offsite and in, on, under, from or onto any real property subject to any lease or otherwise, past or present, that occurred or existed on or before the Closing Date;

(vii) any alleged or actual liability and penalties for violations of or noncompliance with environmental laws and that occurred or existed on or before the Closing Date; and

(viii) liability for all compensation, salary, wages, bonuses, commissions, incentive payments or any other benefit, perquisite, cost, expense,

- 9 -

liability or obligation attributable to services provided prior to the Closing but payable on or after the Closing to the employees, contractors, athletes or celebrities solicited and hired by Buyer pursuant to Section 5.03, if any. Buyer shall have no liability for compensation, salary, wages, bonuses, commissions, incentive payments or any other benefit, perquisite, cost, expense, liability or obligation relating to the employment or termination of employment by Seller before or after the Closing of any of Seller's employee's, contractors, athletes or celebrities.

(b) At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer (i) duly executed instruments of assignment and assumption including an assignment and assumption agreement (the "Assignment and Assumption Agreement"), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel, and sufficient for the assignment of the Purchased Assets and the assumption by Buyer of the Assumed Obligations and (ii) take all acts reasonably necessary to give Buyer possession of, or control over, the Purchased Assets; provided, however, that in the case of Inventory located at retail stores, Seller agrees to take all action necessary to have such Inventory delivered to Seller's Charlotte, North Carolina distribution center within 45 days following the Closing, provided further that Buyer agrees to pay the freight charges incurred in connection with such delivery.

1.08 Payment of Transfer Taxes and Other Charges. At or after the Closing, Seller shall pay all transfer taxes, sales taxes (including retail sales taxes), stamp taxes, withholding taxes, and other similar taxes which are due in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE II.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

2.01 Organization and Standing. Seller is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all corporate power and authority to carry on its business as it is currently conducted, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval. Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in all jurisdictions where the conduct of its business renders such qualification necessary, except where failure to be so qualified would not have Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, a Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on the value or condition of the Purchased Assets, taken as a whole.

2.02 Authorization by Seller.

(a) The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby have been or will by the Closing Date be, as the case may be, duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of Seller. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller and, upon entry of

- 10 -

the Approval Order, will be the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is brought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.02(b), neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other agreements and documents to be executed or delivered pursuant hereto, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate, or conflict with, any provision of Seller's Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, (ii) violate, or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets being sold hereunder by Seller under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, agreement, lease or other instrument to which Seller is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound, or (iii) violate, or conflict with, any order, writ, injunction, arbitral award, judgment or decree of any court, governmental body or arbitrator applicable to Seller, except, in the case of clause (ii), for any such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults, terminations, accelerations or other matters which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.03 Assumed Contracts; Information.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.03(a):

(i) Each of the Assumed Contracts was duly executed and delivered by Seller and each constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of the parties thereto and is enforceable by Seller in accordance with its terms.

(ii) Except with regard to compliance under Assumed Contracts that is excused pursuant to Section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, Seller is in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions of the Assumed Contracts and all laws, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

(iii) Except with regard to defaults under Assumed Contracts that (A) can be cured pursuant to Section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code or (B) can be excused pursuant to Section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, to Seller's knowledge, no event of default (or term of like intent) has occurred under any Assumed Contract

(iv) To Seller's knowledge, Seller has not received or sent notice that an event has occurred which, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default (or term of like intent) under the terms of any Assumed Contract.

(v) To Seller's knowledge, Seller has not received notice from any person that any Assumed Contract has been, or is to be, terminated, or that any

- 11 -

Assumed Contract has been, or is to be, terminated prior to its stated term, nor to Seller's knowledge, does there exist any basis for a termination of any Assumed Contract.

(vi) No consent of any party is required to sell, assign and transfer to Buyer any Assumed Contract that provides for the provision of goods or services or the payment of money having a value in excess of $100,000 per annum.

(vii) Seller has provided Buyer with full and complete copies of all Assumed Contracts and any written amendments, modifications or waivers with respect thereto. To Seller's knowledge, there exists no oral amendments, modifications or waivers with respect to any of the Assumed Contracts, except for such oral amendments, modifications or waivers which, individually or in the aggregate, would not result in a change in the provision of goods or services or the payment of money having a value in excess of $100,000 per annum.

(b) Schedule B sets forth (i) a complete list of Licenses to which Seller is a party and all other licenses to which Seller was a party since March 30, 2000, (ii) amendments to any License, (iii) the names, addresses, phone and fax numbers (and e-mail addresses, if known to Seller) of each licensee under a License, (iv) key contact persons at each licensee of a License and (v) names of Seller personnel who have been dealing with each licensee of a License.

(c) Schedule 2.03(c) sets forth (i) all outstanding purchase orders with each of Seller's vendors of finished goods, (ii) all other material agreements with vendors and (iii) copies of all outstanding letters of credit issued by Seller to such vendors.

(d) Schedule 2.03(d) sets forth, with respect to all of Seller's 100 highest revenue generating customers ("Material Customers"), (i) credit terms,
(ii) margin allowances and discounts and (iii) return information.

(e) Schedule 2.03(e) sets forth the terms and conditions of Seller's employment of or contractual arrangements with, Seller's internal and external U.S. and overseas sales personnel, including commissions and bonuses.

(f) With respect to any Assumed Contracts listed or described on Schedule 2.03(a) as exceptions to the representations set forth in 2.03(a)(vi), Seller shall obtain appropriate consents to the sale, assignment and transfer contemplated herein together with an estoppel agreed to by the consenting parties to each such Assumed Contract acknowledging the transfer to Buyer of such Assumed Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall only be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consent required under (i) the agreements listed on Schedule 2.03(f)(i), which would require Buyer to establish itself as a "qualified" vendor, and (ii) the license agreement listed in Schedule 2.03(f)(ii).

2.04 Intellectual Property. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.04:

(a) Seller owns all right, title and interest in and to the Owned Intellectual Property. Seller has all rights necessary to use the Licensed Intellectual Property in the manner

- 12 -

presently used in its business. None of the Intellectual Property infringes or violates the intellectual property rights of any third parties or, to Seller's knowledge, is being infringed upon by third parties. Consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall not impair any rights or impose any obligations with respect to Intellectual Property, except for any notices, recordings or filings that are required to be given or made by applicable law as a result of the transfer of the Intellectual Property to Buyer. On the Closing Date, Seller will transfer the Intellectual Property to Buyer, free and clear of Liens. None of the Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding order, decree, judgment, stipulation, injunction, written restriction or agreement restricting the scope of use thereof by Seller anywhere in the world.

(b) There is no pending or, to Seller's knowledge, threatened (or unasserted but considered probable of assertion) claim against Seller, nor has Seller received any written notice of any claim (i) asserting that any of the Intellectual Property as used in Seller's business infringes or violates the intellectual property rights of any third parties, (ii) asserting that any of the Intellectual Property is being infringed upon or diluted by others, (iii) asserting that any third parties have any rights to use any of the Intellectual Property except for Licensed Intellectual Property licensed to Seller on a nonexclusive basis, except for such claims which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) During the prior twelve months, Seller has not given notice to any third parties asserting material infringement by such third parties of any of the Intellectual Property, and to Seller's knowledge, there is no basis for any such claim against a third party.

(d) All of the Licensed Intellectual Property is licensed pursuant to valid written agreements (the "IP License Agreements").

(e) Seller has not adversely used any confidential information, trade secrets or known patentable inventions of any person relating to the conduct of its business, and Seller, to its knowledge, does not have any product which, if commercially developed and sold, would adversely use any such confidential information, trade secrets or other inventions except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) There is no pending or, to Seller's knowledge, threatened claim that Seller is in breach of any IP License Agreement and, to Seller's knowledge, no basis for any such claim exists, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) There is no pending or, to Seller's knowledge, threatened claim against Seller of any Licensed Intellectual Property asserting that any of the Licensed Intellectual Property infringes or conflicts with the rights of third parties, and to Seller's knowledge, no basis for any such claim exists.

(h) Seller has performed all of the obligations required to be performed by it, and is not in default under any agreement relating to any Intellectual Property, except where such failure to perform would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

- 13 -

(i) Schedule 2.04(i) hereto identifies each trade name, fictitious business name, or other similar name under which Seller has conducted any part of its business during the five (5) years preceding the date hereof, and the trademark status reports set forth in Schedule A-5 contain true and correct information regarding the Trademarks set forth therein.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) "Copyrights" shall mean all registered and unregistered copyrights and applications for copyright registration in every country of the world, including those identified in Schedule A-1;

(ii) "Intellectual Property" shall mean the Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property;

(iii) "Know-How" shall mean technical information, trade secrets, inventions, processes, specifications, manuals, reports, documents, drawings, procedures, processes, devices, software and source code, software documentation, research and development data, marketing information, customer lists, database rights, industrial design rights, other tangible embodiments of information and all other intellectual property or proprietary rights other than Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, in every country of the world, owned by Seller and its subsidiaries, including those identified in Schedule A-2;

(iv) "Licensed Intellectual Property" shall mean all intellectual property owned by third parties and licensed to Seller and its subsidiaries, including those identified in Schedule A-3;

(v) "Owned Intellectual Property" shall mean all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Know-How owned by Seller and its subsidiaries, including those listed on Schedules A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5;

(vi) "Patents" shall mean all utility and design patents and patent applications (including any divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reexaminations, extensions, renewals or reissues thereof), design, design registrations, utility models and any similar rights and applications therefor, in every country of the world, owned by Seller and its subsidiaries, including those identified in Schedule A-4; and

(vii) "Trademarks" shall mean all registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, Internet domain names, fictitious business names or other similar names, and any other identification of source or origin, and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, together with associated goodwill, in every country of the world, owned by Seller and its subsidiaries, including those trademarks identified in the trademark status report attached hereto as Schedule A-5.

- 14 -

2.05 Title to Purchased Assets; Absence of Liens and Encumbrances. Seller owns all right, title and interest in and to, and has good and marketable title to, all Purchased Assets transferred pursuant to this Agreement. Seller will transfer all right, title and interest in the Purchased Assets, including any Purchased Assets located outside of the United States, to Buyer at the Closing Date free and clear of Liens. Without limiting the foregoing, on the Closing Date the Purchased Assets will not be in any manner encumbered by any Liens arising out of unpaid state, federal, local and foreign income, sales, or ad valorem taxes which are due and payable.

2.06 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.06, there is no litigation pending or, to Seller's knowledge, threatened (a) against Seller, its business, subsidiaries or any of its Intellectual Property or other assets which, if adversely determined, would affect the Purchased Assets, or (b) which seeks to enjoin or obtain damages in respect of the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby.

2.07 Inventory. Seller has or will have on the Closing Date good and marketable title to the Inventory free and clear of any Lien or other right of any third party and Seller will transfer the Inventory to Buyer at the Closing, free and clear of Liens. The Inventory is recorded on the books and records of Seller at the lower of actual FIFO cost or market, net of any reserves (taking into account obsolete, defective or unmerchantable goods, odd sizes, excess quantities, unsaleable returns, other unsaleable merchandise), as determined in accordance with GAAP.

2.08 Insurance. Seller has maintained and currently maintains sufficient insurance coverage to protect its business and the full replacement value of the Purchased Assets, as well as business interruption insurance with respect to Seller's manufacturing facilities located in the United States and Mexico, in each case with reputable insurance companies in amounts consistent with other companies in its industry.

2.09 Compliance with Laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.09, Seller is not aware of any violation of any applicable statute, ordinance, code, restriction, regulation, or other governmental requirements, which violation, individually or in the, aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.10 Tax and Other Returns and Reports. Except as listed in Schedule 2.10, all material federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, reports, statements and other similar filings required to be filed by Seller in connection with its operation of the business as it pertains to the Purchased Assets (the "Tax Returns") with respect to any federal, state, local or foreign taxes, assessments, interests, penalties, deficiencies, fees and other governmental charges or impositions, as well as all transfer taxes, sales taxes (including retail sales taxes), duties and customs fees, stamp taxes, withholding taxes, and other similar taxes (all such tax liabilities relating to the manufacture, importation, delivery, shipment and use of the Purchased Assets, including Inventory in transit, for all periods ended prior to the Closing Date referred to herein as the "Taxes") have been filed with the appropriate governmental agencies in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are required to be filed. Except as listed in Schedule 2.10, all Taxes, including those which are called for by the Tax Returns, or heretofore or hereafter claimed to be due by any taxing authority from Seller, have been properly accrued or paid. Seller shall be solely responsible for Taxes accrued during periods ended on or prior to the Closing Date and

- 15 -

Seller shall have the sole right to contest any such claim or deficiency in any administrative or judicial forum of its choosing, or pursue or forego any appeal of any administrative judicial decision, or to terminate or settle an administrative proceeding.

2.11 Environmental Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11(a), neither Seller nor, to Seller's knowledge, any other person has (x) discharged or disposed of any Hazardous Materials at Seller's Charlotte, North Carolina distribution facility or North Reading, Massachusetts headquarters in a manner which at the time of such act was is in violation of any law, rule or regulation affecting the use, discharge, or disposal of any Hazardous Material. Additionally, none of such real property is being used, or to Seller's knowledge, after due inquiry has ever previously been used, for the discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Materials in a manner which at the time of such act was in violation of any law, rule or regulation affecting the use, discharge, or disposal of any Hazardous Material or, (y) received any notice from any governmental authority indicating that the real property has been or may be placed on any federal or state "Superfund" or "Superlien" list. The term "Hazardous Material" means any substance that is defined as a "hazardous waste" or "hazardous substance" under any applicable federal, state, or local statute, regulation, or ordinance and shall include any (A) "hazardous waste" as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. Article 6901 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (B) any "hazardous substance" as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. Article 9601 et seq.) ("CERCLA"), as amended from time to time and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.12 Accounts Receivable; Collection. Schedule H sets forth a listing showing aging by customer of the Accounts Receivable that are outstanding as of the date hereof. The Accounts Receivable are not subject to any written or, to Seller's knowledge, oral agreement or understanding providing for any credit, chargeback, counterclaim, setoff, discount, returns or co-operative marketing payments in respect thereof, except for any such credits, chargebacks, counterclaims, setoffs, discounts, returns or co-operative marketing payments that have been estimated and reserved for based on historical experience (either generally or specifically) on the books and records of Seller. Seller has not accelerated or delayed collection of Accounts Receivable in advance of or beyond their regular due dates or the dates when the same would otherwise have been collected other than in the ordinary course of business. Accounts Receivable with extended payment terms providing for payments over more than 90 days are carried at no greater than present value.

2.13 Software.

(a) Seller's rights in and to (i) the Applications that are required to process Inventory and Accounts Receivable (the "Accounts Receivable/Inventory Software") and (ii) all other Applications not requiring the consent of third parties for the assignment thereof will be granted to Buyer, either by transfer of title, assignment of rights or grant of license at the Closing. Schedule 2.13(a) sets forth a list of the Applications ("Licensed Software") requiring the consent of the owners and/or licensors ("Licensors") thereof ("Licensors' Consent"). Subject to receipt of Licensors' Consent, Seller's rights in and to Licensed Software will be granted to Buyer, either by transfer of title, assignment of rights or grant of license at the Closing. Seller

- 16 -

shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Licensors' Consent prior to Closing.

Upon receipt of Licensors' Consent, if applicable, Seller shall, at the request of Buyer, provide programming code, source code and documentation in Seller's possession and execute and deliver such other instruments of sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment or license as Buyer may reasonably request in order to effectively vest in Buyer the rights contemplated hereby.

(b) The activities and operations of Seller with regard to the Applications prior to the Closing, are not, and have not been, in violation of any agreement, or in violation of any rights held by any Person except for pre-petition amounts owed under license agreements between Seller and Licensors relating to the Applications.

(c) Seller holds either:

(i) sole and exclusive ownership of all rights in and to the Applications; or

(ii) valid rights and licenses to utilize the Applications in its operations and activities as carried out during the twelve-month period prior to the date of this Agreement.

The Accounts Receivable/Inventory Software constitutes substantially all the computer software necessary for Buyer to conduct the operations and activities necessary to manage and dispose of Inventory and Accounts Receivable. All Licensed Software is transferable to Buyer with Licensors' Consent. The Applications and computer hardware leased pursuant to the Hardware Lease Agreements constitute all of the computer software and hardware necessary to conduct the operations and activities of Seller (other than its manufacturing and retail store operations) during the prior twelve months. The Information Technology, whether transferred to Buyer hereunder, or in the form of services provided by Seller pursuant to Section 4.01, constitutes or will constitute on the Closing Date, all of the computer software and hardware necessary to conduct the operations and activities of Seller (other than its manufacturing and retail store operations) during the prior twelve months.

(d) In the case of each Application indicated in Schedule 2.13(d) as being owned by Seller (hereafter "Owned Software"), Seller has good and marketable right, title and interest in and to all forms, versions and releases of the Owned Software, including all copyright rights and all applicable patent and trade secret rights, free and clear of any Liens other than rights of authors which may not be legally waived except for the language and database licensed by third parties which is used to operate the Owned Software. No item of Owned Software is a derivative work (as defined in U.S. Copyright Law) of any other work that is not owned in its entirety by, or properly licensed such that no one may claim any rights in such derivative work other than, Seller. Except as indicated in Schedule 2.13(d), Seller is in actual possession of the complete source code and object code, and is in possession of all documentation necessary for the effective use, distribution and support of each such item of Owned Software.

(e) Except as indicated in Schedule 2.13(e), Seller:

- 17 -

(i) maintains master machine readable reproducible copies, source code listings, technical documentation and user documentation for the most current releases and versions thereof; and

(ii) maintains the machine readable copies such that they substantially conform to the corresponding source code listings, programming and user manuals, and published specifications (if any).

(f) All Applications which are not Owned Software (herein referred to as "Third Party Software") are subject to restrictions on assignment, transfer, relocation, use, copying, distribution, preparation of derivative works, display, performance, sale, offer for sale, manufacture or disclosure (such activities collectively and individually referred to herein as "Use") as are contained in the corresponding license agreements identified in Schedule 2.13(f).

(g) Subject to Licensors' Consent, if applicable, the continued or further Use of any Application by Buyer after the Closing, which Use is consistent with the Use of such item by Seller prior to the Closing, will not give rise to any obligation to pay any royalty, fee, penalty, damages or compensation to any Person.

(h) All contracts, agreements, commitments or obligations of Seller for the maintenance, support, upgrade, correction of defects or deficiencies, or for continuing or for renewing rights to, any Third Party Software, and any payment obligations or options therefor, are identified in Schedule 2.13(h).

2.14 Customers and Suppliers. Since January 1, 2001 and except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(i), there has been no written complaint or, to Seller's knowledge, oral complaint from any Material Customer and no notice of breach or of termination under any contract with a Material Customer. Seller has not been advised in writing or, to Seller's knowledge, orally by any Material Customer or supplier of finished goods ("Finished Goods Supplier") that such Material Customer or Finished Goods Supplier was or is intending to terminate its relationship or would not continue to purchase or sell supplies or services for future periods on account of any dissatisfaction with Seller's performance. All order backlog is described on Schedule D hereto, and such backlog has been accurately accounted for in the records of Seller in accordance with Seller's historical practices; and, to Seller's knowledge, the order backlog represents good orders consistent with Seller's and industry practice. Seller has not been advised in writing or, to Seller's knowledge, orally that any customer intends to cancel or change the material terms of any orders included in such order backlog. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, with respect to the Material Customers identified on Schedule 2.14(ii) as potentially requiring Buyer to establish itself as a "qualified" vendor ("Requalification Customers"), Seller makes no representation to Buyer in respect of any Requalification Customer that following the date hereof gives notice of termination or its intention to terminate its relationship with Seller or its intention not to continue to purchase supplies or services for future periods because of the failure of Buyer to so "qualify".

2.15 Changes in Accounting Method. Since December 1, 2000, Seller has not made any material change in any method of accounting or accounting practice related to the Inventory or the Accounts Receivable.

- 18 -

2.16 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except for the Assumed Obligations, to Seller's knowledge there are no material liabilities with respect to the Purchased Assets other than those disclosed or provided in this Agreement and in the Schedules hereto; Seller is not aware of any facts or circumstances that could be expected to result in such liabilities.

2.17 Subsidiary Assets. To Seller's knowledge, there are no assets owned by any of its subsidiaries that are necessary for Buyer, following the Closing, to carry on the business conducted by Seller prior to the Closing (other than Seller's manufacturing and retail store operations). Schedule 2.17 sets forth all material accounts receivable and inventories (other than those related to Seller's manufacturing and retail stores) that are owned by Seller's subsidiaries, if any (the "Subsidiary A/R and Inventory"). Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that the Subsidiary A/R and Inventory is not a part of the Purchased Assets.

2.18 Schedules. All of the information contained on the Schedules to this Agreement with respect to the Purchased Assets and Assumed Contracts is complete, accurate and correct in all material respects.

ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

3.01 Organization and Standing. Buyer is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and has all requisite corporate power to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder, and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby. Buyer has the requisite corporate power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

3.02 Authorization by Buyer. (a) the execution, delivery, and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of Buyer. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer and constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Buyer enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, receivership or similar laws affecting or referring to the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is brought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and all other agreements and documents to be executed or delivered hereunder, nor the performance and fulfillment by Buyer of all its representations, warranties, covenants and obligations hereunder, will (i) violate, or conflict with, any provision of Buyer's Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, (ii) violate, or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in a breach of any provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in the creation of any lien,

- 19 -

security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of Buyer under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, agreement, lease or other instrument to which Buyers is a party or by which its is bound, or (iii) violate, or conflict with, any order, writ, injunction, arbitral award, judgment or decree of any court, governmental body or arbitrator applicable to Buyer.

3.03 Available Funds. Upon satisfaction of all conditions to Buyer's obligation to purchase the Purchased Assets, Buyer will have the funds necessary to pay the Purchase Price.

3.04 HSR Matters. Buyer shall notify Seller within three days hereof as to whether the transactions contemplated by this Agreement require the parties hereto to file a Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act. In the event that Buyer notifies Seller that no such filing is necessary, Buyer hereby represents and warrants that as of the Closing Buyer (i) is its own "ultimate parent entity," as such term is defined under the Premerger Notification Rules (the "Rules") to the HSR Act and (ii) (x) had annual net sales of less than $10,000,000 and (y) has less than $10,000,000 in total assets, each as determined in accordance with Section 801.11 of the Rules to the HSR Act.

3.05 Litigation. There is no litigation pending (a) against Buyer in connection with the conduct of its business which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect the business or financial condition of Buyer or (b) which seeks to enjoin or obtain damages in respect of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV.

COVENANTS OF SELLER

Seller hereby covenants and agrees with Buyer as follows:

4.01 Cooperation. Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, Seller agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to cooperate with Buyer in connection with the foregoing, including using its reasonable best efforts (i) to obtain all necessary waivers, consents and approvals from other parties to any Assumed Contract and any other material agreements, leases and contracts included in the Purchased Assets; (ii) to obtain all necessary consents, approvals and authorizations as are required to be obtained under any federal, state or foreign law or regulations, including the Approval Order; (iii) to lift or rescind any injunction or restraining order or other order adversely affecting the ability of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (including, at Buyer's request, to defend any lawsuit brought against Buyer that threatens to enjoin, restrain or adversely affect the ability of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby); (iv) to effect all necessary registrations, filings and submissions of information requested by governmental authorities; (v) to fulfill all conditions to this Agreement; and
(vi) to provide Buyer promptly with all information and assistance with respect to the foregoing and the Purchased Assets as Buyer may reasonably request, in writing or otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing, on the Closing Date

- 20 -

or as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, Seller will execute and deliver to Buyer all applications for transfer of trademark registrations and other documents reasonably requested by Buyer to effectuate the unconditional transfer of the Intellectual Property upon the Closing Date, free and clear of all Liens subject, in the case of the Intellectual Property, to licenses granted pursuant to the agreements set forth on Schedule 2.04 to this Agreement that may exist on the Closing Date, and will waive any other right, title and interest of Seller in and to the Intellectual Property. Effective upon the Closing Date, Seller will and does hereby grant to Buyer an exclusive, irrevocable, worldwide, fully-paid, royalty-free right and license to exercise all rights in and to the Intellectual Property to permit Buyer's full enjoyment of its ownership rights during the period before Buyer becomes the record owner, and while Seller is the record owner, of the applicable Intellectual Property, which license shall be for the benefit of Buyer, its licensees, successors and assigns. Upon the Closing Date, Seller shall execute and deliver to Buyer such documents as Buyer may reasonably request to effect the foregoing. Effective as of the Closing Date, Seller grants to Buyer an irrevocable power of attorney, with full power of substitution, with respect to the Intellectual Property. Upon the Closing Date, Seller agrees to execute in favor of Buyer or its designee a specific irrevocable power of attorney with full power of substitution, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, to record the assignment of the Intellectual Property from Seller to Buyer. In furtherance of the foregoing, to the extent that Seller is unable to transfer right, title and interest in and to any Assumed Contract to Buyer on the Closing Date, Seller agrees, to the extent permitted by law, to provide Buyer with the benefits of any such Assumed Contract, provided, however, that Buyer agrees to perform the Assumed Obligations, if any, in respect thereof and provided further that the provision to Buyer of such benefits shall not relieve Seller of (i) its obligations to obtain any required consents hereunder nor (ii) such consequences as may be provided for hereunder for failure to obtain such consents.

4.02 Court Approval. (a) Prior to Closing, the sale of the Purchased Assets to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to sections 105, 363, 365 and 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to an order in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (with no modifications or changes except those approved by Buyer and Seller, the "Approval Order"), and the Approval Order shall have become a Final Order. Buyer and Seller agree to use reasonable efforts to cause the Bankruptcy Court to enter the Approval Order. Promptly following entry of the Approval Order, Seller shall serve such entered Approval Order to all parties to the Assumed Contracts.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) a Final Order means an order or a judgment entered by the Bankruptcy Court (x) that has not been reversed, stayed, modified or amended, (y) as to which no appeal or petition for review or motion for rehearing or reargument has been taken or has been made, and (z) as to which the time for filing a notice of appeal, a petition for review or a motion for reargument or rehearing has expired, (ii) "Liens" means all title defects or objections, mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, claims, charges, pledges, security interests, obligations, interests or other encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, whether domestic or foreign; provided, however, that any claims, credits, obligations, charges or similar rights of customers of Seller that offset or reduce any Accounts Receivable relating to such customers shall not constitute "Liens" on such Accounts Receivable.

- 21 -

(c) Seller shall cooperate reasonably with Buyer and its representatives in connection with the Approval Order and the bankruptcy proceedings in connection therewith. Seller further covenants and agrees that if the Approval Order is entered the terms of any plan submitted by Seller to the Bankruptcy Court for confirmation shall not conflict with, supersede, abrogate, nullify, modify or restrict the terms of this Agreement and the rights of Buyer hereunder, or in any way prevent or interfere with the consummation or performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement including any transaction that is contemplated by or approved pursuant to the Approval Order.

(d) If the Approval Order or any other orders of the Bankruptcy Court relating to this Agreement shall be appealed by any Person (or a petition for certiorari or motion for rehearing or reargument shall be filed with respect thereto), Seller agrees to take all steps as may be reasonable and appropriate to defend against such appeal, petition or motion, and Buyer agrees to cooperate in such efforts, and each party hereto agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain an expedited resolution of such appeal; provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude the parties hereto from consummating the transactions contemplated herein if the Approval Order shall have been entered and has not been stayed and Buyer, in its sole discretion, waives in writing the requirement that the Approval Order be a Final Order.

4.03 Conduct of Business.

(a) Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Seller will use its commercially reasonable efforts to preserve, protect, and maintain the Purchased Assets, and to operate its business in the same manner it currently operates. Seller will not harm the Purchased Assets and will not take any action that will materially adversely affect the Assumed Contracts. Seller shall (i) maintain the Inventory in all material respects in the manner in which it has been maintained during the fifteen-month period immediately prior to the date hereof and (ii) comply in all material respects with all provisions of any Assumed Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, Seller shall conduct its business diligently and in the ordinary and normal course and consistent with past practice (including using its commercially reasonable efforts to preserve beneficial relationships with distributors, agents, lessors, suppliers and customers).

(b) Seller shall not engage in any transaction relating to the purchase or sale of goods, inventories, capital expenditures, marketing programs or other operating or production items or accounts receivable, from the date hereof until the Closing other than: (i) transactions in the ordinary course of business or (ii) transactions not objected to by Buyer. For the purposes of this
Section 4.03, (A) any transaction involving the sale of excess, close-out or obsolete goods in excess of $25,000, (B) any transaction involving the sale of goods at or below cost (other than transactions involving the sale of excess, close-out or obsolete goods of less than $25,000 in the aggregate) or (C) any commitment or expenditure exceeding $25,000 (excluding payroll expenditures) shall be deemed to be outside the ordinary course of business. Buyer shall communicate to Seller the names of one or more representatives of Buyer who shall be "Designated Representatives" and as such shall be authorized to object to transactions outside the ordinary course of business. Seller shall notify the Designated Representatives of each transaction outside the ordinary course of business, and Buyer shall notify Seller of any objection to such transaction as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event more than two (2) business

- 22 -

days following receipt of notice of such proposed transaction. If Seller has not received notice of an objection to any such transaction within such two (2) business day period, Seller may assume Buyer does not object to such transaction.

(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and except as approved by Buyer or otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, during the period from the date hereof through the Closing Date, Seller shall not:

(i) sell, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of, or agree to sell, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of, any Purchased Assets, except in the ordinary and normal course of business consistent with industry practice, including, without limitation, fulfilling customer orders prior to normal shipment periods inconsistent with industry practices (which industry practices shall include seasonality requirements);

(ii) modify, waive or accelerate or delay collection of accounts receivable in advance of or beyond their regular due dates or the dates when the same would otherwise have been collected other than with respect to accounts receivable not exceeding $5,000 and otherwise in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) enter into any new agreements that would be included in Assumed Contracts, or amend or alter in any material way any existing Assumed Contracts;

(iv) take any action the taking of which, or omit to take any action the omission of which, would cause any of the representations and warranties contained in Article II to fail to be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing as though made at and as of the Closing; or

(v) agree to do any of the foregoing.

4.04 Disclosure Supplements.

(a) From time to time prior to the Closing, Seller shall promptly supplement or amend the disclosures contained in the Schedules or Exhibits with respect to any matter: (i) which may arise hereafter and which, if existing or occurring at or prior to the date hereof, would have been required to be set forth or described therein; or (ii) which makes it necessary to correct any information in the Schedules or Exhibits or in any representation and warranty of Sellers which has been rendered inaccurate thereby. No supplement or amendment to the Schedules or Exhibits or any delivery of Schedules after the date hereof, unless expressly consented in writing by Buyer, shall be deemed to cure any breach of any representation or warranty made in this Agreement, or modify, affect or diminish Buyer's right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
Section 8.01(c).

(b) During the period from the date hereof to the Closing, Seller shall promptly: (i) furnish or make available to Buyer copies of all financial or other reports relating to the Purchased Assets as soon as they become available, all certified by a duly authorized officer of Seller that such financial statements were generated in the ordinary course of business

- 23 -

consistent with past accounting or past applicable operational reporting practices; and (ii) notify Buyer of the occurrence of any event having a Material Adverse Effect.

4.05 Closing. Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the conditions set forth in Article VI to be satisfied by the Closing Date, including undertaking such measures as may be appropriate, including written notice letters, required to obtain the necessary consents.

4.06 Confidentiality. If the Closing does not occur, Seller will maintain in confidence all information relating to Buyer furnished to it by Buyer, or any agents of Buyer, including information concerning the businesses, financial condition or stockholders of Buyer, and will not disclose such information to others, or use such information for any purpose unless and until such information is or becomes in the public domain by reason other than disclosure by Seller, except as such information may be required to be disclosed by Seller under applicable law or which has previously been made public. If this Agreement is terminated, Seller shall return all confidential information received from Buyer and all copies and summaries thereof.

4.07 Transitional Arrangements Agreement. At the Closing, Seller and Buyer shall execute and deliver a Transitional Arrangements Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

4.08 Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, Seller shall execute and deliver any further instruments or documents, and take all such further action as Buyer may request, including procuring assurance and cooperation from Seller's officers and employees, in order to transfer to and vest in Buyer all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Assets, including using its best efforts, at Buyer's expense, to assist and cooperate with Buyer in Buyer's preparation and filing of documents relating to the transfer of the Intellectual Property. In the event that Seller fails to promptly execute and deliver any such instruments or documents reasonably requested by Buyer, Seller hereby irrevocably appoints Buyer as its power-of-attorney, effective only upon the Closing, with full right of substitution for the purpose of executing such documents. This power of attorney shall be for the benefit of Buyer, its licensees, successors and assigns.

4.09 Inspection. For all periods prior to the Closing, Seller agrees to grant Buyer full and complete access to all of its properties at any time and to its customers, vendors and suppliers during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice from Buyer and to cooperate with any request of Buyer to permit Buyer to inspect or review any location owned or leased by Seller, including the making available of such personnel of Seller as Buyer may reasonably request. At Buyer's discretion, Buyer may arrange for its employees, officers, accountants and attorneys to visit and inspect any such location and to review any all documentation pertaining to the Purchased Assets. Without limiting the foregoing, Seller agrees to make available to Buyer or its auditors or attorneys, and to provide full and complete access to, for inspection and copying, documentation relating to any of the following:

(a) All financial records for the last five years including accounts receivable, accounts payable, capital spending, income statements, balance sheets, accounting work papers,

- 24 -

tax files, all agreements for the past three years with any financial institution with whom Seller has had dealings;

(b) Employee records for the past three years of full and part-time employees and contract employee, including salary information and employment contracts and all agreements with outside organizations providing labor or employment services to Seller; provided, however, that employee records shall in no event include employee medical records or any other information reasonably determined by Seller to be of a confidential nature;

(c) All records, including order and payment histories, of the customers and vendors of Seller's subsidiaries and the names and contact numbers of all managers and other employees of such subsidiaries;

(d) All Assumed Contracts, including purchase orders;

(e) Records of all transfers of Inventory and goods in connection with the closing of Seller's manufacturing facilities and retail locations;

(f) all documentation pertaining to any investigation, institution, settlement or agreement to settle any litigation, action or proceeding before any governmental entity in connection with the businesses of Seller, including under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, for five years prior to the Closing; and

(g) reasonable access to employees for the purposes of conducting interviews; provided, however, that Buyer shall give Seller reasonable advance notice thereof to Buyer.

4.10 Maintain Insurance. Seller shall maintain insurance coverage sufficient to protect its business and the Purchased Assets.

4.11 Maintenance of, and Access to, Records. After the Closing Date, Seller shall provide Buyer with access (with an opportunity to make copies), during normal business hours, and upon reasonable notice, to any records relating to the Purchased Assets and Assumed Obligations. Seller shall preserve and maintain any books and records relating to the Purchased Assets that are not otherwise provided to Buyer for at least two years after the Closing Date.

4.12 Accounts Receivable. In the event that Seller receives any payment relating to any Account Receivable outstanding on or after the Closing Date, such payment shall be the property of Buyer. Seller will promptly endorse and deliver to Buyer any cash, checks or other documents received by it on account of any such Accounts Receivable. Seller shall advise Buyer (promptly following its becoming aware thereof) of any counterclaims or set-offs that may arise subsequent to the Closing Date with respect to any Account Receivable.

4.13 Consents. Following the Closing, Seller shall use its best efforts to obtain all necessary consents of third parties to those contracts that but for obtaining such consent would have been Assumed Contracts transferred to Buyer on the Closing Date. Immediately after obtaining any required consents, Seller agrees to take all necessary action to assign such

- 25 -

contracts to Buyer, including the execution and delivery to Buyer of instruments of assignment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel.

4.14 Specific Enforcement of Covenants. Seller acknowledges that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the covenants and agreements of Seller set forth in Article IV of this Agreement were not timely performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that Buyer shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or cure any breach of such covenants and agreements of Seller and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity or under the terms of this Agreement.

4.15 Acquisition Proposals. Between the date hereof and the Closing, Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) take any action to solicit, initiate submission of or knowingly encourage any Acquisition Proposal or (b) participate in any substantive discussions or negotiations regarding an Acquisition Proposal with anyone, except in the case of each of the foregoing for Acquisition Proposals by or on behalf of Buyer or its affiliates. During such period, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer upon receipt of any indication of interest or any offer with respect to an Acquisition Proposal. For purposes hereof, an "Acquisition Proposal" shall include any proposal for any acquisition or purchase by anyone of all or a portion of the Purchased Assets or any equity interest in Seller or any of its subsidiaries, of any merger or business combination with, or any acquisition of, Seller or any of its subsidiaries. If, after the entry of the Approval Order, Seller enters into a written agreement to accept any Acquisition Proposal, Seller shall, in addition to returning Buyer's Deposit (together with any interest), promptly reimburse Buyer for all of Buyer's expenses incurred in connection with preparing its Bid, its investigation of Seller and its negotiation and preparation of this Agreement, including the fees and expenses of Buyer's attorneys, accountants and advisors, such reimbursement being in addition to any other remedy to which Buyer may be entitled at law or in equity or under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, until the Bankruptcy Court enters the Approval Order Seller may (and may authorize and/or permit any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents or representatives to) furnish information with respect to Seller to any person or persons making an unsolicited proposal or inquiry and shall notify Buyer in writing of any such proposal or inquiry.

ARTICLE V.

COVENANTS OF BUYER

Buyer hereby covenants and agrees with Seller as follows:

5.01 Cooperation. Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, Buyer agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to cooperate with Seller in connection with the foregoing, including using its reasonable best efforts (i) to obtain all necessary consents, approvals and authorizations as are required to be obtained under any federal, state or foreign law or regulations required to be obtained by Buyer; (ii) to lift or rescind

- 26 -

any injunction or restraining order or other order adversely affecting the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (iii) to effect all necessary registrations, filings and submissions of information requested of Buyer by governmental authorities; (iv) to fulfill all conditions to this Agreement capable of being fulfilled by Buyer; and (v) to provide Seller promptly with all information and assistance with respect to the foregoing, including obtaining the Approval Order, as Seller may reasonably request, in writing or otherwise.

5.02 Confidentiality. Buyer agrees that if the Closing does not occur, it will maintain in confidence all information relating to Seller furnished to it by Seller, or any agents of Seller, including information concerning Seller's business, the Purchased Assets, the liabilities of Seller related to the business and the financial condition of Seller, and will not disclose such information to others, or use such information for any purpose unless and until such information is in or enters the public domain by reason other than disclosure by Buyer, except as such information may be required to be disclosed by Buyer under applicable law. If this Agreement is terminated, Buyer shall return all confidential information received from Seller and all copies and summaries thereof.

5.03 Employees. Buyer may consider making an offer of employment to certain current or former employees of Seller, upon such terms, and with compensation and benefits as Buyer may determine in its sole discretion.

5.04 Shipped Inventory Matters. Set forth on Schedule 5.04 is a form of letter sent to the Finished Goods Suppliers listed thereon requesting that such Finished Goods Suppliers ship inventory to Seller without letters of credit to secure the purchase of such inventory. Buyer hereby acknowledges such letters and agrees to purchase such inventory from such Finished Goods Suppliers following the Closing so long as such inventory conforms to the purchase orders placed by Seller in respect thereof.

ARTICLE VI.

CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS

The obligations of Buyer to purchase the Purchased Assets shall be subject to the satisfaction on or prior to Closing of all of the following conditions:

6.01 Covenants. Seller shall have complied in all material respects with all of its agreements and covenants contained herein to be performed at or prior to Closing.

6.02 Representations and Warranties True. All representations and warranties of Seller in this Agreement or in any Exhibit or Schedule delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true, complete and correct on the Closing Date, except for such failures to be true, complete and correct as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.03 Delivery of Certificates. Buyer shall have received a certificate or certificates, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by a duly authorized executive of Seller certifying, without personal liability on the part of the officer executing the same, in such detail as Buyer

- 27 -

may reasonably request that the conditions specified in Sections 6.01 and 6.02 hereof have been fulfilled.

6.04 Instruments of Transfer. Buyer shall have received a bill of sale and such other duly executed instruments of transfer, conveyance, and assignment, duly executed by an authorized officer of Seller, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel, as is necessary or desirable to effect the transfers, conveyances, and assignments to Buyer of the Purchased Assets as contemplated by this Agreement.

6.05 Consents. Except for consents identified on Schedules 2.03(f)(i) and 2.03(f)(ii), all requisite third party consents and estoppels shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect except where the failure to have obtained such consents or estoppels would not have a Material Adverse Effect. For the purposes of this Section 6.05, the failure to obtain any consent or estoppel related to Assumed Contracts which, individually or in the aggregate, account for payments to Seller in excess of $500,000 per year, shall be deemed to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Approval Order. The Approval Order shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court.

6.07 HSR Waiting Period. The waiting period under the HSR Act shall have expired or terminated, if applicable.

6.08 Injunction. No court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, injunction or other order
(whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that is in effect and (i) restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby or (ii) would materially adversely affect the value of the Purchased Assets, and no governmental body shall have instituted any proceeding therefor.

6.09 Material Adverse Change. Since February 1, 2001 there shall have occurred no change, or discovery of a condition or occurrence of any event which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

6.10 Ancillary Agreements. Seller shall have executed and delivered the Post Closing Escrow Agreement and the Transitional Arrangements Agreement.

ARTICLE VII.

CONDITIONS TO SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS

The obligations of Seller to sell the Purchased Assets shall be subject to the satisfaction on or prior to Closing of all of the following conditions:

7.01 Covenants of Buyer. Buyer shall have complied in all material respects with all of its agreements and covenants contained herein to be performed at or prior to Closing.

- 28 -

7.02 Representations and Warranties True. All representations and warranties of Buyer in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing Date.

7.03 Delivery of Certificates. Seller shall have received a certificate or certificates, dated as of the Closing Date, executed by a duly authorized executive of Buyer certifying, without personal liability on the part of the officer executing the same, in such detail as Seller may reasonably request that the conditions specified in Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof have been fulfilled.

7.04 Instruments of Assumption. Seller shall have received duly executed instruments of assumption of the Assumed Obligations, duly executed by an authorized officer of Buyer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller and its counsel, as is necessary or desirable to effect the assumption by Buyer of the Assumed Contracts as contemplated by this Agreement.

7.05 Tender of Purchase Price. Buyer shall have tendered the Purchase Price.

7.06 Approval Order. The Approval Order shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court and shall have become a Final Order.

7.07 HSR Waiting Period. The waiting period under the HSR Act shall have expired or terminated, if applicable.

7.08 Injunction. No court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, injunction or other order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that is in effect and restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and no governmental body shall have instituted any proceeding therefor.

7.09 Further Action. All actions, consents, approvals (temporary or permanent), authorizations, exemptions and waivers from third parties that shall be required in order to enable Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been duly obtained, (except for such actions, consents, approvals, authorizations, exemptions and waivers of non-governmental third parties, the absence of which would not prohibit consummation of such transactions or render such consummation illegal).

7.10 Ancillary Agreements. Buyer shall have executed and delivered the Post Closing Escrow Agreement and the Transitional Arrangements Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING

8.01 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated:

(a) By the mutual written consent of Buyer and Seller;

- 29 -

(b) By either Buyer or Seller in writing, if the Closing does not occur by April 30, 2001 provided that neither Buyer nor Seller may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause (b) if the Closing shall not have been consummated within such time period by reason of the failure of such party to perform in all material respects any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement;

(c) By either Seller or Buyer in writing, without liability to the terminating party (provided the terminating party is not otherwise in material default or in breach of this Agreement) if there has been a material misrepresentation or material breach of this Agreement by the other party which is not cured within fifteen (15) days after such party has been notified in writing of such breach and the intent to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause 8.01(c); or

(d) By Buyer by not later than April 20, 2001 if the Bankruptcy Court does not enter the Approval Order by April 13, 2001.

8.02 Effect on Obligations. Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article shall terminate all obligations of the parties hereunder, except for Seller's obligations under Section 4.06 and Buyer's obligations under
Section 5.02 hereof, except that (a) in the event of a termination under Section 8.01(c) by Seller, the Deposit shall be paid to Seller as liquidated damages, which liquidated damages shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Seller as a result of such termination, or (b) in the event of a termination under Section 8.01(c) by Buyer, Buyer shall retain all its rights in law and in equity; provided, however, that Buyer hereby agrees that Seller shall have no liability to Buyer in excess of $5,000,000 as a result of any termination of this Agreement. Buyer acknowledges that the agreements contained in this Section 8.02 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that, without these agreements, Seller would not enter into this Agreement.

8.03 Return of Deposit to Buyer. Upon the termination by either party of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or (b) or upon the termination by Buyer of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.01(c), the Escrow Agent shall pay the Deposit (together with any earned interest) to Buyer.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

9.01 Survival.

The representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections
2.07 (Inventory) and 2.12 (Accounts Receivable) will survive the Closing and shall expire 90 days after the Closing Date. The representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections 2.03 (Assumed Contracts), 2.04 (Intellectual Property), 2.05 (Title) and 2.13 (Software) shall survive for 6 months after Closing. The representations and warranties of Buyer with respect to Section
3.04 (HSR Matters) shall survive for 6 months after Closing. No other representations or warranties of Buyer or Seller shall survive Closing. Following the Closing, the right to indemnification

- 30 -

based on representations, warranties, covenants and obligations in this Agreement as set forth in this Article IX shall be the sole remedy of the parties hereto and will not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation. The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification based on such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations.

9.02 Indemnification by Seller

From and after the Closing, Seller hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and its officers, directors, agents and employees (the "Buyer Indemnified Parties"), harmless from, against and in respect of any and all losses, claims, suits, actions, proceedings, awards, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, liabilities, obligations, damages, deficiencies, costs or expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and attorneys' fees) net of any insurance proceeds and tax benefits if, as and when received, in either case to which such Buyer Indemnified Party is entitled by virtue of any of the foregoing (collectively "Claims") arising out of or resulting from:

(i) any breach of a covenant or misrepresentation by Seller of a representation or warranty which expressly survives Closing pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof;

(ii) any liability for Taxes incurred on or before the Closing Date;

(iii) the Excluded Assets; and

(iv) the Retained Liabilities.

9.03 Indemnification by Buyer

From and after the Closing, Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller and its officers, directors, agents and employees (the "Seller Indemnified Parties") from, against and in respect of any and all Claims arising out of or resulting from (i) any breach of any warranty or misrepresentation by Buyer or the breach or nonperformance of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed on the part of Buyer under this Agreement, or in any closing certificate contemplated hereby or in any Schedule hereto, (ii) any Assumed Obligations and (iii) except for the Retained Liabilities and the Excluded Assets, the use of the Purchased Assets after the Closing Date.

9.04 Limitations

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither party shall be liable for any amounts for which an Indemnified Party (as defined below) is otherwise entitled to indemnification in connection with the breach or inaccuracy of any

- 31 -

representation or warranty or any breach of any covenant contained herein until the aggregate amount for which such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification with respect to all such Claims for indemnification in the aggregate exceeds One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (the "Threshold"), at which time such party shall be liable for any such excess. In determining the foregoing Threshold and in otherwise determining the amount to which the Indemnified Party is entitled to assert a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Article IX, only actual losses shall be considered. The Threshold shall not apply (i) with respect to Buyer's claims hereunder, as to any Claims related to (A) the Excluded Assets, (B) the Retained Liabilities or (C) any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty relating to Sections 2.07 (Inventory) and 2.12 (Accounts Receivable) and (ii) with respect to Seller's claims hereunder, as to any Claims related to the payment of all amounts due to Seller pursuant to Sections 1.05 (Payment of Purchase Price) and 1.05 (Post-Closing Adjustment). The Threshold shall not apply as to any Claims arising from fraud committed by the Indemnifying Party against the Indemnified Party with respect to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The parties hereto waive as against each other any claim to consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages except to the extent consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages are awarded to a third person against an Indemnified Party in circumstances in which such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder such consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages so awarded shall be payable to such Indemnified Party hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article IX, the amount for which Buyer shall be entitled to, and Seller liable for, indemnification hereunder shall not exceed the following: (i) the aggregate amount recoverable from Seller for indemnification claims arising from the representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections 2.07 (Inventory) and 2.12 (Accounts Receivable) shall not exceed the excess of $25,000,000 over the Downward Adjustment Amount and (ii) the aggregate amount recoverable from Seller for indemnification claims arising from the breach of any covenant by Seller or the representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections 2.03 (Assumed Contracts), 2.04 (Intellectual Property), 2.05 (Title) and 2.13 (Software) shall not exceed $5,000,000. Indemnification claims arising from the representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections 2.07 (Inventory) and 2.12 (Accounts Receivable) shall be satisfied first from the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount and, to the extent the Accounts Receivable/Inventory Holdback Amount is insufficient to cover any such claims (subject to the maximum allowable amounts set forth in the preceding sentence), Seller agrees to satisfy any such claims. Indemnification claims arising from the representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections 2.03 (Assumed Contracts) and 2.04 (Intellectual Property), 2.05 (Title) and 2.13 (Software) shall be satisfied solely from the Escrow Amount. Seller and Buyer agree that under no circumstances shall the Escrow Agent release any of the Escrow Amount to Buyer to satisfy any amounts owed to Buyer in respect of any indemnification claims arising from the representations and warranties of Seller with respect to Sections 2.07 (Inventory) and 2.12 (Accounts Receivable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Seller has not paid any amounts due to Buyer on account of an undisputed Downward Adjustment Amount pursuant to Section 1.05 hereof, Seller agrees to use any funds remaining in the Escrow Amount immediately prior to its release to Seller, towards the satisfaction of each unpaid Downward Adjustment.

- 32 -

(c) The obligation of Seller to indemnify Buyer in connection with the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Sections 2.07
(Inventory) and 2.12 (Accounts Receivable) shall terminate on the later of (i) ninety (90) days following the Closing or (ii) fifteen (15) days following the resolution of any dispute relating to the Audit. The obligation of Seller to indemnify Buyer in connection with the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Sections 2.03 (Assumed Contracts), 2.04 (Intellectual Property),
2.05 (Title) and 2.13 (Software) shall terminate 6 months after the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the respective indemnification obligations of the parties hereunder shall not expire with respect to any Claim brought within such specified time periods until the indemnification obligation, if any, with respect to such Claim shall have been finally determined and paid.

9.05 Indemnification Procedure

In any case under this Agreement where Seller has indemnified a Buyer Indemnified Party or Buyer has indemnified a Seller Indemnified Party (the indemnifying party hereinafter the "Indemnifying Party" and the party entitled to indemnification hereinafter the "Indemnified Party") against any Claim, indemnification shall be conditioned on compliance with the procedure and shall be subject to the limitations outlined below:

(a) Provided that prompt notice is given of a Claim for which indemnification might be claimed under this Article IX, unless the failure to provide such notice does not actually and materially prejudice the interests of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party promptly will defend, contest, or otherwise protect against any such Claim at its own cost and expense. Such notice shall describe the Claim in reasonable detail and shall indicate the amount (estimated, if necessary) of the loss that has been or may be suffered by an Indemnified Party.

(b) An Indemnified Party may, but will not be obligated to, participate at its own expense in a defense thereof by counsel of its own choosing, but the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to control the defense unless such Indemnified Party has relieved the Indemnifying Party from liability with respect to the particular matter, provided that the Indemnifying Party may only settle or compromise the matter subject to indemnification without the consent of the Indemnified Party if such settlement includes a complete release of all Indemnified Parties as to the matters in dispute and provided further that such Indemnified Party will not unreasonably withhold consent to any settlement or compromise that requires its consent.

(c) In the event the Indemnifying Party fails to timely defend, contest, or otherwise protect against any such Claim, an Indemnified Party may, but will not be obligated to, defend, contest, or otherwise protect against the same, and make any reasonable compromise or settlement thereof and recover (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.04) the entire costs thereof from the Indemnifying Party, including reasonable attorneys' fees, disbursements and all amounts paid as a result of such Claim or the compromise or settlement thereof; provided, however, that (i) an Indemnified Party may only settle or compromise the matter subject to indemnification without the consent of the Indemnifying Party if such settlement includes a complete release of the Indemnifying Party as to the matters in dispute and provided further that the Indemnifying Party will not unreasonably withhold consent to any settlement or compromise that requires its consent and (ii) if the Indemnifying Party subsequently undertakes the defense of

- 33 -

such matter, an Indemnified Party shall be entitled to recover from the Indemnifying Party only those costs incurred in the defense prior to such time the Indemnifying Party undertakes the defense of such matter together with the reasonable costs of providing assistance.

(d) The Indemnified Parties shall cooperate and provide such assistance as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in connection with the defense of the matter subject to indemnification and in connection with recovering from any third parties amounts that the Indemnifying Party may pay or be required to pay by way of indemnification hereunder. The Indemnified Parties shall take commercially reasonable steps to protect its position with respect to any matter that may be the subject of indemnification hereunder in the same manner as it would any similar matter where no indemnification is available.

ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the attached Schedules) constitutes the sole understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Matters disclosed by Seller to Buyer pursuant to any Article of this Agreement shall be deemed to be disclosed with respect to all Articles of this Agreement. No amendment, modification, or alteration of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless the same shall be in writing and duly executed by the parties hereto.

10.02 Use of Names. Effective upon the Closing, Seller shall have no right to use the "Converse" name and any of the Trademarks and other Intellectual Property acquired by Buyer and Seller shall take all necessary and appropriate steps to avoid the use of such names or variants thereof; provided, however, that (a) Seller shall have the right to use the name "Converse" in connection with the Bankruptcy Case and (b) Buyer grants Seller the limited right, for a period not to exceed 120 days after the Closing, to use the name "Converse" or variants thereof in connection with the orderly sale of its remaining assets, so long as such use does not interfere with the operation of Buyer's business and its use of the Purchased Assets. At any time following the Closing when Seller has any rights to use the name "Converse" pursuant to the proviso contained in the foregoing sentence, Seller agrees to take necessary steps to avoid any confusion over the ownership of the "Converse" name. Subject to the foregoing, at the Closing, Seller shall take all actions necessary to (i) change its name in accordance with this paragraph, and (ii) execute such documents as are necessary to permit Buyer to utilize the "Converse" name in its corporate name.

10.03 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by either Buyer or Seller without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, and any such assignment contrary to the terms hereof shall be null and void and of no force or effect. If this Agreement is assigned with such consent, the terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective assigns. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10.03, Buyer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any subsidiary of Buyer, without the prior written consent of Seller provided that Buyer shall remain obligated to pay the Purchase Price.

- 34 -

10.04 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes by deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute the same instrument.

10.05 Headings, Interpretation. The headings of the Articles and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, the words "include", "includes" or "including" shall be deemed to incorporate and be followed by the phrase "without limitation."

10.06 Modification and Waiver. At any time prior to the Closing Date, the parties hereto may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall only be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.

10.07 Expenses, etc. Except as specifically provided herein, each of Seller and Buyer shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, fees and expenses of its own consultants, accountants, and counsel. Each party shall bear the expenses of any finder, broker, agent or other intermediary who may have acted for or on behalf of Buyer or Seller in connection with the negotiation or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10.08 Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, transmitted via facsimile or sent via nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt confirmed) addressed

IF TO SELLER TO:

Converse Inc.
One Fordham Road
North Reading, MA 01864
Attention: Glenn N. Rupp and Jack Green, Esq. Facsimile: 978-664-7529/7579

with a copy to:

Willkie Farr & Gallagher
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Myron Trepper, Esq.

Michael J. Kelly, Esq.

Facsimile: 212-728-8111

- 35 -

IF TO BUYER TO:

c/o Cre-8-net Ventures
591 Redwood Highway
Suite 2180
Mill Valley, CA 94941
Attention: Mr. Marsden S. Cason, President Facsimile: 415-383-7698

with a copy to:

Arnold & Porter
555 Twelfth Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004-1206
Attention: Robert Ott, Esq.
Facsimile: (202) 942-5999

and

Stutman, Treister & Glatt
3699 Wilshire Boulevard
Suite 900
Los Angeles, CA 90010-2739
Attention: Robert A Greenfield
Ronald L. Fein
Facsimile: (213) 251-5288

Any notice which is delivered in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to have been duly given to the party to whom it is directed upon actual receipt by such party (or its agent for notices hereunder) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation.

10.09 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflicts of laws principles.

10.10 Announcements. From the date hereof until the Closing Date, Seller and Buyer shall afford each other the opportunity to review in advance any public announcements, including those to either party's employees, of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. For all periods prior to Closing, no public announcement shall be made without such prior review and the consent of the other party to the form of the public announcement, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. However, prior review and consent of the other party shall not be required with respect to any legally required communication either to a party's employees or otherwise.

- 36 -

10.11 Compliance with Bulk Sales Laws. Buyer and Seller hereby waive compliance by Buyer and Seller with the bulk sales law and any other similar laws in any applicable jurisdiction in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10.12 Binding Nature of Agreement. This Agreement shall not be binding on Seller unless and until the Approval Order is entered.

10.13 Seller's Knowledge. As used in this Agreement, the term "Seller's knowledge" refers to the actual knowledge of Glenn Rupp, Herbert Rothstein, Alistair Thorburn, Jack Green, James Lawlor, Robert Sharp, Steven Dodge, Laura Kelley and James Faulkner.

- 37 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

CONVERSE INC.

By:  /s/Glenn N. Rupp
     --------------------------------------------
     Title:  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC.

By:  /s/Marsden S. Cason
     --------------------------------------------
     Title: President

- 38 -

EXHIBIT 10.12

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2001 is entered into by and between CONGRESS FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Lender"), and FOOTWEAR ACQUISITION, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Lender enter into certain financing arrangements with Borrower pursuant to which Lender may make loans and provide other financial accommodations to Borrower;

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make such loans and provide such financial accommodations on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, prior to the execution and delivery hereof, the Bankruptcy Court in the pending Chapter 11 Case of Seller has entered the Converse Sale Order (as each capitalized term is hereinafter defined) approving the sale by Seller of certain of its assets to Borrower.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings given to them below:

1.1 "Accounts" shall mean all present and future rights of Borrower to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not evidenced by instruments or chattel paper, and whether or not earned by performance.

1.2 "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next one-sixteenth (1/16) of one (1%) percent) determined by dividing (a) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period by (b) a percentage equal to: (i) one (1) minus (ii) the Reserve Percentage. For purposes hereof, "Reserve Percentage" shall mean the reserve percentage, expressed as a decimal, prescribed by any United States or foreign banking authority for determining the reserve requirement which is or would be applicable to deposits of United States dollars in a non-United States or an international banking office of Reference Bank used to fund a Eurodollar Rate Loan or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made with the proceeds of such deposit, whether or not the Reference Bank actually holds or has made any such deposits or loans. The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted on and as of the effective day of any change in the Reserve Percentage.


1.3 "Adjusted Net Worth" shall mean as to any Person, at any time, in accordance with GAAP (except as otherwise specifically set forth below), on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries (if any), the amount equal to the difference between: (a) the aggregate net book value of all assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, calculating the book value of inventory for this purpose on a first-in-first-out basis, after deducting from such book values all appropriate reserves in accordance with GAAP (including all reserves for doubtful receivables, obsolescence, depreciation and amortization) and (b) the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness and other liabilities of such Person and its Subsidiaries (including tax and other proper accruals).

1.4 "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person (a) which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person; (b) which beneficially owns or holds five (5%) percent or more of any class of the Voting Stock or other equity interest of such specified person; or
(c) of which five (5%) percent or more of the Voting Stock or other equity interest is beneficially owned or held by such specified person or a Subsidiary of such specified person. For purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled by" and "under common control with") when used with respect to any specified person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by agreement or otherwise.

1.5 "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code, being Title 11 of the United States Code as enacted in 1978, as the same may have heretofore been or may hereafter be amended, recodified, modified or supplemented, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

1.6 "Bankruptcy Court" shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.

1.7 "Blocked Accounts" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 hereof.

1.8 "Borrowing Base" shall mean, at any time, the amount equal to:

(a) Eighty (80%) percent of the Net Amount of Eligible Accounts, plus

(b) the lesser of (i) the lesser of: (A) sixty (60%) percent of the Value of Eligible Inventory and (B) eighty-five (85%) percent of the Net Recovery Percentage multiplied by the Value of Eligible Inventory (the "Inventory Advance Rate"), and (ii) $25,000,000, plus

(c) the License Income Availability less

(d) any Reserves.

For purposes only of applying the sublimit on Loans based on Eligible Inventory set forth in clause (b)(ii) above, Lender may treat the then undrawn amounts of outstanding Letter of Credit Accommodations for the purpose of purchasing Eligible Inventory as Loans to the extent Lender is in effect basing the issuance of the Letter of Credit Accommodations on the Value of the Eligible


Inventory being purchased with such Letter of Credit Accommodations. In determining the actual amounts of such Letter of Credit Accommodations to be so treated for purposes of the sublimit, the outstanding Loans and Reserves shall be attributed first to any components of the lending formulas set forth above that are not subject to such sublimit, before being attributed to the components of the lending formulas subject to such sublimit.

1.9 "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of the State of New York or the State of North Carolina, and a day on which the Reference Bank and Lender are open for the transaction of business, except that if a determination of a Business Day shall relate to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable Eurodollar Rate market.

1.10 "Capital Leases" shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of (or any agreement conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person.

1.11 "Capital Stock" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person's capital stock, partnership interests or limited liability company interests at any time outstanding, and any and all rights, warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock or other interests (but excluding any debt security that is exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock).

1.12 "Cash Equivalents" shall mean, at any time, (a) any evidence of Indebtedness with a maturity date of one hundred eighty (180) days or less issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America of any agency or instrumentality thereof; provided, that, the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof; (b) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances with a maturity of one hundred eighty (180) days or less of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000; (c) commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes) with a maturity of one hundred eighty (180) days or less issued by a corporation (except an Affiliate of Borrower) organized under the laws of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia and rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or at least P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any financial institution having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000; (e) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or issued by any governmental agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit to the United States of America, in each case maturing within one hundred eighty (180) days or less from the date of acquisition; provided, that, the terms of such agreements comply with the guidelines set forth in the Federal Financial Agreements of Depository Institutions with Securities Dealers and Others, as adopted by the Comptroller of the Currency on October 31, 1985; and (f) investments in money market funds and mutual funds which


invest substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above.

1.13 "Change of Control" shall mean (a) the transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Borrower to any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act); (b) the liquidation or dissolution of Borrower or the adoption of a plan by the stockholders of Borrower relating to the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower; (c) the acquisition by any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), except for one or more Permitted Holders, of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty (50%) percent or more of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Borrower or the Board of Directors of Borrower; (d) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Borrower (together with any new directors who have been appointed by any Permitted Holder, or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of Borrower, as the case may be, was approved by a vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3%) percent of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower then still in office; or (e) the failure of the Permitted Holders to own more than fifty (50%) percent of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Borrower.

1.14 "Chapter 11 Case" shall mean the Chapter 11 Case of Seller under the Bankruptcy Code known as In re Converse Inc., in the Bankruptcy Court, designated Case No. 01-0223 (SLR).

1.15 "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same now exists or may from time to time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

1.16 "Collateral" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

1.17 "Collateral Access Agreement" shall mean an agreement in writing, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, from any lessor of premises to Borrower, or any other person to whom any Collateral (including Inventory, Equipment, bills of lading or other documents of title) is consigned or who has custody, control or possession of any such Collateral or is otherwise the owner or operator of any premises on which any of such Collateral is located, pursuant to which such lessor, consignee or other person, inter alia, acknowledges the first priority security interest of Lender in such Collateral, agrees to waive any and all claims such lessor, consignee or other person may, at any time, have against such Collateral, whether for processing, storage or otherwise, and agrees to permit Lender access to, and the right to remain on, the premises of such lessor, consignee or other person so as to exercise Lender's rights and remedies and otherwise deal with such Collateral and in the case of any person who at any time has custody, control or possession of any bills of lading or other documents of title, agrees to hold such bills of lading or other documents as bailee for Lender and to follow all instructions of Lender with respect thereto.

1.18 "Consolidated Pre-Tax Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period (excluding to the extent included therein any extraordinary and/or unusual or


non-recurring gains) after deducting all charges which should be deducted before arriving at the net income (loss) for such period and, without duplication, before deducting the Provision for Taxes for such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, that, (a) the net income of any Person that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid or payable to such Person or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person; (b) except to the extent included pursuant to the foregoing clause, the net income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or that Person's assets are acquired by such Person or by its wholly-owned Subsidiaries shall be excluded; and (c) the net income (if positive) of any wholly-owned Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such wholly-owned Subsidiary to such Person or to any other wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be excluded. For the purposes of this definition, net income excludes any gain together with any related Provision for Taxes for such gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any assets that are not sold in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or of any Capital Stock of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person and any net income realized or loss incurred as a result of changes in accounting principles or the application thereof to such Person.

1.19 "Converse Sale Order" means the Order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on April 13, 2001 pursuant to which, inter alia, the Bankruptcy Court approved the sale and transfer of the Purchased Assets by Seller to Borrower on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreements.

1.20 "Dilution" shall mean, at any time, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of non-cash reductions in Accounts for the immediately preceding one hundred and twenty
(120) day period and the denominator of which is the aggregate dollar amount of the sales of Borrowers for the immediately preceding one hundred and twenty
(120) day period.

1.21 "Eligible Accounts" shall mean Accounts created by Borrower which are and continue to be acceptable to Lender based on the criteria set forth below. In general, Accounts shall be Eligible Accounts if:

(a) such Accounts arise from the actual and bona fide sale and delivery of goods by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business which transactions are completed in accordance with the terms and provisions contained in any documents related thereto;

(b) such Accounts are not related to the payment of any license fees by any licensee to Borrower under any License Agreement;

(c) such Accounts are not unpaid more than the sixty (60) days past the original due date thereof, but less than one hundred twenty (120) days after the original invoice for them;


(d) such Accounts comply with the terms and conditions contained in Section 7.2(c) of this Agreement;

(e) such Accounts do not arise from sales on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale and return, sale on approval, or other terms under which payment by the account debtor may be conditional or contingent;

(f) the chief executive office of the account debtor with respect to such Accounts is located in the United States of America or Canada (provided, that, at any time promptly upon Lender's request, Borrower shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such other agreements, documents and instruments as may be required by Lender to perfect the security interests of Lender in those Accounts of an account debtor with its chief executive office or principal place of business in Canada in accordance with the applicable laws of the Province of Canada in which such chief executive office or principal place of business is located and take or cause to be taken such other and further actions as Lender may request to enable Lender as secured party with respect thereto to collect such Accounts under the applicable Federal or Provincial laws of Canada) or, at Lender's option, if the chief executive office and principal place of business of the account debtor with respect to such Accounts is located other than in the United States of America or Canada, then if either: (i) the account debtor has delivered to Borrower an irrevocable letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank reasonably satisfactory to Lender and payable only in the United States of America and in U.S. dollars, sufficient to cover such Account, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and if required by Lender, the original of such letter of credit has been delivered to Lender or Lender's agent and the issuer has acknowledged in writing to Lender the assignment of the proceeds of such letter of credit to Lender, or
(ii) such Account is subject to credit insurance payable to Lender issued by an insurer and on terms and in an amount acceptable to Lender, or (iii) such Account is otherwise acceptable in all respects to Lender (subject to such lending formula with respect thereto as Lender may determine);

(g) such Accounts do not consist of progress billings (such that the obligation of the account debtors with respect to such Accounts is conditioned upon Borrower's satisfactory completion of any further performance under the agreement giving rise thereto), bill and hold invoices or retainage invoices, except as to bill and hold invoices, if Lender shall have received an agreement in writing from the account debtor, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, confirming the unconditional obligation of the account debtor to take the goods related thereto and pay such invoice;

(h) the account debtor with respect to such Accounts has not asserted a counterclaim, defense or dispute and does not have, and does not engage in transactions which may give rise to any right of setoff or recoupment against such Accounts (but the portion of the Accounts of such account debtor in excess of the amount at any time and from time to time owed by Borrower to such account debtor or claimed owed by such account debtor may be deemed Eligible Accounts);

(i) there are no facts, events or occurrences which would impair the validity, enforceability or collectability of such Accounts or reduce the amount payable or delay payment thereunder;


(j) such Accounts are subject to the first priority, valid and perfected security interest of Lender and any goods giving rise thereto are not, and were not at the time of the sale thereof, subject to any liens except those permitted in this Agreement;

(k) neither the account debtor nor any officer or employee of the account debtor with respect to such Accounts is an officer, employee, agent or other Affiliate of Borrower;

(l) the account debtors with respect to such Accounts are not any foreign government, the United States of America, any State, political subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless, if the account debtor is the United States of America, any State, political subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality thereof, upon Lender's request, the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, or any similar State or local law, if applicable, has been complied with in a manner satisfactory to Lender;

(m) there are no proceedings or actions which are threatened or pending against the account debtors with respect to such Accounts which might result in any material adverse change in any such account debtor's financial condition;

(n) such Accounts are not evidenced by or arising under any instrument or chattel paper;

(o) such Accounts of a single account debtor or its affiliates do not constitute more than ten (10%) percent of all otherwise Eligible Accounts, except that the Accounts of the Account Debtors set forth on Schedule 1.21(o) or their respective Affiliates may constitute up to twenty (20%) percent of all otherwise Eligible Accounts (but the portion of the Accounts not in excess of such percentages, as applicable, may be deemed Eligible Accounts);

(p) such Accounts are not owed by an account debtor who has Accounts unpaid more than sixty (60) days past the original due date thereof, but less than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the original invoice for them and which Accounts constitute more than fifty (50%) percent of the total Accounts of such account debtor;

(q) the account debtor is not located in a state requiring the filing of a Notice of Business Activities Report or similar report in order to permit Borrower to seek judicial enforcement in such State of payment of such Account, unless Borrower has qualified to do business in such state or has filed a Notice of Business Activities Report or equivalent report for the then current year or such failure to file and inability to seek judicial enforcement is capable of being remedied without any material delay or material cost;

(r) such Accounts are owed by account debtors whose total indebtedness to Borrower does not exceed the credit limit with respect to such account debtors as determined by Borrower from time to time and as is reasonably acceptable to Lender (but the portion of the Accounts not in excess of such credit limit may be deemed Eligible Accounts); and

(s) such Accounts are owed by account debtors deemed creditworthy at all times by Borrower consistent with its current practice and who are reasonably acceptable to Lender.


General criteria for Eligible Accounts may be established and revised from time to time by Lender in good faith based on an event, condition or other circumstance arising after the date hereof, or existing on the date hereof to the extent Lender has no written notice thereof from Borrower, which adversely affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Accounts in the good faith determination of Lender. Any Accounts which are not Eligible Accounts shall nevertheless be part of the Collateral.

1.22 "Eligible Inventory" shall mean Inventory consisting of finished goods held for resale in the ordinary course of the business of Borrower which are acceptable to Lender based on the criteria set forth below. In general, Eligible Inventory shall not include (a) work-in process; (b) raw materials; (c) packaging and shipping materials; (d) supplies used or consumed in Borrower's business; (e) from and after the date which is forty-five (45) days after the date hereof, any Inventory located at any retail store owned or leased by Seller; (f) Inventory (other than Inventory subject to Section 1.22(e) above) at premises other than those owned by Borrower, except any Inventory which would otherwise be deemed Eligible Inventory at locations in the United States of America which are not owned and operated by Borrower shall nevertheless be considered Eligible Inventory: (i) as to locations which are leased by Borrower if Lender shall have received a Collateral Access Agreement from the owner and lessor of such location, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such owner and lessor, except that notwithstanding that Lender shall not have received such an agreement for a particular leased location, Lender will consider Inventory at such leased location which would otherwise be Eligible Inventory to be Eligible Inventory and Lender may, at its option, at any time establish such Reserves as Lender may determine in good faith in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in respect of amounts at any time payable by Borrower to the owner or lessor of such location, without limiting any other rights and remedies of Lender under this Agreement or under the other Financing Agreements with respect to the establishment of Reserves or otherwise, provided, that, (A) the Reserves established pursuant to this Section shall not exceed at any time the aggregate of amounts payable to such owners and lessors for the next two (2) months from any such time and including amounts if any, then outstanding and unpaid owed by Borrower to such owners and lessors, provided, that, such limitation on the amount of the Reserves pursuant to this Section shall only apply so long as: (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing,
(2) neither Borrower nor Lender shall have received notice of any default or event of default by the lessee under the lease with respect to such location and
(3) Lender shall have received evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that Borrower has not granted to the owner and lessor a security interest or lien upon any assets of Borrower and (B) in the event that the amount of the Reserves established by Lender pursuant to the foregoing as to any specific location exceeds the Value of the Inventory at such location to the extent included in the Borrowing Base, the Inventory of such location shall not be Eligible Inventory and Lender shall not establish any Reserve with respect to amounts owing to the owner and lessor of such premises, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (ii) as to premises operated by third parties (including sales agents, consignees, warehouses and processors), if Lender shall have received a Collateral Access Agreement duly authorized, executed and delivered by the owner and operator of such premises, except that notwithstanding that Lender shall not have received such an agreement as to a particular third party location, Lender may consider Inventory at such location which would otherwise be Eligible Inventory to be Eligible Inventory and in such event, Lender may at any time establish such Reserves as Lender may determine in good faith in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in respect of amounts at any time payable by Borrower


to such third party, without limiting any other rights or remedies of Lender under this Agreement or under the other Financing Agreements with respect to the establishment of Reserves or otherwise, and in addition, if required by Lender, as to premises of third parties where assets of Borrower are located: (A) the owner and operator executes appropriate UCC-1 financing statements in favor of Borrower, which are duly assigned to Lender and (B) any secured lender to the owner and operator is properly notified of the first priority lien on such Inventory of Lender.

1.23 "Environmental Laws" shall mean all foreign, Federal, State and local laws (including common law), legislation, rules, codes, licenses, permits (including any conditions imposed therein), authorizations, judicial or administrative decisions, injunctions or agreements between Borrower and any Governmental Authority, (a) relating to pollution and the protection, preservation or restoration of the environment (including air, water vapor, surface water, ground water, drinking water, drinking water supply, surface land, subsurface land, plant and animal life or any other natural resource), or to human health or safety, (b) relating to the exposure to, or the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, transportation, handling, labeling, production, release or disposal, or threatened release, of Hazardous Materials, or (c) relating to all laws with regard to recordkeeping, notification, disclosure and reporting requirements respecting Hazardous Materials. The term "Environmental Laws" includes (i) the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Federal Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (including the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments thereto), the Federal Solid Waste Disposal and the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, and the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, (ii) applicable state counterparts to such laws, and (iii) any common law or equitable doctrine that may impose liability or obligations for injuries or damages due to, or threatened as a result of, the presence of or exposure to any Hazardous Materials.

1.24 "Equipment" shall mean all of Borrower's now owned and hereafter acquired equipment, machinery, computers and computer hardware and software (whether owned or licensed), vehicles, tools, furniture, fixtures, all attachments, accessions and property now or hereafter affixed thereto or used in connection therewith, and substitutions and replacements thereof, wherever located.

1.25 "ERISA" shall mean the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

1.26 "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any person required to be aggregated with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) or 414(o) of the Code.

1.27 "ERISA Event" shall mean (a) any "reportable event", as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan; (b) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA; (c) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412 of the Code or
Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the


occurrence of a "prohibited transaction" with respect to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a "disqualified person" (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries could otherwise be liable; (f) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (g) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate a Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (i) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; and (j) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan or any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA maintained, or contributed to, by any ERISA Affiliate that could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower.

1.28 "Escrow Refund" shall mean the amount of any escrow monies paid by Borrower under the Purchase Agreements which is returned to, and received by, Borrower from Seller in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreements.

1.29 "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean with respect to the Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the interest rate per annum equal to the arithmetic average of the rates of interest per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next one-sixteenth (1/16) of one (1%) percent) at which Reference Bank is offered deposits of United States dollars in the London interbank market (or other Eurodollar Rate market selected by Borrower and approved by Lender) on or about 9:00 a.m. (New York time) two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period in amounts substantially equal to the principal amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loans requested by and available to Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, with a maturity of comparable duration to the Interest Period selected by Borrower.

1.30 "Eurodollar Rate Loans" shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in accordance with the terms hereof.

1.31 "Event of Default" shall mean the occurrence or existence of any event or condition described in Section 10.1 hereof.

1.32 "Excess Availability" shall mean the amount, as determined by Lender, calculated at any time, equal to: (a) the lesser of: (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Maximum Credit, minus (b) the sum of: (i) the amount of all then outstanding and unpaid Obligations, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all then outstanding and unpaid trade payables and other obligations of Borrower which are more than sixty (60) days past due as of such time.

1.33 "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.


1.34 "Financing Agreements" shall mean, collectively, this Agreement and all notes, guarantees, security agreements and other agreements, documents and instruments now or at any time hereafter executed and/or delivered by Borrower or any Obligor in connection with this Agreement.

1.35 "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination consistently applied, except that, for purposes of Section 9.18, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements delivered to Lender prior to the date hereof.

1.36 "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or government, any state, province, or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

1.37 "Hazardous Materials" shall mean any hazardous, toxic or dangerous substances, materials and wastes, including hydrocarbons (including naturally occurring or man-made petroleum and hydrocarbons), flammable explosives, asbestos, urea formaldehyde insulation, radioactive materials, biological substances, polychlorinated biphenyls, pesticides, herbicides and any other kind and/or type of pollutants or contaminants (including materials which include hazardous constituents), sewage, sludge, industrial slag, solvents and/or any other similar substances, materials, or wastes and including any other substances, materials or wastes that are or become regulated under any Environmental Law (including any that are or become classified as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law).

1.38 "Indebtedness" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any liability, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof) or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments; (b) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services (except any such balance that constitutes an account payable to a trade creditor (whether or not an Affiliate) created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by such Person in the ordinary course of business of such Person in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services that is not overdue by more than ninety (90) days, unless the trade payable is being contested in good faith); (c) all obligations as lessee under leases which have been, or should be, in accordance with GAAP recorded as Capital Leases; (d) any contractual obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person to pay or be liable for the payment of any indebtedness described in this definition of another Person, including, without limitation, any such indebtedness, directly or indirectly guaranteed, or any agreement to purchase, repurchase, or otherwise acquire such indebtedness, obligation or liability or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge thereof, or to maintain solvency, assets, level of income, or other financial condition;
(e) all obligations with respect to redeemable stock and redemption or repurchase obligations under


any Capital Stock or other equity securities issued by such Person; (f) all reimbursement obligations and other liabilities of such Person with respect to surety bonds (whether bid, performance or otherwise), letters of credit, banker's acceptances or similar documents or instruments issued for such Person's account; and (g) all indebtedness of such Person in respect of indebtedness of another Person for borrowed money or indebtedness of another Person otherwise described in this definition which is secured by any consensual lien, security interest, collateral assignment, conditional sale, mortgage, deed of trust, or other encumbrance on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligations, liabilities or indebtedness are assumed by or are a personal liability of such Person, all as of such time.

1.39 "Information Certificate" shall mean the Information Certificate of Borrower constituting Exhibit A hereto containing material information with respect to Borrower, its business and assets provided by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and the financing arrangements provided for herein.

1.40 "Intellectual Property" shall mean Borrower's now owned and hereafter arising or acquired: patents, patent rights, patent applications, copyrights, works which are the subject matter of copyrights, copyright registrations, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, trademark and service mark applications, and licenses and rights to use any of the foregoing; all extensions, renewals, reissues, divisions, continuations, and continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing; all rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing; inventions, trade secrets, formulae, processes, compounds, drawings, designs, blueprints, surveys, reports, manuals, and operating standards; goodwill; customer and other lists in whatever form maintained; and trade secret rights, copyright rights, rights in works of authorship, and contract rights relating to computer software programs, in whatever form created or maintained.

1.41 "Interest Period" shall mean for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, a period of approximately one (1), two (2), or three (3) months duration as Borrower may elect, the exact duration to be determined in accordance with the customary practice in the applicable Eurodollar Rate market; provided, that, Borrower may not elect an Interest Period which will end after the last day of the then-current term of this Agreement.

1.42 "Interest Rate" shall mean,

(a) Subject to clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this definition below:

(i) as to Prime Rate Loans, a rate equal to three-quarters (3/4%) percent per annum ("Prime Rate Margin") plus the Prime Rate, and

(ii) as to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal to two and three-quarters (2 3/4%) percent per annum (the "Eurodollar Rate Margin") plus the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate (in each case, based on the Eurodollar Rate applicable for the Interest Period selected by Borrower as in effect three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by Lender of the request of Borrower for such Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance with the terms hereof, whether such rate is higher or lower than any rate previously quoted to Borrower).


(b) (i) Subject to clauses (c) and (d) of this definition below, the Eurodollar Rate Margin and Prime Rate Margin shall each be reduced by one-quarter (1/4%) percent per annum effective as of the first day of the month after each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) the Consolidated Pre-Tax Net Income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2002) calculated based on the audited financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year delivered to Lender, together with the unqualified opinion of the independent certified accountants, in accordance with
Section 9.6 hereof, shall equal or exceed $2,000,000, and (ii) no Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing.

(ii) The Eurodollar Rate Margin and Prime Rate Margin shall be not be reduced in accordance with Section 1.42(b)(i) above more than two (2) times during the term of this Agreement.

(c) In the event that the Eurodollar Rate Margin and Prime Rate Margin is reduced as provided in clause (b) above, if, in the immediately following fiscal year thereafter, the Consolidated Pre-Tax Net Income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is less than $2,000,000, effective as of the first day of the month after the receipt by Lender of the audited financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, the Eurodollar Rate Margin and Prime Rate Margin shall increase to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin and Prime Rate Margin as set forth in Section 1.42(a) above.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (a), (b), and (c) of this definition, the Eurodollar Rate Margin and Prime Rate Margin otherwise used to calculate the Interest Rate for Prime Rate Loans and for Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be at the applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin and Prime Rate Margin as set forth in Section 1.42(a) above, (without regard to clauses (b) and (c) of this definition) plus two (2%) percent per annum, at Lender's option, (i) for the period (A) from and after the effective date of termination or non-renewal hereof until Lender has received full and final payment of all outstanding and unpaid Obligations or as to contingent Obligations, cash collateral in the amount and on the terms required under
Section 12.1 hereof (notwithstanding entry of a judgment against Borrower) and (B) from and after the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default for so long as such Event of Default is continuing, and (ii) on Loans (excluding Loans made under Section 2.2(b) hereof) to Borrower at any time outstanding in excess of the Borrowing Base or the Maximum Credit (whether or not such excess(es), arise or are made with or without Lender's knowledge or consent and whether made before or after an Event of Default).

1.43 "Inventory" shall mean all of Borrower's now owned and hereafter existing or acquired raw materials, work in process, finished goods and all other inventory of whatsoever kind or nature, wherever located.

1.44 "LaSalle Standby LC" shall mean that certain Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit dated on or about the date hereof, issued by First Union National Bank for the account of Borrower and payable to LaSalle Bank, N.A., as beneficiary in the face amount of $1,843,423.96.


1.45 "Letter of Credit Accommodations" shall mean, collectively, the letters of credit, merchandise purchase or other guaranties which are from time to time either (a) issued or opened by Lender for the account of Borrower or any Obligor or (b) with respect to which Lender has agreed to indemnify the issuer or guaranteed to the issuer the performance by Borrower of its obligations to such issuer: sometimes being referred to herein individually as "Letter of Credit Accommodation".

1.46 "License Agreements" shall mean, collectively, Licensor Agreements and Licensee Agreements.

1.47 "Licensee Agreements" shall mean each of the present and future license agreements between any Person, as licensor, and Borrower, as licensee, pursuant to which Borrower licenses Intellectual Property from such Person. As of the date hereof, each of the Licensee Agreements are set forth on Schedule 8.11(c).

1.48 "License Income Availability" shall mean $8,000,000. The License Income Availability shall reduce on a monthly basis as follows: (a) commencing June 1, 2001 and on the first (lst) day of each month thereafter through January 1, 2002, by an amount equal to $408,333.34 per month; and (b) commencing February 1, 2002 and on the first (15th) day of each month thereafter, by an amount equal to $295,833.33 per month.

1.49 "Licensor Agreements" shall mean each of the present and future license agreements between Borrower, as licensor, and any Person pursuant to which Borrower licenses Intellectual Property to such Person. As of the date hereof, each of the Licensor Agreements are set forth on Schedule 8.11(b).

1.50 "Loans" shall mean the loans now or hereafter made by Lender to or for the benefit of Borrower on a revolving basis (involving advances, repayments and readvances) as set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

1.51 "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on
(a) the financial condition, business, performance or operations of Borrower; or
(b) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements; (c) the legality, validity, enforceability, perfection or priority of the security interests and liens of Lender upon the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations; (d) the Collateral of Borrower (taken as a whole) or the value of the Collateral; (e) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or of Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements; or
(f) the ability of Lender to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral or otherwise with respect to the rights and remedies of Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements.

1.52 "Material Contract" shall mean (a) any contract or other agreement (other than the Financing Agreements), written or oral, of Borrower involving monetary liability of or to any Person in, an amount in excess of $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and (b) any other contract or other agreement (other than the Financing Agreements), whether written or oral, to which Borrower is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or


results of operations or prospects of Borrower or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements, or any of the rights and remedies of Lender hereunder or thereunder.

1.53 "Maximum Credit" shall mean the amount of $50,000,000.

1.54 "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a "multi-employer plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is or was at any time during the current year or the immediately preceding six (6) years contributed to by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

1.55 "Net Amount of Eligible Accounts" shall mean the gross amount of Eligible Accounts less (a) sales, excise or similar taxes included in the amount thereof and (b) returns, discounts, claims, credits and allowances of any nature at any time issued, owing, granted, outstanding, available or claimed with respect thereto.

1.56 "Net Recovery Percentage" shall mean the fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the amount equal to the recovery on the aggregate amount of the Inventory at such time on an orderly liquidation basis as set forth in the most recent acceptable appraisal of Inventory received by Lender in accordance with Section 7.3, net of operating expenses, liquidation expenses and commissions, and (b) the denominator of which is the original cost of the aggregate amount of the Inventory subject to appraisal.

1.57 "Obligations" shall mean (a) any and all Loans, Letter of Credit Accommodations and all other obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by Borrower to Lender and/or its affiliates, including principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any case with respect to Borrower under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute (including the payment of interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, and however acquired by Lender and (b) for purposes only of Section 5.1 hereof, any and all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of any kind, nature and description owing by Borrower to any Lender or any Affiliate of Lender arising under or in connection with a swap agreement between Borrower and Lender or any Affiliate of Lender; provided, that, (i) in no event shall the amount of such obligations, liabilities and indebtedness secured by the Collateral pursuant hereto or any of the other Financing Agreements in the aggregate outstanding at any time exceed the amount of the Reserve established with respect thereto as in effect at such time, and (ii) Lender shall have entered into an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, with any Affiliate of Lender that is a counterparty to such swap agreement, as acknowledged and agreed to by Borrower, providing for the delivery to Lender by such counterparty of information with respect to the amount of such indebtedness, obligations and liabilities and providing for the other rights of such Affiliate pursuant hereto.


1.58 "Obligor" shall mean any guarantor, endorser, acceptor, surety or other person liable on or with respect to the Obligations or who is the owner of any property which is security for the Obligations, other than Borrower.

1.59 "Original Investors" shall mean, collectively, Perseus Investors and Union Overseas Holdings Limited.

1.60 "Payment Account" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 hereof.

1.61 "Permitted Holders" shall mean the persons listed on Schedule 1.61 hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

1.62 Perseus Investors" shall mean Perseus Acquisition/Recapitalization Fund, L.L.C. and any of its affiliates (as defined within the codes and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or co-investors that become stockholders of Borrower, and their respective successors and assigns.

1.63 "Person" or "person" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation (including any corporation which elects subchapter S status under the Code), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, business trust, unincorporated association, joint stock corporation, trust, joint venture or other entity or any government or any agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

1.64 "Post Closing Balance Sheet" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 9.6(6) hereof.

1.65 "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate from time to time publicly announced by Reference Bank, or its successors, as its prime rate, whether or not such announced rate is the best rate available at such bank.

1.66 "Prime Rate Loans" shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Prime Rate in accordance with the terms thereof.

1.67 "Pro Forma Closing Balance Sheet" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b) hereof.

1.68 "Provision for Taxes" shall mean an amount equal to all taxes imposed on or measured by net income, whether Federal, State, Provincial, county or local, and whether foreign or domestic, that are paid or payable by any Person in respect of any period in accordance with GAAP.

1.69 "Purchase Agreements" shall mean, individually and collectively, the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2001, by and between Seller and Borrower, together with bills of sale, quitclaim deeds, assignment and assumption agreements and such other instruments of transfer as are referred to therein and all side letters with respect thereto, and all agreements, documents and instruments executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, as all of the foregoing now exist or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced;


provided, that, the term "Purchase Agreements" as used herein shall not include any of the "Financing Agreements" as such term is defined herein.

1.70 "Purchased Assets" means all of the "Assets" purchased and acquired by Borrower from Seller pursuant to, and as such quoted term is defined in, the Purchase Agreements.

1.71 "Real Property" shall mean all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of Borrower, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

1.72 "Receivables" shall mean: (a) all Accounts; (b) all amounts at any time payable to Borrower in respect of the sale or other disposition by Borrower of any Account or other obligation for the payment of money; (c) all interest, fees, late charges, penalties, collection fees and other amounts due or to become due or otherwise payable in connection with any Account; (d) all letters of credit, indemnities, guarantees, security or other deposits and proceeds thereof issued payable to Borrower or otherwise in favor of or delivered to Borrower in connection with any Account; or (e) all other contract rights (including all rights and remedies of Borrower under or pursuant to the Purchase Agreements), chattel paper, instruments, notes, general intangibles and other forms of obligations owing to Borrower, whether from the sale and lease of goods or other property, licensing of any property (including Intellectual Property or other general intangibles), rendition of services or from loans or advances by Borrower or to or for the benefit of any third person (including loans or advances to any Affiliates or Subsidiaries of Borrower) or otherwise associated with any Accounts, Inventory or general intangibles of Borrower (including, without limitation, choses in action, causes of action, tax refunds, tax refund claims, any funds which may become payable to Borrower in connection with the termination of any Plan or other employee benefit plan and any other amounts payable to Borrower from any Plan or other employee benefit plan, rights and claims against carriers and shippers, rights to indemnification, business interruption insurance and proceeds thereof, casualty or any similar types of insurance and any proceeds thereof and proceeds of insurance covering the lives of employees on which Borrower is beneficiary).

1.73 "Records" shall mean all of Borrower's present and future books of account of every kind or nature, purchase and sale agreements, invoices, ledger cards, bills of lading and other shipping evidence, statements, correspondence, memoranda, credit files and other data relating to the Collateral or any account debtor, together with the tapes, disks, diskettes and other data and software storage media and devices, file cabinets or containers in or on which the foregoing are stored (including any rights of Borrower with respect to the foregoing maintained with or by any other person).

1.74 "Reference Bank" shall mean First Union National Bank, or, if First Union National Bank no longer publicly announces a rate as its prime rate, such other bank as Lender may from time to time designate.

1.75 "Renewal Date" shall the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 hereof.


1.76 "Reserves" shall mean as of any date of determination, such amounts as Lender may from time to time establish and revise in good faith reducing the amount of Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower under the lending formula(s) provided for herein: (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Lender in good faith, adversely affect, or would have a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting, either (i) the Collateral or its value, (ii) the assets or business of Borrower or any Obligor or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Lender in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof) or (b) to reflect Lender's good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Obligor to Lender is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect or (c) to reflect outstanding Letter of Credit Accommodations as provided in Section 2.2 hereof or (d) in respect of the obligations, liabilities or indebtedness of Borrower of any kind, nature or description owing by Borrower to Lender or any Affiliate of Lender arising under or in connection with any swap agreement of Borrower with Lender or any Affiliate of Lender, or (e) in respect of any state of facts which Lender determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default, or (f) for the payment of all freight and/or shipping charges with respect to the delivery of Inventory from any retail store owned or leased by Seller to any location owned and controlled by Borrowers; or (g) (i) if, on a rolling twelve (12) month basis, (A) from the date hereof up to and including January 1, 2002, the license fee income is less than $11,000,000, and (B) from and after February 1, 2002, the license fee income is less than $9,500,000; or (ii) if the license fee income for any consecutive three-month period is more than ten (10%) percent less than the license fee income for the same consecutive three-month period in the immediately preceding year; or (h) to reflect any material variance in any test counts of Borrower's Inventory. To the extent Lender may revise the lending formulas used to determine the Borrowing Base or establish new criteria or revise existing criteria for Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory so as to address any circumstances, condition, event or contingency in a manner satisfactory to Lender, Lender shall not establish a Reserve for the same purpose. The amount of any Reserve established by Lender shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other matter which is the basis for such reserve as determined by Lender in good faith.

1.77 "Seller" shall mean Converse Inc., as debtor and debtor-in-possession in the Chapter 11 Case, and its successors and assigns.

1.78 "Spring 2002 Appraisal" shall mean the written report of an appraisal of the Borrower's Inventory conducted during the month of March, 2002, conducted by an appraiser reasonably acceptable to Lender and on which Lender is expressly permitted to rely, in form, scope and methodology reasonably satisfactory to Lender, setting forth the Net Recovery Percentage of each type of category of inventory and such other values as Lender may specify.

1.79 "Subsidiary" or "subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock or other interests entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Capital Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other controlling persons, or an equivalent controlling interest therein, of such


Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

1.80 "Value" shall mean, as determined by Lender in good faith, with respect to Inventory, the lower of (a) cost computed on a first-in first-out basis in accordance with GAAP or (b) market value.

1.81 "Voting Stock" shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of Capital Stock of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, even if at the time any other class or classes of Capital Stock have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, and (b) any Capital Stock of such Person convertible or exchangeable without restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Capital Stock of such Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1 Loans.

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions contained herein, Lender agrees to make Loans to Borrower from time to time in amounts requested by Borrower up to the amount equal to the lesser of: (i) the Borrowing Base or (ii) the Maximum Credit.

(b) Lender may, in its discretion, from time to time, upon not less than five (5) days prior notice to Borrower, (i) (A) reduce the lending formula with respect to Eligible Accounts to the extent that, at any time, Dilution is or may reasonably be anticipated to be greater than ten (10%) percent and any such decrease shall be in an amount equal to one (1%) percentage point for each percentage point that Dilution exceeds ten (10%) percent; or (B) if the lending formula with respect to Eligible Accounts has decreased under
Section 2.1(b)(i)(A) above and, thereafter, if Dilution improves, Lender will increase the lending formula with respect to Eligible Accounts up to eighty (80%) percent, to the extent of the difference between the Dilution corresponding to the then-current lending formula with respect to Eligible Accounts and the then-current Dilution and any such increase shall be in an amount equal to one (1%) percent for each percentage point of such difference; provided that if, after May 1, 2002, Dilution is less than five (5%) percent, Lender will increase the lending formula with respect to Eligible Accounts to eighty-five (85%) percent; except that if Dilution is less than ten (10%) percent but greater than five (5%) percent, the lending formula with respect to Eligible Accounts will be eighty (80%) percent; or (ii) reduce the lending formula(s) with respect to Eligible Inventory to the extent that Lender determines that: (A) the number of days of the turnover of the Inventory for any period has increased in any material respect, or (B) the Net Recovery Percentage of the Eligible Inventory, or any category thereof, has decreased, or (C) the quality or mix of the Inventory has deteriorated in any material respect. To the extent Lender shall have established a Reserve which is sufficient to address any event, condition or matter in a manner satisfactory to Lender in good faith, Lender shall not exercise its rights under Section 2.1(b) to reduce the lending formulas to address such event, condition or matter. The amount of any reduction in the lending formula by Lender pursuant to Section 2.1(b) or the establishment of any Reserve shall have a reasonable relationship to the matter which is the basis for such a reduction or such Reserve, as the case may be. The amount of any decrease in the lending formulas shall have a


reasonable relationship to the event, condition or circumstance which is the basis for such decrease as determined by Lender in good faith. In determining whether to reduce the lending formula(s), Lender may consider events, conditions, contingencies or risks which are also considered in determining Eligible Accounts, Eligible Inventory or in establishing Reserves.

(c) Lender will increase the Inventory Advance Rate (as defined in Section 1.9(b)) based upon the Spring 2002 Appraisal and the Net Recovery Percentage of the Borrower's Inventory as set forth therein. Any increase in the Inventory Advance Rate shall be effective on the first (1st) day of the month immediately following the month that Lender receives the Spring 2002 Appraisal.

(d) Except in Lender's discretion, the aggregate amount of the Loans and the Letter of Credit Accommodations outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Maximum Credit. In the event that the outstanding amount of any component of the Loans, or the aggregate amount of the outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations, exceed the amounts available under the lending formulas, the sublimits for Letter of Credit Accommodations set forth in Section 2.2(e) or the Maximum Credit, as applicable, such event shall not limit, waive or otherwise affect any rights of Lender in that circumstance or on any future occasions and Borrower shall, upon demand by Lender, which may be made at any time or from time to time, immediately repay to Lender the entire amount of any such excess(es) for which payment is demanded.

2.2 Letter of Credit Accommodations.

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions contained herein, at the request of Borrower, Lender agrees to provide or arrange for Letter of Credit Accommodations for the account of Borrower containing terms and conditions acceptable to Lender and the issuer thereof. Any payments made by Lender to any issuer thereof and/or related parties in connection with the Letter of Credit Accommodations shall constitute additional Loans to Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.

(b) In addition to any charges, fees or expenses charged by any bank or issuer in connection with the Letter of Credit Accommodations, Borrower shall pay to Lender a letter of credit fee at a rate equal to two (2%) percent per annum on the daily outstanding balance of the Letter of Credit Accommodations for the immediately preceding month (or part thereof), payable in arrears as of the first day of each succeeding month, except that Borrower shall pay to Lender such letter of credit fee, at Lender's option, without notice, at a rate equal to four (4%) percent per annum on such daily outstanding balance for: (i) the period from and after the date of termination or non-renewal hereof until Lender has received full and final payment of all Obligations (notwithstanding entry of a judgment against Borrower) and (ii) the period from and after the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default for so long as such Event of Default is continuing as determined by Lender. Such letter of credit fee shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed and the obligation of Borrower to pay such fee shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

(c) Borrower shall give Lender two (2) Business Days' prior written notice of Borrower's request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit Accommodation. Such notice shall be


irrevocable and shall specify the original face amount of the Letter of Credit Accommodation requested, the effective date (which date shall be a Business Day) of issuance of such requested Letter of Credit Accommodation, whether such Letter of Credit Accommodations may be drawn in a single or in partial draws, the date on which such requested Letter of Credit Accommodation is to expire (which date shall be a Business Day), the purpose for which such Letter of Credit Accommodation is to be issued, and the beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit Accommodation. Borrower shall attach to such notice the proposed form of the Letter of Credit Accommodation.

(d) In addition to being subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent contained in Section 4 hereof and the other terms and conditions contained herein, no Letter of Credit Accommodations shall be available unless each of the following conditions precedent have been satisfied in a manner satisfactory to Lender: (i) Borrower shall have delivered to the proposed issuer of such Letter of Credit Accommodation at such times and in such manner as such proposed issuer may require, an application in form and substance satisfactory to such proposed issuer and Lender for the issuance of the Letter of Credit Accommodation and such other documents as may be required pursuant to the terms thereof, and the form and terms of the proposed Letter of Credit Accommodation shall be satisfactory to Lender and such proposed issuer,
(ii) as of the date of issuance, no order of any court, arbitrator or other Governmental Authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain money center banks generally from issuing letters of credit of the type and in the amount of the proposed Letter of Credit Accommodation, and no law, rule or regulation applicable to money center banks generally and no request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over money center banks generally shall prohibit, or request that the proposed issuer of such Letter of Credit Accommodation refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the issuance of such Letters of Credit Accommodation; and (iii) the Excess Availability, prior to giving effect to any Reserves with respect to such Letter of Credit Accommodations, on the date of the proposed issuance of any Letter of Credit Accommodations, shall be equal to or greater than: (A) with respect to the LaSalle Standby LC, an amount equal to forty-seven (47%) percent multiplied by the Value of such Eligible Inventory, plus freight, taxes, duty and other amounts which Lender estimates must be paid in connection with such Inventory upon arrival and for delivery to one of Borrower's locations for Eligible Inventory within the United States of America; (B) if the proposed Letter of Credit Accommodation is for the purpose of purchasing Eligible Inventory and the documents of title with respect thereto are consigned to the issuer, the sum of
(1) the percentage equal to one hundred (100%) percent minus the then-applicable percentage with respect to Eligible Inventory set forth in the definition of the term Borrowing Base multiplied by the Value of such Eligible Inventory, plus (2) freight, taxes, duty and other amounts which Lender estimates must be paid in connection with such Inventory upon arrival and for delivery to one of Borrower's locations for Eligible Inventory within the United States of America; and (C) if the proposed Letter of Credit Accommodation is for any other purpose or the documents of title are not consigned to the issuer in connection with a Letter of Credit Accommodation for the purpose of purchasing Inventory, an amount equal to one hundred (100%) percent of the face amount thereof and all other commitments and obligations made or incurred by Lender with respect thereto. Effective on the issuance of each Letter of Credit Accommodation, a Reserve shall be established in the applicable amount set forth in Sections 2.2(d)(iii)(A),(B) or (C).


(e) Except in Lender's discretion, the amount of all outstanding Letter of Credit Accommodations and all other commitments and obligations made or incurred by Lender in connection therewith shall not at any time exceed $20,000,000. At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, upon Lender's request, Borrower will either furnish cash collateral to secure the reimbursement obligations to the issuer in connection with any Letter of Credit Accommodations or furnish cash collateral to Lender for the Letter of Credit Accommodations.

(f) Borrower shall indemnify and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses which Lender may suffer or incur in connection with any Letter of Credit Accommodations and any documents, drafts or acceptances relating thereto, including any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses due to any action taken by any issuer or correspondent with respect to any Letter of Credit Accommodation. Borrower assumes all risks with respect to the acts or omissions of the drawer under or beneficiary of any Letter of Credit Accommodation and for such purposes the drawer or beneficiary shall be deemed Borrower's agent. Borrower assumes all risks for, and agrees to pay, all foreign, Federal, State and local taxes, duties and levies relating to any goods subject to any Letter of Credit Accommodations or any documents, drafts or acceptances thereunder. Borrower hereby releases and holds Lender harmless from and against any acts, waivers, errors, delays or omissions, whether caused by Borrower, by any issuer or correspondent or otherwise with respect to or relating to any Letter of Credit Accommodation, except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender as determined pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The provisions of this Section 2.2(f) shall survive the payment of Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

(g) In connection with Inventory purchased pursuant to Letter of Credit Accommodations, Borrower shall, at Lender's request, instruct all suppliers, carriers, forwarders, customs brokers, warehouses or others receiving or holding cash, checks, Inventory, documents or instruments in which Lender holds a security interest to deliver them to Lender and/or subject to Lender's order, and if they shall come into Borrower's possession, to deliver them, upon Lender's request, to Lender in their original form. Borrower shall also, at Lender's request, designate Lender as the consignee on all bills of lading and other negotiable and non-negotiable documents.

(h) Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any issuer of a Letter of Credit Accommodation to name Borrower as the account party therein and to deliver to Lender all instruments, documents and other writings and property received by issuer pursuant to the Letter of Credit Accommodations and to accept and rely upon Lender's instructions and agreements with respect to all matters arising in connection with the Letter of Credit Accommodations or the applications therefor. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to grant Borrower any right or authority to pledge the credit of Lender in any manner. Lender shall have no liability of any kind with respect to any Letter of Credit Accommodation provided by an issuer other than Lender unless Lender has duly executed and delivered to such issuer the application or a guarantee or indemnification in writing with respect to such Letter of Credit Accommodation. Borrower shall be bound by any interpretation made in good faith by Lender, or any other issuer or correspondent under or in connection with any Letter of Credit Accommodation or any documents, drafts or acceptances thereunder, notwithstanding that such interpretation may be inconsistent with any


instructions of Borrower. Lender shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to, and Borrower shall not: (i) at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, (A) approve or resolve any questions of non-compliance of documents, (B) give any instructions as to acceptance or rejection of any documents or goods or (C) execute any and all applications for steamship or airway guaranties, indemnities or delivery orders, and (ii) at all times, (A) grant any extensions of the maturity of, time of payment for, or time of presentation of, any drafts, acceptances, or documents, and (B) agree to any amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications, changes or cancellations of any of the terms or conditions of any of the applications, Letter of Credit Accommodations, or documents, drafts or acceptances thereunder or any letters of credit included in the Collateral. Lender may take such actions either in its own name or in Borrower's name.

(i) Any rights, remedies, duties or obligations granted or undertaken by Borrower to any issuer or correspondent in any application for any Letter of Credit Accommodation, or any other agreement in favor of any issuer or correspondent relating to any Letter of Credit Accommodation, shall be deemed to have been granted or undertaken by Borrower to Lender. Any duties or obligations undertaken by Lender to any issuer or correspondent in any application for any Letter of Credit Accommodation, or any other agreement by Lender in favor of any issuer or correspondent relating to any Letter of Credit Accommodation, shall be deemed to have been undertaken by Borrower to Lender and to apply in all respects to Borrower.

2.3 Reserves. All Loans otherwise available to Borrower hereunder shall be subject to Lender's continuing right to establish and revise Reserves.

SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

3.1 Interest.

(a) Borrower shall pay to Lender interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans at the Interest Rate. All interest accruing hereunder on and after the date of any Event of Default or termination or non-renewal hereof shall be payable on demand.

(b) Borrower may from time to time request Eurodollar Rate Loans or may request that Prime Rate Loans be converted to Eurodollar Rate Loans or that any existing Eurodollar Rate Loans continue for an additional Interest Period. Such request from Borrower shall specify the amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loans or the amount of the Prime Rate Loans to be converted to Eurodollar Rate Loans or the amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loans to be continued (subject to the limits set forth below) and the Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, three (3) Business Days after receipt by Lender of such a request from Borrower, such Prime Rate Loans shall be converted to Eurodollar Rate Loans or such Eurodollar Rate Loans shall continue, as the case may be, provided, that, (i) no Event of Default, or act, condition or event which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, (ii) no party hereto shall have sent any notice of termination or non-renewal of this Agreement, (iii) Borrower shall have complied with such customary procedures as are established by Lender and specified by Lender to Borrower from time to time for requests by Borrower for Eurodollar Rate Loans, (iv) no more than five (5) Eurodollar Rate Loans may be in effect at any one time, (v) the minimum amount of any Eurodollar


Rate Loan must be in an amount not less than $2,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and (vi) Lender shall have determined that the Interest Period or Adjusted Eurodollar Rate is available to Lender through the Reference Bank and can be readily determined as of the date of the request for such Eurodollar Rate Loan by Borrower. Any request by Borrower for Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Prune Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans or to continue any existing Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be irrevocable.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lender and Reference Bank shall not be required to purchase United States Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable Eurodollar Rate market to fund any Eurodollar Rate Loans, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if Lender and Reference Bank had purchased such deposits to fund the Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(c) Any Eurodollar Rate Loans shall automatically convert to Prime Rate Loans upon the last day of the applicable Interest Period, unless Lender has received and approved a request to continue such Eurodollar Rate Loan at least three (3) Business Days prior to such last day in accordance with the terms hereof: Any Eurodollar Rate Loans shall, at Lender's option, upon notice by Lender to Borrower, convert to Prime Rate Loans in the event that this Agreement shall terminate or not be renewed. Borrower shall pay to Lender, upon demand by Lender (or Lender may, at its option, charge any loan account of Borrower) any amounts required to compensate Lender, the Reference Bank or any participant with Lender for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by such person, as a result of the conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Prime Rate Loans pursuant to any of the foregoing.

(d) Interest shall be payable by Borrower to Lender monthly in arrears not later than the first day of each calendar month and shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. The interest rate on non-contingent Obligations (other than Eurodollar Rate Loans) shall increase or decrease by an amount equal to each increase or decrease in the Prime Rate effective on the first day of the month after any change in such Prime Rate is announced based on the Prime Rate in effect on the last day of the month in which any such change occurs. In no event shall charges constituting interest payable by Borrower to Lender exceed the maximum amount or the rate permitted under any applicable law or regulation, and if any such part or provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law or regulation, such part or provision shall be deemed amended to conform thereto.

3.2 Closing Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lender as a closing fee the amount of $500,000, which shall be fully earned and payable as of the date hereof.

3.3 Servicing Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lender monthly a servicing fee in an amount equal to $5,000 in respect of Lender's services for each month (or part thereof) while this Agreement remains in effect and for so long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding, which fee shall be fully earned as of and payable in advance on the date hereof and on the first day of each month hereafter.

3.4 Unused Line Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lender monthly an unused line fee at a rate equal to one-half (1/2%) percent per annum calculated upon the amount by which the Maximum Credit exceeds the average daily principal balance of the outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations during the immediately preceding month (or part thereof) while this Agreement is


in effect and for so long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding, which fee shall be payable on the first day of each month in arrears.

3.5 Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all Eurodollar Rate Loans shall, upon notice by Lender to Borrower, convert to Prime Rate Loans in the event that (i) any change in applicable law or regulation (or the interpretation or administration thereof) shall either (A) make it unlawful for Lender, Reference Bank or any participant with Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans or to comply with the terms hereof in connection with the Eurodollar Rate Loans, or (B) shall result in the increase in the costs to Lender, Reference Bank or any participant of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loans by an amount deemed by Lender in good faith to be material, or (C) reduce the amounts received or receivable by Lender in respect thereof, by an amount deemed by Lender in good faith to be material or (ii) the cost to Lender, Reference Bank or any participant of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loans shall otherwise increase by an amount deemed by Lender in good faith to be material. Borrower shall pay to Lender, upon demand by Lender (or Lender may, at its option, charge any loan account of Borrower) any amounts required to compensate Lender, the Reference Bank or any participant with Lender for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by such person as a result of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any such loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such person to make or maintain the Eurodollar Rate Loans or any portion thereof: A certificate of Lender setting forth the basis for the determination of such amount necessary to compensate Lender as aforesaid shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(b) If any payments or prepayments in respect of the Eurodollar Rate Loans are received by Lender other than on the last day of the applicable Interest Period (whether pursuant to acceleration, upon maturity or otherwise), including any payments pursuant to the application of collections under Section 6.3 or any other payments made with the proceeds of Collateral, Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand by Lender (or Lender may, at its option, charge any loan account of Borrower) any amounts required to compensate Lender, the Reference Bank or any participant with Lender for any additional loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by such person as a result of such prepayment or payment, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such person to make or maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans or any portion thereof.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations. Each of the following is a condition precedent to Lender making the initial Loans and providing the initial Letter of Credit Accommodations hereunder:

(a) Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, evidence that the Purchase Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by and to the appropriate parties thereto and the transactions contemplated under the terms of the Purchase


Agreements have been consummated prior to or contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement;

(b) Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, a pro forma balance sheet of Borrower reflecting the initial transactions contemplated hereunder (the "Pro Forma Closing Balance Sheet"), including, but not limited to, (i) the consummation of the acquisition of the Purchased Assets by Borrower from Seller and the other transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreements, including the payment of all costs, fees and expenses required to be paid at the closing of the acquisition of the Purchase Assets, (ii) all cash equity capital contributions to Borrower, (iii) the receipt by Borrower of the proceeds of the sale by Borrower of the Seller's footwear license for the territory of Japan, and (iv) the Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations provided by Lender to Borrower on the date hereof and the use of the proceeds of the initial Loans as provided herein, accompanied by a certificate, dated of even date herewith, of the chief financial officer, or such other officer reasonably acceptable to Lender, of Borrower stating that such Pro Forma Closing Balance Sheet represents the reasonable, good faith opinion of such officer as to the subject matter thereof as of the date of such certificate;

(c) Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, evidence that Borrower has received net cash proceeds from a cash equity capital contribution to Borrower of not less than $58,000,000 from Perseus Investors and Union Overseas Holdings Limited and such proceeds have been applied to the purchase price for the Purchased Assets payable pursuant to the Purchase Agreements;

(d) The transfer by Borrower to Itochu Corporation of all right, title and interest in the Japanese Footwear Trademarks (as defined in the Stock Purchase and Trademark Agreement, entered into as of February 24, 2001, among Borrower, cre-8-net Ventures L.L.C. and Itochu Corporation (the "Stock Purchase Agreement")), and the other assets and rights conveyed by Borrower to Itochu Corporation pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, shall have been closed prior to the making of any Loans and the grant of the security interests by Borrower pursuant to Section 5, and Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, evidence that Borrower has received not less than $29,000,000 in cash or other immediately available funds as proceeds from the sale by Borrower of the Seller's footwear license for the territory of Japan, and such proceeds have been applied to the purchase price for the Purchased Assets payable pursuant to the Purchase Agreements;

(e) no court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued any injunction, restraining order or other order with respect to the Converse Sale Order which otherwise prohibits the consummation of the transactions described in the Purchase Agreements or the Financing Agreements, or modifies such transactions, and no governmental or other action or proceeding shall have been commenced, seeking any injunction, restraining order or other order which seeks to void or otherwise modify the transactions described in the Purchase Agreements or the Financing Agreements.

(f) Lender shall have received a certified copy of the Converse Sale Order as duly entered by the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Case and the time within which any Person may contest or appeal from the Converse Sale Order shall have expired, without such contest or appeal


having been taken (or if any contest or appeal shall have been taken from such Order, the contest for appeal shall have been finally disposed of, and the same shall not be subject to any further appeal or contest) and the Converse Sale Order shall, inter alia, (i) contain a finding that Borrower is a good faith purchaser for value of the assets of Seller under the Purchase Agreements within the meaning of Section 363(m) of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) authorize Seller to sell the Purchased Assets to Borrower, free and clear of any security interests, liens, claims or encumbrances and to execute, deliver and perform the terms and provisions of all of the Purchase Agreements;

(g) Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, all releases, terminations and such other documents as Lender may reasonably request to evidence and effectuate the termination by the existing lenders to Borrower of their respective financing arrangements with Borrower and the termination and release by it or them, as the case may be, of any interest in and to any assets and properties of Borrower and each Obligor, duly authorized, executed and delivered by it or each of them, including, but not limited to, (i) UCC termination statements for all UCC financing statements previously filed by it or any of them or their predecessors, as secured party and Borrower or any Obligor, as debtor and (ii) satisfactions and discharges of any mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt by Borrower or any Obligor in favor of such existing lender or lenders, in form acceptable for recording with the appropriate Governmental Authority;

(h) all requisite corporate action and proceedings in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, and Lender shall have received all information and copies of all documents, including records of requisite corporate action and proceedings which Lender may have reasonably requested in connection therewith, such documents where requested by Lender or its counsel to be certified by appropriate corporate officers or Governmental Authority;

(i) no material adverse change shall have occurred in the assets, business or prospects of Borrower (including the Purchased Assets) since the date of Lender's latest field examination and no change or event shall have occurred which would impair, in any material respect, the ability of Borrower or any Obligor to perform its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements to which it is a party or of Lender to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral;

(j) Lender shall have completed a field review of the Records and such other information with respect to the Collateral as Lender may require to determine the amount of Loans available to Borrower (including, without limitation, current perpetual inventory records and/or roll-forwards of Accounts and Inventory through the close of business on April 27, 2001 and test counts of the Inventory in a manner satisfactory to Lender, together with such supporting documentation as may be necessary or appropriate, and other documents and information that will enable Lender to accurately identify and verify the Collateral), the results of which each case shall be satisfactory to Lender, not more than three (3) Business Days prior to the date hereof;

(k) Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, all consents, waivers, acknowledgments and other agreements from third persons which Lender may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect its security interests in and liens upon the Collateral


or to effectuate the provisions or purposes of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, including, without limitation, Collateral Access Agreements by owners and lessors of leased premises of Borrower and by warehouses at which Collateral is located to the extent required hereunder;

(l) Lender shall have received a final written report of an appraisal of the inventory, conducted by an appraiser reasonably acceptable to Lender and on which Lender is expressly permitted to rely, in form, scope and methodology reasonably satisfactory to Lender setting forth the orderly liquidation value of each type of category of inventory and such other values as Lender may specify;

(m) the Excess Availability as determined by Lender in good faith, as of the date hereof, shall be not less than $14,000,000 after giving effect to the initial Loans made or to be made and Letter of Credit Accommodations issued or to be issued in connection with the initial transactions hereunder and the payment of all costs, fees and expenses required to be paid by Borrower in connection with the Purchase Agreements and all transactions thereunder;

(n) Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, all agreements with the depository banks and Borrower with respect to the Blocked Accounts as Lender may require pursuant to
Section 6.3 hereof, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such depository banks and Borrower;

(o) Lender shall have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, that Lender has a valid perfected first priority security interest in all of the Collateral;

(p) Lender shall have received and reviewed UCC search results for all jurisdictions in which assets of Borrower are located, which search results shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

(q) Lender shall have received evidence of insurance and loss payee endorsements required hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and certificates of insurance policies and/or endorsements naming Lender as loss payee;

(r) Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, such opinion letters of counsel to Borrower with respect to the Purchase Agreements, the Financing Agreements and such other matters as Lender may request; and

(s) the other Financing Agreements and all instruments and documents hereunder and thereunder shall have been duly executed and delivered to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations. Each of the following is an additional condition precedent to Lender making Loans and/or providing Letter of Credit Accommodations to Borrower, including the initial Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations and any future Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations:


(a) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Financing Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the making of each such Loan or providing each such Letter of Credit Accommodation and after giving effect thereto, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of such earlier date);

(b) no law, regulation, order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall exist, and no action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding shall be pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, which (i) purports to enjoin, prohibit, restrain or otherwise affect (A) the making of the Loans or providing the Letter of Credit Accommodations, or (B) the consummation of the transactions contemplated pursuant to the terms hereof or the other Financing Agreements or
(ii) has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) no Event of Default and no act, condition or event which, with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the making of such Loan or providing each such Letter of Credit Accommodation and after giving effect thereto.

SECTION 5. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

To secure payment and performance of all Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a continuing security interest in, a lien upon, and a right of set off against, and hereby assigns to Lender as security, the following property and interests in property of Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or existing, and wherever located (together with all other collateral security for the Obligations at any time granted to or held or acquired by Lender, collectively, the "Collateral"):

5.1 Receivables;

5.2 all other present and future general intangibles (including Intellectual Property and existing and future leasehold interests in equipment, real estate and fixtures), chattel paper, documents, instruments, investment property (including securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, securities accounts, security entitlements, commodity contracts or commodity accounts), letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and guaranties;

5.3 all present and future monies, securities and other investment property, credit balances, deposits, deposit accounts and other property of Borrower now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to Lender or its Affiliates or at any other depository or other institution from or for the account of Borrower, whether for safekeeping, pledge, custody, transmission, collection or otherwise, and all present and future liens, security interests, rights, remedies, title and interest in, to and in respect of Receivables and other Collateral, including (a) rights and remedies under or relating to guaranties, contracts of suretyship, letters of credit and credit and other insurance related to the Collateral, (b) rights of stoppage in transit, replevin, repossession, reclamation and other rights


and remedies of an unpaid vendor, lien or secured party, (c) goods described in invoices, documents, contracts or instruments with respect to, or otherwise representing or evidencing, Receivables or other Collateral, including returned, repossessed and reclaimed goods, and (d) deposits by and property of account debtors or other persons securing the obligations of account debtors;

5.4 Inventory;

5.5 Equipment;

5.6 Real Property;

5.7 Records; and

5.8 all products and proceeds of the foregoing, in any form, including insurance proceeds and all claims against third parties for loss or damage to or destruction of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute a present assignment by Borrower to Lender of title to any Intellectual Property.

SECTION 6. COLLECTION AND ADMINISTRATION

6.1 Borrower's Loan Account. Lender shall maintain one or more loan account(s) on its books in which shall be recorded (a) all Loans, Letter of Credit Accommodations and other Obligations and the Collateral, (b) all payments made by or on behalf of Borrower and (c) all other appropriate debits and credits as provided in this Agreement, including fees, charges, costs, expenses and interest. All entries in the loan account(s) shall be made in accordance with Lender's customary practices as in effect from time to time.

6.2 Statements. Lender shall render to Borrower each month a statement setting forth the balance in the Borrower's loan account(s) maintained by Lender for Borrower pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including principal, interest, fees, costs and expenses. Each such statement shall be subject to subsequent adjustment by Lender but shall, absent manifest errors or omissions, be considered correct and deemed accepted by Borrower and conclusively binding upon Borrower as an account stated except to the extent that Lender receives a written notice from Borrower of any specific exceptions of Borrower thereto within thirty (30) days after the date such statement has been mailed by Lender. Until such time as Lender shall have rendered to Borrower a written statement as provided above, the balance in Borrower's loan account(s) shall be presumptive evidence of the amounts due and owing to Lender by Borrower.

6.3 Collection of Accounts.

(a) Borrower shall establish and maintain, at its expense, blocked accounts or lockboxes and related blocked accounts (in either case, "Blocked Accounts"), as Lender may reasonably specify, with such banks as are reasonably acceptable to Lender into which Borrower shall promptly deposit and direct its account debtors to directly remit all payments on Receivables


and all payments constituting proceeds of Inventory or other Collateral in the identical form in which such payments are made, whether by cash, check or other manner. The banks at which the Blocked Accounts are established shall enter into an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, providing that all items received or deposited in the Blocked Accounts are the property of Lender, that the depository bank has no lien upon, or right to setoff against, the Blocked Accounts, the items received for deposit therein, or the funds from time to time on deposit therein and that the depository bank will wire, or otherwise transfer, in immediately available funds, on a daily basis, all funds received or deposited into the Blocked Accounts to such bank account of Lender as Lender may from time to time designate for such purpose ("Payment Account"). Borrower agrees that all payments made to such Blocked Accounts or other funds received and collected by Lender, whether in respect of the Receivables, as proceeds of Inventory or other Collateral or otherwise shall be treated as payments to Lender in respect of the Obligations and therefore shall constitute the property of Lender to the extent of the then-outstanding Obligations.

(b) For purposes of calculating the amount of the Loans available to Borrower, such payments will be applied (conditional upon final collection) to the Obligations on the Business Day of receipt by Lender of immediately available funds in the Payment Account, provided such payments and notice thereof are received in accordance with Lender's usual and customary practices as in effect from time to time and within sufficient time to credit Borrower's loan account on such day, and if not, then on the next Business Day. For the purposes of calculating interest on the Obligations, such payments or other funds received will be applied (conditional upon final collection) to the Obligations one (1) Business Day following the date of receipt of immediately available funds by Lender in the Payment Account, provided such payments or other funds and notice thereof are received in accordance with Lender's usual and customary practices as in effect from time to time and within sufficient time to credit Borrower's loan account on such day, and if not, then on the next Business Day.

(c) Borrower and its stockholders, directors, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or other Affiliates shall, acting as trustee for Lender, receive, as the property of Lender, any monies, checks, notes, drafts or any other payment relating to and/or proceeds of Accounts or other Collateral which come into their possession or under their control and immediately upon receipt thereof, shall deposit or cause the same to be deposited in the Blocked Accounts, or remit the same or cause the same to be remitted, in kind, to Lender. In no event shall the same be commingled with Borrower's own funds. Borrower agrees to reimburse Lender on demand for any amounts owed or paid to any bank at which a Blocked Account is established or any other bank or person involved in the transfer of funds to or from the Blocked Accounts arising out of Lender's payments to or indemnification of such bank or person. The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Lender for such amounts pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

6.4 Payments. All Obligations shall be payable to the Payment Account as provided in Section 6.3 or such other place as Lender may designate from time to time. Lender shall apply payments received or collected from Borrower or for the account of Borrower (including the monetary proceeds of collections or of realization upon any Collateral) as follows: first, to pay any fees, indemnities or expense reimbursements then due to Lender from Borrower; second, to pay interest due in respect of any Loans; third, to pay principal due in respect of the Loans; fourth, to pay or prepay any other Obligations whether or not then due, in such order and manner as Lender


determines. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by Borrower, or unless an Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, Lender shall not apply any payments which it receives to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable to any such Eurodollar Rate Loans, or (b) in the event that there are no outstanding Prime Rate Loans. At Lender's option, all principal, interest, fees, costs, expenses and other charges provided for in this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements may be charged directly to the loan account(s) of Borrower. Borrower shall make all payments to Lender on the Obligations free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any setoff, counterclaim, defense, duties, taxes, levies, imposts, fees, deductions, withholding, restrictions or conditions of any kind. If after receipt of any payment of, or proceeds of Collateral applied to the payment of, any of the Obligations, Lender is required to surrender or return such payment or proceeds to any Person for any reason, then the Obligations intended to be satisfied by such payment or proceeds shall be reinstated and continue and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender. Borrower shall be liable to pay to Lender, and does hereby indemnify and hold Lender harmless for the amount of any payments or proceeds surrendered or returned. This Section 6.4 shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by Lender in reliance upon such payment or proceeds. This Section 6.4 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

6.5 Authorization to Make Loans. Lender is authorized to make the Loans and provide the Letter of Credit Accommodations based upon telephonic or other instructions received from anyone purporting to be an officer of Borrower or other authorized person named in written notice from Borrower to Lender from time to time or, at the discretion of Lender, if such Loans are necessary to satisfy any Obligations. All requests for Loans or Letter of Credit Accommodations hereunder shall specify the date on which the requested advance is to be made or Letter of Credit Accommodations established (which day shall be a Business Day) and the amount of the requested Loan. Requests received after 11:00 a.m. New York time on any day shall be deemed to have been made as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. All Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations under this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been made to, and at the request of and for the benefit of, Borrower when deposited to the credit of Borrower or otherwise disbursed or established in accordance with the instructions of Borrower or in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

6.6 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the initial proceeds of the Loans provided by Lender to Borrower hereunder only for: (a) payments to each of the persons listed in the disbursement direction letter furnished by Borrower to Lender on or about the date hereof for purposes of paying a portion of the purchase price for the Purchased Assets under the Purchase Agreements and (b) costs, expenses and fees in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and the Purchase Agreements. All other Loans made or Letter of Credit Accommodations provided by Lender to Borrower pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be used by Borrower only for general operating, working capital and other proper corporate purposes of Borrower not otherwise prohibited by the terms hereof:
None of the proceeds will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security or for the purposes of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which


might cause any of the Loans to be considered a "purpose credit" within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

SECTION 7. COLLATERAL REPORTING AND COVENANTS

7.1 Collateral Reporting.

(a) Borrower shall provide Lender with the following documents in a form satisfactory to Lender:

(i) on a weekly basis, or more frequently as required by Lender at any time that Excess Availability of Borrower is less than $7,500,000 or an Event of Default exists, a schedule of sales made, credits issued and cash received;

(ii) as soon as possible after the end of each month (but in any event within ten (10) days after the end thereof), or more frequently as Lender may reasonably request, (A) perpetual inventory reports by location and category, (B) agings of accounts receivable (together with a reconciliation to the previous month's aging and general ledger); (C) agings of account payable (and including information indicting the status of payments to owners and lessors of the leased premises of Borrower), (D) with respect to each Licensor Agreement, (1) a report of all license fee income received by Borrower for such month and for the same month in the immediately preceding year, and (2) a report of all license fee income received by Borrower during the twelve (12) month period ending such month, and during the twelve (12) month period ending the same month in the immediately preceding year;

(iii) upon Lender's request, (A) copies of customer statements and credit memos, remittance advices and reports, and copies of deposit slips and bank statements, (B) copies of shipping and delivery documents, and (C) copies of purchase orders, invoices and delivery documents for Inventory and Equipment acquired by Borrower;

(iv) such other reports as to the Collateral as Lender shall reasonably request from time to time; and

(b) If any of Borrower's records or reports of the Collateral are prepared or maintained by an accounting service, contractor, shipper or other agent, Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes such service, contractor, shipper or agent to deliver such records, reports, and related documents to Lender and to follow Lender's instructions with respect to further services at any time that an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing.

7.2 Accounts Covenants.

(a) Borrower shall notify Lender promptly of (i) any material delay in Borrower's performance of any of its obligations to any account debtor; or the assertion of any claims, offsets, defenses or counterclaims by any account debtor, or any disputes with account debtors, or any settlement, adjustment or compromise thereof, to the extent that any such dispute, settlement, adjustment or compromise involves more than $100,000 as to any one account debtor or $500,000 as to all account debtors in the aggregate, (ii) all material adverse information then known to Borrower


relating to the financial condition of any account debtor and (iii) any event or circumstance which, to Borrower's knowledge would cause Lender to consider any then-existing Accounts as no longer constituting Eligible Accounts. No credit, discount, allowance or extension or agreement for any of the foregoing shall be granted to any account debtor without Lender's consent, except in the ordinary course of Borrower's business in accordance with practices and policies previously disclosed in writing to Lender. So long as no Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may settle, adjust or compromise any claim, offset, counterclaim or dispute with any account debtor. At any time that an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall, at its option, have the exclusive right to settle, adjust or compromise any claim, offset, counterclaim or dispute with account debtors or grant any credits, discounts or allowances.

(b) Without limiting the obligation of Borrower to deliver any other information to Lender, Borrower shall promptly report to Lender any return of Inventory by any one account debtor if the Inventory so returned in such case has a value in excess of $300,000. At any time that Inventory is returned, reclaimed or repossessed, the Account (or portion thereof) which arose from the sale of such returned, reclaimed or repossessed Inventory shall not be deemed an Eligible Account. In the event any account debtor returns Inventory when an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall, upon Lender's request, (i) hold the returned Inventory in trust for Lender, (ii) segregate all returned Inventory from all of its other property, (iii) dispose of the returned Inventory solely according to Lender's instructions, and (iv) not issue any credits, discounts or allowances with respect thereto without Lender's prior written consent.

(c) With respect to each Account: (i) the amounts shown on any invoice delivered to Lender or schedule thereof delivered to Lender shall be true and, in all material respects, complete, (ii) no payments shall be made thereon except payments immediately delivered to Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) no credit, discount, allowance or extension or agreement for any of the foregoing shall be granted to any account debtor except as reported to Lender in accordance with this Agreement and except for credits, discounts, allowances or extensions made or given in the ordinary course of Borrower's business in accordance with practices and policies previously disclosed to Lender, (iv) there shall be no setoffs, deductions, contras, defenses, counterclaims or disputes existing or asserted with respect thereto except as reported to Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (v) none of the transactions giving rise thereto will violate any applicable foreign, Federal, State or local laws or regulations, all documentation relating thereto will be legally sufficient under such laws and regulations and all such documentation will be legally enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Lender shall have the right at any time or times, in Lender's name or in the name of a nominee of Lender, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Account or other Collateral, by mail, telephone, facsimile transmission or otherwise.

(e) Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender, with appropriate endorsement and assignment, with full recourse to Borrower, all chattel paper and instruments which Borrower now owns or may at any time acquire immediately upon Borrower's receipt thereof, except as Lender may otherwise agree.


(f) Lender may, at any time or times that an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, (i) notify any or all account debtors and other obligors in respect thereof that the Receivables have been assigned to Lender and that Lender has a security interest therein and Lender may direct any or all accounts debtors and other obligors to make payment of Receivables directly to Lender, (ii) extend the time of payment of, compromise, settle or adjust for cash, credit, return of merchandise or otherwise, and upon any terms or conditions, any and all Receivables or other obligations included in the Collateral and thereby discharge or release the account debtor or any other party or parties in any way liable for payment thereof without affecting any of the Obligations, (iii) demand, collect or enforce payment of any Receivables or such other obligations, but without any duty to do so, and Lender shall not be liable for its failure to collect or enforce the payment thereof nor for the negligence of its agents or attorneys with respect thereto and (iv) take whatever other action Lender may deem necessary or desirable for the protection of its interests. At any time that an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, at Lender's request, all invoices and statements sent to any account debtor shall state that the Accounts and such other obligations have been assigned to Lender and are payable directly and only to Lender and Borrower shall deliver to Lender such originals of documents evidencing the sale and delivery of goods or the performance of services giving rise to any Accounts as Lender may require.

7.3 Inventory Covenants. With respect to the Inventory: (a) Borrower shall at all times maintain inventory records reasonably satisfactory to Lender, keeping correct and accurate records itemizing and describing the kind, type, quality and quantity of Inventory, Borrower's cost therefor and daily withdrawals therefrom and additions thereto; (b) Borrower shall conduct a physical count of the Inventory either through periodic cycle counts or otherwise at least once each year, but at any time or times as Lender may request on or after an Event of Default, and promptly following such physical inventory (whether pursuant to periodic cycle counts or otherwise) shall supply Lender with a report in the form and with such specificity as may be reasonably satisfactory to Lender concerning such physical count; (c) Borrower shall not remove any Inventory from the locations set forth or permitted herein, including pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof, without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except for sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of Borrower's business and except to move Inventory directly from one location set forth or permitted herein to another such location and except for Inventory shipped from the manufacturer thereof to Borrower which is in transit to the locations set forth or permitted herein; (d) upon Lender's request, Borrower shall, at its expense, no more than twice in any twelve (12) month period, but at any time or times as Lender may request on or after an Event of Default, deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender written appraisals as to the Inventory in form, scope and methodology acceptable to Lender and by an appraiser reasonably acceptable to Lender, addressed to Lender and upon which Lender is expressly permitted to rely; (e) Borrower shall produce, use, store and maintain the Inventory with all reasonable care and caution and in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity with applicable laws (including the requirements of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and all rules, regulations and orders related thereto); (f) Borrower assumes all responsibility and liability arising from or relating to the production, use, sale or other disposition of the Inventory; (g) Borrower shall not sell Inventory to any customer on approval, or any other basis which entitles the customer to return or may obligate Borrower to repurchase such Inventory; (h) Borrower shall keep the Inventory in good and marketable condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and (i) Borrower shall not, without prior written notice to Lender, acquire or accept any Inventory on consignment or approval.


7.4 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Lender (and all persons designated by Lender) as Borrower's true and lawful attorney-in-fact, and authorizes Lender, in Borrower's or Lender's name, to: (a) at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing
(i) exercise and enforce all of Borrower's or Lender's rights and remedies to collect any Receivable or other Collateral, (ii) prepare, file and sign Borrower's name on any proof of claim in bankruptcy or other similar document against an account debtor or other obligor in respect of any Receivables or other Collateral, (iii) clear Inventory the purchase of which was financed with Letter of Credit Accommodations through U.S. Customs in Borrower's name, Lender's name or the name of Lender's designee, and to sign and deliver to customs officials powers of attorney in Borrower's name for such purpose, and to complete in Borrower's or Lender's name, any order, sale or transaction, obtain the necessary documents in connection therewith and collect the proceeds thereof, and (iv) do all acts and things which are necessary, in Lender's determination, to fulfill Borrower's obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements; and (b) at any time to (i) take control in any manner of any item of payment in respect of Receivables or constituting Collateral or otherwise received in or for deposit in the Blocked Accounts or otherwise received by Lender, (ii) have access to any lockbox or postal box into which remittances from account debtors or other obligors in respect of Receivables or other proceeds of Collateral are sent or received, (iii) endorse Borrower's name upon any items of payment in respect of Receivables or constituting Collateral or otherwise received by Lender and deposit the same in Lender's account for application to the Obligations, (iv) endorse Borrower's name upon any chattel paper, document, instrument, invoice, or similar document or agreement relating to any Receivable or any goods pertaining thereto or any other Collateral, including any warehouse or other receipts, or bills of lading and other negotiable or non-negotiable documents, (v) sign Borrower's name on any verification of Receivables and notices thereof to account debtors or other obligors in respect thereof, and (vi) execute in Borrower's name and file any UCC financing statements or amendments thereto. Borrower hereby releases Lender and its officers, employees and designees from any liabilities arising from any act or acts under this power of attorney and in furtherance thereof, whether of omission or commission, except as a result of Lender's own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined pursuant to a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

7.5 Right to Cure. Lender may, at its option, (a) upon notice to Borrower, cure any default by Borrower under any Material Contract with a third party which has, or reasonably would be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect upon the Collateral, its value or the ability of Lender to collect, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or the rights and remedies of Lender therein or the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under the other Financing Agreements, (b) pay or bond on appeal any judgment entered against Borrower, (c) discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied on or existing with respect to the Collateral and (d) pay any amount, incur any expense or perform any act which, in Lender's judgment, is necessary or appropriate to preserve, protect, insure or maintain the Collateral and the rights of Lender with respect thereto. Lender may add any amounts so expended to the Obligations and charge Borrower's account therefor, such amounts to be repayable by Borrower on demand. Lender shall be under no obligation to effect such cure, payment or bonding and shall not, by doing so, be deemed to have assumed any obligation or liability of Borrower. Any payment made or other action taken by Lender under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default hereunder and to proceed accordingly.


7.6 Access to Premises. From time to time as requested by Lender, at the cost and expense of Borrower, (a) Lender or its designee shall have complete access to all of Borrower's premises during normal business hours and after notice to Borrower, or at any time and without notice to Borrower if an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, for the purposes of inspecting, verifying and auditing the Collateral and all of Borrower's books and records, including the Records, and (b) Borrower shall promptly furnish to Lender such copies of such books and records or extracts therefrom as Lender may request, and (c) Lender or its designee may use during normal business hours such of Borrower's personnel, equipment, supplies and premises as may be reasonably necessary for the foregoing and if an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing for the collection of Accounts and realization of other Collateral.

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender the following (which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement), the truth and accuracy of which are a continuing condition of the making of Loans and providing Letter of Credit Accommodations by Lender to Borrower:

8.1 Corporate Existence, Power and Authority, Subsidiaries. Borrower is a corporation duly organized and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing in all states or other jurisdictions where the nature and extent of the business transacted by it or the ownership of assets makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which the failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on Borrower's financial condition, results of operation or business or the rights of Lender in or to any of the Collateral. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder
(a) are all within Borrower's corporate powers, (b) have been duly authorized,
(c) are not in contravention of law or the terms of Borrower's certificate of incorporation, by-laws, or other organizational documentation, or (except with respect to the assignability of rights thereunder, as set forth on Schedule 8.16) any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or its property are bound and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of, or require or give rise to any obligation to grant, any lien, security interest, charge or other encumbrance upon any property of Borrower. This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. As of the date hereof, Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries except as set forth on the Information Certificate.

8.2 Financial Statements, No Material Adverse Change. All audited consolidated financial statements and audited consolidating financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered by Borrower to Lender fairly present, in accordance with GAAP, the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for the applicable fiscal year. All interim financial statements (which shall not include the Audit Report or Post Closing Balance Sheet as referred to in Section 9.6(e)) relating to Borrower which have been delivered by Borrower to Lender fairly present, in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes), the financial condition and the results of operation of Borrower as at the dates and for the periods set forth therein. As of the date hereof, except as disclosed in any interim financial statements furnished by Borrower to Lender prior to the


date of this Agreement, there has been no material adverse change in the assets, liabilities, properties and condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower, since the date of the most recent audited financial statements furnished by Borrower to Lender prior to the date of this Agreement.

8.3 Chief Executive Office; Collateral Locations. As of the date hereof, the chief executive office of Borrower and Borrower's Records concerning Accounts are located only at the address set forth on the signature page hereto and its only other places of business and the only other locations of Collateral, if any, are the addresses set forth in the Information Certificate, subject to the right of Borrower to establish new locations in accordance with
Section 9.2 below. As of the date hereof, the Information Certificate correctly identifies any of such locations which are not owned by Borrower and sets forth the owners and/or operators thereof and to the best of Borrower's knowledge, the holders of any mortgages on such locations.

8.4 Priority of Liens; Title to Properties. The security interests and liens granted to Lender under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements constitute valid and perfected first priority liens and security interests in and upon the Collateral subject only to the liens indicated on Schedule 8.4 hereto, the licenses granted pursuant to the Licensor Agreements, and the other liens permitted under Section 9.8 hereof: Borrower has good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets subject to no liens, mortgages, pledges, security interests, encumbrances or charges of any kind, except those granted to Lender, the Licenses granted pursuant to the Licensor Agreements, and such others as are specifically listed on Schedule 8.4 hereto or permitted under
Section 9.8 hereof.

8.5 Tax Returns. Borrower has filed, or caused to be filed, in a timely manner all tax returns, reports and declarations which are required to be filed by it. All information in such tax returns, reports and declarations is complete and accurate in all material respects. Borrower has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable or claimed due and payable in any assessment received by it, except taxes the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and available to Borrower and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books. Adequate provision has been made for the payment of all accrued and unpaid Federal, State, county, local, foreign and other taxes whether or not yet due and payable and whether or not disputed.

8.6 Litigation. Except as set forth on the Information Certificate, as of the date hereof there is no present investigation by any Governmental Authority pending, or to the best of Borrower's knowledge threatened, against or affecting Borrower, its assets or business, and there is no action, suit, proceeding or claim by any Person pending, or to the best of Borrower's knowledge threatened, against Borrower or its assets or goodwill, or against or affecting any transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which if adversely determined against Borrower would result in any material adverse change in the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or would impair the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements to which it is a party or of Lender to enforce any Obligations or realize upon any Collateral.

8.7 Compliance with Other Agreements and Applicable Laws. Borrower is not in default in any material respect under, or in violation in any material respect of any of the terms of, any Material Contract or other commitment to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets are


bound and Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of laws, rules, regulations, licenses, permits, approvals and orders of any foreign, Federal, State or local Governmental Authority, except where the failure to so comply does not and could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.8 Environmental Compliance.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.8 hereto, Borrower and any Subsidiary have not generated, used, stored, treated, transported, manufactured, handled, produced or disposed of any Hazardous Materials, on or off its premises (whether or not owned by it) in any manner which at any time violates any applicable Environmental Law or any license, permit, certificate, approval or similar authorization thereunder and the operations of Borrower and any Subsidiary complies in all material respects with all Environmental Laws and all licenses, permits, certificates, approvals and similar authorizations thereunder, except where the failure to so comply does not and could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.8 hereto, there has been no investigation, proceeding, complaint, order, directive, claim, citation or notice by any Governmental Authority or any other person nor is any pending or to the best of Borrower's knowledge threatened, with respect to any non-compliance with or violation of the requirements of any Environmental Law by Borrower and any Subsidiary, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if adversely determined, or the release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous Material or the generation, use, storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling, production or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or any other environmental, health or safety matter, which adversely affects in any material respect Borrower or its business, operations or assets or any properties at which Borrower has transported, stored or disposed of any Hazardous Materials.

(c) Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no material liability (contingent or otherwise) in connection with a release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous Materials or the generation, use, storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling, production or disposal of any Hazardous Materials.

(d) Borrower and its Subsidiaries have all licenses, permits, certificates, approvals or similar authorizations required to be obtained or filed in connection with the operations of Borrower under any Environmental Law and all of such licenses, permits, certificates, approvals or similar authorizations are valid and in full force and effect, except for such licenses, permits, certificates, approvals or authorizations the failure of which to obtain or file does not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.9 Employee Benefits.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law, except where the failure to so comply does not and could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service and to the best of Borrower's knowledge, nothing has occurred


which would cause the loss of such qualification. Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates have made all required contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) the current value of each Plan's assets (determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding such Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code) are not less than such Plan's liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA; (iii) Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred and do not reasonably expect to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred and do not reasonably expect to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates have not engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

8.10 Bank Accounts. All of the deposit accounts, investment accounts or other accounts in the name of or used by Borrower maintained at any bank or other financial institution are set forth on Schedule 8.10 hereto, subject to the right of Borrower to establish new accounts in accordance with Section 9.13 below.

8.11 Intellectual Property. Borrower owns or licenses or otherwise has the right to use all Intellectual Property materially necessary for the operation of its business as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted. As of the date hereof, Borrower does not have any Intellectual Property registered, or subject to pending applications, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in the United States, any State thereof, any political subdivision thereof or in any other country, other than those described in Schedule 8.11 (a) hereto and has not granted any licenses with respect thereto other than as set forth in Schedule 8.11(b) hereto. To Borrower's knowledge, after reasonable investigation, no event has occurred which permits or would permit after notice or passage of time or both, the revocation, suspension or termination of such rights. Except as otherwise disclosed by Borrower to Lender after the date hereof, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance or other Intellectual Property or goods bearing or using any Intellectual Property presently contemplated to be sold by or employed by Borrower infringes any patent, trademark, servicemark, trade name, copyright, license or other Intellectual Property owned by any other Person presently and no claim or litigation is pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower contesting its right to sell or use any such Intellectual Property. Schedule
8.11 (c) sets forth all of the agreements or other arrangements of Borrower pursuant to which Borrower has a license or other right to use any trademarks, logos, designs, representations or other Intellectual Property owned by another person as in effect on the date hereof and the dates of the expiration of such agreements or other arrangements of Borrower as


in effect on the date hereof: No trademark, servicemark or other Intellectual Property at any time used by Borrower which is owned by another person, or owned by Borrower subject to any security interest, lien, collateral assignment, pledge or other encumbrance in favor of any person other than Lender, is affixed to any Eligible Inventory.

8.12 Capitalization.

(a) As of the date hereof, the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of Borrower are directly and beneficially owned and held by the persons indicated in the Information Certificate, and in each case all of such shares have been duly authorized and are fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all claims, liens, pledges and encumbrances of any kind, except for shares of Capital Stock of Borrower issued to Cre-8-net Ventures L.L.C. on the date hereof, limitations under applicable securities laws and shareholder agreements among the parties and as disclosed in writing to Lender.

(b) Borrower is solvent and will continue to be solvent after the creation of the Obligations, the security interests of Lender and the other transaction contemplated hereunder, is able to pay its debts as they mature and has (and has reason to believe it will continue to have) sufficient capital (and not unreasonably small capital) to carry on its business and all businesses in which it is about to engage. The assets and properties of Borrower at a fair valuation and at their present salable value are, and will be, greater than the Indebtedness of Borrower, and including subordinated and contingent liabilities computed at the amount which, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, represents an amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

8.13 Labor Disputes.

(a) Set forth on Schedule 8.13 hereto is a list (including dates of termination) of all collective bargaining or similar agreements between or applicable to Borrower and any union, labor organization or other bargaining agent in respect of the employees of Borrower on the date hereof.

(b) As of the date hereof, there is (i) no significant unfair labor practice complaint pending against Borrower or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened against it, before the National Labor Relations Board, and no significant grievance or significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is pending on the date hereof against Borrower or, to best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened against it, and (ii) no significant strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage is pending against Borrower or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened against Borrower.

8.14 Corporate Name, Prior Transactions. As of the date hereof, Borrower has not, during the past five years, been known by or used by any other corporate or fictitious name or been a party to any merger or consolidation, or acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or acquired any of its property or assets out of the ordinary course of business, except as set forth herein or in the Information Certificate.


8.15 Restrictions on Subsidiaries. Except for restrictions contained in this Agreement or any other agreement with respect to Indebtedness of Borrower permitted hereunder as in effect on the date hereof, there are no contractual or consensual restrictions on Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which prohibit or otherwise restrict (a) the transfer of cash or other assets (1) between Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) between any Subsidiaries of Borrower or (b) the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to incur Indebtedness or grant security interests to Lender in the Collateral.

8.16 Material Contracts. Schedule 8.16 hereto sets forth all Material Contracts to which Borrower is a party or is bound as of the date hereof:
Borrower has delivered true, correct and complete copies of such Material Contracts to Leader on or before the date hereof. Borrower is not in breach of or in default under, in any material respect, any Material Contract and has not received any notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract.

8.17 Payable Practices. Borrower has not made any material change in the historical accounts payable practices from those in effect immediately prior to the date hereof.

8.18 Accuracy and Completeness of Information. All information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower in writing to Lender in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, including all information on the Information Certificate, is true and correct in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and does not omit any material fact necessary in order to make such information not misleading in any material respect. No event or circumstance has occurred which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect which has not been fully and accurately disclosed to Lender in writing.

8.19 Acquisition of Purchased Assets.

(a) The Purchase Agreements and the transactions contemplated thereunder have been duly executed, delivered and performed in accordance with their terms. As of the date hereof, Borrower acquired and has good and marketable title to the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all claims, liens, pledges and encumbrances of any kind, except as permitted hereunder or as set forth in any schedule hereto.

(b) All actions and proceedings required by the Purchase Agreements, the Converse Sale Order, applicable law or regulation (including, but not limited to, compliance with the Hart-Scott-Rodino Anti-Trust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended) have been taken and the transactions required thereunder have been duly and validly taken and consummated.

(c) No court of competent jurisdiction has issued any injunction, restraining order or other order which prohibits consummation of the transactions described in the Purchase Agreements or the Converse Sale Order and no governmental or other action or proceeding has been commenced, seeking any injunction, restraining order or other order which seeks to void, stay, enjoin or otherwise modify the Converse Sale Order or the transactions described in the Purchase Agreements.


(d) The Converse Sale Order (i) has been duly entered, (ii) is valid, subsisting and continuing, (iii) has not been revoked, remanded, vacated, appealed (except as indicated in Attachment 8.19 hereto), modified, reversed on appeal or revoked, remanded, vacated, reversed or modified by any Bankruptcy or District Court Judge, (iv) (except as indicated in Attachment 8.19 hereto) is final and non-appealable and not subject to any pending appeal and (v) includes a finding that Borrower is a good faith purchaser for value of the assets of Seller under the Purchase Agreements within the meaning of Section 363(m) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(e) Borrower has delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Lender, true, correct and complete copies of the Converse Sale Order and the Purchase Agreements. Set forth in Schedule 8.19 hereto is a correct and complete list of the Purchase Agreements and all other agreements, documents and instruments existing as of the date hereof between or among Borrower, any of its affiliates, Seller and any Affiliate of Seller.

8.20 Survival of Warranties Cumulative. All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been made again to Lender on the date of each additional borrowing or other credit accommodation hereunder and shall be conclusively presumed to have been relied on by Lender regardless of any investigation made or information possessed by Lender. The representations and warranties set forth herein shall be cumulative and in addition to any other representations or warranties which Borrower shall now or hereafter give, or cause to be given, to Lender.

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS

9.1 Maintenance of Existence. Borrower shall at all times preserve, renew and keep in full, force and effect its corporate existence arid rights and franchises with respect thereto and maintain in full force and effect all permits, licenses, trademarks, trade names, approvals, authorizations, leases and contracts necessary to carry on the business as presently or proposed to be conducted. Borrower shall give Lender twenty (20) days prior written notice of any proposed change in its corporate name, which notice shall set forth the new name and Borrower shall deliver to Lender a copy of the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Borrower providing for the name change certified by the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of incorporation of Borrower as soon as it is available.

9.2 New Collateral Locations. Borrower may open any new location within the continental United States provided Borrower (a) gives Lender thirty
(30) days' prior written notice of the intended opening of any such new location and (b) executes and delivers, or causes to be executed and delivered, to Lender such agreements, documents, and instruments as Lender may deem reasonably necessary or desirable to protect its interests in the Collateral at such location, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements; provided, however, that Borrower shall only be required to deliver a Collateral Access Agreement to the extent required under Section 1.22(f) hereof.


9.3 Compliance with Laws, Regulations Etc.

(a) Borrower shall at all times comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations, licenses, permits, approvals and orders applicable to it and duly observe all requirements of any foreign, Federal, State or local Governmental Authority, including ERISA, the Code, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and all statutes, rules, regulations, orders, permits and stipulations relating to environmental pollution and employee health and safety, including all of the Environmental Laws, except where the failure to so comply does not, individually or in the aggregate, and could not reasonably be expected to, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Borrower shall establish and maintain, at its expense, a system to assure and monitor its continued compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws as required pursuant to Section 9.3(a) hereof in all of its operations, which system shall include annual reviews of such compliance by employees or agents of Borrower who are familiar with the requirements of the Environmental Laws. Borrower shall take prompt and appropriate action to respond to any non-compliance with any of the Environmental Laws and shall regularly report to Lender on such response.

(c) Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless Lender, its directors, officers, employees, agents, invitees, representatives, successors and assigns, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including attorneys' fees and legal expenses) directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the use, generation, manufacture, reproduction, storage, release, threatened release, spill, discharge, disposal or presence of a Hazardous Material, including the costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or other remedial work with respect to any property of Borrower and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other required plans. All representations, warranties, covenants and indemnifications in this Section 9.3 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

9.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims. Borrower shall duly pay and discharge all taxes, assessments, contributions and governmental charges upon or against it or its properties or assets, except for taxes the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and available to Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books. Borrower shall be liable for any tax or penalties imposed on Lender as a result of the financing arrangements provided for herein and Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless with respect to the foregoing, and to repay to Lender on demand the amount thereof, and until paid by Borrower such amount shall be added and deemed part of the Loans, provided, that, nothing contained herein shall be construed to require Borrower to pay any income or franchise taxes attributable to the income of Lender from any amounts charged or paid hereunder to Lender. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

9.5 Insurance. Borrower shall at all times maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to the Collateral against loss or damage and all other insurance of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured against or carried by corporations of established


reputation engaged in the same or similar businesses and similarly situated. Said policies of insurance shall be reasonably satisfactory to Lender as to form, amount and insurer. Borrower shall furnish certificates, policies or endorsements to Lender as Lender shall reasonably require as proof of such insurance, and, if Borrower fails to do so, Lender is authorized, but not required, to obtain such insurance at the expense of Borrower. All policies shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender of any cancellation or reduction of coverage and that Lender may act as attorney for Borrower in obtaining, and at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, adjusting, settling, amending and canceling such insurance. Borrower shall cause Lender to be named as a loss payee and an additional insured (but without any liability for any premiums) under such insurance policies and Borrower shall obtain non-contributory lender's loss payable endorsements to all insurance policies in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Such lender's loss payable endorsements shall specify that the proceeds of such insurance shall be payable to Lender as its interests may appear and further specify that Lender shall be paid regardless of any act or omission by Borrower or any of its Affiliates. At its option, Lender may apply any insurance proceeds received by Lender at any time to the cost of repairs or replacement of Collateral and/or to payment of the Obligations, whether or not then due, in any order and in such manner as Lender may determine or hold such proceeds as cash collateral for the Obligations.

9.6 Financial Statements and Other Information.

(a) Borrower shall keep proper books and records in which true and complete entries shall be made of all dealings or transactions of or in relation to the Collateral and the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (if any) in accordance with GAAP. Borrower shall promptly furnish to Lender all such financial and other information as Lender shall reasonably request relating to the Collateral and the assets, business and operations of Borrower, and to notify the auditors and accountants of Borrower that Lender is authorized to obtain such information directly from them. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender, the following: (i) within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month, monthly unaudited consolidated financial statements, and unaudited consolidating financial statements (including in each case balance sheets, statements of income and loss, statements of cash flow, and statements of shareholders' equity), all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) the financial position and the results of the operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and through such fiscal month, certified to be correct by the chief financial officer, or other officer reasonably acceptable to Lender, of Borrower, and accompanied by a compliance certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, along with a schedule in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender of the calculations used in determining, as of the end of such month, whether Borrower was in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 9.18 of this Agreement for such month and (ii) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements and audited consolidating financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including in each unaudited case balance sheets, statements of income and loss, statements of cash flow and statements of shareholders' equity), and the accompanying notes thereto, all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial position and the results of the operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal year, together with the unqualified opinion of independent certified public accountants, which accountants shall be an independent accounting firm selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender, that such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP,


and present fairly the results of operations and financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for the fiscal year then ended.

(b) Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing of the details of (i) any loss, damage, investigation, action, suit, proceeding or claim which has or could result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Material Contract of Borrower being terminated or amended or any new Material Contract entered into (in which event Borrower shall provide Lender with a copy of such Material Contract), (iii) any order, judgment or decree in excess of $1,000,000 shall have been entered against Borrower or any of its properties or assets,
(iv) any notification from a Governmental Authority of violation of laws or regulations received by Borrower, (v) any ERISA Event, and (vi) the occurrence of any Event of Default or act, condition or event which, with notice or the passage of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

(c) Borrower shall promptly after the sending or filing thereof furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender copies of all reports which Borrower sends to its stockholders generally and copies of all reports and registration statements which Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(d) Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender such budgets, forecasts, projections and other information respecting the Collateral and the business of Borrower, as Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request. Lender is hereby authorized to deliver a copy of any financial statement or any other information relating to the business of Borrower to any court or other Government Authority or to any participant or assignee or prospective participant or assignee. Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs all accountants or auditors to deliver to Lender, at Borrower's expense, copies of the financial statements of Borrower and any reports or management letters prepared by such accountants or auditors on behalf of Borrower and to disclose to Lender such information as they may have regarding the business of Borrower. Any documents, schedules, invoices or other papers delivered to Lender may be destroyed or otherwise, disposed of by Lender one (1) year after the same are delivered to Lender, except as otherwise designated by Borrower to Lender in writing.

(e) Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Lender, within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date hereof, an opening balance sheet of Borrower after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchase Agreements, together with the unqualified opinion (except as to the absence of footnotes) of independent certified public accountants, which accountants shall be an independent accounting firm selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender, to the effect that such opening balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with GAAP and presents fairly the financial condition of Borrower as of such date ("Post Closing Balance Sheet"). In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Lender, within three (3) Business Days following Borrower's receipt thereof, a copy of the Auditor Report (as defined in Section 1.05 of the Asset Purchase Agreement referred to